2015 science - Google URL Shortener

Aug 14, 2013 - 3. The Denouement: Newton's Laws. 4. The Moon and the Apple ...... currents and tidal bores. Chapter 18 on mass extinctions (Great. Dyings) is ...
4MB Sizes 10 Downloads 4352 Views
SCIENCE 2015

Learning Without Limits Discover a personalized learning experience that inspires minds and improves results – anytime, anywhere.

SCIENCE

Digital learning prepares students for 21st century careers. McGraw-Hill Education is leading the push to digitize and personalize education, promoting skills such as collaboration and critical thinking. See how we help to improve student performance with the following solutions.

All-In-One Digital Learning

LearnSmart Advantage

Our learning management platform builds on our success in digital education and vast experience in content development.

A suite of adaptive learning products that includes SmartBook, higher education’s first adaptive e-book.

connect.mheducation.com

learnsmartadvantage.com

Seamless Integration

Custom Publishing

With McGraw-Hill Campus, schools and instructors can access our content and technology through any existing LMS.

Our digital custom-publishing platform gives instructors unprecedented control over classroom content.

mhcampus.com

create.mheducation.com/ createhelp/

McGraw-Hill Practice

New Models for Success

Hands-on, experiential learning games that provide the next generation of digital, personalized- learning for today’s students.

We work with your goals, needs and ideas to create tailored learning experiences that engage students, empower instructors, and enable greater success.

mhpractice.com

learningsolutions.mhhe.com

McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 • Fax (65) 6862 3354 eMail: [email protected] • website: www.mheducation.asia

C14-000972-X

2015

McGRAW-HILL EDUCATION 2015 CATALOG Welcome to McGraw-Hill Education 2015 SCIENCE Catalog. Inside this catalog, you will find a wide selection of McGraw-Hill Education latest academic publications. Apart from those published from the US, we have also included publications from Asia as well as from our subsidiaries in Australia, India and United Kingdom. For the benefit of students, widely adopted textbooks are made available as low-priced McGraw-Hill International Editions (see titles in this catalog tagged with “International Edition”).

REVIEW COPY REQUEST Teaching professionals who wish to consider McGraw-Hill Education titles for textbook adoption may request for a review copy. To request for a review copy: ƒƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representatives or, ƒƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or, ƒƒ e-mail to [email protected] or, ƒƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia (Note: All requests for review copies are subject to approval. M cGraw-Hill Education reserves the right to refuse any requests that do not relate to teaching).

HOW TO ORDER McGraw-Hill Education books and International Editions are easily available through your local bookstores. In case of difficulty in purchasing our publications, please contact the local McGraw-Hill Education office (see inside back cover) or send your orders to: McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy Singapore 609917 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 Tel: (65) 6868 8188 (Customer Service Hotline) Fax: (65) 6862 3354 Email: [email protected] A NOTE TO LIBRARIANS Please place your orders through your regular local Library Supplier/Contractor. For further assistance, kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) representative.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill Education is continuously sourcing for quality manuscript for the academic and professional markets in Asia for inclusion in our global publishing program. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email us directly in Singapore at [email protected] if you are planning to write a book.

MAILING LIST If you wish to receive up-to-date information on our new publications regularly, please submit your particulars on the mailing list form (see back pages) and return to us by fax or email.

CONTENTS AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY Agricultural Business, Economics & Education......3

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Human Anatomy - Lab Manual...................................................28 - Multimedia.....................................................30 - Textbooks......................................................27 Human Physiology - Lab Manual...................................................33 - Multimedia.....................................................34 - Textbooks......................................................32

nutrition Introduction to Nutrition - Textbooks.....................83 Multimedia............................................................88 Nutrition and Sport...............................................88 Nutritional Assessment.........................................89

plants & animals Algae / Phycology...............................................102 Animal Behavior...................................................95 Botany (Economic)...............................................94 Botany - Lab Manual............................................95

Medical Terminology.............................................35

Botany: Non Majors - Textbooks..........................93

One & Two Semester Anatomy & Physiology Multimedia............................................................25

Comparative Verterbate Anatomy........................98

One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab Manual...................................................10 - Textbooks........................................................7 Professional References......................................36 Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab Manual...................................................16 - Textbooks......................................................13

Invertebrate Biology.............................................97 Marine Biology......................................................96 Parasitology..........................................................96 Plant Physiology.................................................103 Vertebrate Biology - Lab Manual...................................................98 - Textbooks......................................................97 Zoology - Textbooks.............................................99

biology Biology - Supplements.........................................58 Biology: Majors - Lab Manual...............................54 Biology: Non Majors - Lab Manual.......................47 General Biology: Majors - Textbooks....................49 General Biology: Non Majors - Textbooks............41 Human Biology - Lab Manual...................................................58 - Textbooks......................................................57

cellular molecular, microbiology & genetics Developmental Biology / Embryology...................75 Genetics...............................................................75 Human Genetics...................................................78 Introductory Microbiology - Lab Manual...............67 Introductory Microbiology: Majors - Textbooks.....63 Introductory Microbiology: Non Majors - Textbooks......................................................64 Molecular Biology.................................................74 Professional References......................................79 STDs / AIDS.........................................................74

Zoology: Majors - Lab Manual............................101

physics & astronomy College Physics.................................................. 111 Conceptual Physics............................................109 Electricity & Magnetism......................................119 Integrated Sciences............................................109 Introduction to Astronomy...................................121 Introduction to Physical Science........................107 Mathematical Physics.........................................119 Modern Physics..................................................117 Optics.................................................................120 Professional References....................................122 Technical Physics...............................................114 University Physics..............................................114

i

ii

CONTENTS chemistry Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic & Biochemistry) - Lab Manual.................................................132 - Textbooks....................................................129 Analytical Chemistry...........................................143 General Chemistry - Lab Manual.................................................137 - Textbooks....................................................133 Liberal Arts Chemistry: Non Science Majors Textbooks...........................................................127 Organic Chemistry: 1 Semester - Textbooks......138 Organic Chemistry: 2 Semester - Textbooks......140 Physical Chemistry - Lab Manual.................................................142 - Textbooks....................................................141 Prep/Basic Chemistry - Textbooks.....................129 Professional References....................................143

environmental science & ecology Biostatistics........................................................153 Ecology...............................................................151 Environmental Science - Introductory Texts.......149 Evolution.............................................................152 Limnology...........................................................153

geography Geographic Information Systems.......................157 Human / Cultural Geography..............................157 Introduction to Geography..................................158 Map Use / Cartography......................................162 Physical Geography...........................................161 Remote Sensing.................................................163 World Regional Geography................................163

geology Earth Science.....................................................167 Environmental Geology......................................168 Hazards / Natural Disasters...............................169 Historical Geology..............................................173 Oceanography....................................................169 Physical Geography - Lab Manual.................................................172 - Textbooks....................................................170

dushkin/Mcgraw-hill Titles....175 indexes Author Index.......................................................185 Title Index...........................................................177

NEW TITLES

2016

Author ISBN Page

AGRICULTURE Farm Management, 8e

Kay

9780073400945

3

Anatomy & Physiology: An Integrated Approach, 2e

McKinley

9780078024283

13

Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 6e

Gunstream

9780078097294

7

Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 14e

Shier

9780078024290

14

Human Physiology, 14e

Fox

9780077836375

32

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Laboratory Manual Cat Version for McKinley’s Anatomy & Physiology, 2e Eckel 9781259136740 16 Laboratory Manual Fetal Pig Version for McKinley’s Anatomy & Physiology, 2e Eckel 9781259140624 17 Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version, 3e Martin 9780078024306 18 Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Fetal Pig Version, 3e Martin 9781259298677 19 Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version, 3e Martin 9781259298653 20 Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version, 14e Martin 9781259295638 21 Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology: Fetal Pig Version, 14e Martin 9781259295645 22 Laboratory Manual Main Version for McKinley’s Anatomy & Physiology, 2e Eckel 9781259139437 17 Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 9e

Van Putte

9780078097324

7

Biology: The Essentials, 2e

Hoefnagels

9781259254512

41

Biology, 12e

Mader

9780078024269

41, 49

Human Biology, 14e

Mader

9781259245749

57

Lab Manual for Biology, 12e

Mader

9781259298516

54

9780073525358

75

Lab Manual for Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Appraoch, 2e Obernauf

9781259293863

67

Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach, 2e

Cowan

9780078021046

64

Nester’s Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 8e

Anderson

9780073522593

64

BIOLOGY

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS Concepts of Genetics, 2e

Brooker

iii

iv

NEW TITLES NUTRITION Contemporary Nutrition, 10e

Wardlaw

9780078021374

85

Human Nutrition: Science for Healthy Living

Stephenson

9780073402529

84

Nutrition for Healthy Living, 4e

Schiff

9780078021381

83

Wardlaw’s Perspective in Nutrition, 10e

Bredbenner

9780078021411

83

Physics, 3e

Giambattista

9780073512150

111

The Physics of Sports

Lisa

9780073513973

109

Chemistry, 12e

Chang

9780078021510

133

General, Organic & Biological Chemistry, 3e

Smith

9780073511245

129

Introduction to Chemistry, 4e

Bauer

9780073523002

129

Laboratory Manual for General, Organic & Biological Chemistry

Applegate

9780073511252

132

Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 7e

Molles

9780077837280

151

Environmental Science, 14e

Enger

9780073532554

149

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 8e

Chang

9780078095139

157

Mastering ArcGIS, 7e

Price

9780078095146

157

Exploring Earth Science

Reynolds

9780078096143

167

Exploring Geology, 4e

Reynolds

9780078022920

171

Physical Geology, 15e

Plummer

9780078096105

170

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

CHEMISTRY

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

GEOGRAPHY

GEOLOGY

NEW TITLES

2015

Author ISBN Page

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 7e

Saladin

9780073403717

14

Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12e

Shier

9780073403724

8

Human Anatomy, 4e

McKinley

9780073525730

27

Laboratory Manual for Anatomy & Physiology, 7e

Wise

9780077676636

23

Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Essentials of A&P, 12e

Martin

9780077637842

10

Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 10e

Dolphin

9780073532264

55

Biology: Concepts & Investigations, 3e

Hoefnagels

9780073525549

42

Essentials of Biology, 4e

Mader

9780078024221

44

Lab Manual for Human Biology, 14e

Mader

9781259293009

58

Photo Atlas for General Biology, 4e

Strete

9780078024238

47, 56, 58

Principles of Biology

Brooker

9780073532271

49

The Living World, 8e

Johnson

9780078024214

43

Understanding Biology

Mason

9780073532295

50

BIOLOGY

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Complete Version, 13e

Brown

9780077668020

68

Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Short Version, 13e

Brown

9780073402413

69

Foundations in Microbiology, 9e

Talaro

9780073522609

65

Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 9e

Talaro

9780077731052

66

Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 5e

Brooker

9780073525341

76

Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 5e

Hartwell

9780073525310

77

Human Genetics, 11e

Lewis

9780073525365

78

Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach, 3e Chess

9780073402420

70

Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 3e

Cowan

9780073402437

65

Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 4e

Wardlaw

9780078021398

87

Nutrition Essentials: A Personal Approach

Schiff

9780073402574

85

NUTRITION

v

vi

NEW TITLES PLANTS & ANIMALS Animal Diversity, 7e

Hickman

9780073524252

99

Biology of the Invertebrates, 7e

Pechenik

9780073524184

97

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 7e Kardong

9780077657055

98

Laboratory Studies for Animal Diversity, 7e

Hickman

9780077655174

101

Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 7e

Kardong

9780078023026

97, 98

Pathways of Astronomy, 4e

Schneider

9780073512242

121

Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 8e

Griffith

9780073513904

110

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

CHEMISTRY An Atoms First Approach to General Chemistry Laboratory Manual, 2e Dieckmann 9780077646424 137 Chemistry in Context, 8e

ACS

9780073522975

127

Chemistry: Atoms First, 2e

Burdge

9780073511184

133

Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 7e

Silberberg

9780073511177

134

Laboratory Manual Chemistry in Context, 8e

ACS

9780073518121

127

Principles of General, Organic & Biochemistry, 2e

Smith

9780073511191

130

Ecology: Global Insights and Investigations, 2e

Stiling

9780073532509

152

Environmental Science, 13e

Cunningham

9780073532547

149

Reynolds

9780078095160

161

The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Science, 3e

McConnnell

9780073524108

167

2014

Author ISBN Page

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

GEOGRAPHY Exploring Physical Geography GEOLOGY

PLANTS & ANIMALS Bryophyta

Sharma

9781259062872 93

Concepts of Modern Physics

Beiser

9789814595261

117

Modern Physics

Kaur

9789332901810

118

Solid State Physics

John

9789332901797

110

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

McGraw-Hill Connect™ strengthens the link between faculty, students and coursework, helping everyone accomplish more in less time. Innovative, adaptive technology engages students in the course content so they are better prepared, are more active in discussion, and achieve better results.

connect.mheducation.com

ConnectPlus™ includes the full textbook as an integrated, dynamic ebook where media, animation, and assessments are merged with the text’s narrative to engage students and improve learning and retention. McGraw-Hill LearnSmart™ is an intelligent learning system that uses a series of probing questions to pinpoint each student’s knowledge gaps. LearnSmart then provides an optimal learning path for each student, so that less time is spent in areas the student already knows and more time in areas needed. The result: students retain more knowledge, learn faster, and study more efficiently.

=Includes eBook in ConnectPlus

=Features PerkinElmer® ChemDraw

=Includes LearnSmart

=All titles in this course offer LabSmart

=Includes SmartBook

=All titles in this course offer PrepSmart

=Hosted by ALEKS, www.connectmath.com

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES & NUTRITION

Shier – Hole’s Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology 12e

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Shier – Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology 14e

Booth – Anatomy, Physiology, and Disease for the Health Professions 3e Fox – Human Physiology 14e Gunstream – Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide 6e Longenbaker – Mader’s Understanding Human A&P 8e Martin – Lab Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology 2e McKinley, et al. – Anatomy & Physiology 2e McKinley/O’Loughlin – Human Anatomy 4e Roiger – Anatomy, Physiology & Disease 1e Roiger – Anatomy & Physiology: Foundations for the Health Professions 1e

Tate – Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology 2e VanPutte – Seeley’s Anatomy & Physiology 10e VanPutte – Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology 9e Widmaier – Vander’s Human Physiology 13e

NON-MAJORS BIOLOGY Enger – Concepts in Biology 14e Hoefnagels – Biology: The Essentials 2e Hoefnagels – Biology: Concepts and Investigations 3e Johnson – Essentials of The Living World 4e Johnson – The Living World 8e

Saladin – Anatomy & Physiology 7e

Mader – Biology 12e

Saladin – Essentials Anatomy & Physiology 1e

Mader – Concepts of Biology 3e

Saladin – Human Anatomy 4e

Mader – Human Biology 14e

Mader – Essentials of Biology 4e

Mader – Inquiry into Life 14e

GENETICS Brooker – Concepts of Genetics 2e

MAJORS BIOLOGY

Brooker – Genetics: Analysis and Principles 5e

Brooker – Biology 3e

Hartwell – Genetics: From Genes to Genomes 5e

Brooker – Principles of Biology 1e Mason – Understanding Biology 1e

Lewis – Human Genetics 11e

Raven – Biology 10e Vodopich – Biology Lab Manual 10e

BOTANY Bidlack – Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology 13e

MICROBIOLOGY Anderson – Nester’s Microbiology: A Human Perspective 8e

ECOLOGY Molles – Ecology 7e

Brown – Benson’s Microbiological Applications Complete Version 13e Chess – Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach 3e Cowan – Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach 2e Cowan – Microbiology: A Systems Approach 4e Harley – Laboratory Exercises in Microbiology, 9e Obenauf – Lab Manual for Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach, 2e Talaro – Foundations in Microbiology 9e Talaro – Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Priniciples 9e Willey – Prescott’s Microbiology 9e

Stiling – Ecology 2e

ZOOLOGY Hickman – Animal Diversity 7e Hickman – Integrated Principles of Zoology 16e Miller – Zoology 9e

PHYSICAL & EARTH SCIENCES CHEMISTRY ACS – Chemistry in Context 8e Bauer – Introduction to Chemistry 4e Burdge – Chemistry 3e Burdge/Overby – Atoms First 2e Carey – Organic Chemistry 9e

NUTRITION Byrd-Bredbenner – Wardlaw’s Perspectives in Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 1e Byrd-Bredbenner – Wardlaw’s Perspectives in Nutrition 10e Schiff – Nutrition Essentials: A Personal Approach 1e Schiff – Nutrition for Healthy Living 4e Stephenson – Human Nutrition: Science for Healthy Living 1e Wardlaw – Contemporary Nutrition 10e Wardlaw – Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach 4e Williams – Nutrition for Health, Fitness & Sport 10e

Chang – Chemistry 12e Chang – General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts 7e Denniston – General, Organic, & Biochemistry 8e Silberberg – Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change 7e Silberberg – Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change GE 6e Silberberg – Principles of General Chemistry 3e Smith – General, Organic, & Biological Chemistry 3e Smith – Principles of General, Organic & Biological Chemistry 2e Smith – Organic Chemistry 4e

EARTH SCIENCE & GEOLOGY Abbott – Natural Disasters 9e Cunningham – Environmental Science 13e

ENGINEERING ENGINEERING Anderson – Introduction to Flight 8e

Cunningham – Principles of Environmental Science 7e

Alexander – Fundamentals of Electric Circuits 5e

Enger – Environmental Science 14e

Beer – Mechanics of Materials 7e

McConnell – The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Science 3e

Beer – Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and Dynamics 11e

Montgomery – Environmental Geology 10e

Beer – Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and Dynamics 10e

Plummer – Physical Geology 15e

Budynas – Shigley’s Mechanical Engineering Design 10e

Reichard – Environmental Geology 2e Reynolds – Exploring Earth Science 1e Reynolds – Exploring Geology 4e

Cengel – Fluid Mechanics Fundamentals & Applications 3e

Sverdrup – Investigating Oceanography 1e

Cengel – Heat and Mass Transfer: Fundamentals & Applications 5e

GEOGRAPHY Bradshaw – Contemporary World Regional Geography 4e Chang – Introduction to Geographic Information System 8e Getis – Introduction to Geography 14e Malinowski – Human Geography 1e Price – Mastering ArcGIS 4e Reynolds – Exploring Physical Geography 1e White – Essentials of World Regional Geography 3e

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Arny – Explorations: Introduction to Astronomy 7e Bauer – University Physics with Modern Physics 2e

Cengel – Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach with Student Resources DVD 8e Chapra – Numerical Methods for Engineers 7e Hayt – Engineering Circuit Analysis 8e Hillier – Introduction to Operations Research 10e Jaeger – Microelectronic Circuit Design 5e Kelton – Simulation with Arena 6e Navidi – Statistics for Engineers and Scientists 4e Plesha -Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics 2e Pressman – Software Engineering 8e Rizzoni – Principles and Applications of Electric Engineering 6e White – Fluid Mechanics 8e

Giambattista – College Physics 4e Giambattista – Physics 3e Griffith – Physics of Everyday Phenomena 8e

TRADES / TECHNOLOGY ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Krauskopf – The Physical Universe 15e

Malvino – Electronics Principles 8e

Lisa – The Physics of Sports 1e

Schultz – Grob’s Basic Electronics 12e

Schneider – Pathways to Astronomy 4e

Tokheim – Digital Electronics: Principles and Applications 8e

Tillery – Integrated Science 6e Tillery – Physical Science 10e

MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS Baratto – Basic Mathematical Skills with Geometry 9e

Messersmith – Basic College Mathematics with P.O.W.E.R. Learning 1e Messersmith – Beginning Algebra 1e

Baratto – Beginning Algebra 9e

Messersmith – Beginning and Intermediate Algebra 4e

Baratto – Elementary and Intermediate Algebra 5e

Messersmith – Intermediate Algebra 1e

Baratto – Prealgebra 4e

Messersmith – Intermediate Algebra with P.O.W.E.R. Learning 1e

Bello – Basic College Mathematics 4e Bello – Introductory Algebra 4e Bennett – Mathematics for Elementary Teachers 10e Bluman – Elementary Statistics: A Step-by-Step Approach 9e Bluman – Elemantary Statistics: Brief 7e Coburn – College Algebra 3e Coburn – College Algebra Essentials 3e Coburn – College Algebra: Graphs & Models 1e

Messersmith – Introductory Algebra with P.O.W.E.R. Learning 1e Messersmith – Prealgebra and Introductory Algebra with P.O.W.E.R. Learning 1e Messersmith – Prealgebra with P.O.W.E.R. Learning 1e Miller – Basic College Mathematics 3e Miller – Beginning Algebra 4e Miller – Beginning and Intermediate Algebra 4e Miller – College Algebra 2e Miller – College Algebra Essentials 1e

Dugopolski – Algebra for College Students 6e

Miller – Intermediate Algebra (Hardcover) 4e

Dugopolski – Elementary and Intermediate Algebra 4e

Miller – Intermediate Algebra (Softcover) 3e

Dugopolski – Intermediate Algebra 7e

Miller – Introductory Algebra 3e

Hendricks/Chow – Beginning Algebra 1e

Miller – Prealgebra & Introductory Algebra 1e

Hendricks/Chow – Beginning & Intermediate Algebra 1e

Navidi/Monk – Elementary Statistics 2e

Hendricks/Chow – Intermediate Algebra 1e

Navidi/Monk – Essential Statistics 1e

Hoffmann – Applied Calculus for Business, Economics, and the Social and Life Sciences, Expanded Edition 11e Hoffmann – Calculus for Business, Economics, and the Social and Life Sciences: Brief Version 11e

Miller – Prealgebra 2e

Rosen – Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications 7e Smith/Minton – Calculus 4e Smith/Minton – Calculus: EarlyTranscendental Functions 4e Sobecki – Math in Our World 3e Sobecki – Pathways to Math Literacy 1e

For more information, visit connect.mheducation.com For sales enquiries, please contact: McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 5FM  t'BY  t$VTUPNFS4FSWJDF)PUMJOF   eMail: [email protected]t8FCTJUFwww.mheducation.asia Updated as of Dec 2014*ODMVEFÜUJUMFT

® AVAILABLE ONLY WITH MCGRAW-HILL CONNECT® AND CONNECT PLUS® WITH SELECT TITLES STARTING IN JANUARY 2014, AND BROADLY AVAILABLE BY AUGUST 2014.

The first and only analytics tool of its kind, Connect Insight™ is a series of visual data displays—each framed by an intuitive question—to provide at-a-glance information regarding how your class is doing. At launch, Connect Insight™ will provide at-a-glance analysis on five key insights, available at a moment’s notice from your tablet device.

Join the Revolution. Require Digital. Make It Count! connect.NIFEVDBUJPOcom

Get Connected. Get Results. ®

Make It Count!

Get Connect Insight™ from your section home page. If Connect Insight™ is available with your adopted title, you will see a banner along the top of your Connect Section home page. After logging into Connect® from your mobile tablet device and selecting your class section, follow the on-screen instructions to experience Connect Insight™.

Make It Intuitive.

Make It Mobile.

You receive instant, at-a-glance view of student performance matched with student activity.

Connect Insight™ travels from office to classroom, available on demand wherever and whenever it’s needed.

Make It Dynamic.

Make It Transparent.

Connect Insight™ puts real-time analytics in your hands so you can take action early and keep struggling students from falling behind.

Be empowered with a more valuable and productive connection between you and your students with the transparency Connect Insight™ provides in the learning process.

Make It Required. Your time—as well as your students’ time—is valuable. Make every minute count by using McGraw-Hill’s Connect Insight™ and requiring students to use Connect®.

L E S S M A N A G I N G . M O R E T E A C H I N G . GREATER LEARNING. ®

McGraw-Hill Connect is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that gives students the means to better connect with coursework, instructors, and important concepts that they will need to know for success now and in the future.

■ LearnSmart

5.

.D(SBX)JMM -FBSO4NBSU JT BO BEBQUJWF MFBSOJOHTZTUFNEFTJHOFEUPIFMQTUVEFOUT MFBSO GBTUFS  TUVEZ NPSF FGGJDJFOUMZ  BOE SFUBJONPSFLOPXMFEHFGPSHSFBUFSTVDDFTT

■ Tegrity Campus ®

5FHSJUZ JT B IJHIMZTDBMBCMF  DMPVE CBTFE MFDUVSF DBQUVSF TFSWJDF UIBU MFUT*OTUJUVUJPOTBVUPNBUJDBMMZDBQUVSF FWFSZDMBTT°POBOEPGGDBNQVT°GPS SFWJFXBOZUJNF

■ McGraw-Hill Connect Plus eBook ®

.D(SBX)JMM$POOFDU1MVTJODMVEFTUIFTBNFHSFBUDBQBCJMJUJFTPG$POOFDU BOENBLFTBWBJMBCMFBEZOBNJD$POOFDU1MVTF#PPLCZXBZPGSPCVTUNFEJB BTTFUTJOUFHSBUFEUISPVHIPVUUIFOBSSBUJWFUPHJWFTUVEFOUTBDDFTTUPFOHBHJOH DPODFQUVBMNBUFSJBMJOBOFGGPSUUPJNQSPWFMFBSOJOHBOESFUFOUJPO

connect.mheducation.com

McGraw-Hill Connect offers a wealth of innovative digital features, including: A powerful adaptive learning system, a state-of-the-art lecture-capture tool, as well as an integrated media-rich eBook! ®

■ McGraw-Hill LearnSmart5. 5IF QSFNJFS MFBSOJOH TZTUFN EFTJHOFE UP FGGFDUJWFMZ BTTFTT B TUVEFOUµT LOPXMFEHFPGDPVSTFDPOUFOUUISPVHIBTFSJFTPGBEBQUJWFRVFTUJPOT  JOUFMMJHFOUMZ QJOQPJOUJOH DPODFQUT UIF TUVEFOU EPFT OPU VOEFSTUBOE BOE NBQQJOH PVU B QFSTPOBMJ[FE TUVEZ QMBO GPS TVDDFTT  -FBSO4NBSU QSFQBSFT TUVEFOUT  BMMPXJOH JOTUSVDUPST UP GPDVT WBMVBCMF DMBTT UJNF POIJHIFSMFWFMDPODFQUT

■ McGraw-Hill Tegrity® Campus "IJHIMZTDBMBCMF DMPVECBTFEMFDUVSFDBQUVSFTFSWJDF " UIBU U MFUT JOTUJUVUJPOT DBQUVSF DMBTT MFDUVSF GPS SFWJFX BOZUJNF XIJMFQSPWJEJOHTUVEFOUTUIFBCJMJUZUPTFBSDI B B BOESFQMBZDPVSTFDSJUJDBMMFDUVSFNBUFSJBMBTPGUFOBT OFDFTTBSZUPFYQPOFOUJBMMZJNQSPWFTUVEZFGGJDJFODZ O

■ McGraw-Hill Connect Plus eBook ®

" NFEJBSJDI F#PPL PGGFST JOUFHSBUFE SFTPVSDFT UP HJWF TUVEFOUTBOPQQPSUVOJUZUPJOUFSBDUXJUIDPSFDPVSTFDPOUFOU BUUIFQPJOUPGOFFE-JOLTUPTQFDJGJDQBHFTPGUIFF#PPLBSF FNCFEEFEJO$POOFDUBTTJHONFOUT UBLJOHTUVEFOUTEJSFDUMZ UPUIFNBUFSJBMUPIFMQUIFNDPNQMFUFUIFJSXPSL4UVEFOUT DBOUBLFOPUFT IJHIMJHIUBOECPPLNBSLUIFUFYUPOMJOFBOE TBWFUPUIFJSOPUFCPPLGPSSFGFSFODFEVSJOHTUVEZQFSJPET

connect.mheducation.com

Easy to Use. Proven Effective. Tailored to You.

Get on the same page even when there are no pages.

Get ConnecU Get Results McGraw-Hill’s Connect offers a number of powerful tools and features to make managing assignments easier, so you can spend more time teaching. Students engage with their coursework anytime from anywhere in a personalized way, making the learning process more accessible and efficient. Connect optimizes your time and energy, enabling you to focus on course content and learning outcomes, teaching, and student learning.

McGraw-Hill Connect strengthens the link between faculty, students and coursework, helping everyone accomplish more in less time. Innovative, adaptive technology engages students in the course content so they are better prepared, are more active in discussion, and achieve better results.

Easy to Use: Maximize your time and save your students time by helping them to zero in on exactly what they need to know now.

Tailored to You : Connect features a customizable suite of digital teaching and learning tools, including:

t

Straightforward course and assignment set up

t

t

Effortless Grading

t

Mobile

Learning Outcome assignment creation and reporting: create assignments using tagged content and run reports based on those tags that measure specific learning outcomes

t

Simple LMS Integration: access your Connect assignments with one-click access and grade sync from your campus learning management system

t

Integrated super-adaptive LearnSmart AdvantageTM products

t

McGraw-Hill TegrityTM lecture capture software

t

Integrated eBook

t

Customizable content: edit any of our existing materials or upload your own

t

Powerful Reporting: generate a number of powerful reports and charts that let you quickly review the performance of a given student or an entire section

Get Connected. Get Results. DPOOFDUNIFEVDBUJPODPN

Interactive Applications

Assurance of Learning Ready

Connect’s Interactive Applications deliver the chapter’s content through an engaging and interactive environment that allows students to apply the theory. Students will receive immediate feedback on how they are progressing.

Many educational institutions today are focused on the notion of assurance of learning, an important element of some accreditation standards. At McGraw-Hill, our products are designed specifically to support your assurance of learning initiatives with a simple, yet powerful solution. Each test bank question maps to a specific chapter learning outcome/objective listed in the text. You can use Connect to easily query for learning outcomes/ objectives that directly relate to the learning objectives for your course. You can then use the reporting features to aggregate student results in a similar fashion, making the collection and presentation of assurance of learning data simple and easy.

All Questions Tagged to Learning Objectives Understanding the importance and value of accreditation, we connect every question in our question and test banks to the general knowledge and skill guidelines standards making it simple for you to generate reports detailing student and class performance against specific learning objectives.

Get Connected. Get Results. DPOOFDUNIFEVDBUJPODPN

Insight Enabled: ConnectPlus offers easily-interpreted visualizations of student performance and assignment efficacy through McGraw-Hill’s Connect Insight. Designed for your tablet or desktop computer, Insight helps you optimize your time by showing you the students and assignments that can benefit most from your attention.

Get Connected. Get Results. DPOOFDUNIFEVDBUJPODPN

®

LMS Integration

Simple. Seamless. Secure. Accessing Connect is now easier than ever with McGraw-Hill’s market-leading LMS Integration service. LMS Integration offers you and your students instant access to all McGraw-Hill digital products with one simple, secure sign on. Build an effective Connect course, enroll your students with ease, sync scores to your LMS—and discover how powerful digital teaching can be.

®

McGraw-Hill and Blackboard Inc. teamed up to deliver the first to market integrated course solution which offers the deepest integration of publisher content within an LMS for Blackboard versions 8.0, 9.0, and 9.1.

Easy to Use. Proven Effective. Tailored to You.

MH Campus is McGraw-Hill’s LMS-agnostic service for bringing all McGraw-Hill digital resources together in one place. MH Campus allows you to truly leverage technology in your course.

Connect Single Sign-on. A single login and single environment provide seamless access to all course resources—all McGraw-Hill’s resources are available within the Blackboard Learn platform.

Compatible with every major LMS platform. McGraw-Hill’s premiere integration service is available for every major LMS including Blackboard, Desire2Learn, Angel, Canvas, Moodle, Sakai and more!

Deep Integration. One-click access to McGraw-Hill Connect assignments and tools—all from within Blackboard LearnTM.

Connect Single Sign-on. No registration or separate account creation needed to access McGraw-Hill Connect assignments and tools!

One Gradebook. Automatic grade synchronization with Blackboard gradebook. All grades for McGraw-Hill assignments are recorded in the Blackboard gradebook automatically.

Grade Synchronization. No more importing and exporting spreadsheets of Connect student scores between gradebooks. Synch your LMS gradebook in a few clicks of a mouse!

Get Connected. Get Results. connect.NIFEVDBUJPOcom

T H E E V O LU T IO N O F L E A R N ING AN ADAPTIVE STUDY TOOL PROVEN TO STRENGTHEN MEMORY RECALL, INCREASE CLASS RETENTION, AND BOOST GRADES McGraw-Hill LearnSmart™ is an intelligent learning system that uses a series of ƉƌŽďŝŶŐƋƵĞƐƟŽŶƐƚŽƉŝŶƉŽŝŶƚĞĂĐŚƐƚƵĚĞŶƚ͛ƐŬŶŽǁůĞĚŐĞŐĂƉƐ͘>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚƚŚĞŶ ƉƌŽǀŝĚĞƐĂŶŽƉƟŵĂůůĞĂƌŶŝŶŐƉĂƚŚĨŽƌĞĂĐŚƐƚƵĚĞŶƚ͕ƐŽƚŚĂƚůĞƐƐƟŵĞŝƐƐƉĞŶƚŝŶĂƌĞĂƐ ƚŚĞƐƚƵĚĞŶƚĂůƌĞĂĚLJŬŶŽǁƐĂŶĚŵŽƌĞƟŵĞŝŶĂƌĞĂƐŶĞĞĚĞĚ͘dŚĞƌĞƐƵůƚ͗ƐƚƵĚĞŶƚƐ ƌĞƚĂŝŶŵŽƌĞŬŶŽǁůĞĚŐĞ͕ůĞĂƌŶĨĂƐƚĞƌ͕ĂŶĚƐƚƵĚLJŵŽƌĞĞĸĐŝĞŶƚůLJ͘

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE & NUTRITION ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Foxʹ,ƵŵĂŶWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϰĞ Foxʹ,ƵŵĂŶWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϯĞ GunstreamʹŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJǁŝƚŚ/ŶƚĞŐƌĂƚĞĚ ^ƚƵĚLJ'ƵŝĚĞ͕ϲĞ LongenbakerʹDĂĚĞƌ͛ƐhŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJ ΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϴĞ McGraw-Hill ʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌŶĂƚŽŵLJĂŶĚWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ ϭĞ McKinleyʹŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͗Ŷ/ŶƚĞŐƌĂƟǀĞ ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϮĞ McKinleyʹ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJ͕ϰĞ SaladinʹŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͗dŚĞhŶŝƚLJŽĨ&ŽƌŵĂŶĚ &ƵŶĐƟŽŶ͕ϳĞ SaladinʹƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ Saladinʹ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJ͕ϰĞ Shierʹ,ŽůĞ͛Ɛ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJĂŶĚWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϰĞ Shierʹ,ŽůĞ͛ƐƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ ϭϮĞ Tateʹ^ĞĞůĞLJ͛ƐWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϮĞ sĂŶWƵƩĞʹ^ĞĞůĞLJ͛ƐŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϬĞ sĂŶWƵƩĞʹ^ĞĞůĞLJ͛ƐƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ 9e WidmaierʹsĂŶĚĞƌ͛Ɛ,ƵŵĂŶWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϯĞ

EKEͳD:KZ^/K>K'z HoefnagelsʹŝŽůŽŐLJ͗ŽŶĐĞƉƚƐĂŶĚ/ŶǀĞƐƟŐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϯĞ HoefnagelsʹŝŽůŽŐLJ͗dŚĞƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐ͕ϮĞ JohnsonʹƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨƚŚĞ>ŝǀŝŶŐtŽƌůĚ͕ϰĞ JohnsonʹdŚĞ>ŝǀŝŶŐtŽƌůĚ͕ϴĞ MaderʹŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϮĞ MaderʹƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϰĞ Maderʹ,ƵŵĂŶŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϰĞ Maderʹ/ŶƋƵŝƌLJ/ŶƚŽ>ŝĨĞ͕ϭϰĞ MaderʹŽŶĐĞƉƚƐŽĨŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϯĞ McGraw-Hillʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ

D:KZ^/K>K'z BrookerʹŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϯĞ BrookerʹWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ MasonʹhŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ McGraw-Hill ʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌDĂũŽƌƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ RavenʹŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϬĞ

MICROBIOLOGY Anderson – EĞƐƚĞƌ͛ƐDŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ͗,ƵŵĂŶWĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞ͕ ϴĞ CowanʹDŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ&ƵŶĚĂŵĞŶƚĂůƐ͗ůŝŶŝĐĂů ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϮĞ CowanʹDŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ͗^LJƐƚĞŵƐƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϰĞ McGraw-Hill ʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌDŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ Talaroʹ&ŽƵŶĚĂƟŽŶƐŝŶDŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϵĞ WilleyʹWƌĞƐĐŽƩ͛ƐDŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϵĞ

NUTRITION Byrd-Bredbenner ʹtĂƌĚůĂǁ͛ƐWĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞƐŝŶEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶ͕ ϭϬĞ Byrd-BredbennerʹtĂƌĚůĂǁ͛ƐWĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞƐŝŶEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶ͗ &ƵŶĐƟŽŶĂůƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϭĞ McGraw-Hillʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶ͕ϭĞ ^ĐŚŝīʹEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐ͗WĞƌƐŽŶĂůƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϭĞ ^ĐŚŝīʹEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶĨŽƌ,ĞĂůƚŚLJ>ŝǀŝŶŐ͕ϰĞ Stephenson ʹ,ƵŵĂŶEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶ͗^ĐŝĞŶĐĞĨŽƌ,ĞĂůƚŚLJ >ŝǀŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Wardlaw – ŽŶƚĞŵƉŽƌĂƌLJEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶ͕ϭϬĞ WardlawʹŽŶƚĞŵƉŽƌĂƌLJEƵƚƌŝƚŽŶ͗&ƵŶĐƟŽŶĂů ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϰĞ

GENETICS Brooker – ŽŶĐĞƉƚƐŽĨ'ĞŶĞƟĐƐ͕ϮĞ Brookerʹ'ĞŶĞƟĐƐ͕ϱĞ Hartwell ʹ'ĞŶĞƟĐƐ͗&ƌŽŵ'ĞŶĞƐƚŽ'ĞŶŽŵĞƐ͕ϱĞ Lewis ʹ,ƵŵĂŶ'ĞŶĞƟĐƐ͕ϭϭĞ

ECOLOGY Molles ʹĐŽůŽŐLJ͗ŽŶĐĞƉƚƐĂŶĚƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϳĞ

ZOOLOGY Hickmanʹ/ŶƚĞŐƌĂƚĞĚWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨŽŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϲĞ

PHYSICAL & EARTH SCIENCES

CunninghamʹWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂů^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϳĞ Enger ʹŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂů^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϭϰĞ McConnellʹdŚĞ'ŽŽĚĂƌƚŚ͗/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽĂƌƚŚ͕ϯĞ Montgomery – Environmental Geology PlummerʹWŚLJƐŝĐĂů'ĞŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϱĞ ReichardʹŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂů'ĞŽůŽŐLJ͕ϮĞ ReynoldsʹdžƉůŽƌŝŶŐĂƌƚŚ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϭĞ ReynoldsʹdžƉůŽƌŝŶŐ'ĞŽůŽŐLJ͕ϰĞ Sverdrupʹ/ŶǀĞƐƟŐĂƟŶŐKĐĞĂŶŽŐƌĂƉŚLJ͕ϭĞ

GEOGRAPHY 'ĞƟƐʹ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽ'ĞŽŐƌĂƉŚLJ͕ϭϰĞ ReynoldsʹdžƉůŽƌŝŶŐWŚLJƐŝĐĂů'ĞŽŐƌĂƉŚLJ͕ϭĞ WhiteʹtŽƌůĚZĞŐŝŽŶĂů'ĞŽŐƌĂƉŚLJƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐ͕ϯĞ

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY ArnyʹdžƉůŽƌĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϳĞ BauerʹhŶŝǀĞƌƐŝƚLJWŚLJƐŝĐƐǁŝƚŚDŽĚĞƌŶWŚLJƐŝĐƐ͕ϮĞ 'ŝĂŵďĂƫƐƚĂʹWŚLJƐŝĐƐ͕ϯĞ 'ƌŝĸƚŚʹWŚLJƐŝĐƐŽĨǀĞƌLJĚĂLJWŚĞŶŽŵĞŶĂ͕ϴĞ KrauskopfʹdŚĞWŚLJƐŝĐĂůhŶŝǀĞƌƐĞ͕ϭϱĞ LisaʹdŚĞWŚLJƐŝĐƐŽĨ^ƉŽƌƚƐ McGraw-Hill ʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌWŚLJƐŝĐƐ͕ϭĞ SchneiderʹWĂƚŚǁĂLJƐƚŽƐƚƌŽŶŽŵLJ͕ϰĞ Tilleryʹ/ŶƚĞŐƌĂƚĞĚ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϲĞ TilleryʹWŚLJƐŝĐĂů^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϭϬĞ

CHEMISTRY American Chemical SocietyʹŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJŝŶŽŶƚĞdžƚ͗ ƉƉůLJŝŶŐŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJƚŽ^ŽĐŝĞƚLJ͕ϴĞ Bauerʹ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϰĞ BurdgeʹŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϯĞ Burdge/OverbyʹŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͗ƚŽŵƐ&ŝƌƐƚ͕ϮĞ CareyʹKƌŐĂŶŝĐŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϵĞ ChangʹŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϭϮĞ Changʹ'ĞŶĞƌĂůŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͗dŚĞƐƐĞŶƟĂůŽŶĐĞƉƚƐ͕ϳĞ Dennistonʹ'ĞŶĞƌĂů͕KƌŐĂŶŝĐΘŝŽĐŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϴĞ McGraw-Hill ʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌ'ĞŶĞƌĂůŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϭĞ McGraw-Hillʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϭĞ McGraw-Hill ʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌKƌŐĂŶŝĐŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϭĞ SilberbergʹŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͗dŚĞDŽůĞĐƵůĂƌEĂƚƵƌĞŽĨDĂƩĞƌ ΘŚĂŶŐĞ͕ϳĞ SilberbergʹWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨ'ĞŶĞƌĂůŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϯĞ Smithʹ'ĞŶĞƌĂů͕KƌŐĂŶŝĐ͕ΘŝŽůŽŐŝĐĂůŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϯĞ SmithʹKƌŐĂŶŝĐŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϰĞ SmithʹWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨ'ĞŶĞƌĂů͕KƌŐĂŶŝĐ͕ΘŝŽůŽŐŝĐĂů ŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϮĞ

EARTH SCIENCE & GEOLOGY ďďŽƩ ʹEĂƚƵƌĂůŝƐĂƐƚĞƌƐ͕ϵĞ CunninghamʹŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂů^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϭϯĞ

ENGINEERING ENGINEERING Anderson ʹ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽ&ůŝŐŚƚ͕ϴĞ Beer/JohnstonʹDĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐŽĨDĂƚĞƌŝĂůƐ͕ϳĞ Beer/Johnston ʹsĞĐƚŽƌDĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐĨŽƌŶŐŝŶĞĞƌƐ͗^ƚĂƟĐƐ ĂŶĚLJŶĂŵŝĐƐ͕ϭϭĞ ƵĚLJŶĂƐͬEŝƐďĞƩʹ^ŚŝŐůĞLJ͛ƐDĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐ ĞƐŝŐŶ͕ϭϬĞ CengelʹdŚĞƌŵŽĚLJŶĂŵŝĐƐ͗ŶŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϴĞ Cengel/Cimbalaʹ&ůƵŝĚDĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ͗&ƵŶĚĂŵĞŶƚĂůƐĂŶĚ ƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϯĞ Cengel/Ghajarʹ,ĞĂƚĂŶĚDĂƐƐdƌĂŶƐĨĞƌ͕ϱĞ ChapraʹEƵŵĞƌŝĐĂůDĞƚŚŽĚƐĨŽƌŶŐŝŶĞĞƌƐΘ^ĐŝĞŶƟƐƚƐ͕ ϳĞ Hillierʹ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽKƉĞƌĂƟŽŶƐZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚ͕ϭϬĞ JaegerʹDŝĐƌŽĞůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐŝƌĐƵŝƚĞƐŝŐŶ͕ϱĞ Keltonʹ^ŝŵƵůĂƟŽŶǁŝƚŚƌĞŶĂ͕ϲĞ Navidiʹ^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐĨŽƌŶŐŝŶĞĞƌƐĂŶĚ^ĐŝĞŶƟƐƚƐ͕ϰĞ Pressmanʹ^ŽŌǁĂƌĞŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐ͗WƌĂĐƟƟŽŶĞƌ͛Ɛ ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϴĞ Rizzoni ʹWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐĂŶĚƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐŽĨůĞĐƚƌŝĐĂů ŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐ͕ϲĞ White – &ůƵŝĚDĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ͕ϴĞ

TRADES / TECHNOLOGY

EMERGENCY CARE

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

EMERGENCY CARE

Malvino ʹůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐƐWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐ͕ϴĞ Schultz – 'ƌŽď͛ƐĂƐŝĐůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐƐ͕ϭϮĞ TokheimʹŝŐŝƚĂůůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐƐ͗WƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐΘƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ ϴĞ

AehlertʹŵĞƌŐĞŶĐLJDĞĚŝĐĂůZĞƐƉŽŶĚĞƌ͗&ŝƌƐƚZĞƐƉŽŶĚĞƌ ŝŶĐƟŽŶ͕ϮĞ AehlertʹŵĞƌŐĞŶĐLJDĞĚŝĐĂůdĞĐŚŶŝĐŝĂŶ͕ϮĞ

MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS ĞŶŶĞƩʹDĂƚŚĞŵĂƟĐƐĨŽƌůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌLJdĞĂĐŚĞƌƐ͗ ŽŶĐĞƉƚƵĂůƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϭϬĞ BlumanʹůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌLJ^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐ͕ϵĞ BlumanʹůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌLJ^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐ͗ƌŝĞĨsĞƌƐŝŽŶ͕ϳĞ CoburnʹŽůůĞŐĞůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϯĞ Hendricks/ChowʹĞŐŝŶŶŝŶŐΘ/ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϭĞ Hendricks/ChowʹĞŐŝŶŶŝŶŐůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϭĞ Hendricks/Chowʹ/ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂŵ͕ϭĞ ,ŽīŵĂŶŶʹƉƉůŝĞĚĂůĐƵůƵƐĨŽƌƵƐŝŶĞƐƐ͕ĐŽŶŽŵŝĐƐ͕ ĂŶĚƚŚĞ^ŽĐŝĂůĂŶĚ>ŝĨĞ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞƐ͗džƉĂŶĚĞĚĚŝƟŽŶ͕ϭϭĞ ,ŽīŵĂŶŶʹĂůĐƵůƵƐĨŽƌƵƐŝŶĞƐƐ͕ĐŽŶŽŵŝĐƐ͕ĂŶĚƚŚĞ ^ŽĐŝĂůĂŶĚ>ŝĨĞ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞƐ͕ƌŝĞĨsĞƌƐŝŽŶ͕ϭϭĞ MessersmithʹĂƐŝĐŽůůĞŐĞDĂƚŚĞŵĂƟĐƐǁŝƚŚW͘K͘t͘͘Z͘ >ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Messersmithʹ/ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂǁŝƚŚW͘K͘t͘͘Z͘ >ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Messersmithʹ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJůŐĞďƌĂǁŝƚŚW͘K͘t͘͘Z͘ >ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Messersmith – WƌĞĂůŐĞďƌĂĂŶĚ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJǁŝƚŚ W͘K͘t͘͘Z͘>ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ MessersmithʹWƌĞĂůŐĞďƌĂǁŝƚŚW͘K͘t͘͘Z͘>ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ MillerʹĂƐŝĐŽůůĞŐĞDĂƚŚĞŵĂƟĐƐ͕ϯĞ MillerʹĞŐŝŶŶŝŶŐůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϰĞ MillerʹĞŐŝŶŶŝŶŐĂŶĚ/ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϰĞ MillerʹŽůůĞŐĞůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϭĞ MillerʹŽůůĞŐĞůŐĞďƌĂ͗ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐ͕ϭĞ Millerʹ/ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂ;,ĂƌĚĐŽǀĞƌͿ͕ϰĞ Millerʹ/ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂ;^ŽŌĐŽǀĞƌͿ͕ϯĞ Millerʹ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϯĞ MillerʹWƌĞĂůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϮĞ MillerʹWƌĞĂůŐĞďƌĂΘ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϭĞ NavidiʹůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌLJ^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐ͕ϮĞ NavidiʹƐƐĞŶƟĂů^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐ͕ϭĞ RosenʹŝƐĐƌĞƚĞDĂƚŚΘƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϳĞ SobeckiʹDĂƚŚŝŶKƵƌtŽƌůĚ͕ϯĞ

HEALTH PROFESSIONS & NURSING COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE SandersonʹŽŵƉƵƚĞƌƐŝŶƚŚĞDĞĚŝĐĂůKĸĐĞ͕ϵĞ

EKG / ECG BoothʹůĞĐƚƌŽĐĂƌĚŝŽŐƌĂƉŚLJ͕ϰĞ

HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Shanholtzerʹ,ĞĂůƚŚ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƟŽŶĂŶĚdĞĐŚŶŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ

MEDICAL ASSISTING BayesʹDĞĚŝĐĂůKĸĐĞWƌŽĐĞĚƵƌĞƐ͕ϴĞ BoothʹDĞĚŝĐĂůƐƐŝƐƟŶŐ͗ĚŵŝŶŝƐƚƌĂƟǀĞĂŶĚůŝŶŝĐĂů WƌŽĐĞĚƵƌĞƐǁŝƚŚŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϱĞ HouserʹĚŵŝŶŝƐƚƌĂƟǀĞDĞĚŝĐĂůƐƐŝƐƟŶŐĂtŽƌŬĨŽƌĐĞ ZĞĂĚŝŶĞƐƐƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϭĞ McGraw-Hill ʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌDĞĚŝĐĂůƐƐŝƐƟŶŐ͕ϭĞ MoiniʹDĞĚŝĐĂůƐƐŝƐƟŶŐZĞǀŝĞǁ͗WĂƐƐŝŶŐƚŚĞD͕ZD͕ ĂŶĚDdžĂŵƐ͕ϱĞ

MEDICAL INSURANCE BILLING & CODING GrebnerʹDĞĚŝĐĂůŽĚŝŶŐ͗hŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐ/ͲϭϬͲDĂŶĚ /ͲϭϬͲW^͕ϭĞ

MEDICAL LAW & ETHICS Judsonʹ>ĂǁΘƚŚŝĐƐĨŽƌ,ĞĂůƚŚWƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶƐ͕ϳĞ

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY AllanʹƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨDĞĚŝĐĂů>ĂŶŐĂƵŐĞ͕ϯĞ AllanʹDĞĚŝĐĂů>ĂŶŐƵĂŐĞĨŽƌDŽĚĞƌŶ,ĞĂůƚŚĂƌĞ͕ϯĞ BostwickʹDĞĚŝĐĂůdĞƌŵŝŶŽůŽŐLJ͗WƌŽŐƌĂŵŵĞĚ ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϮĞ JonesʹĐƋƵŝƌŝŶŐDĞĚŝĐĂů>ĂŶŐƵĂŐĞ͕ϭĞ McGraw-Hill ʹ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĨŽƌDĞĚŝĐĂůdĞƌŵŝŶŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ ThiererʹDĞĚŝĐĂůdĞƌŵŝŶŽůŽŐLJ͕ϯĞ

PHARMACOLOGY GauwitzʹĚŵŝŶŝƐƚĞƌŝŶŐDĞĚŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϴĞ HitnerʹWŚĂƌŵĂĐŽůŽŐLJ͗Ŷ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶ͕ϳĞ HitnerʹWŚĂƌŵĂĐŽůŽŐLJ͗Ŷ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶ͕ϲĞ

PHLEBOTOMY Booth – WŚůĞďŽƚŽŵLJ͗ŽŵƉĞƚĞŶĐLJͲĂƐĞĚƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ

A

B

C

30.5%

33.5%

22.6%

D E 8.7%

4.7%

WITH LEARNSMART

A

B

C

19.3%

38.6%

28.0%

More students get As and Bs with LearnSmart.

D E 9.6%

WITHOUT LEARNSMART STUDY: 690 STUDENTS/6 INSTITUTIONS

4.5%

VisitůĞĂƌŶƐŵĂƌƚĂĚǀĂŶƚĂŐĞ͘ĐŽŵ ŽƌƐĐĂŶƚŽǀŝĞǁĞīĞĐƟǀĞŶĞƐƐƐƚƵĚLJ

AN ADAPTIVE LEARNING SYSTEM PROVIDING RESOURCESÊ/"Ê 

UNDERSTANDING LearnSmart Achieve is a revolutionary new learning system that combines a continually adaptive learning experience with important, rich, dynamic learning resources to help students learn the material, retain more knowledge and get better grades.

For more information, visit learnsmartadvantage.com For sales enquiries, please contact: McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 /i\ÊÊ­Èx®ÊÈnÈÎÊ£xnäÊÊUÊÊ>ÝÊÊ­Èx®ÊÈnÈÓÊÎÎx{ÊÊUÊÊ ÕÃ̜“iÀÊ-iÀۈViʜ̏ˆ˜i\ÊÊ­Èx®ÊÈnÈnÊn£nn eMail: [email protected]ÊÊUÊÊ7iLÈÌi\ÊÊwww.mheducation.asia Updated as of Dec 2014. Include © 2016 titles.

MCGRAW-HILL LEARNSMART ® SMARTBOOK LEARNSMART PREP LEARNSMART ACHIEVE LEARNSMART LABS TM

TM

TM

TM

AN ADAPTIVE STUDY TOOL PROVEN TO STRENGTHEN MEMORY RECALL, INCREASE CLASS RETENTION, AND BOOST GRADES

Improves Student Performance More students earn A’s and B’s when they use LearnSmart.

LearnSmart Assignments (Experimental) (n=358)

A

Testbank Question Assignments (Control) (n=332)

B

A

0%

10%

C

B

20%

30%

THE EVOLUTION OF LEARNING learnsmartadvantage.com

40%

C

50%

60%

70%

80%

D

F

D

F

90%

100%

Powerful Reports Pinpoint Specific Areas to Reinforce and Study Students are able to study more efficiently because they are made aware of what they know and don’t know. Instructor reports identify at-risk students and highlight the concepts the class as a whole struggles with the most.

Moves Students Beyond Memorizing LearnSmart increases overall learning by encouraging periodic review of concepts students are likely to forget.

Allows Instructors to Align Content with Their Goals Instructors choose subject matter topics and designate the average time required of students to complete the assignment.

Allows Instructors to Spend More Time Teaching Higher Level Concepts

“Students are learning more, and I have time to commit to more advanced instruction.“ Julie Morrison, Psychology Instructor, Glendale Community College

“Thanks to LearnSmart, students come to class prepared and as a result, I am able to utilize class time more productively for class discussion.“ Gary Brockway, Marketing Instructor, Murray State University

THE FIRST AND ONLY ADAPTIVE READING EXPERIENCE DESIGNED TO TRANSFORM THE WAY STUDENTS READ. ƵŝůƚŽīŽĨƚŚĞƉƌŽǀĞŶ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĞŶŐŝŶĞƚŚĂƚŝĚĞŶƟĮĞƐ ǁŚĂƚĂƐƚƵĚĞŶƚĚŽĞƐŽƌĚŽĞƐŶŽƚŬŶŽǁĂŶĚĂĚĂƉƚƐŝŶƌĞĂů ƟŵĞƚŽŵĂdžŝŵŝnjĞĞĂĐŚŵŝŶƵƚĞŽĨƟŵĞƐƉĞŶƚƐƚƵĚLJŝŶŐ͘

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE & NUTRITION ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Foxʹ,ƵŵĂŶWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϰĞ GunstreamʹŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJǁŝƚŚ/ŶƚĞŐƌĂƚĞĚ ^ƚƵĚLJ'ƵŝĚĞ͕ϲĞ LongenbakerʹDĂĚĞƌΖƐhŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJ ΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϴĞ McKinleyʹŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͗Ŷ/ŶƚĞŐƌĂƟǀĞ ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϮĞ McKinleyʹ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJ͕ϰĞ SaladinʹŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͗dŚĞhŶŝƚLJŽĨ&ŽƌŵĂŶĚ &ƵŶĐƟŽŶ͕ϳĞ SaladinʹƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ Saladinʹ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJ͕ϰĞ Shierʹ,ŽůĞΖƐƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ ϭϮĞ Shierʹ,ŽůĞΖƐ,ƵŵĂŶŶĂƚŽŵLJĂŶĚWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϰĞ Tate – ^ĞĞůĞLJΖƐWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϮĞ sĂŶWƵƩĞ – ^ĞĞůĞLJΖƐŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϬĞ sĂŶWƵƩĞ – ^ĞĞůĞLJΖƐƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ ϵĞ Widmaier – sĂŶĚĞƌΖƐ,ƵŵĂŶWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϯĞ

EKEͳD:KZ^/K>K'z Hoefnagels – ŝŽůŽŐLJ͗ŽŶĐĞƉƚƐĂŶĚ/ŶǀĞƐƟŐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϯĞ Hoefnagels – ŝŽůŽŐLJ͗dŚĞƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐ͕ϮĞ Johnson – ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨƚŚĞ>ŝǀŝŶŐtŽƌůĚ͕ϰĞ Johnson – dŚĞ>ŝǀŝŶŐtŽƌůĚ͕ϴĞ Mader – ŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϮĞ Mader – ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϰĞ Mader – ,ƵŵĂŶŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϰĞ Mader – /ŶƋƵŝƌLJ/ŶƚŽ>ŝĨĞ͕ϭϰĞ Mader – ŽŶĐĞƉƚƐŽĨŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϯĞ

D:KZ^/K>K'z Brooker – ŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϯĞ Brooker – WƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ Mason – hŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ Raven – ŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϬĞ

MICROBIOLOGY Anderson – EĞƐƚĞƌΖƐDŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ͗,ƵŵĂŶWĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞ͕ ϴĞ Cowan – DŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ&ƵŶĚĂŵĞŶƚĂůƐ͗ůŝŶŝĐĂů ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϮĞ Cowan – DŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ͗^LJƐƚĞŵƐƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϰĞ Talaro – &ŽƵŶĚĂƟŽŶƐŝŶDŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϵĞ Willey – WƌĞƐĐŽƩΖƐDŝĐƌŽďŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϵĞ

NUTRITION Byrd-Bredbenner – tĂƌĚůĂǁΖƐWĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞƐŝŶEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶ͕ ϭϬĞ Byrd-Bredbenner – tĂƌĚůĂǁΖƐWĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞƐŝŶEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶ͗ &ƵŶĐƟŽŶĂůƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϭĞ ^ĐŚŝī – EƵƚƌŝƟŽŶƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐ͗WĞƌƐŽŶĂůƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϭĞ ^ĐŚŝī – EƵƚƌŝƟŽŶĨŽƌ,ĞĂůƚŚLJ>ŝǀŝŶŐ͕ϰĞ Stephenson – ,ƵŵĂŶEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶ͗^ĐŝĞŶĐĞĨŽƌ,ĞĂůƚŚLJ >ŝǀŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Wardlaw – ŽŶƚĞŵƉŽƌĂƌLJEƵƚƌŝƟŽŶ͕ϭϬĞ Wardlaw – ŽŶƚĞŵƉŽƌĂƌLJEƵƚƌŝƚŽŶ͗&ƵŶĐƟŽŶĂů ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϰĞ

GENETICS Brooker – ŽŶĐĞƉƚƐŽĨ'ĞŶĞƟĐƐ͕ϮĞ Brooker – 'ĞŶĞƟĐƐ͕ϱĞ Hartwellʹ'ĞŶĞƟĐƐ͗&ƌŽŵ'ĞŶĞƐƚŽ'ĞŶŽŵĞƐ͕ϱĞ Lewis – ,ƵŵĂŶ'ĞŶĞƟĐƐ͕ϭϭĞ

ECOLOGY

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Molles – ĐŽůŽŐLJ͗ŽŶĐĞƉƚƐĂŶĚƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϳĞ

Arny – džƉůŽƌĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϳĞ Bauer – hŶŝǀĞƌƐŝƚLJWŚLJƐŝĐƐǁŝƚŚDŽĚĞƌŶWŚLJƐŝĐƐ͕ϮĞ 'ŝĂŵďĂƫƐƚĂ – WŚLJƐŝĐƐ͕ϯĞ 'ƌŝĸƚŚ – WŚLJƐŝĐƐŽĨǀĞƌLJĚĂLJWŚĞŶŽŵĞŶĂ͕ϴĞ Krauskopf – dŚĞWŚLJƐŝĐĂůhŶŝǀĞƌƐĞ͕ϭϱĞ Lisa – dŚĞWŚLJƐŝĐƐŽĨ^ƉŽƌƚƐ͕ϭĞ Schneider – WĂƚŚǁĂLJƐƚŽƐƚƌŽŶŽŵLJ͕ϰĞ Tillery – /ŶƚĞŐƌĂƚĞĚ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϲĞ Tillery – WŚLJƐŝĐĂů^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϭϬĞ

ZOOLOGY Hickman – /ŶƚĞŐƌĂƚĞĚWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨŽŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϲĞ

PHYSICAL & EARTH SCIENCES CHEMISTRY American Chemical Society – ŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJŝŶŽŶƚĞdžƚ͗ ƉƉůLJŝŶŐŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJƚŽ^ŽĐŝĞƚLJ͕ϴĞ Bauer – /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϰĞ Burdge – ŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϯĞ Burdge/Overby – ŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͗ƚŽŵƐ&ŝƌƐƚ͕ϮĞ Carey – KƌŐĂŶŝĐŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϵĞ Chang – ŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϭϮĞ Chang – 'ĞŶĞƌĂůŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͗dŚĞƐƐĞŶƟĂůŽŶĐĞƉƚƐ͕ϳĞ Denniston – 'ĞŶĞƌĂů͕KƌŐĂŶŝĐΘŝŽĐŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϴĞ Silberberg – ŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͗dŚĞDŽůĞĐƵůĂƌEĂƚƵƌĞŽĨDĂƩĞƌ ΘŚĂŶŐĞ͕ϳĞ Silberberg – WƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨ'ĞŶĞƌĂůŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϯĞ Smith – 'ĞŶĞƌĂů͕KƌŐĂŶŝĐ͕ΘŝŽůŽŐŝĐĂůŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϯĞ Smith – KƌŐĂŶŝĐŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϰĞ Smith – WƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨ'ĞŶĞƌĂů͕KƌŐĂŶŝĐ͕ΘŝŽůŽŐŝĐĂů ŚĞŵŝƐƚƌLJ͕ϮĞ

EARTH SCIENCE & GEOLOGY ďďŽƩ – EĂƚƵƌĂůŝƐĂƐƚĞƌƐ͕ϵĞ Cunningham – ŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂů^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϭϯĞ Cunningham – WƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂů^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϳĞ Enger – ŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂů^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϭϰĞ McConnell – dŚĞ'ŽŽĚĂƌƚŚ͗/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽĂƌƚŚ ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϯĞ Montgomery – ŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂů'ĞŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϬĞ Plummer – WŚLJƐŝĐĂů'ĞŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϱĞ Reichard – ŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂů'ĞŽůŽŐLJ͕ϮĞ Reynolds – džƉůŽƌŝŶŐĂƌƚŚ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ϭĞ Reynolds – džƉůŽƌŝŶŐ'ĞŽůŽŐLJ͕ϰĞ – /ŶǀĞƐƟŐĂƟŶŐKĐĞĂŶŽŐƌĂƉŚLJ͕ϭĞ

GEOGRAPHY 'ĞƟƐ – /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽ'ĞŽŐƌĂƉŚLJ͕ϭϰĞ Reynolds – džƉůŽƌŝŶŐWŚLJƐŝĐĂů'ĞŽŐƌĂƉŚLJ͕ϭĞ White – tŽƌůĚZĞŐŝŽŶĂů'ĞŽŐƌĂƉŚLJƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐ͕ϯĞ

ENGINEERING ENGINEERING Anderson – /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽ&ůŝŐŚƚ͕ϴĞ Beer/Johnston – DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐŽĨDĂƚĞƌŝĂůƐ͕ϳĞ Beer/Johnston – sĞĐƚŽƌDĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐĨŽƌŶŐŝŶĞĞƌƐ͗^ƚĂƟĐƐ ĂŶĚLJŶĂŵŝĐƐ͕ϭϭĞ ƵĚLJŶĂƐͬEŝƐďĞƩ – ^ŚŝŐůĞLJΖƐDĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐ ĞƐŝŐŶ͕ϭϬĞ Cengel – dŚĞƌŵŽĚLJŶĂŵŝĐƐ͗ŶŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϴĞ Cengel/Cimbala – &ůƵŝĚDĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ͗&ƵŶĚĂŵĞŶƚĂůƐĂŶĚ ƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϯĞ Cengel/Ghajar – ,ĞĂƚĂŶĚDĂƐƐdƌĂŶƐĨĞƌ͕ϱĞ Chapra – EƵŵĞƌŝĐĂůDĞƚŚŽĚƐĨŽƌŶŐŝŶĞĞƌƐΘ^ĐŝĞŶƟƐƚƐ͕ ϳĞ Hillier – /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽKƉĞƌĂƟŽŶƐZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚ͕ϭϬĞ Jaeger – DŝĐƌŽĞůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐŝƌĐƵŝƚĞƐŝŐŶ͕ϱĞ Kelton – ^ŝŵƵůĂƟŽŶǁŝƚŚƌĞŶĂ͕ϲĞ Navidi – ^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐĨŽƌŶŐŝŶĞĞƌƐĂŶĚ^ĐŝĞŶƟƐƚƐ͕ϰĞ Pressman – ^ŽŌǁĂƌĞŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐ͗WƌĂĐƟƟŽŶĞƌΖƐ ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϴĞ Rizzoni – WƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐĂŶĚƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐŽĨůĞĐƚƌŝĐĂů ŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐ͕ϲĞ White – &ůƵŝĚDĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐ͕ϴĞ

TRADES / TECHNOLOGY ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Malvino – ůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐƐWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐ͕ϴĞ Schultz – 'ƌŽďΖƐĂƐŝĐůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐƐ͕ϭϮĞ Tokheim – ŝŐŝƚĂůůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐƐ͗WƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐΘƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ ϴĞ

MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS

HEALTH PROFESSIONS & NURSING

MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS

COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE

ĞŶŶĞƩ – DĂƚŚĞŵĂƟĐƐĨŽƌůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌLJdĞĂĐŚĞƌƐ͗ ŽŶĐĞƉƚƵĂůƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϭϬĞ Bluman – ůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌLJ^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐ͕ϵĞ Bluman – ůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌLJ^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐ͗ƌŝĞĨsĞƌƐŝŽŶ͕ϳĞ Coburn – ŽůůĞŐĞůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϯĞ Hendricks/Chow – ĞŐŝŶŶŝŶŐΘ/ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϭĞ Hendricks/Chow – ĞŐŝŶŶŝŶŐůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϭĞ Hendricks/Chow – /ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϭĞ ,ŽīŵĂŶŶ – ƉƉůŝĞĚĂůĐƵůƵƐĨŽƌƵƐŝŶĞƐƐ͕ĐŽŶŽŵŝĐƐ͕ ĂŶĚƚŚĞ^ŽĐŝĂůĂŶĚ>ŝĨĞ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞƐ͕džƉĂŶĚĞĚĚŝƟŽŶ͕ϭϭĞ ,ŽīŵĂŶŶ – ĂůĐƵůƵƐĨŽƌƵƐŝŶĞƐƐ͕ĐŽŶŽŵŝĐƐ͕ĂŶĚƚŚĞ ^ŽĐŝĂůĂŶĚ>ŝĨĞ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞƐ͕ƌŝĞĨsĞƌƐŝŽŶ͕ϭϭĞ Messersmith – ĂƐŝĐŽůůĞŐĞDĂƚŚĞŵĂƟĐƐǁŝƚŚW͘K͘t͘͘Z͘ >ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Messersmith – /ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂǁŝƚŚW͘K͘t͘͘Z͘ >ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Messersmith – /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJůŐĞďƌĂǁŝƚŚW͘K͘t͘͘Z͘ >ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Messersmith – WƌĞĂůŐĞďƌĂĂŶĚ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJůŐĞďƌĂǁŝƚŚ W͘K͘t͘͘Z͘>ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Messersmith – WƌĞĂůŐĞďƌĂǁŝƚŚW͘K͘t͘͘Z͘>ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϭĞ Miller – ĂƐŝĐŽůůĞŐĞDĂƚŚĞŵĂƟĐƐ͕ϯĞ Miller – ĞŐŝŶŶŝŶŐůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϰĞ Miller – ĞŐŝŶŶŝŶŐĂŶĚ/ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϰĞ Miller – ŽůůĞŐĞůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϭĞ Miller – ŽůůĞŐĞůŐĞďƌĂ͗ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐ͕ϭĞ Miller – /ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂ;,ĂƌĚĐŽǀĞƌͿ͕ϰĞ Miller – /ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞůŐĞďƌĂ;^ŽŌĐŽǀĞƌͿ͕ϯĞ Miller – /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϯĞ Miller – WƌĞĂůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϮĞ Miller – WƌĞĂůŐĞďƌĂΘ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJůŐĞďƌĂ͕ϭĞ Navidi – ůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌLJ^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐ͕ϮĞ Navidi – ƐƐĞŶƟĂů^ƚĂƟƐƟĐƐ͕ϭĞ Rosen – ŝƐĐƌĞƚĞDĂƚŚΘƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϳĞ Sobecki – DĂƚŚŝŶKƵƌtŽƌůĚ͕ϯĞ

Sanderson – ŽŵƉƵƚĞƌƐŝŶƚŚĞDĞĚŝĐĂůKĸĐĞ͕ϵĞ

EKG / ECG Booth – ůĞĐƚƌŽĐĂƌĚŝŽŐƌĂƉŚLJ͕ϰĞ

HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Shanholtzer – ,ĞĂůƚŚ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƟŽŶDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚĂŶĚ dĞĐŚŶŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭĞ

MEDICAL ASSISTING Bayes – DĞĚŝĐĂůKĸĐĞWƌŽĐĞĚƵƌĞƐ͕ϴĞ Booth – DĞĚŝĐĂůƐƐŝƐƟŶŐ͗ĚŵŝŶŝƐƚƌĂƟǀĞĂŶĚůŝŶŝĐĂů WƌŽĐĞĚƵƌĞƐǁŝƚŚŶĂƚŽŵLJΘWŚLJƐŝŽůŽŐLJ͕ϱĞ Moini – DĞĚŝĐĂůƐƐŝƐƟŶŐZĞǀŝĞǁ͗WĂƐƐŝŶŐƚŚĞD͕ZD͕ ĂŶĚDdžĂŵƐ͕ϱĞ

MEDICAL INSURANCE BILLING & CODING Grebner – DĞĚŝĐĂůŽĚŝŶŐ͗hŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐ/ͲϭϬͲD ĂŶĚ/ͲϭϬͲW^͕ϭĞ

MEDICAL LAW & ETHICS Judson – >ĂǁΘƚŚŝĐƐĨŽƌ,ĞĂůƚŚWƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶƐ͕ϳĞ

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY Allan – ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨDĞĚŝĐĂů>ĂŶŐƵĂŐĞ͕ϯĞ Allan – ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨDĞĚŝĐĂů>ĂŶŐƵĂŐĞ͕ϮĞ Allan – DĞĚŝĐĂů>ĂŶŐƵĂŐĞĨŽƌDŽĚĞƌŶ,ĞĂůƚŚĂƌĞϯ Jones – ĐƋƵŝƌŝŶŐDĞĚŝĐĂů>ĂŶŐƵĂŐĞ͕ϭĞ

PHARMACOLOGY Gauwitz – ĚŵŝŶŝƐƚĞƌŝŶŐDĞĚŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϴĞ Hitner – WŚĂƌŵĂĐŽůŽŐLJ͕ϳĞ

PHLEBOTOMY Booth – WŚůĞďŽƚŽŵLJ͗ŽŵƉĞƚĞŶĐLJͲĂƐĞĚƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϰĞ

A

B

C

30.5%

33.5%

22.6%

D E 8.7%

4.7%

WITH LEARNSMART

A

B

C

19.3%

38.6%

28.0%

More students get As and Bs with LearnSmart.

D E 9.6%

WITHOUT LEARNSMART STUDY: 690 STUDENTS/6 INSTITUTIONS

4.5%

sŝƐŝƚůĞĂƌŶƐŵĂƌƚĂĚǀĂŶƚĂŐĞ͘ĐŽŵ ŽƌƐĐĂŶƚŽǀŝĞǁĞīĞĐƟǀĞŶĞƐƐƐƚƵĚLJ

AN ADAPTIVE LEARNING SYSTEM PROVIDING RESOURCES TO ENHANCE UNDERSTANDING LearnSmart Achieve is a revolutionary new learning system that combines a continually adaptive learning experience with important, rich, dynamic learning resources to help students learn the material, retain more knowledge and get better grades.

For more information, visit learnsmartadvantage.com For sales enquiries, please contact: McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 /i\ÊÊ­Èx®ÊÈnÈÎÊ£xnäÊÊUÊÊ>ÝÊÊ­Èx®ÊÈnÈÓÊÎÎx{ÊÊUÊÊ ÕÃ̜“iÀÊ-iÀۈViʜ̏ˆ˜i\ÊÊ­Èx®ÊÈnÈnÊn£nn eMail: [email protected]ÊÊUÊÊ7iLÈÌi\ÊÊwww.mheducation.asia Updated as of Dec 2014. Include © 2016 titles.

MCGRAW-HILL LEARNSMART ® SMARTBOOK LEARNSMART PREP LEARNSMART ACHIEVE LEARNSMART LABS TM

TM

TM

TM

THE FIRST AND ONLY ADAPTIVE READING EXPERIENCE DESIGNED TO TRANSFORM THE WAY STUDENTS READ

Engages Students with a Personalized Reading Experience SmartBook highlights what content a student needs to study by identifying what they know, what they don’t know, and what they are most likely to forget.

THE EVOLUTION OF LEARNING learnsmartadvantage.com

Powerful Reports Pinpoint Specific Areas to Reinforce and Study Students are able to study more efficiently because they are made aware of what they know and don’t know. Instructor reports identify at-risk students and highlight the concepts the class as a whole struggles with the most.

Ensures Students Retain Knowledge SmartBook detects the content a student is most likely to forget and brings it back to improve knowledge retention.

Fueled by the Proven and Adaptive LearnSmart Engine LearnSmart Assignments (Experimental) (n=358)

A

Testbank Question Assignments (Control) (n=332)

B

A

0%

10%

C

B

20%

30%

40%

C

50%

60%

70%

80%

D

F

D

F

90%

100%

More students earn A’s and B’s when they use LearnSmart.

MCGRAW-HILL LEARNSMART ® SMARTBOOK LEARNSMART PREP LEARNSMART ACHIEVE LEARNSMART LABS TM

TM

TM

TM

AN ADAPTIVE LEARNING SYSTEM PROVIDING RESOURCES TO ENHANCE UNDERSTANDING

Adaptively Provides Learning Resources Pinpoints an individual student’s knowledge gaps and provides learning tools at the moment he or she needs them the most.

THE EVOLUTION OF LEARNING learnsmartadvantage.com

Powerful Reports Pinpoint Specific Areas to Reinforce and Study Students are able to study more efficiently because they are made aware of what they know and don’t know. Instructor reports identify at-risk students and highlight the concepts the class as a whole struggles with the most.

Keeps Students on Track A time management feature ensures students master course material to complete their assignments by their due date.

Fueled by the Proven and Adaptive LearnSmart Engine LearnSmart Assignments (Experimental) (n=358)

A

Testbank Question Assignments (Control) (n=332)

B

A

0%

10%

C

B

20%

30%

40%

C

50%

60%

70%

80%

D

F

D

F

90%

100%

More students earn A’s and B’s when they use LearnSmart.

MCGRAW-HILL LEARNSMART ® SMARTBOOK ™ LEARNSMART PREP ™ LEARNSMART ACHIEVE ™ > LEARNSMART LABS ™

A HIGHLY REALISTIC AND ADAPTIVE SIMULATED LAB EXPERIENCE Allows Students to Practice the :JPLU[PÄJ4L[OVK Students will “DO” and “THINK” like a scientist by formulating a hypothesis, developing an experimental strategy to test it, and conducting simulated lab experiments to collect and analyze data.

THE EVOLUTION OF LEARNING learnsmartadvantage.com

Personalize the Student Learning Experience LearnSmart assesses a student’s knowledge HUKHKHW[P]LS`JVYYLJ[ZKLÄJPLUJPLZ

Promotes Critical Thinking A virtual coach provides subtle hints, asks questions about the student’s choices, HUKHSSV^Z[OLZ[\KLU[[VYLÅLJ[\WVUHUK correct his or her mistakes.

7V^LYM\S9LWVY[Z7PUWVPU[:WLJPÄJ(YLHZ to Reinforce and Study :[\KLU[ZHYLHISL[VZ[\K`TVYLLMÄJPLU[S` because they are made aware of what they know and don’t know. Instructor reports identify at-risk students and highlight the concepts the class as a whole struggles with the most.

LearnSmart Labs is available for the following subjects: ‹(UH[VT` 7O`ZPVSVN` ‹)PVSVN` ‹.LULYHS*OLTPZ[Y` ‹4PJYVIPVSVN`

MCGRAW-HILL LEARNSMART ® SMARTBOOK LEARNSMART PREP LEARNSMART ACHIEVE LEARNSMART LABS TM

TM

TM

TM

AN ADAPTIVE TOOL THAT PREPARES STUDENTS FOR COLLEGE LEVEL WORK

Levels Out Student Knowledge Identifies the concepts each student doesn’t know or fully understand and provides learning resources to teach essential concepts so he or she enters the classroom prepared for college level work.

THE EVOLUTION OF LEARNING learnsmartadvantage.com

Powerful Reports Pinpoint Specific Areas to Reinforce and Study Students are able to study more efficiently because they are made aware of what they know and don’t know. Instructor reports identify at-risk students and highlight the concepts the class as a whole struggles with the most.

Keeps Students on Track A time management feature keeps students on task to ensure they successfully complete the material.

Fueled by the Proven and Adaptive LearnSmart Engine LearnSmart Assignments (Experimental) (n=358)

A

Testbank Question Assignments (Control) (n=332)

B

A

0%

10%

C

B

20%

30%

40%

C

50%

60%

70%

80%

D

F

D

F

90%

100%

More students earn A’s and B’s when they use LearnSmart.

“Stude ents who completed a precourse assignment in ALEKS could expect, on ave erage, their final exam score to increase by over 13 points. Students who worked in ALEKS for the entire quarter saw even greater gains.” – Jack Eichler and Junelyn Peeples, University of California, Riverside Journal of Chemical Education: Publication Date - Aug 14, 2013

ALEKS Significantly Improves Overall Student Performance ALEKS is a research-based, adaptive learning program that mimics a human tutor and dramatically outperforms traditional homework systems. Using artificial intelligence, ALEKS is proven to significantly raise student performance levels in general chemistry.

The ALEKS Pie provides students with individualized learning on the topics they are most ready to learn.

(&/&3"-$)&.*453:t13&1'03(&/&3"-$)&.*453: 46..&313&1'03(&/$)&.t*/530$0--&(&$)&.*453:

science.aleks.com

ALEKS delivers a student-friendly learning experience ALEKS uses research-based, artificial intelligence to deliver individualized learning that targets each student’s unique strengths and weaknesses.

t Targets Critical Knowledge Gaps t Cycle of Assessment and Learning t Open-Response Environment t Motivates Student Learning t Individualized to Each Student’s Needs t Built-in ALEKSpedia on Chemistry Topics

in myy office hours. Students no longer ask me basic questions, but inste ead ask about the very difficult, multi-concept questions.” – Dr. Douglas Mulford, Emory University, GA

The ALEKS Instructor Module includes intuitive customization and management features that save instructors valuable time and effort. t Customizable Curriculum Aligns with Syllabi and Over 80 Textbooks t Automated Reports Track Data at the Student, Class, Instructor, and Institution Levels t Flexible Setup Meets the Needs of Any Implementation Type t ALEKS 360 Offers McGraw-Hill eBooks with Rich Multi-Media Resources

science.aleks.com ALEKS is a registered trademark of ALEKS Corporation.

Preparing Students for the World that Awaits

©2012 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive cadaver dissection experience. Now fully customizable to fit any course level, this state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester Anatomy & Physiology | Revealed Version 3.0 Online Access Card / ©2012 ISBN: 0073403601 / 9780073403601

X

undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book.

Customizable Content! Select the Anatomy & Physiology Revealed content appropriate for your

X

next to each item visited in the program, helping students track their progress.

course from an easy-to-use interface. X Focus students on what you want them to

learn with your preferred subset of content automatically displayed. Customize Anatomy & Physiology Revealed to X fit multiple courses. Create separate versions for lecture and lab, or for courses of varying rigor. X Maintain consistency across department with share customized lists with colleagues and adjuncts X

X

requires students to identify anatomic structures by typing the correct answer. Alternate terms and various formats are counted as correct, but spelling counts! X Combination quizzes: This new quiz type combines multiple choice and “click to identify” question types in one quiz.

Visit w ww w. aprr e vealed.cc o m for more information or contact your local McGraw-Hill Sales Representative.

3 NEW modules! Module 1: Body Orientation; Module 2: Cells & Chemistry and Module 3: Tissues.

X

22 NEW Dissections! New regional limb dissections have up to 10 layers, and show vessels and nerves in context of surrounding anatomy.

X

3D Fly-through Animations! Fly through animations of the heart and brain give students an inside perspective of these amazing organs.

NEW Quiz Types! X Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type

Progress tracking APR 3.0 places a checkmark

X

Expanded Histology Coverage. More than 100 new histology slides have been added to APR 3.0 including commonly requested images like blood cells and glial cells.

X

APR Apps are now available for iPad. X X

Full version (All body systems) Skeletal/Muscular module

PH.I.L.S. VERSION .0 Phillip J. Stephens VILLANOVA UNIVERSITY

MHID: 0-07-- / ISBN-13: 978-007-- CD version MHID: 0-07--; / ISBN-13: 978-007- Student 24 Month Access Card

Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, the Ph.I.L.S (physiology interactive lab simulations) CDROM offers 38 laboratory simulations! This revolutionary learning tool may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. Students can use Ph.I.L.S. to adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, and draw conclusions. This easy-to-use software offers each student the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment. There is no limit to the amount of times a student can repeat the experiment or change variables within the experiments. Ph.I.L.S. allows students to perform experiments without having to use expensive lab equipment (like Biopac, IWORX or Intellitool). Students can work individually to perform the experiments on their own time without harming themselves or live animals. Ph.I.L.S. is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Visit the demonstration site at www.mhhe.com/phils NEW for Version 3.0: à 12 NEW simulations! à New interface makes it easier to maneuver throughout the system. à New post lab quizzes offer more assessment opportunities. CONTENTS Osmosis and Diffusion 1. Varying Extracellular Concentration Metabolism 2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 3. Cyanide and Electron Transport Skeletal Muscle Function 4. Stimulus Dependent Force Generation 5. The Length-Tension Relationship 6. Principles of Summation and Tetanus 7. EMG and Twitch Amplitude Membrane Potentials 8. Resting Potential and External [K+] 9. Resting Potential and External [Na+] Action Potentials 10. The Compound Action Potential 11. Conduction Velocity and Temperature 12. Action Potentials and Refractory Periods 13. Measuring Ion Currents Synaptic Potentials 14. Facilitation & Depression 15. Temporal Summation of EPSPs 16. Spatial Summation of EPSPs 17. Synapse Puzzle Endocrine Function 18. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate

Frog Heart Function 19. Thermal and Chemical Effects on Heart Function 20. Refractory Period of the Heart 21. Starling's Law of the Heart 22. Heart Block ECG and Heart Function 23. ECG and Exercise 24. The Meaning of Heart Sounds 25. ECG and Finger Pulse 26. Electrical Axis of the Heart 27. ECG and Heart Block 28. Abnormal ECGs Circulation 29. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow 30. Blood Pressure and Gravity 31. Blood Pressure and Body Position Blood 32. pH & Hb-oxygen Binding 33. DPG & Hb-oxygen Binding Respiration 34. Altering Body Position 35. Altering Airway Volume 36. Exercise Induced Changes 37. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function Digestion 38. Glucose Transport

a new way custom eBook and print solutions for your course.

receive your pdf review copy in minutes!

McGraw-Hill Create™ is a self-service website that allows you to create customized course materials using McGraw-Hill’s comprehensive, cross-disciplinary content and digital products. You can even access third party content such as readings, articles, cases, videos, and more.

Request an eBook review copy and receive a free PDF sample in minutes! Print review copies are also available and arrive in just a few days. Visit McGraw-Hill Create™ today and begin building the perfect solution for your course.

t Select and arrange content to fit

your course scope and sequence

t Upload your own course materials t Select the best format for your students, print or eBook

t Edit and update your materials as often as you’d like

#

CFHJODSFBUJOHOPX DSFBUFNIFEVDBUJPODPNBTJB 2VFTUJPOT 1MFBTFWJTJU IUUQDSFBUFNIFEVDBUJPODPNDSFBUFIFMQGPSNPSF JOGPSNBUJPO

®

Tegrity

®

Incredible ease-of-use and completely transparent operation let instructors focus on what they do best – teaching. Tegrity is a fully automated lecture capture solution used in traditional, hybrid, “flipped classes” and online courses to record lessons, lectures, and skills. Its personalized learning features make study time incredibly efficient and its ability to affordably scale brings this benefit to every student on campus. Patented search technology and real-time LMS integrations make Tegrity the market-leading solution and service.

®

Easy to Use. Proven Effective. Tailored to You.

The Basics:

Beyond Basics:

Record from anywhere, anytime, with or without an Internet connection. The Tegrity Recorder will work whether there is an active Internet connection or not, making it easy for instructors to record anywhere, anytime, whether in the class or sitting on the quad.

Broadcast class live. If the instructor wishes, he or she can webcast their class live as it is being recorded. When students login to Tegrity, a “Live Now” indicator will let students know when a class is being webcast live.

Unmatched ease-of-use. Simply click to start recording, and click again to pause or stop. The recording is then uploaded to the right course automatically, for only those students enrolled in the course to view. Capture audio, screen and video. Tegrity captures synchronized audio, video and computer screen activity with a click of a button. As a recording is in progress, an audio signal meter in the Tegrity Toolbar indicates that audio is being captured at an appropriate level.

Get Connected. Get Results. DPOOFDUNIFEVDBUJPODPN

Make notes and annotations. Instructors (and students) can make private or public notes and annotations in the recording. Notes are associated with specific points along the recording timeline, and when clicked, take the viewer to that specific point within the recording. Connect with students through Tegrity Connect. Instructors can use the Tegrity Connect chat feature to hold virtual office hours for students, or provide assistance outside of class hours as desired.

Simple. Secure. Seamless.

o

One password. Many possibilities.

ol-

McGraw-Hill Campus is an LMS integration service et ro that offers instructors and students universal et single sign-on, automatic registration and gradebook synchronization with our learning platforms and content. Gain seamless access to our full library of digital assets – 1,500 e-texts oge and instructor resources that let you build richer courses from within your chosen LMS!

mhcampus.com

Your Partner in Test Generation Imagine being able to create and access your test anywhere, at any time without installing the testing software. Now, with the newest release of EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks, author their own and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.

Features and Functions N Test Creation N

Online Test Management

N

Online Scoring and Reporting

N EZ Test is designed to make it simple for you to select questions from McGraw-Hill test banks. You can use a single McGraw-Hill test bank, or easily choose questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks. N EZ Test supports the use of following question types: NTrue or False NFill In the Blank NYes or No NNumeric Response NMultiple Choice NMatching NCheck All That Apply NRanking

NShort Answer NSurvey NEssay

N Uses variables to create algorithmic questions for any question type. N You can create multiple versions of the same test. N You can scramble questions to create different versions of your test. N

Automated scoring for most of EZ test’s numerous questions types.

How do you get it? To learn if it is available with your book, contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representatives or email [email protected]

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY | CONTENTS Agricultural Business, Economics & Education................................3

1

2

NEW TITLES | AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Farm Management, 8e

Kay

3

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

9780073400945

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

Agricultural Business, Economics & Education

*9780073400945* FARM MANAGEMENT

NEW

8th Edition

by Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University, William Edwards, Iowa State University and Patricia A Duffy, Auburn University

2016 (February 2015) / 466 pages ISBN: 9780073400945 This text is developed for the first course in Farm Management, typically taken by a junior/senior level student. Designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a farm business, the eighth edition provides students with the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business. Features •

Part One begins with Chapter 1, which describes some of the forces and technology driving the changes seen in agriculture. Chapter 2 includes an explanation of the concept of management and the decision-making process with an increased emphasis on the importance of strategic decision-making.



Part Two presents the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business. Terminology and Guidelines in Part 2 are based on standards maintained by the Farm Financial Standards Council.



Part Three contains three chapters on basic microeconomic principles and four on budgeting and planning tools. The topics in this part provide the basic tools needed to make good management decisions.



Topics necessary to increase a manager’s decisionmaking skills are included in Part Four. Farm business organization, analyzing investments, managing risk, income tax management, and whole farm business analysis are discussed.



Part Five discusses the management alternatives and decisions related to acquiring the resources needed on farms and ranches.



Chapter Objectives, Chapter Summaries, as well as Questions for Review are helpful learning tools for students.

Contents Part 1: Management 1. Farm Management Now and In the Future 2. Management and Decision Making Part 2: Measuring Management Performance 3. Acquiring and Organizing Management Information 4 .The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis 5. The Income Statement and Its Analysis 6. Farm Business Analysis Part 3: Applying Economic Principles 7. Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels 8. Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations 9. Cost Concepts in Economics

Part 4: Budgeting for Greater Profit 10. Enterprise Budgeting 11. Whole-Farm Planning 12. Partial Budgeting 13. Cash Flow Budgeting Part 5: Improving Management Skills 14. Farm Business Organization and Transfer 15. Managing Risk and Uncertainty 16. Managing Income Taxes 17. Investment Analysis 18. Enterprise Analysis Part 6: Acquiring Resources for Management 19. Capital and Credit 20. Land--Control and Use 21. Human Resource Management 22. Machinery Management

3

4

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY | CONTENTS

Human Anatomy - Lab Manual.......................................................28 Human Anatomy - Textbooks.........................................................27 Human Anatomy – Multimedia.......................................................30 Human Physiology – Lab Manual..................................................33 Human Physiology – Multimedia....................................................34 Human Physiology – Textbooks.....................................................32 Medical Terminology.......................................................................35 One & Two Semester Anatomy & Physiology – Multimedia...........25 One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology – Lab Manual....................10 One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology – Textbooks.........................7 Professional References................................................................36 Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology – Lab Manual....................16 Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology – Textbooks.......................13

5

6

NEW TITLES | ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Anatomy & Physiology: An Integrated Approach, 2e

McKinley

9780078024283

13

Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 6e

Gunstream

9780078097294

7

Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 14e

Shier

9780078024290

14

Human Physiology, 14e

Fox

9780077836375

32

Laboratory Manual Cat Version for McKinley’s Anatomy & Physiology, 2e

Eckel

9781259136740

16

Laboratory Manual Fetal Pig Version for McKinley’s Anatomy & Physiology, 2e Eckel 9781259140624 17 Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version, 3e

Martin

9780078024306

18

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Fetal Pig Version, 3e Martin

9781259298677

19

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version, 3e

9781259298653

20

Martin

Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version, 14e Martin 9781259295638 21 Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology: Fetal Pig Version, 14e Martin 9781259295645 22 Laboratory Manual Main Version for McKinley’s Anatomy & Physiology, 2e Eckel

9781259139437

17

Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 9e

Van Putte

9780078097324

7

2015

Author ISBN

Page

Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 7e

Saladin

9780073403717

14

Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12e

Shier

9780073403724

8

Human Anatomy, 4e

McKinley

9780073525730

27

Laboratory Manual for Anatomy & Physiology, 7e

Wise

9780077676636

23

Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Essentials of A&P, 12e

Martin

9780077637842

10

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks

*9780078097294* NEW ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY WITH INTEGRATED STUDY GUIDE 6th Edition

by Stanley E Gunstream, Pasadena City College

2016 (February 2015) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780078097294 ISBN: 9781259254475 [IE] Designed for an introductory, one-semester course, the scope, organization, writing style, depth of presentation, and pedagogical aspects of this text have been tailored to meet the needs of students preparing for a career in allied health. This text does not assume any prior science knowledge on the part of the student and effectively presents students with the fundamentals of anatomy and physiology. It’s the only one-semester text available with a built-in study guide/workbook. A hallmark feature of this text is the author’s presentation of A&P concepts that are accurate, but presented at a level that is appropriate for virtually all students. The new author team highlights the relationships between structure and function of body parts and the mechanisms of homeostasis. In addition, interrelationships of the organ systems are noted where appropriate and useful. Without the excessive detail of some of the longer A & P texts, students can better comprehend key critical concepts in each important area of study. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook. New to this edition •

2015-Best Bet Learning Solutions: Add a page on “What is APR and/or PHILS” to the book.



All chapters have been revised per reviewer input. Terminology has been updated via the Terminology Anatomica and new information on clinical disorders has been added.



A new art program with numerous new and/or revised pieces of art, all in the same style, have been added to this edition. Gunstream’s art is simple, uncluttered, has only the necessary amount of labels, and focuses on conveying key concepts to students.



New chapter introductions have been written to provide the setting and reflection of the content for the chapter and its place with the recurring theme of Homeostasis.



The end-of-chapter summary headings have been numbered and major points have been bulleted, making this study tool easier to read.

Contents Part 1: Organization of the Body 1. Introduction to the Human Body 2. Chemical Aspects of Life 3. Cell 4. Tissues and Membranes Part 2: Covering, Support, and Movement of the Body 5. Integumentary System 6. Skeletal System 7. Muscular System

Part 3: Integration and Control 8. Nervous System 9. Senses 10. Endocrine System Part 4: Maintenance of the Body 11. Blood 12. Heart and Blood Vessels 13. Lymphatic System and Defenses Against Disease 14. Respiratory System 15. Digestive System 16. Urinary System Part 5: Reproduction 17. Reproductive Systems 18. Pregnancy, Prenatal Development, and Genetics Part 6: Study Guides Appendix A: Keys to Medical Terminology Appendix B: Answers to Self-Review Questions

*9780078097324* NEW SEELEY’S ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 9th Edition

by Cinnamon VanPutte, Southwestern Illinois College, Jennifer Regan, Jones County Jr College and Andrew F Russo, University of Iowa-Iowa City

2016 (January 2015) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780078097324 ISBN: 9781259251757 [IE] Designed for the one-semester course, Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology is written to allow instructors the ability to accomplish one overall goal: to teach the basics of A&P while fostering the skill of problem solving. Through learning how to solve problems and think critically, students learn A&P based on two themes: the relationship between structure and function, and homeostasis. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook, as well as SmartBook. New to this edition •

Clinical Emphasis has been maintained and strengthened through updating of the stories and any necessary content of the Case in Point readings, untitled Clinical Asides, and Clinical Impact features.



New information applicable to the discipline has been researched and included where appropriate.



Improved Art- The efficacy of the art has been enhanced in several ways in this edition with the overall goal of clarifying the teaching point of each revised illustration: Simplicity, Consistency, and Logic underscore the artwork. Photos have been added to enhance the art for the chapter, especially the bones chapter.



Microbes In Your Body: This feature aids students in understanding the Microbes that inhabit and many times enhance our body systems from assisting digestion to fighting acne.

Contents 1. Human Organism 2. Chemical Basis of Life 3. Cell Structures and Their Functions 4. Tissues 5. Integumentary System

7

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

8

6. Skeletal System: Bones and Joints 7. Muscular System 8. Nervous System 9. Senses 10. Endocrine System 11. Blood 12. Heart 13. Blood Vessels and Circulation 14. Lymphatic System and Immunity 15. Respiratory System 16. Digestive System 17. Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature Regulation 18. Urinary System and Fluid Balance 19. Reproductive System 20. Development, Heredity, and Aging

*9780073403724*

NEW

International Edition

HOLE’S ESSENTIALS OF HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

12th Edition

by David N Shier, Washtenaw Community College, Jackie L Butler, Grayson County College and Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor “The Scientist”

2015 (January 2014) / 656 pages ISBN: 9780073403724 ISBN: 9781259252266 [IE] www.mhhe.com/shieress12 Designed for the one-semester anatomy and physiology course, Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology assumes no prior science knowledge and supports core topics with clinical applications, making difficult concepts relevant to students pursuing careers in the allied health field. The unparalleled teaching system is highly effective in providing students with a solid understanding of the important concepts in anatomy and physiology. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook. New to this edition •

Entirely New Art Program! The authors have gone through every piece of art. The art has been enhanced with brighter colors and more 3D effect.



New Figure! Several new figures have been added to this edition.



Career Corners! Career Corners have been added to every chapter to assist students in determining which career path they may like to follow.



SmartBook



SmartBook is the first and only adaptive reading experience.



SmartBook is powered by the intelligent and adaptive LearnSmart engine – and a brand-new advanced adaptive reading engine.



SmartBook facilitates the reading process by: Identifying what a student knows and doesn’t know; Reinforcing what the student should learn; Adapting over time to ensure the student receives the greatest value over time. NOTE: LearnSmart lives inside of SmartBook (meaning that every LearnSmart question is in SmartBook).



End of Chapter material has been updated to alert students to specific digital assets that are available for that chapter.

Contents Unit 1: Levels of Organization 1. Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology 2. Chemical Basis of Life 3. Cells 4. Cellular Metabolism 5. Tissues Unit 2: Support and Movement 6. Integumentary System 7. Skeletal System 8. Muscular System Unit 3: Integration and Coordination 9. Nervous System 10. The Senses 11. Endocrine System Unit 4: Transport 12. Blood 13. Cardiovascular System 14. Lymphatic System and Immunity Unit 5: Absorption and Excretion 15. Digestion and Nutrition 16. Respiratory System 17. Urinary System 18. Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance Unit 6: The Human Life Cycle 19. Reproductive Systems 20. Pregnancy, Growth, Development, and Genetics

International Edition

MADER’S UNDERSTANDING HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

8th Edition

by Susannah N Longenbaker, Columbus State Community College

2014 (January 2013) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073403663 ISBN: 9789814577779 [IE] www.mhhe.com/longenbaker8 Renowned for her effective learning systems, respected author Sylvia Mader has helped thousands of entry-level students understand and enjoy the principles of human anatomy and physiology. Beginning with the sixth edition, Susannah Longenbaker has been building on Dr. Mader’s format and engaging writing style while adding her own personal touch to this successful title. The writing is clear, direct and user-friendly, and enriched with new clinical information, terminology and classroom-tested features such as “Focus on Forensics” readings and in-text “Content Check-Up” questions. Drawing on over twenty years of teaching experience, Sue Longenbaker writes for the next generation of students that will learn anatomy and physiology from this classic textbook. Contents Part I: Human Organization 1. Organization of the Body 2. Chemistry of Life 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Body Tissues and Membranes Part II: Support, Movement, and Protection 5. The Integumentary System 6. The Skeletal System 7. The Muscular System

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Part III: Integration and Coordination 8. The Nervous System 9. The Sensory System 10. The Endocrine System

International Edition

Part IV: Maintenance of the Body 11. Blood 12. The Circulatory System 13. The Lymphatic System and Body Defense 14. The Respiratory System 15. The Digestive System 16. The Urinary System and Excretion

by Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State University and Robin McFarland, Cabrillo College

Part V: Reproduction and Development 17. The Reproductive System 18. Human Development and Birth 19. Human Genetics Appendix A: Reference Figures: The Human Organism Appendix B: Understanding Medical Terminology

ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY & DISEASE

Foundations for the Health Professions

by Deborah Roiger, M.ED., St. Cloud Technical & Community College, St. Cloud and Nia Bullock, Miller-Motte College

2014 (January 2013) / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073402116 www.mhhe.com/roigerapd In Roiger/Bullock, connections are made between systems so that students learn how the body functions normally in homeostasis, and how disruption of homeostasis leads to disease and disorder. With a straightforward writing style that engages the reader directly, the authors explain difficult concepts in the context of daily activities, making them easier to grasp. A one-column design and brand new art program also makes the content more inviting and facilitates comprehension in students. Chapters are mapped out by specific learning outcomes so that there are no surprises, and all exercises throughout the text, workbook, and digital ancillaries are directly tied to these measurable outcomes. Integrated digital content includes Body ANIMAT3D and audio pronunciations. Roiger and Bullock’s text requires no prior knowledge of chemistry or cell biology, and is designed for a one-semester, entry-level A&P course. CONTENTS 1. The Basics 2. Levels of Organization of the Human Body 3. Introduction to Pathology 4. The Integumentary System 5. The Skeletal System 6. The Muscular System 7. The Nervous System 8. The Nervous System—Senses 9. The Endocrine System 10. The Cardiovascular System—Blood 11. The Cardiovascular System—Heart and Vessels 12. The Lymphatic System 13. The Respiratory System 14. The Digestive System 15. The Excretory/Urinary System 16. The Male Reproductive System 17. The Female Reproductive System Appendix A: The Metric System Appendix B: Nutrition Table Appendix C: Spot Check Answers

ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 2014 (January 2013) / 784 pages ISBN: 9780072458282 ISBN: 9789814581875 [IE] www.mhhe.com/saladinessentials/ Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology is a text that blends up-todate science, stimulating writing, high-quality art, and cuttingedge educational technology to provide the most effective teaching and learning program available in the one-semester anatomy and physiology courses. The distinctive pedagogy of the text revolves around the theme of “Elevate Learning”. From “Base Camp” to “Assess Your Learning Outcomes”, the student experiences a clear sense of the path ahead, a convenient means of charting progress, and a satisfying sense of accomplishment at the end. Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology is accompanied by Connect® and LearnSmart™,authored by Steve Sullivan to reflect the content and style of the textbook authors, and to help foster clarity for students. Contents 1. The Study of Anatomy and Physiology 2. Life, Matter, and Energy 3. Cytology—The Cellular Level of Organization 4. Histology—The Tissue Level of Organization 5. The Integumentary System 6. The Skeletal System 7. The Muscular System 8. The Nervous System I—Nerve Cells, the Spinal Cord, and Reflexes 9. The Nervous System II—The Brain, Cranial Nerves, and Autonomic Nervous System 10. The Sense Organs 11. The Endocrine System 12. The Circulatory System I—Blood 13. The Circulatory System II—Heart and Blood Vessels 14. The Lymphatic System and Immunity 15. The Respiratory System 16. The Urinary System 17. The Digestive System 18. Nutrition and Metabolism 19. The Reproductive System 20. Human Development and Aging Appendix A: Answer Key Appendix B: Health Science Careers Appendix C: Symbols, Weights, and Measures Appendix D: Biomedical Word Roots, Prefixes, and Suffixes Glossary

9

10

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, AND DISEASE FOR THE HEALTH PROFESSIONS

3rd Edition

by Kathryn Booth, Total Care Porgramming, Terri D Wyman and Virgil Stoia

2013 (February 2012) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073402222 www.mhhe.com/boothapd3e Anatomy, Physiology and Disease for Health Professions connects human diseases and disorders to anatomy and physiology through application and clinical-based approaches. This edition offers a completely redesigned learning experience through larger, more focused art and expanded table of contents. Students will feel a new sense of engagement and motivation through Chapter Opening Case Studies that unfold as they move through each chapter. Updated learning objectives and a wider variety and quantity of questions and exercises for have also been included with this edition. Contents 1. Concepts of the Human Body 2. Concepts of Chemistry 3. Concepts of Cells and Tissues 4. Concepts of Disease 5. Concepts of Microbiology 6. Concepts of Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid Base Balance 7. The Integumentary System 8. The Skeletal System 9. The Muscular System 10. Blood and Circulation 11. The Cardiovascular System 12. The Lymphatic and Immune Systems 13. The Respiratory System 14. The Nervous System 15. The Urinary System 16. The Male Reproductive System 17. The Female Reproductive System 18. Human Development 19. The Digestive System 20. Metabolic Function and Nutrition 21. The Endocrine System 22. Special Senses Appendix I: Diseases and Disorders Appendix II: Prefixes, Suffixes, and Word Roots in Commonly Used Medical Terms Appendix III: Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Foundations for the Health Professions by Deborah Roiger, St Cloud Technical College

2013 (January 2012) / 688 pages ISBN: 9780073402123 www.mhhe.com/roigerap A balanced approach to Anatomy and Physiology with the most robust digital resource in Connect Plus and a full-color Workbook. Contents 1. The Basics 2. Levels of Organization of the Human Body 3. The Integumentary System 4. The Skeletal System 5. The Muscular System

6. The Nervous System 7. The Nervous System—Senses 8. The Endocrine System 9. The Cardiovascular System—Blood 10. The Cardiovascular System—Heart and Vessels 11. The Lymphatic System 12. The Respiratory System 13. The Digestive System 14. The Excretory/Urinary System 15. The Male Reproductive System 16. The Female Reproductive System Appendix A: The Metric System Appendix B: Nutrition Table Appendix C: Spot Check Answers Glossary Index

One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab Manual

*9780077637842* NEW LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HOLE’S ESSENTIALS OF A&P 12th Edition

by Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College

2015 (February 2014) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780077637842 This full-color manual is designed for students with minimal backgrounds in science who are pursuing careers in allied health fields. Designed to support the twelfth edition of Hole’s Essentials of Human A&P by Shier, Butler, and Lewis, this manual contains 49 laboratory exercises and reports, which are integrated closely to the textbook. Exercises are planned to illustrate and review the anatomical and physiological facts and principles presented in the text and to help students investigate some of these ideas in greater detail. CONTENTS Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1. Scientific Method and Measurements 2. Body Organization and Terminology 3. Chemistry of Life 4. Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5. Cell Structure and Function 6. Movements Through Membranes 7. Cell Cycle Tissues 8. Epithelial Tissues 9. Connective Tissues 10. Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11. Integumentary System Skeletal System 12. Bone Structure 13. Organization of the Skeleton 14. Skull 15. Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16. Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Limb 18. Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 19. Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function 20. Muscles of the Head and Neck 21. Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 22. Muscles of the Abdominal Wall and Pelvic Floor 23. Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb 24. Surface Anatomy Nervous System 25. Nervous Tissue and Nerves 26. Spinal Cord and Meninges 27. Reflex Arc and Reflexes 28. Brain and Cranial Nerves 29. Dissection of the Sheep Brain Special Senses 30. Ear and Hearing 31. Eye Structure 32. Visual Tests and Demonstrations Endocrine System 33. Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 34. Blood Cells and Blood Typing 35. Heart Structure 36. Cardiac Cycle 37. Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 38. Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Lymphatic System 39. Lymphatic System Digestive System 40. Digestive Organs 41. Action of a Digestive Enzyme Respiratory System 42. Respiratory Organs 43. Breathing and Respiratory Volumes Urinary System 44. Urinary Organs 45. Urinalysis Reproductive System 46. Male Reproductive System 47. Female Reproductive System 48. Genetics 49. Blood Testing--A Demonstration (online only) Appendix 1: Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2: Assessments of Laboratory Reports

LABORATORY MANUAL FOR SALADIN’S ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY by Robin McFarland, Cabrillo College and Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College

2014 (December 2013) / 352 pages ISBN: 9780077522568 The McFarland/Wise: Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual is intended for the one-semester A&P Laboratory course, which is often taken by allied health students. It may be used with the Saladin/McFarland: Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology textbook, or as stand-alone essentials of anatomy & physiology manual in conjunction with any one-semester A&P textbook. This full-color manual is designed for students with minimal backgrounds in science who are pursuing careers in allied health fields. It includes 25 exercises that support most areas

covered in a one-semester A&P course, allowing instructors the flexibility to choose those exercises best suited to meet their particular instructional goals. Each exercise is based on established Learning Outcomes and contains hands-on activities with the essentials-level student in mind. Contents 1. Introduction to Anatomy & Physiology: Human Body Plan 2. Exploration of the Small: Care and Use of the Microscope 3. Cellular Structure and Function: Part 1—Chemical Foundation 4. Cellular Structure and Function: Part 2— Cell Geography and the Cell Cycle 5. Cellular Structure and Function: Part 3— Plasma Membrane & Transport of Materials 6. Histology: Tissue Structure and Function 7. The Integumentary System: Structure, Function, and Variation 8. The Skeleton: Part 1—Structure of Bone and Skeletal Variation 9. The Skeleton: Part 2—The Axial Skeleton 10. The Skeleton: Part 3—The Appendicular Skeleton 11. Joints: The Basis of Movement 12. Skeletal Muscle: Part 1—Microscopic and Gross Structure, Movement of Muscle 13. Skeletal Muscle: Part 2—Muscles Groups and Function 14. The Nervous System: Part 1— Nervous Tissue, Spinal Cord, and Spinal Nerves 15. The Nervous System: Part 2— Brain and Cranial Nerves 16. The Nervous System: Part 3— The Senses and Reflexes 17. The Endocrine System 18. The Circulatory System: Part 1—Blood and Blood Vessels 19. The Circulatory System: Part 2—The Heart and Blood Pressure 20. The Lymphatic System and Disease 21. The Respiratory System: Structure and Function 22. The Digestive System: Structure and Function 23. Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Composition 24. The Urinary System: Structure and Function 25. The Reproductive System 26. Development and Aging

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY TEXTBOOK

Essentials Version, 6th Edition

by Stanley E Gunstream, Pasadena City College

2013 (January 2012) / 352 pages ISBN: 9780073378244 2013 (July 2013) ISBN: 9780077936846 (Updated) Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook, Essentials Version, by Gunstream et al presents the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology in an easy-to-follow manner appropriate for allied health students. Designed especially for a one-semester course, the Essentials Version features a concise writing style, 38 selfdirecting exercises, full-color photomicrographs in the Histology Atlas, and numerous relevant illustrations in each exercise. A new contributing author, Kyla T. Ross, of Georgia State University, has revised this sixth edition of the manual, updating terminology, replacing photos and art, and bringing her experience in the lab to the explanations and directions. Contents Part 1: Fundamentals 1. Introduction to Human Anatomy 2. Body Organization 3. The Microscope 4. Cell Anatomy 5. Mitotic Cell Division

11

12

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

6. Diffusion and Osmosis 7. Epithelial and Connective Tissues 8. The Integument Part 2: The Skeletal System 9. The Skeletal Plan 10. The Skull 11. The Vertebral Column and Thorax 12. The Appendicular Skeleton 13. Articulations Part 3: The Muscle System 14. Muscle Organization and Body Movements 15. Head and Trunk Muscles 16. Muscles of the Upper Limb 17. Muscles of the Lower Limb 18. Muscle and Nerve Tissues 19. The Nature of Muscle Contraction 20. The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the BIOPAC Student Lab System 21. The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the Intelitool Physiogrip (TM) Part 4: The Nervous System 22. The Spinal Cord and Reflex Arcs 23. Brain Anatomy: External 24. Brain Anatomy: Internal 25. The Eye 26. The Ear Part 5: The Circulatory System 27. Blood Tests 28. The Heart 29. Blood Vessels, Fetal Circulation, and Lymphatic System 30. Cardiovascular Phenomena Part 6: The Respiratory System 31. The Respiratory Organs 32. Respiratory Physiology Part 7: The Digestive System 33. The Digestive Organs 34. Digestion Part 8: The Urinary System 35. The Urinary Organs 36. Urine and Urinalysis Part 9:The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems 37. The Endocrine Glands 38. The Reproductive Organs Histology Atlas Laboratory Reports Appendix A: Vital Capacities Appendix B: Microorganisms

laboratory manual for seeley’s essentials of anatomy and physiology

8th Edition

by Kevin T Patton, Saint Charles Community College

2013 (January 2012) / 352 pages ISBN: 9780077391317 Kevin Patton divides the lab activities typically covered in A&P lab into 43 subunits, allowing instructors the flexibility to choose the units and sequence that integrates with lecture material. Basic content is introduced first, and gradually more complex activities are developed. Features include procedure check lists, coloring exercises, boxed hints, safety alerts, separate lab reports, and a full-color histology mini-reference.

CONTENTS Welcome to Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory The Scientific Method Measurement and Data Collection How to Dissect Using This Manual Safety First! How to Study for Lab Quizzes Histology Mini-reference The Basics 1. The Microscope 2. Cell Anatomy 3. Transport through Cell Membranes 4. The Cell’s Life Cycle 5. Epithelial Tissue 6. Connective Tissue 7. Muscle and Nerve Tissue 8. Organization of the Body Support and Movement 9. The Skin 10. Overview of the Skeleton 11. The Skull 12. The Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 13. The Appendicular Skeleton 14. Joints 15. Organization of the Muscular System 16. Muscle Identification 17. Muscular Contractions Integration and Control 18. Nerves and Reflexes 19. The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 20. The Brain and Cranial Nerves 21. The Eye and Vision 22. The Ear, Hearing, and Equilibrium 23. Endocrine Glands 24. Hormones Regulation and Maintenance 25. Blood 26. Structure of the Heart 27. Electrical Activity of the Heart 28. The Pulse and Blood Pressure 29. The Circulatory Pathway 30. The Lymphatic System and Immunity 31. Respiratory Structures 32. Pulmonary Volumes and Capacities 33. Digestive Structures 34. Enzymes and Digestion 35. Urinary Structures 36. Urinalysis Reproduction 37. The Male Reproductive System 38. The Female Reproductive System 39. Development 40. Genetics and Heredity Major Dissection 41. The Laboratory Rat 42. The Fetal Pig 43. The Human

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED STUDENT ACCESS CARD

(Cat Version)

by The University of Toledo

2013 (August 2012) ISBN: 9780073525754 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Cat is the ultimate online interactive cat dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cat photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the cat to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Cat also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Cat is available stand-alone, or can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book. Contents Body Orientation – unique for animal Tissues – PU from APRv3.0 Skeletal System – PU from APR--cadaver Muscular System Nervous System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System

International Edition

ATLAS OF SKELETAL MUSCLES

7th Edition

by Robert Stone and Judith Stone of Suffolk County Community College

2012 (January 2011) / 256 pages ISBN: 9780073378169 ISBN: 9780071316682 [IE] The 7th edition includes changes reflecting modern understanding, terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical relationships. All muscle illustrations are new. Contents 1. The Skeleton 2. Movements of the Body 3. Muscles of the Face and Head 4. Muscles of the Neck 5. Muscles of the Trunk 6. Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm 7. Muscles of the Forearm and Hand 8. Muscles of the Hip and Thigh 9. Muscles of the Leg and Foot

Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks

*9780078024283* ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

NEW

An Integrative Approach, 2nd Edition by Michael McKinley, Glendale Community College, Valerie O’Loughlin, Indiana University-Bloomington and Theresa Bidle, Hagerstown Community College

2016 (January 2015) / 1280 pages ISBN: 9780078024283 McKinley/O’Loughlin/Bidle: Anatomy & Physiology: An Integrative Approach, 2e brings multiple elements of the study of A&P together in ways that maximize understanding. Text discussions provide structural details in the context of their functional significance to integrate coverage of anatomy and physiology in each chapter. Chapters emphasize the interdependence of body systems by weaving prior coverage of one system into textual explanations of how other systems work. These system relationships are also covered in “Integrate: Concept Connection” boxes. All figures are carefully designed to support the text narrative, and carry brief textual explanations to make figures self-contained study tools. Special “Concept Overview” figures in each chapter tie together multi-faceted concepts in 1- or 2-page visual summaries. Applications are presented in “Integrate: Clinical View” boxes to apply chapter content using clinical examples that show students what can go wrong in the body, to help crystallize understanding of the “norm.” Critical Thinking questions in “What Do You Think?” engage students in application or analysis to encourage students to think more globally about the content; ‘What Did You Learn’ are mini self-tests at the end of each section that assess whether students have a sufficient grasp of the content before moving on. End-of-chapter “Challenge Yourself” assessments include ‘Do You Know the Basics”, “Can You Apply What You’ve Learned?”, and “Can You Synthesize What You’ve Learned?” question sets. Career opportunities pursued by students studying A&P are highlighted at the beginning of each chapter. Everyday analogies and practical advice for remembering material are presented in “Integrate: Learning Strategy” boxes. Chapters end with a summary of media tools available to help learn each chapter’s content. Contents 1. Sciences of Anatomy and Physiology 2. Atoms, ScIons, and Molecules 3. Energy, Chemical Reactions, and Glucose Metabolism 4. Biology of the Cell 5. Tissue Organization 6. Integumentary System 7. Skeletal System: Bone Structure and Function 8. Skeletal System: Axial and Appendicular Skeleton 9. Skeletal System: Articulations 10. Muscular System: Muscle Tissue 11. Muscular System: Axial and Appendicular Muscles 12. Nervous System: Nervous Tissue 13. Nervous System: Brain and Cranial Nerves 14. Nervous System: Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 15. Nervous System: Autonomic Nervous System 16. Nervous System: Senses 17. Endocrine System 18. Cardiovascular System: Blood 19. Cardiovascular System: The Heart 20. Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Circulation 21. Lymphatic System 22. The Immune System and the Body’s Defense

13

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

14

23. Respiratory System 24. Urinary System 25. Fluid and Electrolytes 26. Digestive System 27. Nutrition, Regulation of Metabolism, Energy, and Heat 28. Reproductive System 29. Development,Pregnancy, and Heredity

*9780078024290* NEW HOLE’S HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 14th Edition

by David N Shier, Washtenaw Community College, Jackie L Butler, Grayson County College and Ricki Lewis, Albany Medical College

2016 (January 2015) / 1056 pages ISBN: 9780078024290 ISBN: 9781259251818 [IE] Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology was created for the introductory level student and assumes no prior science knowledge by placing emphasis on the fundamentals. This new edition updates a great A&P classic while offering greater efficiencies to the user. The format for the 13th edition focuses on Learning Outcomes and Assessments to benefit the student along with the instructor. New to this edition •

Entirely New Art Program! The authors have gone through every piece of art. The art has been enhanced with brighter colors and more 3D effect.



New Figures! Several new figures have been added to this edition.



Career Corners! Career Corners have been added to every chapter to assist students in determining which career path they may like to follow.



SmartBook SmartBook is the first and only adaptive reading experience. SmartBook is powered by the intelligent and adaptive LearnSmart engine – and a brand-new advanced adaptive reading engine. SmartBook facilitates the reading process by: • Identifying what a student knows and doesn’t know; • Reinforcing what the student should learn; • Adapting over time to ensure the student receives the greatest value over time. NOTE: LearnSmart lives inside of SmartBook (meaning that every LearnSmart question is in SmartBook).



14. Blood 15. Cardiovascular System 16. Lymphatic System and Immunity 17. Digestive System 18. Nutrition and Metabolism 19. Respiratory System 20. Urinary System 21. Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance 22. Reproductive Systems 23. Pregnancy, Growth, and Development 24. Genetics and Genomics

*9780073403717* ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

The Unity of Form and Function, 7th Edition by Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State University

2015 (January 2014) / 1248 pages ISBN: 9780073403717 www.mhhe.com/saladin7 With Saladin, students make connections through learning outcomes and assessments, integrated media, and a writing style that clearly depicts anatomy and physiology processes. A consistent set of chapter learning tools helps students identify and retain key concepts while the stunning visual program provides a realistic view of body structures and processes. Saladin’s text requires no prior knowledge of college chemistry or cell biology, and is designed for a two-semester A&P course. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook, as well full access to LearnSmart, SmartBook, and Anatomy & Physiology Revealed. The seventh edition’s changes focus primarily on new science (30+ updates based on advances in science), new writing (30+ new sections of text to improve discussion, update terminology, and include new Deeper Insight examples), and 40+ new and revised photos and illustrations. Also, a new appendix has been added to the 7th edition to include the complete genetic code. Significant improvements have also been made to the Connect question banks. New to this edition •

Each chapter has been thoroughly updated to stay abreast of the latest developments in science. Significant new science includes:



The high frequency of everyday DNA damage (chapter 4)



Updates in muscle physiology on the length-tension relationship, the size principle in recruitment, tetanus, fatigue, muscle fiber types, and smooth muscle caveolae (chapter 11)



New insights on functions of the spleen (chapter 21)



New interpretation of reproductive effects of the environmental endocrine disruptors (chapter 27)



Content updates in all chapters.



11 new photographs, including: intestinal mesentery (A.8), histology of the adrenal cortex (17.11), macrophages attacking bacteria (21.7), T cells attacking cancer cell (21.24), SEM of acini and myophithelial cells of the mammary gland



10 new pieces of new art including a full-page summary flowchart of cranial nerve pathways (14.39) and a full-page summary figure of macronutrient digestion and absorption (25.31)

End of Chapter material has been updated to alert students to specific digital assets that are available for that chapter.

Contents 1. Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology 2. Chemical Basis of Life 3. Cells 4. Cellular Metabolism 5. Tissues 6. Integumentary System 7. Skeletal System 8. Joints of the Skeletal System 9. Muscular System 10. Nervous System I: Basic Structure and Function 11. Nervous System II: Divisions of the Nervous System 12. Nervous System III: Senses 13. Endocrine System

NEW

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY



A new table of the complete genetic code has been added as an appendix.

International Edition



Chris Gan (Highline Community College) joins Steve Sullivan (Bucks County Community College) as digital author on the 7th edition of Anatomy & Physiology.

10th Edition

Contents Part 1: Organization of the Body 1. Major Themes of Anatomy and Physiology ATLAS A: General Orientation to Human Anatomy 2. The Chemistry of Life 3. Cellular Form and Function 4. Genetics of Cellular Function 5. Histology Part 2: Support and Movement 6. The Integumentary System 7. Bone Tissue 8. The Skeletal System 9. Joints 10. The Muscular System ATLAS B: Regional and Surface Anatomy 11. Muscular Tissue Part 3: Integration and Control 12. Nervous Tissue 13. The Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Somatic Reflexes 14. The Brain and Cranial Nerves 15. The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes 16. Sense Organs 17. The Endocrine System Part 4: Regulation and Maintenance 18. The Circulatory System: Blood 19. The Circulatory System: Heart 20. The Circulatory System: Blood Vessels and Circulation 21. The Lymphatic and Immune Systems 22. The Respiratory System 23. The Urinary System 24. Water, Electrolyte, and Acid - Base Balance 25. The Digestive System 26. Nutrition and Metabolism Part 5: Reproduction and Development 27. The Male Reproductive System 28. The Female Reproductive System 29. Human Development and Aging Appendix A: Periodic Table of the Elements Appendix B: Answer Keys Appendix C: Symbols, Weights, and Measures Appendix D: Biomedical Abbreviations Appendix E: The Genetic Code Glossary Credits Index

SEELEY’S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

by Cinnamon VanPutte, Southwestern Illinois College, Jennifer Regan, University of Southern Mississippi and Andrew F Russo, University of Iowa-Iowa City

2014 (January 2013) / 1248 pages ISBN: 9780073403632 ISBN: 9789814577892 [IE] www.mhhe.com/seeley10 This text is written for the two semester anatomy & physiology course. The writing is comprehensive continues its efficacy as being enough to provide the depth necessary for those courses not requiring prerequisites, and yet, is presented with such clarity that it nicely balances the thorough coverage. Clear descriptions and exceptional illustrations combine to help students develop a firm understanding of the concepts of anatomy and physiology and to teach them how to use that information. Great care has been taken to select important concepts and to perfectly describe the anatomy of cells, organs, and organ systems. The plan that has been followed for ten editions of this popular text is to combine clear and accurate descriptions of anatomy with precise explanations of how structures function and examples of how they work together to maintain life. To emphasize the concepts of anatomy and physiology, the authors provide explanations of how the systems respond to aging, changes in physical activity, and disease, with a special focus on homeostasis and the regulatory mechanisms that maintain it. This text has more clinical content than any other A & P book on the market. CONTENTS Part 1: Organization of the Human Body 1. The Human Organism 2. The Chemical Basis of Life 3. Cell Biology 4. Tissues Part 2: Support and Movement 5. Integumentary System 6. Skeletal System: Bones and Bone Tissue 7. Skeletal System: Gross Anatomy 8. Joints and Movement 9. Muscular System: Histology and Physiology 10. Muscular System: Gross Anatomy Part 3: Integration and Control Systems 11. Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue 12. Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 13. Brain and Cranial Nerves 14. Integration of Nervous System Functions 15. The Special Senses 16. Autonomic Nervous System 17. Functional Organization of the Endocrine System 18. Endocrine Glands Part 4: Regulation and Maintenance 19. Cardiovascular System: Blood 20. Cardiovascular System: The Heart 21. Cardiovascular System: Blood Vessels and Circulation 22. Lymphatic System and Immunity 23. Respiratory System 24. Digestive System 25. Nutrition, Metabolism, and Temperature Regulation 26. Urinary System 27. Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance Part 5: Reproduction and Development 28. Reproductive System 29. Development, Growth, Aging, and Genetics

15

16

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

International Edition

SEELEY’S PRINCIPLES OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

2nd Edition

by Philip Tate, Phoenix College

2012 (January 2011) / 960 pages ISBN: 9780073378190 ISBN: 9780071316743 [IE] www.mhhe.com/tate2 Principles of Anatomy and Physiology is designed to be comprehensive enough to provide the background necessary for those courses not requiring prerequisites and yet is concise so as not to confuse and overwhelm students. The Tate text features realistic illustrations and exceptional photographs that, along with clear, straight-forward writing and an emphasis on clinical material help students develop a solid understanding of anatomy and physiology concepts. Explanations have just the right amount of detail, with usually only one example instead of two or three. Other texts use several complex figures to illustrate many concepts—Tate uses less, but more efficient, art. The result is a shorter, simplified textbook that covers all of the major points found in more lengthy texts, but is easier to read and more economical in price. Contents 1. The Human Organism 2. The Chemical Basis of Life 3. Cell Structures and Their Functions 4. Tissues, Glands, and Membranes 5. Integumentary System 6. Histology and Physiology of Bones 7. Anatomy of Bones and Joints 8. Histology and Physiology of Muscles 9. Gross Anatomy and Functions of Muscles 10. Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue 11. Peripheral and Central Nervous Systems 12. Integration of Sensory and Motor Functions 13. Autonomic Nervous System 14. Special Senses 15. Endocrine System 16. Blood 17. Heart 18. Blood Vessels and Circulation 19. Lymphatic System and Immunity 20. Respiratory System 21. Digestive System 22. Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature 23. Urinary System and Fluid Balance 24. Reproductive System 25. Development, Growth, Aging, and Genetics

Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab Manual

*9781259136740* NEW LABORATORY MANUAL CAT VERSION FOR McKINLEY’S ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 2nd Edition

by Christine M Eckel, West Virginia School of Osteopathic Medicine and Theresa Bidle, Hagerstown Community College

2016 (February 2015) / 864 pages ISBN: 9781259136740 The study of human anatomy and physiology really comes to life in the anatomy and physiology laboratory, where students get hands-on experience with human cadavers and bones, classroom models, preserved and fresh animal organs, histology slides of human tissues, and learn the process of scientific discovery through physiology experimentation. This lab manual is intended to provide students with tools to make the subject matter more relevant to their own bodies and to the world around them. It is an interactive workbook for students: a ‘how-to’ guide to learning human anatomy and physiology through touch, dissection, observation, experimentation, and critical thinking exercises. This Cat Version of the Lab Manual and contains 16 exercises designed to walk students through dissection and identification of all systems and structures of the cat, beginning with the skeletal system and progressing through all systems. CONTENTS Part I: Introduction to the Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory 1. The Laboratory Environment 2. Orientation to the Human Body 3. The Microscope Part II: Organization of the Human Body 4. Cell Structure and Membrane Transport 5. Histology Part III :Support and Body Movement 6. Integument 7. The Skeletal System: Bone Structure and Function 8. The Skeletal System: Axial Skeleton 9. The Skeletal System: Appendicular Skeleton 10. Articulations 11. The Muscular System: Muscle Structure and Function 12. Axial Muscles 13. Appendicular Muscles Part IV: Communication and Control 14. Nervous Tissues 15. The Brain and Cranial Nerves 16. The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 17. The Autonomic Nervous System and Reflexes 18. General and Special Senses 19. The Endocrine System Part V: Maintenance and Regulation 20. The Cardiovascular System: Blood 21. The Cardiovascular System: The Heart 22. The Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Circulation 23. The Lymphatic System and Immunity 24. The Respiratory System 25. The Digestive System 26. The Urinary System Part VI: Reproduction 27. The Reproductive System and Early Development 28. Cat Dissection Exercises

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

*9781259140624* LABORATORY MANUAL FETAL PIG VERSION FOR McKINLEY’S ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

NEW

2nd Edition

by Christine M Eckel, West Virginia School of Osteopathic Medicine and Theresa Bidle, Hagerstown Community College

2016 (March 2015) ISBN: 9781259140624 The study of human anatomy and physiology really comes to life in the anatomy and physiology laboratory, where students get hands-on experience with human cadavers and bones, classroom models, preserved and fresh animal organs, histology slides of human tissues, and learn the process of scientific discovery through physiology experimentation. This lab manual is intended to provide students with tools to make the subject matter more relevant to their own bodies and to the world around them. It is an interactive workbook for students: a ‘how-to’ guide to learning human anatomy and physiology through touch, dissection, observation, experimentation, and critical thinking exercises. Chapter 28 is unique to this Fetal Pig Version of the Lab Manual and contains 16 exercises designed to walk students through dissection and identification of all systems and structures of the fetal pig, beginning with the skeletal system and progressing through all systems. CONTENTS Part I: Introduction to the Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory 1. The Laboratory Environment 2. Orientation to the Human Body 3. The Microscope Part II: Organization of the Human Body 4. Cell Structure and Membrane Transport 5. Histology Part III: Support and Body Movement 6. Integument 7. The Skeletal System: Bone Structure and Function 8. The Skeletal System: Axial Skeleton 9. The Skeletal System: Appendicular Skeleton 10. Articulations 11. The Muscular System: Muscle Structure and Function 12. The Muscular System: Axial Muscles 13. The Muscular System: Appendicular Muscles Part IV: Communication and Control 14. Nervous Tissues 15. The Brain and Cranial Nerves 16. The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 17. The Autonomic Nervous System and Reflexes 18. General and Special Senses 19. The Endocrine System Part V: Maintenance and Regulation 20. The Cardiovascular System: Blood 21. The Cardiovascular System: The Heart 22. The Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Circulation 23. The Lymphatic System and Immunity 24. The Respiratory System 25. The Digestive System 26. The Urinary System Part VI: Reproduction 27. The Reproductive System and Early Development 28. Fetal Pig Dissection Exercises OVERVIEW Exercise 28.1 Introduction, Surface Anatomy, and Directional Terms

BACK AND LIMBS Skeletal System Exercise 28.2 Skeletal System Beginning the Dissection Exercise 28.3 Skinning the Pig Muscular System Exercise 28.4 Muscles of the Head and Neck Exercise 28.5 Muscles of the Thorax Exercise 28.6 Muscles of the Abdominal Wall Exercise 28.7 Muscles of the Back and Shoulder Exercise 28.8 Muscles of the Forelimb Exercise 28.9 Muscles of the Hindlimb THORACIC CAVITY Exercise 28.10 The Heart, Lungs, and Mediastinum ABDOMEN AND PELVIS Exercise 28.11 The Abdominal Cavity Exercise 28.12 The Posterior Abdominal Wall Exercise 28.13 Urogenital Systems HEAD AND NECK Exercise 28.14 The Head, Neck, and Oral Cavity APPENDICULAR NEUROVASCULATURE Exercise 28.15 Nervous System: Spinal Cord and Peripheral Nerves Exercise 28.16 Cardiovascular System: Peripheral Blood Vessels

*9781259139437* NEW LABORATORY MANUAL MAIN VERSION FOR McKINLEY’S ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 2nd Edition

by Christine M Eckel, West Virginia School of Osteopathic Medicine and Theresa Bidle, Hagerstown Community College

2016 (February 2015) / 864 pages ISBN: 9781259139437 The study of human anatomy and physiology really comes to life in the anatomy and physiology laboratory, where students get hands-on experience with human cadavers and bones, classroom models, preserved and fresh animal organs, histology slides of human tissues, and learn the process of scientific discovery through physiology experimentation. This lab manual is intended to provide students with tools to make the subject matter more relevant to their own bodies and to the world around them. It is an interactive workbook for students: a ‘how-to’ guide to learning human anatomy and physiology through touch, dissection, observation, experimentation, and critical thinking exercises. CONTENTS Part I: Introduction to the Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory 1. The Laboratory Environment 2. Orientation to the Human Body 3. The Microscope Part II: Organization of the Human Body 4. Cell Structure and Membrane Transport 5. Histology Part III: Support and Body Movement 6. Integument 7. The Skeletal System: Bone Structure and Function 8. The Skeletal System: Axial Skeleton 9. The Skeletal System: Appendicular Skeleton 10 .Articulations 11. The Muscular System: Muscle Structure and Function 12. Axial Muscles 13. Appendicular Muscles

17

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

18

Part IV: Communication and Control 14. Nervous Tissues 15. The Brain and Cranial Nerves 16. The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 17. The Autonomic Nervous System and Reflexes 18. General and Special Senses 19. The Endocrine System Part V: Maintenance and Regulation 20. The Cardiovascular System: Blood 21. The Cardiovascular System: The Heart 22. The Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Circulation 23. The Lymphatic System and Immunity 24. The Respiratory System 25. The Digestive System 26. The Urinary System Part VI: Reproduction 27. The Reproductive System and Early Development

*9780078024306* NEW LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Cat Version, 3rd Edition

by Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College

2016 (January 2015) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780078024306 Terry Martin, author of the best-selling laboratory manuals to accompany the Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology texts, has written a stand alone laboratory manual. This series of laboratory manuals (main – no dissection, cat dissection, fetal pig dissection, and rat dissection) will incorporate Terry’s clear, concise writing style. These manuals are not associated with any one text and were created for use with any anatomy and physiology text. The manuals also feature incredible artwork and photos. It can be packaged with Ph.I.L.S. 4.0. New to this edition •

New BIOPAC© Lab – Lab 31A – Reaction Time is new and incorporates us of BIOPAC equipment.



Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 sections of laboratory exercises have been moved to highlight the use of Ph.I.L.S. They are still located in the individual exercises but now stand alone after the Laboratory Assessment.



Digital Authors have been added to project. Three contributors have been added. They are working not only on the lab manual itself but are doing the digital! Therefore, the digital will be aligned exactly with the lab manual.



APR Cat images have been added to Cat laboratory exercises.

Contents Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1. Scientific Method and Measurements 2. Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology 3. Chemistry of Life 4. Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5. Cell Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #2 Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 6. Movements Through Membranes Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #1 Varying Extracellular Concentration 7. Cell Cycle

Tissues 8. Epithelial Tissues 9. Connective Tissues 10. Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11. Integumentary System Skeletal System 12. Bone Structure and Classification 13. Organization of the Skeleton 14. Skull 15. Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16. Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17. Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18. Fetal Skeleton 19. Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 20. Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #4 Stimulus-Dependent Force Generation 21. Electromyography: BIOPAC© Exercise 22. Muscles of the Head and Neck 23. Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 24. Muscles of the Vertebral Column, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Floor 25. Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy 26 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 27. Nervous Tissue and Nerves 28. Meninges, Spinal Cord, and Spinal Nerves 29. Reflex Arc and Somatic Reflexes 30. Brain and Cranial Nerves 31A. Reaction Time: BIOPAC© Exercise 31B. Electroencephalography I: BIOPAC© Exercise 32. Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 33. General Senses 34. Smell and Taste 35. Eye Structure 36. Visual Tests and Demonstrations 37. Ear and Hearing 38. Ear and Equilibrium Endocrine System 39. Endocrine Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #17 Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate 40. Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 41. Blood Cells 42. Blood Testing Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #31 pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding 43 Blood Typing 44 Heart Structure 45 Cardiac Cycle Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #23 The Meaning of Heart Sounds 46. Electrocardiography: BIOPAC© Exercise 47. Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 48. Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #36 Deep Breathing and Cardiac Lymphatic System 49. Lymphatic System Respiratory System 50. Respiratory Organs 51. Breathing and Respiratory Volumes Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #34 Altering Airway Volume 52. Spirometry: BIOPAC© Exercise 53. Control of Breathing

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Digestive System 54. Digestive Organs 55. Action of a Digestive Enzyme Urinary System 56 Urinary Organs 57. Urinalysis Reproductive Systems and Development 58. Male Reproductive System 59. Female Reproductive System 60. Meiosis, Fertilization, and Early Development 61. Genetics C at Dissection Exercises 62. Cat Dissection: Musculature 63. Cat Dissection: Cardiovascular System 64. Cat Dissection: Respiratory System 65. Cat Dissection: Digestive System 66. Cat Dissection: Urinary System 67. Cat Dissection: Reproductive Systems Supplemental Laboratory Exercises* S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contractions Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #6 Principles of Summation and Tetanus S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #10 The Compound Action Potential S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #18 Thermal and Chemical Effects Appendix 1: Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2: Assessments of Laboratory Assessments Appendix 3: Correlation of Laboratory Exercises and Ph.I.L.S. 3.0. *These laboratory exercises are available online only at www. mhhe.com/martinseries2

*9781259298677* NEW LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Fetal Pig Version, 3rd Edition by Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College

2016 (January 2015) / 672 pages ISBN: 9781259298677 Terry Martin, author of the best-selling laboratory manuals to accompany the Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology texts, has written a stand alone laboratory manual. This series of laboratory manuals (main – no dissection, cat dissection, fetal pig dissection, and rat dissection) will incorporate Terry’s clear, concise writing style. These manuals are not associated with any one text and were created for use with any anatomy and physiology text. The manuals also feature incredible artwork and photos. It can be packaged with Ph.I.L.S. 4.0. New to this edition •

New BIOPAC© Lab – Lab 31A – Reaction Time is new and incorporates us of BIOPAC equipment.



Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 sections of laboratory exercises have been moved to highlight the use of Ph.I.L.S. They are still located in the individual exercises but now stand alone after the Laboratory Assessment.



Digital Authors have been added to project. Three contributors have been added. They are working not only on the lab manual itself but are doing the digital! Therefore, the digital will be aligned exactly with the lab manual.



APR Fetal Pig images have been added to Pig laboratory exercises.

Contents Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1. Scientific Method and Measurements 2. Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology 3. Chemistry of Life 4. Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5. Cell Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #2 Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 6. Movements Through Membranes Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #1 Varying Extracellular Concentration 7. Cell Cycle Tissues 8. Epithelial Tissues 9. Connective Tissues 10. Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11. Integumentary System Skeletal System 12. Bone Structure and Classification 13. Organization of the Skeleton 14. Skull 15. Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16. Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17. Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18. Fetal Skeleton 19. Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 20. Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #4 Stimulus-Dependent Force Generation 21. Electromyography: BIOPAC© Exercise 22. Muscles of the Head and Neck 23. Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 24. Muscles of the Vertebral Column, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Floor 25. Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy 26. Surface Anatomy Nervous System 27. Nervous Tissue and Nerves 28. Meninges, Spinal Cord, and Spinal Nerves 29. Reflex Arc and Somatic Reflexes 30. Brain and Cranial Nerves 31A. Reaction Time: BIOPAC© Exercise 31B. Electroencephalography I: BIOPAC© Exercise 32. Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 33. General Senses 34. Smell and Taste 35. Eye Structure 36. Visual Tests and Demonstrations 37. Ear and Hearing 38. Ear and Equilibrium Endocrine System 39. Endocrine Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #17 Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate 40. Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 41. Blood Cells 42. Blood Testing Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #31 pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding 43. Blood Typing 44. Heart Structure 45. Cardiac Cycle Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #23 The Meaning of Heart Sounds

19

20

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

46. Electrocardiography: BIOPAC© Exercise 47. Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 48. Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #36 Deep Breathing and Cardiac Lymphatic System 49. Lymphatic System Respiratory System 50. Respiratory Organs 51. Breathing and Respiratory Volumes Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #34 Altering Airway Volume 52. Spirometry: BIOPAC© Exercise 53. Control of Breathing Digestive System 54. Digestive Organs 55. Action of a Digestive Enzyme Urinary System 56. Urinary Organs 57. Urinalysis Reproductive Systems and Development 58. Male Reproductive System 59. Female Reproductive System 60. Meiosis, Fertilization, and Early Development 61. Genetics Cat Dissection Exercises 62. Fetal Pig Dissection: Musculature 63. Fetal Pig Dissection: Cardiovascular System 64. Fetal Pig Dissection: Respiratory System 65. Fetal Pig Dissection: Digestive System 66. Fetal Pig Dissection: Urinary System 67. Fetal Pig Dissection: Reproductive Systems Supplemental Laboratory Exercises* S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contractions Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #6 Principles of Summation and Tetanus S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #10 The Compound Action Potential S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #18 Thermal and Chemical Effects Appendix 1: Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2: Assessments of Laboratory Assessments Appendix 3: Correlation of Laboratory Exercises and Ph.I.L.S. 3.0. *These laboratory exercises are available online only at www. mhhe.com/martinseries2

*9781259298653* NEW LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Main Version, 3rd Edition

by Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College

2016 (January 2015) / 672 pages ISBN: 9781259298653 Terry Martin, author of the best-selling laboratory manuals to accompany the Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology texts, has written a stand alone laboratory manual. This series of laboratory manuals (main – no dissection, cat dissection, fetal pig dissection, and rat dissection) will incorporate Terry’s clear, concise writing style. These manuals are not associated with any one text and were created for use with any anatomy and physiology text. The manuals also feature incredible artwork and photos. It can be packaged with Ph.I.L.S. 4.0.

New to this edition •

New BIOPAC© Lab – Lab 31A – Reaction Time is new and incorporates us of BIOPAC equipment.



Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 sections of laboratory exercises have been moved to highlight the use of Ph.I.L.S. They are still located in the individual exercises but now stand alone after the Laboratory Assessment.



Digital Authors have been added to project. Three contributors have been added. They are working not only on the lab manual itself but are doing the digital! Therefore, the digital will be aligned exactly with the lab manual.

Contents Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1. Scientific Method and Measurements 2. Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology 3. Chemistry of Life 4. Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5. Cell Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #2 Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 6. Movements Through Membranes Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #1 Varying Extracellular Concentration 7. Cell Cycle Tissues 8. Epithelial Tissues 9. Connective Tissues 10. Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11. Integumentary System Skeletal System 12. Bone Structure and Classification 13. Organization of the Skeleton 14. Skull 15. Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16. Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17. Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18. Fetal Skeleton 19. Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 20. Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #4 Stimulus-Dependent Force Generation 21. Electromyography: BIOPAC© Exercise 22. Muscles of the Head and Neck 23. Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 24. Muscles of the Vertebral Column, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Floor 25. Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy 26. Surface Anatomy Nervous System 27. Nervous Tissue and Nerves 28. Meninges, Spinal Cord, and Spinal Nerves 29. Reflex Arc and Somatic Reflexes 30. Brain and Cranial Nerves 31A. Reaction Time: BIOPAC© Exercise 31B. Electroencephalography I: BIOPAC© Exercise 32. Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 33. General Senses 34. Smell and Taste 35. Eye Structure 36. Visual Tests and Demonstrations 37. Ear and Hearing 38. Ear and Equilibrium

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Endocrine System 39. Endocrine Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #17 Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate 40. Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 41. Blood Cells 42. Blood Testing Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #31 pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding 43. Blood Typing 44. Heart Structure 45. Cardiac Cycle Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #23 The Meaning of Heart Sounds 46. Electrocardiography: BIOPAC© Exercise 47. Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 48. Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #36 Deep Breathing and Cardiac Lymphatic System 49. Lymphatic System Respiratory System 50. Respiratory Organs 51. Breathing and Respiratory Volumes Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #34 Altering Airway Volume 52. Spirometry: BIOPAC© Exercise 53. Control of Breathing Digestive System 54. Digestive Organs 55. Action of a Digestive Enzyme Urinary System 56. Urinary Organs 57. Urinalysis Reproductive Systems and Development 58. Male Reproductive System 59. Female Reproductive System 60. Meiosis, Fertilization, and Early Development 61. Genetics Supplemental Laboratory Exercises* S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contractions Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #6 Principles of Summation and Tetanus S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #10 The Compound Action Potential S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #18 Thermal and Chemical Effects Appendix 1: Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2: Assessments of Laboratory Assessments Appendix 3 Correlation of Laboratory Exercises and Ph.I.L.S. 3.0. *These laboratory exercises are available online only at www. mhhe.com/martinseries2

*9781259295638* LABORATORY MANUAL for HOLE’S HUMAN Anatomy & physiology

NEW

Cat Version, 14th Edition

by Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College

2016 (February 2015) / 512 pages ISBN: 9781259295638 This best-selling Laboratory Manual, written by Terry R. Martin, has been updated throughout. The new 14th edition is available in both a Cat version or a Fetal Pig version. Both versions of the 14th edition are organized into units that correlate directly with the text and include new and updated art to match Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 14e. CONTENTS Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1. Scientific Method and Measurements 2. Body Organization and Terminology 3. Chemistry of Life 4. Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5. Cell Structure and Function 6. Movements Through Membranes 7. Cell Cycle Tissues 8. Epithelial Tissues 9. Connective Tissues 10. Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11. Integumentary System Skeletal System 12. Bone Structure and Classification 13. Organization of the Skeleton 14. Skull 15. Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16. Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17. Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18. Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 19. Skeletal Muscle Structure 20. Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck 21. Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 22. Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 23. Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy 24. Surface Anatomy Nervous System 25. Nervous Tissue and Nerves 26. Spinal Cord and Meninges 27. Reflex Arc and Reflexes 28. Brain and Cranial Nerves 29. Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 30. Receptors and General Senses 31. Smell and Taste 32. Ear and Hearing 33. Ear and Equilibrium 34. Eye Structure 35. Visual Tests and Demonstrations Endocrine System 36. Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology

21

22

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Cells 5. Cell Structure and Function 6. Movements Through Membranes 7. Cell Cycle

Cardiovascular System 37. Blood Cells and Blood Typing 38. Heart Structure 39. Cardiac Cycle 40. Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 41. Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure

Tissues 8. Epithelial Tissues 9. Connective Tissues 10. Muscle and Nervous Tissues

Lymphatic System 42. Lymphatic System

Integumentary System 11. Integumentary System

Digestive System 43. Digestive Organs 44. Action of a Digestive Enzyme

Skeletal System 12. Bone Structure and Classification 13. Organization of the Skeleton 14. Skull 15. Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16. Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17. Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18. Joint Structure and Movements

Respiratory System 45. Respiratory Organs 46. Breathing and Respiratory Volumes 47. Control of Breathing Urinary System 48. Urinary Organs 49. Urinalysis Reproductive System and Development 50. Male Reproductive System 51. Female Reproductive System 52. Fertilization and Early Development 53. Genetics Cat Dissection Exercises 54. Cat Dissection: Musculature 55. Cat Dissection: Cardiovascular System 56. Cat Dissection: Digestive System 57. Cat Dissection: Respiratory System 58. Cat Dissection: Urinary System 59. Cat Dissection: Reproductive Systems Supplemental Laboratory Exercises* 60 Skeletal Muscle Contraction 61 Nerve Impulse Stimulation 62 Blood Testing 63 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Appendix 1 – Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 – Assessments of Laboratory Reports *These laboratory exercise are available online at www.mhhe. com/shier13

*9781259295645* LABORATORY MANUAL for HOLE’S HUMAN Anatomy & physiology

NEW

Fetal Pig Version, 14th Edition by Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College

2016 (February 2015) / 512 pages ISBN: 9781259295645 This best-selling Laboratory Manual, written by Terry R. Martin, has been updated throughout. The new 14th edition is available in a Cat version or a Fetal Pig version. Both versions of the 14th edition are organized into units that correlate directly with the text and include new and updated art to match Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 14e. CONTENTS Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1. Scientific Method and Measurements 2. Body Organization and Terminology 3. Chemistry of Life 4. Care and Use of the Microscope

Muscular System 19. Skeletal Muscle Structure 20. Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck 21. Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 22. Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 23. Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy 24. Surface Anatomy Nervous System 25. Nervous Tissue and Nerves 26. Spinal Cord and Meninges 27. Reflex Arc and Reflexes 28. Brain and Cranial Nerves 29. Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 30. Receptors and General Senses 31. Smell and Taste 32. Ear and Hearing 33. Ear and Equilibrium 34. Eye Structure 35. Visual Tests and Demonstrations Endocrine System 36. Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 37. Blood Cells and Blood Typing 38. Heart Structure 39. Cardiac Cycle 40. Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 41. Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Lymphatic System 42. Lymphatic System Digestive System 43. Digestive Organs 44. Action of a Digestive Enzyme Respiratory System 45. Respiratory Organs 46. Breathing and Respiratory Volumes 47. Control of Breathing Urinary System 48. Urinary Organs 49. Urinalysis Reproductive System and Development 50. Male Reproductive System 51. Female Reproductive System 52. Fertilization and Early Development 53. Genetics

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Fetal Pig Dissection Exercises 54. Fetal Pig Dissection: Musculature 55. Fetal Pig Dissection: Cardiovascular System 56. Fetal Pig Dissection: Digestive System 57. Fetal Pig Dissection: Respiratory System 58. Fetal Pig Dissection: Urinary System 59. Fetal Pig Dissection: Reproductive Systems Supplemental Laboratory Exercises* 60 Skeletal Muscle Contraction 61 Nerve Impulse Stimulation 62 Blood Testing 63 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Appendix 1 – Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 – Assessments of Laboratory Reports *These laboratory exercise are available online at www.mhhe. com/shier13

*9780077676636* NEW LABORATORY MANUAL FOR ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 7th Edition

by Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College

2015 (April 2014) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780077676636 Written by Eric Wise of Santa Barbara City College, this comprehensive manual contains 47 laboratory exercises that are integrated closely with the Saladin Anatomy and Physiology textbook. Each exercise demonstrates key anatomical and physiological facts and principles presented in Anatomy and Physiology by directing students to investigate specific concepts in greater detail. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Lab Science, Measurement, and Chemistry 2. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 3. Microscopy 4. Cell Structure and Function 5. Some Functions of Cell Membranes 6. Tissues 7. Integumentary System 8. Introduction to the Skeletal System 9. Axial Skeleton 10. Appendicular Skeleton 11. Articulations 12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Upper Extremity 13. Muscles of the Lower Extremity 14. Muscles of the Head and Neck 15. Muscles of the Trunk 16. Muscle Physiology 17. Introduction to the Nervous System 18. The Brain and Cranial Nerves 19. The Spinal Cord and Nerves 20. Nervous System Physiology--Stimuli and Reflexes 21. Introduction to Sensory Receptors 22. Taste and Smell 23. Eye and Vision 24. Ear, Hearing, and Equilibrium 25. Endocrine System 26. Blood 27. Blood Tests and Typing 28. Structure of the Heart 29. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart 30. Functions of the Heart

31. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Superior Body 32. Arteries of the Inferior Body 33. Veins and Special Circulations 34. Functions of Vessels, Lymphatic System 35. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure 36. Structure of the Respiratory System 37. Respiratory Function, Breathing, Respiration 38. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health 39. Urinary System 40. Urinalysis 41. Anatomy of the Digestive System 42. Digestive Physiology 43. Male Reproductive System 44. Female Reproductive System and Early Development

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY SEELEY’S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

10th Edition

by Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College

2014 (January 2013) ISBN: 9780077421397 This manual was written to be used with Seeley’s Anatomy & Physiology, tenth edition, by VanPutte, Regan, and Russo. The illustrations are labeled: therefore, students do not need to bring their lecture text to lab. The lab manual accompanies the lecture text and lecture portion of the course and can be used in either a one-term or a full-year course. The illustrations are outstanding, and the balanced combination of line art and photographs provides effective coverage. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Lab Science, Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 2. Microscopy 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Tissues 5. Integumentary System 6. Introduction to the Skeletal System 7. Appendicular Skeleton 8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 9. Axial Skeleton: Skull 10. Articulations 11. Muscle Physiology 12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Upper Extremity 13. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot 14. Muscles of the Head and Neck 15. Muscles of the Torso 16. Introduction to the Nervous System 17. Brain and Cranial Nerves 18. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves 19. Nervous System Physiology: Stimuli and Refl exes 20. Introduction to Sensory Receptors 21. Taste and Smell 22. Eye and Vision 23. Ear, Hearing, and Balance 24. Endocrine System 25. Blood 26. Blood Tests and Typing 27. Structure of the Heart 28. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart 29. Functions of the Heart 30. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body

23

24

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

31. Arteries of the Lower Body 32. Veins and Special Circulations 33. Function of Vessels and the Lymphatic System 34. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure 35. Structure of the Respiratory System 36. Respiratory Function, Breathing, and Respiration 37. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health 38. Anatomy of the Digestive System 39. Digestive Physiology 40. Anatomy of the Urinary System 41. Urinalysis 42. Male Reproductive System 43. Female Reproductive System

LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Rat Version with PhILS 4.0 Access Card, 2nd Edition by Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College

2013 (August 2012) ISBN: 9780077583149 www.mhhe.com/martinseries2 Terry Martin, author of the best-selling laboratory manuals to accompany the Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology texts, has written a new stand alone laboratory manual. This series of laboratory manuals (main – no dissection, cat dissection, fetal pig dissection, and rat dissection) will incorporate Terry’s clear, concise writing style. They are not associated with any one text so can be used with any anatomy and physiology text. The artwork and photos will be second to none. It will also come with Ph.I.L.S. 4.0. Contents Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1. Scientific Method and Measurements Laboratory Assessment 2. Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology Laboratory Assessment 3. Chemistry of Life Laboratory Assessment 4. Care and Use of the Microscope Laboratory Assessment Cells 5. Cell Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #2 Size and Basal Metabolic Rate Laboratory Assessment 6. Movements Through Membranes Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #1 Varying Extracellular Concentration Laboratory Assessment 7. Cell Cycle Laboratory Assessment Tissues 8. Epithelial Tissues Laboratory Assessment 9. Connective Tissues Laboratory Assessment 10 .Muscle and Nervous Tissues Laboratory Assessment Integumentary System 11. Integumentary System Laboratory Assessment Skeletal System 12. Bone Structure and Classification Laboratory Assessment 13. Organization of the Skeleton Laboratory Assessment 14. Skull Laboratory Assessment 15. Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage Laboratory Assessment 16. Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb Laboratory Assessment 17. Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb Laboratory Assessment 18. Fetal Skeleton Laboratory Assessment 19. Joint Structure and Movements Laboratory Assessment Muscular System 20. Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #4 Stimulus-Dependent Force Generation Laboratory Assessment

21. Electromyography: BIOPAC Exercise Laboratory Assessment 22. Muscles of the Head and Neck Laboratory Assessment 23. Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb Laboratory Assessment 24. Muscles of the Vertebral Column, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Floor Laboratory Assessment 25. Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Laboratory Assessment Surface Anatomy 26. Surface Anatomy Laboratory Assessment Nervous System 27. Nervous Tissue and Nerves Laboratory Assessment 28. Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Meninges Laboratory Assessment 29. Reflex Arc and Reflexes Laboratory Assessment 30. Brain and Cranial Nerves Laboratory Assessment 31. Electroencephalography: BIOPAC Exercise Laboratory Assessment 32. Dissection of the Sheep Brain Laboratory Assessment General and Special Senses 33. General Senses Laboratory Assessment 34. Smell and Taste Laboratory Assessment 35. Eye Structure Laboratory Assessment 36. Visual Tests and Demonstrations Laboratory Assessment 37. Ear and Hearing Laboratory Assessment 38. Ear and Equilibrium Laboratory Assessment Endocrine System 39. Endocrine Structure and Function Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #17 Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate Laboratory Assessment 40. Diabetic Physiology Laboratory Assessment Cardiovascular System 41. Blood Cells Laboratory Assessment 42. Blood Testing Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #31 pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding Laboratory Assessment 43. Blood Typing Laboratory Assessment 44. Heart Structure Laboratory Assessment 45. Cardiac Cycle Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #23 The Meaning of Heart Sounds Laboratory Assessment 46. Electrocardiography: BIOPAC Exercise Laboratory Assessment 47. Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins Laboratory Assessment 48. Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #36 Deep Breathing and Cardiac Laboratory Assessment Lymphatic System 49. Lymphatic System Laboratory Assessment Respiratory System 50. Respiratory Organs Laboratory Assessment 51. Breathing and Respiratory Volumes Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #34 Altering Airway Volume Laboratory Assessment 52. Spirometry: BIOPAC Exercise Laboratory Assessment 53. Control of Breathing Laboratory Assessment Digestive System 54. Digestive Organs Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #37 Glucose Transport Laboratory Assessment 55. Action of a Digestive Enzyme Laboratory Assessment Urinary System 56. Urinary Organs Laboratory Assessment 57. Urinalysis Laboratory Assessment Reproductive Systems and Development 58. Male Reproductive System Laboratory Assessment 59. Female Reproductive System Laboratory Assessment 60. Fertilization and Early Development Laboratory Assessment 61. Genetics Laboratory Assessment Rat Dissection Exercises 62. Rat Dissection: Musculature 63. Rat Dissection: Cardiovascular System

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

64. Rat Dissection: Respiratory System 65. Rat Dissection: Digestive System 66. Rat Dissection: Urinary System 67. Rat Dissection: Reproductive Systems Supplemental Laboratory Exercises* S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contractions/ Ph.I.L.S. 3.0/#6 Principles of Summation and Tetanus/Laboratory Assessment S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation Ph.I.L.S. 3.0/#10 The Compound Action Potential/ Laboratory Assessment S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Ph.I.L.S. 3.0/#18 Thermal and Chemical Effects/ Laboratory Assessment

Skeletal System – PU from APR--cadaver Muscular System Nervous System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System

pH.I.L.S VERSION 4.0

CD-ROM, 4th Edition International Edition

ATLAS OF SKELETAL MUSCLES

7th Edition

by Robert Stone and Judith Stone of Suffolk County Community College

2012 (January 2011) / 240 pages ISBN: 9780073378169 ISBN: 9780071316682 [IE] The 7th edition includes changes reflecting modern understanding, terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical relationships. All muscle illustrations are new. Contents 1. The Skeleton 2. Movements of the Body 3. Muscles of the Face and Head 4. Muscles of the Neck 5. Muscles of the Trunk 6. Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm 7. Muscles of the Forearm and Hand 8. Muscles of the Hip and Thigh 9. Muscles of the Leg and Foot

by Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University

2013 (August 2012) ISBN: 9780077578688 NEW! Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 has been updated! Users have requested and we are providing five new exercises (Respiratory Quotient, Weight and Contraction, Insulin and Glucose Tolerance, Blood Typing, and Anti-Diuretic Hormone). Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, this program offers 42 laboratory simulations that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 42 labs are selfcontained experiments—no lengthy instruction manual required. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment. There are no limits!

PH.I.L.S VERSION 4.0 STUDENT ACCESS CARD

4th Edition

by Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University

2013 (January 2012) ISBN: 9780077409548 www.mhhe.com/sem/phils

One & Two Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Multimedia

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED STUDENT ACCESS CARD

(Fetal Pig Version)

by The University of Toledo

2014 (July 2013) ISBN: 9780078024276 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Pig is the ultimate online interactive pig dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses pig photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the pig to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Pig also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Pig is available stand-alone, or can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book. Contents Body Orientation – unique for animal Tissues – PU from APRv3.0

NEW! Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 has been updated! Users have requested and we are providing five new exercises (Respiratory Quotient, Weight and Contraction, Insulin and Glucose Tolerance, Blood Typing, and Anti-Diuretic Hormone). Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, this program offers 42 laboratory simulations that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 42 labs are self-contained experiments— no lengthy instruction manual required. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment. There are no limits! Contents Osmosis and Diffusion 1. Varying Extracellular Concentration Metabolism 2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 3. Respiratory Quotient 4. Cyanide and Electron Transport Skeletal Muscle Function 5. Stimulus-Dependent Force Generation 6. Weight & Contraction 7. The Length-Tension Relationship 8. Principles of Summation and Tetanus 9. EMG and Twitch Amplitude

25

26

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Resting Potentials 10. Resting Potential and External [K+] 11. Resting Potential and External [Na+] Action Potentials 12. The Compound Action Potential 13. Conduction Velocity and Temperature 14. Refractory Periods 15. Measuring Ion Currents Synaptic Potentials 16. Facilitation & Depression 17. Temporal Summation of EPSPs 18. Spatial Summation of EPSPs Endocrine Function 19. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate 20. Insulin and Glucose Tolerance

Contents Body Orientation – unique for animal Tissues – PU from APRv3.0 Skeletal System – PU from APR--cadaver Muscular System Nervous System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System

International Edition

STUDENT ACCESS CARD ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 3.0 ONLINE

Frog Heart Function 21. Thermal and Chemical Effects 22. Refractory Period of the Heart 23. Starling’s Law of the Heart 24. Heart Block

2nd Edition

ECG and Heart Function 25. ECG and Exercise 26. The Meaning of Heart Sounds 27. ECG and Finger Pulse 28. Electrical Axis of the Heart 29. ECG and Heart Block 30. Abnormal ECGs

www.aprevealed.com

Circulation 31. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow 32. Blood Pressure and Gravity 33. Blood Pressure and Body Position Blood 34. pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding 35. DPG & Hb-Oxygen Binding 36. Blood Typing Respiration 37. Altering Body Position 38. Altering Airway Volume 39. Exercise-Induced Changes 40. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function Digestion 41. Glucose Transport Human Kidney Function 42. Anti-Diuretic Hormone

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED STUDENT ACCESS CARD

(Cat Version)

by The University of Toledo

2013 (August 2012) ISBN: 9780073525754 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Cat is the ultimate online interactive cat dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cat photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the cat to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Cat also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Cat is available stand-alone, or can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book.

by The University of Toledo

2012 (January 2011) ISBN: 9780073403601 ISBN: 9780071328388 [IE] Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive cadaver dissection experience. Now fully customizable to fit any course level, this state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book. Contents APR 3.0 Brief TOC Module 1: Body Orientation Module 2: Cells & Chemistry Module 3: Tissues Module 4: Integumentary System Module 5: Skeletal System Module 6: Muscular System Module 7: Nervous System Module 8: Endocrine System Module 9: Cardiovascular System Module 10: Lymphatic System Module 11: Respiratory System Module 12: Digestive System Module 13: Urinary System Module 14: Reproductive System

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Human Anatomy - Textbooks

*9780073525730* NEW HUMAN ANATOMY 4th Edition

by Michael McKinley, Glendale Community College and Valerie O’Loughlin, Indiana University-Bloomington

2015 (January 2014) / 960 pages ISBN: 9780073525730 www.mhhe.com/mckinley4 Human Anatomy, Fourth Edition, builds upon the clear, concise explanations and outstanding illustration program of previous editions with many new figures, cadaver photos, and a powerful new online resource from Primal Pictures. With engaging text descriptions that explain how anatomical structure relates to function, this best-selling text gives students the framework they need to develop a deeper understanding of human anatomy. The fully updated Human Anatomy Place website provides a wide variety of review exercises, including practice quizzes, case studies, bone and muscle reviews, learning activities and more. Also new to this edition are hundreds of Primal Pictures anatomy enrichment activities. NEW TO THIS EDITION •

Each chapter has been thoroughly updated to stay abreast of the latest developments in science. Significant new science includes:



New presentation on Systemic Lupus Erythematosus



Added new section for skin cancer in the Integumentary System chapter



Added section on Nebulin to follow Connectin in the Muscle Tissue chapter



A new section on the Nerve Impulse under Neurons



Revision of Clinical Views in all chapters



Content updates in all chapters.



New Photographs in many chapters.



The art program has been revised with vibrant colors, greater detail, and cleaner presentation of key structures and systems. We have more than 100 new and revised illustrations, including:



Formation and Growth of Cartilage (6.2)



Sound Wave Pathways Through the Ear (19.27)



Gross Anatomy of the Lungs (25.11)



A new table (3.1) of Events in Embryonic Development



Elizabeth Pennefather-O’Brien (Medicine Hat College) and Ronald Harris (Marymount California University) join the author team on the 4th edition of Human Anatomy.

Contents 1. A First Look at Anatomy 2. The Cell: Basic Unit of Structure and Function 3. Embryology 4. Tissue Level of Organization 5. Integumentary System Skeletal System 6. Cartilage and Bone 7. Axial Skeleton 8. Appendicular Skeleton 9. Articulations

Muscular System 10. Muscle Tissue and Organization 11. Axial Muscles 12. Appendicular Muscles 13. Surface Anatomy Nervous System 14. Nervous Tissue 15. Brain and Cranial Nerves 16. Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 17. Pathways and Integrative Functions 18. Autonomic Nervous System 19. Senses: General and Special 20. Endocrine System Cardiovascular System 21. Blood 22. Heart 23. Vessels and Circulation 24. Lymphatic System 25. Respiratory System 26. Digestive System 27. Urinary System 28. Reproductive System

International Edition

HUMAN ANATOMY

4th Edition

by Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State University

2014 (March 2013) / 816 pages ISBN: 9780073378299 ISBN: 9781259060823 [IE] www.mhhe.com/saladin4e Read it - Ken Saladin explains human anatomy in an engaging, yet efficient way. He puts a premium on the words, and uses studentrelevant analogies to motivate the reader. See it - Saladin’s collection of illustrations and photos are carefully chosen to support the text discussion. Vibrant and realistic presentations engage students. Master it - With Connect Anatomy and Physiology, Learn Smart and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, students can practice and improve their understanding of concepts. From the most pedagogically sound organization to the exceptional art, to the integration of text with technology, Saladin has formed a teaching system that will both motivate and enable students to understand and appreciate the wonders of human anatomy. This distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other anatomy texts with an approach borne out of more than 30 years of teaching, unparalleled art, and a writing style that has been acclaimed by reviewers. Designed for a one-semester college anatomy course, Saladin requires no prior knowledge of chemistry or cell biology. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook as well as Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 3.0 and adaptive learning system - Learn Smart. Contents Part One: Organization of the Body 1. The Study of Human Anatomy 2. Cytology—The Study of Cells 3. Histology—The Study of Tissues 4. Human Development Part Two: Support and Movement 5. The Integumentary System

27

28

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

6. The Skeletal System I—Bone Tissue 7. The Skeletal System II—Axial Skeleton 8. The Skeletal System III—The Appendicular Skeleton 9. The Skeletal System IV—Joints 10. The Muscular System I—Introduction 11. The Muscular System II—Axial Musculature 12. The Muscular System III—Appendicular Musculature Atlas of Regional and Surface Anatomy Part Three: Integration and Control 13. The Nervous System I—Nervous Tissue 14. The Nervous System II—Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 15. The Nervous System III—Brain and Cranial Nerves 16. The Nervous System IV—The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes 17. The Nervous System—Sense Organs 18. The Endocrine System Part Four: Maintenance 19. The Circulatory System I—Blood 20. The Circulatory System II—The Heart 21. The Circulatory System III—Blood Vessels 22. The Lymphatic System and Immunity 23. The Respiratory System 24. The Digestive System 25. The Urinary System Part Five: Reproduction 26. The Reproductive System

hUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

with Health Education

by Padma B Sanghani, UV Patel College, Ganpat University

2011 (July 2011) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780071077736 (McGraw-Hill India Title) Primarily designed for students of pharmacy, who need to have fundamental knowledge of Human Anatomy and Physiology, this book will be equally useful to students graduating in physiotherapy, nursing, dentistry and biomedical fields. The text follows a straightforward and lucid style and is completely in harmony with the pharmacy syllabi of most Indian universities. The book provides extensive coverage of all major organ systems of the human body with reference to anatomy and physiology in the simplest way. CONTENTS 1. Scope of Anatomy and Physiology 2. Cell 3. Tissue 4. Body Fluids and Lymphatic System 5. Skeletal System 6. Muscular System 7. Cardiovascular System 8. Respiratory System 9. Digestive System 10. Nervous System 11. Special System 12. Endocrine System 13. Excretory System 14. Integumentary System 15. Blood 16. Reproductive System - Female, Male 17. Defense System 18. Physiology of Aging 19. Health Education 20. Communicable Diseases and Family Planning

Human Anatomy - Lab Manual

REGIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY

A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 5th Edition by Frederick Edward Grine, Stony Brook University

2014 (February 2013) / 432 pages ISBN: 9780073378282 The Grine Lab Workbook is designed for the Human Anatomy Lab course and takes a Regional approach as opposed to a systems approach. This approach is becoming more and more popular as a way to teach Human Anatomy. Instructors who use a lab book with a “regional approach” and combine it with a text that takes a “systems” approach offer their students a combination that serves to reinforce anatomical knowledge since it forces the student to see each anatomical structure from two perspectives. Grine can be used effectively in conjunction with a lab course that uses human cadavers since the content is presented in the regional sequence typically practiced in dissection. Contents Lab 1. Anatomical Terminology, General Osteology, and General Arthrology 1.1 Anatomical Terminology 1.2 General Osteology 1.3 General Arthrology Lab 2. The Back 2.1 The Integument 2.2 The Vertebral Column 2.3 Spinal Cord And Spinal Nerves 2.4 Muscles Of The Back Lab 3. The Upper Limb 3.1 Bones Of The Upper Limb 3.2 Joints Of The Upper Limb 3.3 Innervation Of The Upper Limb 3.4 Muscles Of The Upper Limb 3.5 Blood Vessels Of The Upper Limb Lab 4. The Lower Limb 4.1 Bones Of The Lower Limb 4.2 Joints Of The Lower Limb 4.3 Innervation Of The Lower Limb 4.4 Muscles Of The Lower Limb 4.5 Blood Vessels Of The Lower Limb Lab 5. The Neck 5.1 Bones And Cartilages Of The Neck 5.2 Nerves Of The Neck 5.3 Muscles Of The Neck 5.4 Blood Vessels Of The Neck 5.5 Thyroid And Parathyroid Glands Lab 6. The Head 6.1 The Skull 6.2 The Dentition 6.3 Muscles Of The Head 6.4 The Nasal And Oral Cavities 6.5 Blood Vessels Of The Head Lab 7. The Brain And Cranial Nerves 7.1 The Brain 7.2 Cranial Nerves Lab 8. The Eye And The Ear 8.1 The Eye 8.2 The Ear

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Lab 9. The Thorax 9.1 The Breast 9.2 The Thoracic Skeleton 9.3 Skeletal Muscles Of The Thorax 9.4 The Thoracic Cavity 9.5 The Mediastinum 9.6 The Respiratory Apparatus 9.7 The Heart 9.8 Lymphatics In The Thorax 9.9 Blood Vessels Of The Thorax 9.10 Nerves Of The Thorax

20. Blood Cells 21. The Heart 22. Introduction to the Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body 23. Arteries of the Lower Body 24. Veins and Special Circulations 25. The Respiratory System 26. The Digestive System 27. The Urinary System 28. The Male Reproductive System 29. The Female Reproductive System and Development

Lab 10. The Abdomen 10.1 The Abdominal Skeleton 10.2 Skeletal Muscles Of The Abdomen 10.3 Abdominal Cavity And Peritoneum 10.4 Digestive Canal And Organs 10.5 Blood Vessels Of The Gut 10.6 Lymphatic Organs And Lymph Drainage 10.7 The Kidneys And Adrenal Glands 10.8 Gonadal Blood Vessels 10.9 Nerves In The Abdomen

Cat Anatomy Appendix: Preparation of Materials

Lab 11. The Pelvis 11.1 The Pelvic Skeleton 11.2 Muscles Of The Pelvis 11.3 Peritoneum In The Pelvic Cavity 11.4 Common Pelvic Viscera 11.5 Male Genitalia 11.6 Female Genitalia 11.7 Blood Vessels Of The Pelvis 11.8 Nerves Of The Pelvis

LABORATORY MANUAL FOR SALADIN’S HUMAN ANATOMY

4th Edition

by Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College

2014 (January 2013) ISBN: 9780077508616 This laboratory manual is expressly written to coincide with the chapters of Human Anatomy, 4/e by Kenneth Saladin. This lab manual has clear explanations of anatomy experiments. Other features include a set of review questions at the end of each lab, plus numerous outstanding color photographs and artwork. contents 1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 2. Microscopy 3. Cell Structure 4. Tissues 5. The Integumentary System 6. Introduction to the Skeletal System 7. Appendicular Skeleton 8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 9. Axial Skeleton: Skull 10. Articulations 11. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Upper Extremity 12. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot 13. Muscles of the Head and Neck 14. Muscles of the Trunk 15. Introduction to the Nervous System 16. Brain and Cranial Nerves 17. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves 18. Introduction to Sensory Receptors 19. The Endocrine System

WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 3.0

2nd Edition

by Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College

2012 (August 2011) / 756 pages ISBN: 9780073403670 The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 3 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows APR 3.0, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. Contents 1. Body Orientation 2. Cells and Chemistry 3. Tissues 4. Integumentary System 5. Skeletal System 6. Muscular System 7. Nervous System 8. Endocrine System 9. Cardiovascular System 10. Lymphatic System 11. Respiratory System 12. Digestive System 13. Urinary System 14. Reproductive System

HUMAN ANATOMY LAB MANUAL

2nd Edition

by Christine M Eckel, Salt Lake Community

2012 (January 2011) / 636 pages ISBN: 9780073525662 Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual by Christine Eckel is a hands-on learning tool designed to guide students through human anatomy concepts through observation, touch, dissection, and practical activities such as sketching, labeling, and coloring. Exquisite dissection photographs capture anatomical details, and a student-friendly writing style uses relevant examples to engage students in concept application. It focuses on human specimens, and also includes common animal specimens such as cow eye, sheep brain, and sheep heart. This manual was expressly written to supplement and expand upon content covered in the lecture

29

30

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

course, not to repeat it. It accompanies McKinley/O’Loughlin Human Anatomy 3rd edition, but is also a stand alone product that works well with any 1-semester human anatomy text. Contents 1. The Human Anatomy Laboratory 2. Orientation to the Human Body 3. The Microscope 4. Cellular Anatomy 5. Histology 6. Integument 7. Skeletal System Overview: Bone Anatomy 8. The Skeletal System: Axial Skeleton 9. The Skeletal System: Appendicular Skeleton 10. Articulations 11. Muscle Tissue and Introduction to the Muscular System 12. Axial Muscles 13. Appendicular Muscles 14. Nervous Tissues 15. Central Nervous System: The Brain 16. Cranial Nerves 17. The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 18. The Nervous System: General and Special Senses 19. The Endocrine System 20. The Cardiovascular System: Blood 21. The Cardiovascular System: Heart 22. Vessels and Circulation 23. The Lymphatic System 24. The Respiratory System 25. The Digestive System 26. The Urinary System 27. The Reproductive System Appendix Answer Keys

Human Anatomy - Multimedia

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED STUDENT ACCESS CARD

(Fetal Pig Version)

by The University of Toledo

2014 (July 2013) ISBN: 9780078024276 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Pig is the ultimate online interactive pig dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses pig photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the pig to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Pig also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Pig is available stand-alone, or can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book. Contents Body Orientation – unique for animal Tissues – PU from APRv3.0 Skeletal System – PU from APR--cadaver Muscular System Nervous System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System

International Edition

ATLAS OF SKELETAL MUSCLES

pH.I.L.S VERSION 4.0

7th Edition

CD-ROM, 4th Edition

by Robert Stone and Judith Stone of Suffolk County Community College

by Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University

2012 (January 2011) / 256 pages ISBN: 9780073378169 ISBN: 9780071316682 [IE]

2013 (August 2012) ISBN: 9780077578688

The 7th edition includes changes reflecting modern understanding, terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical relationships. All muscle illustrations are new. Contents 1. The Skeleton 2. Movements of the Body 3. Muscles of the Face and Head 4. Muscles of the Neck 5. Muscles of the Trunk 6. Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm 7. Muscles of the Forearm and Hand 8. Muscles of the Hip and Thigh 9. Muscles of the Leg and Foot

NEW! Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 has been updated! Users have requested and we are providing five new exercises (Respiratory Quotient, Weight and Contraction, Insulin and Glucose Tolerance, Blood Typing, and Anti-Diuretic Hormone). Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, this program offers 42 laboratory simulations that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 42 labs are self-contained experiments— no lengthy instruction manual required. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment. There are no limits!

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY PH.I.L.S VERSION 4.0 STUDENT ACCESS CARD

Blood 34. pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding 35. DPG & Hb-Oxygen Binding 36. Blood Typing

by Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University

Respiration 37. Altering Body Position 38. Altering Airway Volume 39. Exercise-Induced Changes 40. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function

4th Edition

2013 (January 2012) ISBN: 9780077409548 www.mhhe.com/sem/phils NEW! Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 has been updated! Users have requested and we are providing five new exercises (Respiratory Quotient, Weight and Contraction, Insulin and Glucose Tolerance, Blood Typing, and Anti-Diuretic Hormone). Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, this program offers 42 laboratory simulations that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 42 labs are self-contained experiments— no lengthy instruction manual required. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment. There are no limits! Contents Osmosis and Diffusion 1. Varying Extracellular Concentration Metabolism 2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 3. Respiratory Quotient 4. Cyanide and Electron Transport Skeletal Muscle Function 5. Stimulus-Dependent Force Generation 6. Weight & Contraction 7. The Length-Tension Relationship 8. Principles of Summation and Tetanus 9. EMG and Twitch Amplitude Resting Potentials 10. Resting Potential and External [K+] 11. Resting Potential and External [Na+] Action Potentials 12. The Compound Action Potential 13. Conduction Velocity and Temperature 14. Refractory Periods 15. Measuring Ion Currents Synaptic Potentials 16. Facilitation & Depression 17. Temporal Summation of EPSPs 18. Spatial Summation of EPSPs Endocrine Function 19. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate 20. Insulin and Glucose Tolerance Frog Heart Function 21. Thermal and Chemical Effects 22. Refractory Period of the Heart 23. Starling’s Law of the Heart 24. Heart Block ECG and Heart Function 25. ECG and Exercise 26. The Meaning of Heart Sounds 27. ECG and Finger Pulse 28. Electrical Axis of the Heart 29. ECG and Heart Block 30. Abnormal ECGs Circulation 31. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow 32. Blood Pressure and Gravity 33. Blood Pressure and Body Position

Digestion 41. Glucose Transport Human Kidney Function 42. Anti-Diuretic Hormone

International Edition

STUDENT ACCESS CARD ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 3.0 ONLINE

2nd Edition

by The University of Toledo

2012 (January 2011) ISBN: 9780073403601 ISBN: 9780071328388 [IE] www.aprevealed.com Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive cadaver dissection experience. Now fully customizable to fit any course level, this state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book. Contents APR 3.0 Brief TOC Module 1: Body Orientation Module 2: Cells & Chemistry Module 3: Tissues Module 4: Integumentary System Module 5: Skeletal System Module 6: Muscular System Module 7: Nervous System Module 8: Endocrine System Module 9: Cardiovascular System Module 10: Lymphatic System Module 11: Respiratory System Module 12: Digestive System Module 13: Urinary System Module 14: Reproductive System

31

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

32

Human Physiology - Textbooks

*9780077836375*

NEW

International Edition

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY

14th Edition

by Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG

2016 (March 2015) / 832 pages ISBN: 9780077836375 ISBN: 9781259252372 [IE] Clear explanations and a solid learning framework have been market tested and refined. Fox helps students master the fundamentals by providing appropriate anatomical detail. Human Physiology, Fourteenth Edition, is intended for the onesemester Human Physiology course often taken by allied health and biology students. The beginning chapters introduce basic chemical and biological concepts to provide students with the framework they need to comprehend physiological principles. The chapters that follow promote conceptual understanding rather than rote memorization of facts. Health applications are included throughout the book to heighten interest, deepen understanding of physiological concepts, and help students relate the material to their individual career goals. Every effort has been made to help students integrate related concepts and understand the relationships between anatomical structures and their functions. New to this edition •

Checkpoint Questions are now numbered to coincide with Learning Outcomes at the beginning of the chapter.



Clinical Investigations have corresponding question in Connect. Students are alerted to this in the text.



Revisions and Content Updates Throughout – Content in every chapter has been updated where appropriate to keep the text current with the latest research, and new findings have been incorporated.



Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR) online –APR Icons are found on many figures within the text alerting students to the fact that there is as corresponding figure found in APR 3.0!

Contents 1. The Study of Body Function 2. Chemical Composition of the Body 3. Cell Structure and Genetic Control 4. Enzymes and Energy 5. Cell Respiration and Metabolism 6. Interactions Between Cells and the Extracellular Environment 7. The Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses 8. The Central Nervous System 9. The Autonomic Nervous System 10. Sensory Physiology 11. Endocrine Glands: Secretion and Action of Hormones 12. Muscle: Mechanisms of Contraction and Neural Control 13. Blood, Heart and Circulation 14. Cardio Output, Blood Flow, and Blood Pressure 15. The Immune System 16. Respiratory Physiology 17. Physiology of the Kidneys 18. The Digestive System 19. Regulation of Metabolism 20. Reproduction

International Edition

VANDER’S HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY

The Mechanisms of Body Function, 13th Edition by Eric P Widmaier, Boston University, Hershel Raff, Medical College of Wisconsin and Kevin T Strang, University of Wisconsin Madison

2014 (March 2013) / 800 pages ISBN: 9780073378305 ISBN: 9781259080821 [IE] www.mhhe.com/widmaier13e Eric Widmaier (Boston University), Hershel Raff (Medical College of Wisconsin), and Kevin Strang (University of Wisconsin) have taken on the challenge of maintaining the strengths and reputation of Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function. Moving beyond the listing of mere facts, it stresses the causal chains of events that constitute the mechanisms of body function. The fundamental purpose of this textbook is to present the principles and facts of human physiology in a format that is suitable for undergraduates regardless of academic background or field of study. Vander’s Human Physiology, thirteenth edition, carries on the tradition of clarity and accuracy, while refining and updating the content to meet the needs of today’s instructors and students. The thirteenth edition features a streamlined, clinically oriented focus to the study of human body systems. It has also responded to reviewer requests for more clinical applications. Physiology Inquiries are maintained throughout the chapters. These critical-thinking questions associated with figures are just one more opportunity to add to the student’s learning experience. Contents Homeostasis: A Framework for Human Physiology Chemical Composition of the Body Cellular structure, proteins, and Metabolism Movement of Molecules Across Cell Membranes Control of Cells by Chemical Messengers Neuronal Signaling and the Structure of the Nervous System Sensory Physiology Consciousness, the Brain, and Behavior Muscle Control of Body Movement The Endocrine System Cardiovascular Physiology Respiratory Physiology The Kidneys and Regulation of Water and Inorganic Ions The Digestion and Absorption of Food Regulation of Organic Metabolism and Energy Balance Reproduction Defense Mechanisms of the Body Medical Physiology: Integration Using Clinical Cases

hUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

with Health Education

by Padma B Sanghani, UV Patel College, Ganpat University

2011 (July 2011) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780071077736 (McGraw-Hill India Title) Primarily designed for students of pharmacy, who need to have fundamental knowledge of Human Anatomy and Physiology, this book will be equally useful to students graduating in physiotherapy, nursing, dentistry and biomedical fields. The text follows a straightforward and lucid style and is completely in harmony with the pharmacy syllabi of most Indian universities. The book provides extensive coverage of all major organ systems of the human body with reference to anatomy and physiology in the simplest way.

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY CONTENTS 1. Scope of Anatomy and Physiology 2. Cell 3. Tissue 4. Body Fluids and Lymphatic System 5. Skeletal System 6. Muscular System 7. Cardiovascular System 8. Respiratory System 9. Digestive System 10. Nervous System 11. Special System 12. Endocrine System 13. Excretory System 14. Integumentary System 15. Blood 16. Reproductive System - Female, Male 17. Defense System 18. Physiology of Aging 19. Health Education 20. Communicable Diseases and Family Planning

International Edition

FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY by Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG

2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780077226350 ISBN: 9780071270373 [IE] www.mhhe.com/foxfundamentals Fundamentals of Human Physiology was conceived to meet the needs of students and professors struggling with the complexity and depth of the larger, more detailed human physiology textbooks currently available. In addition to being more concise and focusing on the basics of human physiology, this text is smaller in physical size, allowing for a cheaper, easier choice for instructors. Contents 1. Introduction to Human Physiology 2. From Cells to Systems 3. Interactions Between Cells and Their Environment 4. Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses 5. Central Nervous System 6. Peripheral Nervous System 7. Sensory System 8. Endocrine System 9. Muscle Physiology 10. Blood and Circulation 11. The Immune System 12. The Lungs, Gas Transport, and Acid/Base Balance 13. The Kidneys and Urinary System 14. The Digestive System 15. The Reproductive System Appendix 1: Calculations of chemical concentrations. Appendix 2: Pathways of cell respiration. Appendix 3: Mathematical concepts of selected topics in physiology. Appendix 4: Answers to multiple choice questions.

Human Physiology - Lab Manual

LABORATORY MANUAL HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY

13th Edition

by Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce College

2013 (January 2013) / 448 pages ISBN: 9780077427320 www.mhhe.com/fox13 The Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology, 13th Edition, is a stand-alone human physiology manual that can be used in conjunction with any human physiology textbook. It includes a wide variety of exercises that support most areas covered in a human physiology course, allowing instructors the flexibility to choose those exercises best suited to meet their particular instructional goals. Background information that is needed to understand the principles and significance of each exercise is presented in a concise manner, so that little or no support is needed from the lecture text. Contents 1. Introduction: Structure and Physiological Control Systems 2. Cell Function and Biochemical Measurements 3. The Nervous System and Sensory Physiology 4. The Endocrine System 5. Skeletal Muscles 6. Blood: Gas Transport, Immunity, and Clotting Functions 7. The Cardiovascular System 8. Respiration and Metabolism 9. Renal Function and Homeostasis 10. Digestion and Nutrition 11. Reproductive System Appendix 1: Basic Chemistry Appendix 2: Sources of Equipment and Solutions* Appendix 3: Multimedia Correlation to the Laboratory Exercises*

WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 3.0

2nd Edition

by Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College

2012 (August 2011) / 756 pages ISBN: 9780073403670 The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 3 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows APR 3.0, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. Contents 1. Body Orientation 2. Cells and Chemistry 3. Tissues 4. Integumentary System 5. Skeletal System 6. Muscular System 7. Nervous System

33

34

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

8. Endocrine System 9. Cardiovascular System 10. Lymphatic System 11. Respiratory System 12. Digestive System 13. Urinary System 14. Reproductive System

pH.I.L.S VERSION 4.0 STUDENT ACCESS CARD

4th Edition

by Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University

2013 (January 2012) ISBN: 9780077409548 www.mhhe.com/sem/phils

Human Physiology - Multimedia

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED STUDENT ACCESS CARD

(Fetal Pig Version)

by The University of Toledo

2014 (July 2013) ISBN: 9780078024276 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Pig is the ultimate online interactive pig dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses pig photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the pig to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Pig also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Pig is available stand-alone, or can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book. Contents Body Orientation – unique for animal Tissues – PU from APRv3.0 Skeletal System – PU from APR--cadaver Muscular System Nervous System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System

pH.I.L.S VERSION 4.0

CD-ROM, 4th Edition

NEW! Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 has been updated! Users have requested and we are providing five new exercises (Respiratory Quotient, Weight and Contraction, Insulin and Glucose Tolerance, Blood Typing, and Anti-Diuretic Hormone). Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, this program offers 42 laboratory simulations that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 42 labs are self-contained experiments— no lengthy instruction manual required. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment. There are no limits! Contents Osmosis and Diffusion 1. Varying Extracellular Concentration Metabolism 2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 3. Respiratory Quotient 4. Cyanide and Electron Transport Skeletal Muscle Function 5. Stimulus-Dependent Force Generation 6. Weight & Contraction 7. The Length-Tension Relationship 8. Principles of Summation and Tetanus 9. EMG and Twitch Amplitude Resting Potentials 10. Resting Potential and External [K+] 11. Resting Potential and External [Na+] Action Potentials 12. The Compound Action Potential 13. Conduction Velocity and Temperature 14. Refractory Periods 15. Measuring Ion Currents Synaptic Potentials 16. Facilitation & Depression 17. Temporal Summation of EPSPs 18. Spatial Summation of EPSPs

2013 (August 2012) ISBN: 9780077578688

Endocrine Function 19. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate 20. Insulin and Glucose Tolerance

NEW! Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 has been updated! Users have requested and we are providing five new exercises (Respiratory Quotient, Weight and Contraction, Insulin and Glucose Tolerance, Blood Typing, and Anti-Diuretic Hormone). Ph.I.L.S. 4.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, this program offers 42 laboratory simulations that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 42 labs are self-contained experiments— no lengthy instruction manual required. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment. There are no limits!

ECG and Heart Function 25. ECG and Exercise 26. The Meaning of Heart Sounds 27. ECG and Finger Pulse 28. Electrical Axis of the Heart 29. ECG and Heart Block 30. Abnormal ECGs

by Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University

Frog Heart Function 21. Thermal and Chemical Effects 22. Refractory Period of the Heart 23. Starling’s Law of the Heart 24. Heart Block

Circulation 31. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow 32. Blood Pressure and Gravity 33. Blood Pressure and Body Position

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Blood 34. pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding 35. DPG & Hb-Oxygen Binding 36. Blood Typing Respiration 37. Altering Body Position 38. Altering Airway Volume 39. Exercise-Induced Changes 40. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function Digestion 41. Glucose Transport Human Kidney Function 42. Anti-Diuretic Hormone

International Edition

STUDENT ACCESS CARD ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 3.0 ONLINE

2nd Edition

by The University of Toledo

2012 (January 2011) ISBN: 9780073403601 ISBN: 9780071328388 [IE] www.aprevealed.com Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive cadaver dissection experience. Now fully customizable to fit any course level, this state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book. Contents APR 3.0 Brief TOC Module 1: Body Orientation Module 2: Cells & Chemistry Module 3: Tissues Module 4: Integumentary System Module 5: Skeletal System Module 6: Muscular System Module 7: Nervous System Module 8: Endocrine System Module 9: Cardiovascular System Module 10: Lymphatic System Module 11: Respiratory System Module 12: Digestive System Module 13: Urinary System Module 14: Reproductive System

Medical Terminology

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY

A Programmed Approach, 2nd Edition by Paula Bostwick

2013 (January 2012) / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073402246 www.mhhe.com/bw2e The second edition of Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach has been completely updated and redesigned, but the purpose of the text has not changed. The authors of this book, Paula Bostwick and Heidi Weber, have invested their time, research, and talents to help you succeed in learning medical terminology. Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach is designed to direct your study of medical terminology by guiding you through an organized approach to step-by-step learning. Contents 1. Learning Terminology 2. Word Roots 3. Prefixes 4. Suffixes 5. The Human Body 6. Skin and Body Membranes 7. The Musculoskeletal System 8. The Nervous System 9. Special Senses 10. The Endocrine System 11. Blood 12. The Cardiovascular System 13. The Lymphatic System 14. The Respiratory System 15. The Digestive System 16. The Urinary System 17. The Reproductive System Appendix A: Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes Appendix B: Medical Errors and Abbreviations Appendix C: Laboratory Testing and Normal Reference Values Appendix D: English/Spanish Glossary Appendix E: Spanish/English Glossary Answer Key Credits Index

35

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

36

Professional References

GANONG’S REVIEW OF MEDICAL PHYSIOLOGY

25th Edition

by Kim E Barrett, Susan M Barman, Scott Boitano and Heddwen L Brooks

2015 (July 2015) / 768 pages ISBN: 9780071825108 (A Professional Publication) For more than four decades, Ganong’s Review of Medical Physiology has been helping those in the medical field understand human and mammalian physiology. Applauded for its interesting and engagingly written style, Ganong’s concisely covers every important topic without sacrificing depth or readability and delivers more detailed, high-yield information per page than any other similar text or review. Thoroughly updated to reflect the latest research and developments in important areas. Ganong’s Review of Medical Physiology incorporates examples from clinical medicine to illustrate important physiologic concepts. •

More than 600 full-color illustrations



Two types of review questions: end-of-chapter and boardstyle



NEW! Increased number of clinical cases and flow charts

International Edition

JUNQUEIRA’S basic histology

13th Edition

by Anthony Mescher, University of Indiana School of Medicine

2013 (March 2013) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780071780339 ISBN: 9781259072321 [IE] (A Professional Publication) The histology text the medical field turns to first -- authoritative, concise, beautifully illustrated, and completely up-to-date. More than 600 full-color illustrations. For more than three decades, Junquiera’s Basic Histology has been unmatched in its ability to explain the relationship between cell and tissue structure with their function in the human body. Updated to reflect the latest research in the field and enhanced with more than 600 full-color illustrations, the thirteenh edition of Junqueira’s represents the most comprehensive and modern approach to understanding medical histology available anywhere. Contents 1. Histology and Its Methods of Study 2. The Cytoplasm 3. The Cell Nucleus 4. Epithelial Tissue 5. Connective Tissue 6. Adipose Tissue 7. Cartilage 8. Bone 9. Nerve Tissue & The Nervous System 10. Muscle Tissue 11. The Circulatory System 12. Blood 13. Hemopoiesis 14. The Immune System & Lymphoid Organs 15. Digestive Tract 16. Organs Associated with the Digestive Tract

17. The Respiratory System 18. Skin 19. The Urinary System 20. Endocrine Glands 21. The Male Reproductive System 22. The Female Reproductive System 23. The Eye and Ear: Special Sense Organs Appendix: Light Microscopy Stains Figure Credits Index

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

4th Edition

by Kent Van De Graaff, R Ward Rhees, Brigham Young University and Sidney L Palmer

2013 (April 2013) / 432 pages ISBN: 9780071810791 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology provides a systematic review of anatomy and physiology with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include comprehensive review of the human body’s cellular chemistry and structure, tissues, systems, immunity, and reproduction process. Contents 1. Introduction to the Human Body 2. Cellular Chemistry 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Tissues 5. Integumentary System 6. Skeletal System 7. Muscle Tissue and Mode of Contraction 8. Muscular System 9. Nervous Tissue 10. Central Nervous System 11. Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous System 12. Sensory Organs 13. Endocrine System 14. Cardiovascular System: Blood 15. Cardiovascular System: The Heart 16. Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Blood Circulation 17. Lymphatic System and Body Immunity 18. Respiratory System 19. Digestive System 20. Metabolism, Nutrition, and Temperature Regulation 21. Urinary System 22. Water and Electrolyte Balance 23. Reproductive System

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

International Edition

GANONG’S REVIEW OF MEDICAL PHYSIOLOGY

24th Edition

by Kim E Barrett, Susan M Barman, Scott Boitano and Heddwen L Brooks

2012 (April 2012) / 768 pages ISBN: 9780071780032 ISBN: 9781259009624 [IE] For more than four decades, Ganong’s Review of Medical Physiology has been the leader in helping medical students and clinicians understand the fascinating subject of human and mammalian physiology. Concisely covering every important topic without sacrificing depth or readability, Ganong’s delivers more detailed, clinically-relevant, high-yield information per page than any similar text or review. Thoroughly updated to reflect the latest research and developments in important areas such as the cellular basis of neurophysiology, Ganong’s Review of Medical Physiology incorporates examples from clinical medicine throughout the chapters to illustrate important physiologic concepts. Whether you’re a student who needs an outstanding review for the USMLE or a physician who wants to keep pace with the ever-changing field of medical physiology, there’s no better place to turn than Ganong’s Review of Medical Physiology. Contents Section 1: Cellular and Molecular Basis for Medical Physiology 1. General Principles & energy Production in Medical Physiology 2. Overview of Cellular Physiology in Medical Physiology 3. Immunity, Infection & Inflammation 4. Excitable Tissue: Neve 83 5. Excitable Tissue: Muscle 97 6. Synaptic & Junctional Transmission 7. Neurotransmitters & Neuromodulators 8. Somatosensory neurotransmission: Touch, Pain and Temperature 9. Vision 10. Hearing & Equilibrium 11. Smell & Taste 12. Reflex and Voluntary Control of Posture & Movement 13.Autonomic Nervous System 14. Electrical Activity of the Brain,Sleep-Wake States, & Circadian Rhythms 15. Learning, Memory, Language, & Speech Section III: Endocrine and Reproductive Physiology 16. Basic Concepts of Endocrine Regulation 17. Hypothalamic Regulation of Hormonal Functions 18. The Pituitary Gland 19. The Thyroid Gland 20. The Adrenal Medulla & Adrenal Cortex 21. Hormonal Control of Calcium & Phosphate Metabolism & the Physiology of Bone 22. Reproductive Development & Function of the Felame Reproducve System 23. Function of the Male Reproductive System 24. Endocrine Functions of the Pancreas & Regulation of Carbohydrate Metabolism Section IV: Gastrointestional Physiology 25. Overview of Gastrointestinal Function & Regulation 26. digestion, Absorption, & Nutrional Principles 27. Gastrointestinal Motility 28. Transport & Metabolic Fuctions of the Liver Section V: Cardiovascular Physiology 29. Origin of teh heartbeat & the Electrical Activity of the Heart 30. The Heart as a Pump 31. Blood as a Circulatory Fluid & the Dynamics of Blood & Lymph Flow

32. Cardiovascular Regulatory Mechanisms 33. Circulation Through Special Regions Section VI: Resspiratory Physiology 34. Introduction to Pulmonary Structure and Mechanics 35. Gas Transport & pH 36. Regulaton of Respiration Section VII: Renal Physiology 37. Renal Function & Micturition 38. Regulation of Extracellular Fluid Composition & Volume 39. Acidification of the Urine & biocarbonate Excretion Answers to Multiple Choice Questions Index

SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

2nd Edition

by Kent M. Van De Graaff, Weber State University and R. Ward Rhees, Brigham Young University—Provo

2011 (September 2010) / 192 pages ISBN: 9780071745864 (A Schaum’s Publication) If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of human anatomy and physiology, it’s got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This book is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its Schaum’s Outline cousin, with an emphasis on clarity and conciseness. Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give you quick pointers to the essentials. •

Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review



Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their fields



So small and light that it fits in your backpack!



Topics include: Introduction to the Human Body, Cellular Chemistry, Cell Structure and Function, Tissues, Integumentary System, Skeletal System, Muscle Tissue and Mode of Contraction, Muscular System, Nervous Tissue, Central Nervous System, Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous System, Sensory Organs, Endocrine System, Cardiovascular System: Blood, Cardiovascular System: The Heart

Contents 1. Introduction to the Human Body 2.Cellular Chemistry 3.Cell Structure and Function 4.Tissues 5.Integumentary System 6.Skeletal System 7.Muscle Tissue and Mode of Contraction 8.Muscular System 9.Nervous Tissue 10.Central Nervous System 11.Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous System 12.Sensory Organs 13.Endocrine System 14.Cardiovascular System: Blood 15. Cardiovascular System: The Heart …

37

38

BIOLOGY | CONTENTS

Biology – Supplements..................................................................58 Biology: Majors – Lab Manual........................................................54 Biology: Non Majors – Lab Manual................................................47 General Biology: Majors – Textbooks.............................................49 General Biology: Non Majors – Textbooks.....................................41 Human Biology – Lab Manual........................................................58 Human Biology – Textbooks...........................................................57

39

40

NEW TITLES | BIOLOGY

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Biology: The Essentials, 2e

Hoefnagels

9781259254512

41

Biology, 12e

Mader

9780078024269

41, 49

Human Biology, 14e

Mader

9781259245749

57

Lab Manual for Biology, 12e

Mader

9781259298516

54

2015

Author ISBN

Page

Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 10e

Dolphin

9780073532264

55

Biology: Concepts & Investigations, 3e

Hoefnagels

9780073525549

42

Essentials of Biology, 4e

Mader

9780078024221

44

Lab Manual for Human Biology, 14e

Mader

9781259293009

58

Photo Atlas for General Biology, 4e

Strete

9780078024238

47, 56, 58

Principles of Biology

Brooker

9780073532271

49

The Living World, 8e

Johnson

9780078024214

43

Understanding Biology

Mason

9780073532295

50

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

BIOLOGY

General Biology: Non Majors - Textbooks

*9780078024252*

NEW

International Edition

BIOLOGY

The Essentials, 2nd Edition by Marielle Hoefnagels, University of OklahomaNorman

2016 (January 2015) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780078024252 ISBN: 9781259254512 [IE] The second edition of Biology: The Essentials epitomizes what the market has come to recognize as Mariëlle Hoefnagels’ distinct and student-friendly writing-style. Mariëlle presents up-to-date information through “What’s the Point?”, “Why We Care”, and “Burning Questions”—pedagogical tools designed to demonstrate to readers, and her own students, that biology is everywhere. Biology: The Essentials, 2nd Edition offers a broader and more conceptual introduction to biology, simplifying the more complex biological content to the essential elements that students need to act as framework for the details. Mariëlle Hoefnagels is dedicated to helping students find the relevancy of biology and science in their everyday lives. A recipient of the University of Oklahoma General Education Teaching Award and the Longmire Prize (the Teaching Scholars Award from the College of Arts and Sciences), Mariëlle has been engaging, educating, and inspiring students since 1997. She believes that the right tools can make all of the difference in reaching nonmajors students. Because of this, the content in this textbook is deeply integrated with the digital tools in Connect and Mariëlle has worked hard to create Connect questions and activities that go beyond simply memorizing vocabulary and facts. Static images are brought to life through animated tutorials, specifically designed to guide students through tough topics. Whether in class or at home, Biology: The Essentials, 2nd Edition with Connect Plus provides all of the resources a student needs to succeed in biology. New to this edition •

What’s The Point? Applied: This new follow-up reading explores one application of the concepts introduced in the What’s The Point? opening reading.



Margin Glossaries: These mini-glossaries occur in sections with a lot of new terminology to aid in reading comprehension.



Investigating Life: This key feature was heavily revised to focus on the needs of the essentials-level student, with greater emphasis on process of science and scientific inquiry.



Media Integration: Icons within the text point students to relevant media that illustrate difficult concepts or provide an opportunity to practice their knowledge.

Contents Unit 1: Science, Chemistry, and Cells 1. Scientific Study of Life 2. The Chemistry of Life 3. Cells 4. The Energy of Life 5. Photosynthesis 6. How Cells Release Energy

Unit 2: Biotechnology, Genetics, and Inheritance 7. DNA Structure and Gene Function 8. DNA Replication and Cell Division 9. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis 10. Patterns of Inheritance 11. DNA Technology Unit 3: Evolution and Diversity 12. Forces of Evolutionary Change 13. Evidence of Evolution 14. Speciation and Extinction 15. Evolution and Diversity of Microbial Life 16. Evolution and Diversity of Plants 17. Evolution and Diversity of Animals Unit 4: Ecology 18. Populations 19. Communities and Ecosystems 20. Preserving Biodiversity Unit 5: Plant Physiology 21. Plant Form and Function 22. Reproduction and Development of Flowering Plants Unit 6: Animal Physiology 23. Animal Tissues and Organ Systems 24. The Nervous System and the Senses 25. The Endocrine System 26. The Skeletal and Muscular Systems 27. The Circulatory and Respiratory Systems 28. The Digestive and Urinary Systems 29. The Immune System 30. Animal Reproduction and Development

*9780078024269*

NEW

International Edition

BIOLOGY

12th Edition by Sylvia S Mader and Michael Windelspecht

2016 (January 2015) / 1024 pages ISBN: 9780078024269 ISBN: 9781259252433 [IE] The twelfth edition of Biology is a traditional, comprehensive introductory biology textbook, with coverage from Cell Structure and Function to the Conservation of Biodiversity. The book, which centers on the evolution and diversity of organisms, is appropriate for any one- or two-semester biology course. Biology, 12th Edition is the epitome of Sylvia Mader’s expertise. Its concise, precise writingstyle employs lucid language to present the material as succinctly as possible, enabling students—even non-majors—to master the foundational concepts before coming to class. “Before You Begin”, “Following the Themes”, and “Thematic Feature Readings” piece together the three major themes of the text—evolution, nature of science, and biological systems. Students are consistently engaged in these themes, revealing the interconnectedness of the major topics in biology. Sylvia Mader typifies an icon of science education. Her dedication to her students, coupled with her clear, concise writing-style has benefited the education of thousands of students over the past three decades. The integration of the text and digital world has been achieved with the addition of Dr. Michael Windelspecht’s facility for the development of digital learning assets. For over ten years, Michael served as the Introductory Biology Coordinator at Appalachian State University—a program that enrolls over 4,500 non-science majors annually. Michael is the lead architect in the design of McGrawHill’s Connect Plus and LearnSmart media content for the Mader

41

BIOLOGY

42

series. These assets allow instructors to easily design interactive tutorial materials, enhance presentations in both online and traditional environments, and assess the learning objectives and outcomes of the course. New to this edition •

Tutorial Animations: This series of videos was developed and narrated by the author to help students visualize and understand difficult concepts.

Contents 1. A View of Life

textbook art, upgraded Connect question banks, and adaptive technologies like LearnSmart and Smartbook capitalize on the power of technology to enhance student understanding. Key goals of the book are to: •

help the student connect the concepts in the book to their everyday lives;



show connections between ideas within the and to material they have already studied;



teach introductory students how to be more active learners.

New to this edition

Unit 1: The Cell 2. Basic Chemistry 3. The Chemistry of Organic Molecules 4. Cell Structure and Function 5. Membrane Structure and Function 6. Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes 7. Photosynthesis 8. Cellular Respiration Unit 2: Genetic Basis of Life 9. The Cell Cycle and Cellular Reproduction 10. Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction 11. Mendelian Patterns of Inheritance 12. Molecular Biology of the Gene 13. Regulation of Gene Activity 14. Biotechnology and Genomics Unit 3: Evolution 15. Darwin and Evolution 16. How Populations Evolve 17. Speciation and Macroevolution 18. Origin and History of Life 19. Taxonomy, Systematics, and Phylogeny



New! 11 DNA Technology



Animal diversity was revised to focus on key adaptations and selective pressures.



Community ecology revised to reflect more recent examples.



New! summary figures in every chapter.



New! Media integration icons and links to online genetics activities become live links within the McGraw-Hill ConnectPlus eBook.



Upgraded Connect question bank with new integrative question banks.



Over 60 new tutorial animations based on the book art available in Connect and within the lecture animation PowerPoint Files.



New! SmartBook™ based on the same adaptive learning technology as LearnSmart™.

CONTENTS

Unit 4: Microbiology and Evolution 20. Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaea 21. Protist Evolution and Diversity 22. Fungi Evolution and Diversity

Unit 1: Science, Chemistry, and Cells 1. The Scientific Study of Life 2. The Chemistry of Life 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. The Energy of Life 5. Photosynthesis 6. How Cells Release Energy

Unit 5: Plant Evolution and Biology 23. Plant Evolution and Diversity 24. Flowering Plants: Structure and Organization 25. Flowering Plants: Nutrition and Transport 26. Flowering Plants: Control of Growth Responses 27. Flowering Plants: Reproduction

Unit 2: Biotechnology, Genetics, and Inheritance 7. DNA Structure and Gene Function 8. DNA Replication, Mitosis, and the Cell Cycle 9. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis 10. Patterns of Inheritance 11. DNA Technology

Unit 6: Animal Evolution and Diversity 28. Invertebrate Evolution

Unit 3: The Evolution of Life 12. The Forces of Evolutionary Change 13. Evidence of Evolution 14. Speciation and Extinction 15. The Origin and History of Life

*9780073525549*

NEW

International Edition

BIOLOGY

Concepts & Investigations, 3rd Edition by Marielle Hoefnagels, University of OklahomaNorman

2015 (January 2014) / 928 pages ISBN: 9780073525549 ISBN: 9781259095573 [IE] www.mhhe.com/hoefnagels Mariëlle Hoefnagels’ passion as a classroom instructor is evident in Biology: Concepts and Investigations, an introductory biology textbook written to explain the general concepts of biology at a level of detail that allows students to understand concepts rather than memorize details. New media integration icons, upgraded PowerPoint presentations, new tutorial animations based on

Unit 4: The Diversity of Life 16. Viruses 17. Bacteria and Archaea 18. Protists 19. Plants 20. Fungi 21. Animals Unit 5: Plant Life 22. Plant Form and Function 23. Plant Nutrition and Transport 24. Reproduction and Development of Flowering Plants Unit 6: Animal Life 25. Animal Tissues and Organ Systems 26. The Nervous System 27. The Senses 28. The Endocrine System 29. The Skeletal and Muscular Systems

BIOLOGY CONTENTS Studying Biology

30. The Circulatory System 31. The Respiratory System 32. Digestion and Nutrition 33. Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids 34. The Immune System 35. Animal Reproduction and Development

Unit 1: The Study Of Life 1. The science of Biology Unit 2: The Living Cell 2. The Chemistry of Life 3. Molecules of Life 4. Cells 5. Energy and Life 6. Photosynthesis: Acquiring energy from the sun 7. How Cells Harvest energy from Food

Unit 7: The Ecology of Life 36. Animal Behavior 37. Population Ecology 38. Communities and Ecosystems 39. Biomes 40. Preserving Biodiversity

*9780078024214*

NEW

International Edition

THE LIVING WORLD

8th Edition

by George B Johnson, Washington University

2015 (January 2014) / 896 pages ISBN: 9780078024214 ISBN: 9781259094880 [IE] www.mhhe.com/tlw8 The Living World is often considered a student favorite. George Johnson has written this non-majors textbook from the ground up to be an engaging and accessible learning tool with an emphasis on “how things work and why things happen the way they do”. The Living World focuses on concepts rather than terminology and technical information, and features a straightforward, clear writing style and a wide variety of media assets to enhance the content of the textbook. The integration of text and the digital world is now complete with McGraw-Hill’s ConnectPlus, LearnSmart, and SmartBook. Users who purchase ConnectPlus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook. New to this edition •

NEW! The student’s learning path through each is a journey that attempts to convert learning objectives into realized learning outcomes.



Each is now broken into conceptual blocks, each block introduced with a targeted learning objective that pinpoints the concept or process that is the focus of the block.



Each block is completed with a “putting the concept to work” question that requires the student to draw a conclusion from what he or she has learned.



The success of this transformation is assessed again at the end of the chapter, where each learning objective is linked to a specific learning outcome summarized at the end of the chapter, and to Bloom-based end of-questions, each linked to a specific learning outcome in Connect.



NEW! LearnSmart for Johnson: The Living World, 8e



Bright futures begin with a smarter way to learn. LearnSmart monitors students’ learning styles as it teaches and adapts instantly based on their performance.



Measure - Assess and monitor students levels.



Adapt - Provide interactive assessments based on strengths & weaknesses.



Empower - Map out a personalized plan for successful learning.

Unit 3: The Continuity Of Life 8. Mitosis 9. Meiosis 10. Foundations of Genetics 11. DNA: the Genetic Material 12. How Genes Work 13. Genomics and Biotechnology Unit 4: The Evolution And Diversity Of Life 14. Evolution and natural selection 15. How We name Living things 16. Prokaryotes: the First single-CelledCreatures 17. Protists: Advent of the eukaryotes 18. Fungi Invade the Land Unit 5: Evolution Of Animals 19. Evolution of the Animal Phyla 20. History of the Vertebrates 21. How Humans evolved Unit 6: Animal Life 22. The Animal Body and How It Moves 23. Circulation 24. Respiration 25. The Path of Food through the Animal Body 26. Maintaining the Internal environment 27. How the Animal Body Defends Itself 28. The nervous system 29. The senses 30. Chemical signaling Within the Animal Body 31. Reproduction and Development Unit 7: Plant Life 32. Evolution of Plants 33. Plant Form and Function 34. Plant Reproduction and Growth Unit 8: The Living Environment 35. Populations and Communities 36. Ecosystems 37. Behavior and the environment 38. Human Influences on the Living World

43

44

BIOLOGY

*9780078024221*

NEW

International Edition

essentials of biology

4th Edition

by Sylvia Mader and Michael Windelspecht, Appalachian State University-To

2015 (January 2014) / 736 pages ISBN: 9780078024221 ISBN: 9781259095689 [IE]

International Edition

CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY

3rd Edition

by Sylvia S Mader

2014 (September 2013) / 928 pages ISBN: 9780073525532 ISBN: 9781259060694 [IE] www.mhhe.com/maderconcepts3

Essentials of Biology is an introductory biology text for non-major students that can be used in a one- or two-semester course. It was prepared to engage today’s students in the science of biology by providing a fundamental understanding of life. Throughout the text, multimedia assets and Connections boxes encourage the student to integrate scientific concepts into their lives. The text is fully integrated into McGraw-Hill’s adaptive learning and Connect platforms, and is associated with a number of web-based assets that allow instructors to use this text as a content foundation for traditional, online, hybrid and “flipped” classrooms.

Concepts of Biology 3e recognizes the value of the traditional approach while still engaging students in the excitement of relevancy to themselves and the world around them. The text abounds with analogies and engaging illustrations as it proceeds from an examination of chemistry to the biosphere. A significant new feature of this edition is the integration of media asset into the content. Virtually every section of the textbook is now linked to MP3 files, 3D and 2D animations of biological processes, and National Geographic and ScienCentral videos. In addition, McGraw-Hill offers a full suite of adaptive learning tools including LearnSmart, LearnSmart Labs, LearnSmart Prep, LearnSmart Achieve, and SmartBook, all designed to assess a student’s existing knowledge base and adapt to particularly address deficiencies.

Contents 1. A View of Life

Contents 1. Biology, the Study of Life

www.mhhe.com/maderessentials4

Part 1: The Cell 2. The Chemical Basis of Life 3. The Organic Molecules of Life 4. Inside the Cell 5. The Dynamic Cell 6. Energy for Life 7. Energy for Cells Part 2: Genetics 8. Cellular Reproduction 9. Sexual Reproduction 10. Patterns of Inheritance 11. DNA Biology and Technology 12. Gene Regulation and Cancer 13. Genetic Counseling Part 3: Evolution 14. Darwin and Evolution 15. Evolution on a Small Scale 16. Evolution on a Large Scale Part 4: Diversity of Life 17. The First Forms of Life 18. Land Environment: Plants and Fungi 19. Both Water and Land: Animals Part 5: Plant Structure and Function 20. Plant Anatomy and Growth 21. Plant Responses and Reproduction Part 6: Animal Structure and Function 22. Being Organized and Steady 23. The Transport Systems 24. The Maintenance Systems 25. Human Nutrition 26. Defenses Against Disease 27. The Control Systems 28. Sensory Input and Motor Output 29. Reproduction and Development Part 7: Ecology 30. Ecology of Populations 31. Communities and Ecosystems 32. Human Impact on the Biosphere

Unit 1: Organisms Are Composed of Cells 2. Basic Chemistry of Cells 3. Organic Molecules of Cells 4. Structure and Function of Cells 5. Dynamic Activities of Cells 6. Pathways of Photosynthesis 7. Pathways of Cellular Respiration Unit 2: Genes Control the Traits of Organisms 8. Cellular Reproduction 9. Sexual Reproduction 10. Patterns of Genetic Inheritance 11. Molecular Biology of Inheritance 12. Regulation of Gene Activity 13. Biotechnology and Genomics Unit 3: Organisms Are Related and Adapted to Their Environment 14. Evidence of Evolution 15. Speciation and Evolution 16. The Evolutionary History of Life on Earth 17. Evolution of Microbial Life 18. Evolution of Protists 19. Evolution of Plants and Fungi 20. Evolution of Animals 21. Evolution of Humans Unit 4: Plants Are Homeostatic 22. Plant Organization and Homeostasis 23. Transport and Nutrition in Plants 24. Control of Growth Responses in Plants 25. Reproduction in Plants Unit 5: Animals Are Homeostatic 26. Animal Organization and Homeostasis 27. Coordination by Neural Signaling 28. Sense Organs 29. Locomotion and Support Systems 30. Circulation and Cardiovascular Systems 31. Lymph Transport and Immunity 32. Digestive Systems and Nutrition 33. Gas Exchange and Transport in Animals 34. Osmoregulation and Excretion 35. Coordination by Hormone Signaling 36. Reproduction and Development

BIOLOGY

Unit 6: Organisms Live in Ecosystems 37. Population Ecology 38. Behavioral Ecology 39. Community and Ecosystem Ecology 40. Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere 41. Conservation Biology International Edition

inquiry into life

14th Edition

by Sylvia Mader and Michael Windelspecht, Appalachian State University

2014 (January 2013) / 864 pages ISBN: 9780073525525 ISBN: 9781259080746 [IE] www.mhhe.com/maderinquiry14

Unit 6: Evolution and Diversity 27. Evolution of Life 28. Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaea 29. Protistans 30. Plants 31. Animals: Part I 32. Animals: Part II Unit 7: Behavior and Ecology 33. Animal Behavior 34. Population Ecology 35. Nature of Ecosystems 36. The Biosphere 37. Environmental Concerns International Edition

ESSENTIALS OF THE LIVING WORLD

Basic biological concepts and processes with a human emphasis. From the unique delivery of biology content, to the time tested art program, to the complete integration of the text with technology, Dr. Sylvia Mader has formed a teaching system that will both motivate and enable your students to understand and appreciate the wonders of all areas of biology. Inquiry into Life, 14/e emphasizes the application of all areas of biology to knowledge of human concerns, what the students are able to relate to. This distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other nonmajors texts with a unique approach, unparalleled art, and a straightforward, succinct writing style that has been acclaimed by both users and reviewers. In the 14th edition, the authors have focused on the concept of inquiry and a student’s inherent desire to learn. To do this, they integrated a tested, traditional learning system with modern digital and pedagogical approaches designed to stimulate and engage today’s student.

4th Edition

Contents 1. The Study of Life

Contents Studying Biology

Unit 1: Cell Biology 2. The Molecules of Cells 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Membrane Structure and Function 5. Cell Division 6. Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes 7. Cellular Respiration

Part 1: The Study of Life 1. The Science of Biology

Unit 2: Plant Biology 8. Photosynthesis 9. Plant Organization and Function 10. Plant Reproduction and Responses Unit 3: Maintenance of the Human Body 11. Human Organization 12. Cardiovascular System 13. Lymphatic and Immune Systems 14. Digestive System and Nutrition 15. Respiratory System 16. Urinary System and Excretion Unit 4: Integration and Control of the Human Body 17. Nervous System 18. Senses 19. Musculoskeletal System 20. Endocrine System Unit 5: Continuance of the Species 21. Reproductive System 22. Development and Aging 23. Patterns of Gene Inheritance 24. Chromosomal Inheritance and Genetic Disorders 25. DNA Structure and Control of Gene Expression 26. Biotechnology and Genomics

by George Johnson and Jonathan Losos of Washington University -St Louis

2013 (August 2012) / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073525471 ISBN: 9780071318402 [IE] www.mhhe.com/esstlw4 Essentials of The Living World is often considered a student favorite. George Johnson has written this non-majors textbook from the ground up to be an engaging and accessible learning tool with an emphasis on “how things work and why things happen the way they do”. Essentials of The Living World focuses on concepts rather than terminology and technical information, and features a straightforward, clear writing style and a wide variety of media assets to enhance the content of the textbook.

Part 2: The Living Cell 2. The Chemistry of Life 3. Molecules of Life 4. Cells 5. Energy and Life 6. Photosynthesis: Acquiring Energy from the Sun 7. How Cells Harvest Energy from Food Part 3: The Continuity of Life 8. Mitosis 9. Meiosis 10. Foundations of Genetics 11. DNA: The Genetic Material 12. How Genes Work 13. The New Biology Part 4: The Evolution and Diversity of Life 14. Evolution and Natural Selection 15. Exploring Biological Diversity 16. Evolution of Microbial Life 17. Evolution of Plants 18. Evolution of Animals Part 5: The Living Environment 19. Populations and Communities 20. Ecosystems 21. Behavior and the Environment 22. How Humans Influence the Living World Part 6: Animal Life 23. The Animal Body and How It Moves

45

46

BIOLOGY

24. Circulation 25. Respiration 26. The Path of Food Through the Animal Body 27. Maintaining the Internal Environment 28. How the Animal Body Defends Itself 29. The Nervous System 30. Chemical Signaling Within the Animal Body 31. Reproduction and Development Part 7: Plant Life 32. Plant Form and Function 33. Plant Reproduction and Growth

22. The Plant Kingdom 23. The Animal Kingdom Part VI: Physiological Processes 24. Materials Exchange in the Body 25. Nutrition: Food and Diet 26. The Body’s Control Mechanisms and Immunity 27. Human Reproduction, Sex, and Sexuality International Edition

BIOLOGY

Dimensions of Life International Edition

by Joelle C Presson, University of Maryland-College Park and Janann Jenner

14th Edition

2008 (January 2007) / 784 pages ISBN: 9780071102148 [IE]

CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY

by Eldon Enger, Frederick Ross and David Bailey of Delta College

2012 (January 2011) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780073403465 ISBN: 9780071315081 [IE] www.mhhe.com/enger14e Enger/Ross/Bailey: Concepts in Biology is a relatively brief introductory general biology text written for students with no previous science background. The authors strive to use the most accessible vocabulary and writing style possible while still maintaining scientific accuracy. The text covers all the main areas of study in biology from cells through ecosystems. Evolution and ecology coverage are combined in Part Four to emphasize the relationship between these two main subject areas. The new, 13th edition is the latest and most exciting revision of a respected introductory biology text written by authors who know how to reach students through engaging writing, interesting issues and applications, and accessible level. Instructors will appreciate the book’s scientific accuracy, complete coverage and extensive supplement package. CONTENTS (Contents of 13th Edition) Part I: Introduction 1. What is Biology? Part II: Cornerstones: Chemistry, Cells, and Metabolism 2. The Basics of Life: Chemistry 3. Organic Molecules-The Molecules of Life 4. Cell Structure and Function 5. Enzymes, Coenzymes, and Energy 6. Biochemical Pathways-Cellular Respiration 7. Biochemical Pathways-Photosynthesis Part III: Molecular Biology, Cell Division and Genetics 8. DNA and RNA: The Molecular Basis of Heredity 9. Cell Division 10. Patterns of Inheritance 11. Applications of Biotechnology Part IV: Evolution and Ecology 12. Diversity within Species and Population Genetics 13. Evolution and Natural Selection 14. The Formation of Species and Evolutionary Change 15. Ecosystem Dynamics: The Flow of Energy and Matter 16. Community Interactions 17. Population Ecology 18. Evolutionary and Ecological Aspects of Behavior Part V: The Origin and Classification of Life 19. The Origin of Life and Evolution of Cells 20. The Classification and Evolution of Organisms 21. The Nature of Microorganisms

www.mhhe.com/presson1 CONTENTS 1. The Framework of Biology Part I: Biological Chemistry, Cells, and Cellular Processes 2. Life Emerges from Chemistry. Atoms and Molecules 3. Biological Molecules 4. Life is Cellular. Cell Structure and Function 5. Life Uses Chemical Energy. Energy and Life 6. Engine of Life. Photosynthesis and Glucose Metabolism Part II: Reproduction of Cells and Inheritance 7. The Master Molecule of Life. DNA. Structure and Function 8. Life Renews Itself. Reproduction of Cells 9. Constructing Life. The Control of Eukaryotic Gene Expression 10. Rules of Inheritance. Classical Genetics Part III: Applying Your Knowledge of Cells and Cellular Processes 11. Biotechnology (Applications chapter) 12. The Biology and Treatment of Cancer (Applications chapter) Part IV: Evolution and Diversity of Life 13. Life Evolves. Darwin and the Science of Evolution 14. All Life is Related. Understanding Biological Diversity 15. Varieties of Life. Prokaryotes, Single-Celled Eukaryotes, and Algae 16. Varieties of Life. Fungi and Animals 17. Varieties of Life: Plants Part V: Applying Your Knowledge of Biological Diversity 18. The Value of Biological Diversity (Applications chapter) Part VI: Plant Biology 19. The Living Plant. Plant Structure and Function 20. The Thread of Life: Reproduction of Seed Plants Part VII: Human Biology 21. Nerves, Senses, Bones, Muscles 22. Nutrition and Digestion 23. Circulation, Respiration, and Excretion 24. Hormones, Reproduction, and Early Development Part VIII: Applying Your Knowledge of Human Biology 25. Human Control of Reproduction (Applications chapter) 26. The Immune System and Emergent Diseases (Applications chapter) Part IX: Ecology 27. Ecology. Populations and Communities 28. Ecosystems and Biomes Part X: Applying Your Knowledge of Ecology 29. Human Impact Upon the Earth (Applications chapter)

BIOLOGY

International Edition

LIFE

6th Edition by Ricki Lewis, SUNY-at Albany, Bruce Parker, Utah Valley State College-Orem, Douglas Gaffin and Marielle Hoefnagels of University of Oklahoma-Norman

2007 (Jan 2006) / 1024 pages ISBN: 9780071106900 [IE] www.mhhe.com/life6 CONTENTS Unit 1: From Atoms to Cells 1. What is Life? 2. Of Atoms and Molecules: Chemistry Basics 3. Life’s Chemistry 4. Cells 5. The Cell Surface and Cytoskeleton 6. The Energy of Life 7. Photosynthesis 8. How Cells Release Energy Unit 2: Genetics & Biotechnology 9. The Cell Cycle 10. Meiosis 11. How Inherited Traits are Transmitted 12. Chromosomes 13. DNA Structure and Function 14. Genetic Technology Unit 3: Evolution 15. The Evolution of Evolutionary Thought 16. The Forces of Evolutionary Change--Microevolution 17. Speciation and Extinction 18. Evidence for Evolution 19. The Origin and History of Life Unit 4: The Diversity of Life 20. Viruses 21. Bacteria and Archaea 22. Protista 23. Plantae 24. Fungi 25. Animalia I: Sponges Through Echinoderms 26. Animalia II: Chordates Unit 5: Plant Life 27. Plant Form and Function 28. Plant Nutrition and Transport 29. Reproduction of Flowering Plants 30. Plant Responses to Stimuli Unit 6: Animal Life 31. Animal Tissues and Organ Systems 32. The Nervous System 33. The Senses 34. The Endocrine System 35. The Musculoskeletal System 36. The Circulatory System 37. The Respiratory System 38. Digestion and Nutrition 39. Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids 40. The Immune System 41. Human Reproduction and Development Unit 7: Behavior and Ecology 42. Animal Behavior 43. Populations 44. Communities and Ecosystems 45. Biomes and Aquatic Ecosystems 46. Environmental Challenges

Biology: Non Majors - Lab Manual

*9780077681814* NEW LAB MANUAL FOR ESSENTIALS OF BIOLOGY 4th Edition by Sylvia Mader

2015 (March 2014) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780077681814 CONTENTS Unit I: The Cell 1. Scientific Method 2. Measuring with Metric 3. Microscopy 4. Cell Structure and Function 5. Enzymes 6. Photosynthesis Unit II: Genetics 7. Cellular Reproduction 8. Sexual Reproduction 9. Patterns of Inheritance 10. DNA Biology and Technology 11. Genetic Counseling Unit III: Evolution and Diversity of Life 12. Evidences of Evolution 13. Microbiology 14. Plant Evolution 15. Plant Anatomy and Growth 16. Animal Evolution Unit IV: Animal Structure and Function 17. Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 18. Chemical Aspects of Digestion 19. Energy Requirements and Ideal Weight 20. Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 21. The Nervous System and Senses Unit V: Ecology 22. Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems Credits Index

*9780078024238* NEW PHOTO ATLAS FOR GENERAL BIOLOGY 4th Edition

by Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College and Darrell Vodopich, Baylor University

2015 (March 2014) / 288 pages ISBN: 9780078024238 The Photo Atlas for General Biology is an excellent source of supplemental information for laboratory and lectures in biology, botany and zoology courses. The atlas provides insight into living organisms that abound all around us but we seldom have the opportunity to study on a gross or microscopic level. New and updated images have been incorporated into this latest edition.

47

BIOLOGY

48

New to this edition New images and charts in this edition:

17. Early Invertebrate Evolution 18. Later Invertebrate and Vertebrate Evolution



Major abdominal blood vessel in a cat, ventral aspect



Fetal skull, anterior view



Fetal skull, lateral view



Fetal Skeleton



Longitudinal section of an erupting tooth



Amino acids



Glycolysis

Unit 5: Concepts of Animal Biology 19. Vertebrate Body Tissues 20. Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 21. Chemical Aspects of Digestion 22. Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 23. Homeostasis 24. The Nervous System and Senses 25. Animal Development



Citric acid cycle



The electron transport chain (ETC)



Periodic table

Contents 1. Microscopy 2. Plant Cells 3. Animal Cells and Tissues 4. Plant Mitosis and Gametogenesis 5. Animal Cell Mitosis and Meiosis 6. Prokaryotes 7. Kingdom Protista 8. Kingdom Fungi 9. Bryophytes 10. Seedless Vascular Plants 11. Ferns 12. Gymnosperms 13. Flowering Plants 14. Invertebrate Phyla 15. Chordates 16. The Vertebrates 17. Vertebrate Dissections 18. Human Biology: Histology and Anatomy of Systems 19. Development

LAB MANUAL FOR CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY

3rd Edition by Sylvia Mader

2014 (September 2013) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780077511586

Unit 6: Concepts of Ecology 26. Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems International Edition

LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY INQUIRY INTO LIFE

14th Edition by Sylvia Mader

2014 (January 2013) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780077516246 Contents Part 1: Cell Biology 1. Scientific Method 2. Metric Measurement and Microsopy 3. Chemical Composition of Cells 4. Cell Structure and Function 5. Mitosis and Meiosis 6. How Enzymes Function 7. Cellular Respiration Part 2: Plant Biology 8. Photosynthesis 9. Organization of Flowering Plants 10. Reproduction in Flowering Plants Part 3: Maintenance of the Human Body 11. Animal Organization 12. Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 13. Chemical Aspects of Digestion 14. Cardivascular System 15. Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 16. Homeostasis

CONTENTS 1. Scientific Method

Part 4: Integration and Control of the Human Body 17. Nervous System and Senses 18. Musculoskeletal System

Unit 1: Concepts of Cell Biology 2. Measuring with Metric 3. Light Microscopy 4. Chemical Composition of Cells 5. Cell Structure and Function 6. How Enzymes Function

Part 5: Continuance of the Species 19. Development 20. Patterns of Inheritance 21. Human Genetics 22. DNA Biology and Technology

Unit 2: Concepts of Plant Biology 7. Photosynthesis 8. Organization of Flowering Plants Unit 3: Concepts of Genetics 9. Mitosis: Cellular Reproduction 10. Meiosis: Sexual Reproduction 11. Mendelian Genetics 12. Human Genetics 13. DNA Biology and Technology Unit 4: Concepts of Evolution 14. Evidence of Evolution 15. Evolution of Bacteria, Protists, and Fungi 16. Plant Evolution

Part 6: Evolution and Diversity 23. Evidences of Evolution 24. Microbiology 25. Seedless Plants 26. Seed Plants 27. Introduction to Invertebrates 28. Invertebrate Coelomates 29. The Vertebrates Part 7: Behavior and Ecology 30. Sampling Ecosystems 31. Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems Appendix A: Preparing a Laboratory Report/Laboratory Report Form Appendix B: Metric System Appendix C: Tree of Life

BIOLOGY

General Biology: Majors - Textbooks

*9780078024269*

NEW

International Edition

BIOLOGY

12th Edition by Sylvia S Mader and Michael Windelspecht

2016 (January 2015) / 1024 pages ISBN: 9780078024269 ISBN: 9781259252433 [IE] The twelfth edition of Biology is a traditional, comprehensive introductory biology textbook, with coverage from Cell Structure and Function to the Conservation of Biodiversity. The book, which centers on the evolution and diversity of organisms, is appropriate for any one- or two-semester biology course.Biology, 12th Edition is the epitome of Sylvia Mader’s expertise. Its concise, precise writingstyle employs lucid language to present the material as succinctly as possible, enabling students—even non-majors—to master the foundational concepts before coming to class. “Before You Begin”, “Following the Themes”, and “Thematic Feature Readings” piece together the three major themes of the text—evolution, nature of science, and biological systems. Students are consistently engaged in these themes, revealing the interconnectedness of the major topics in biology. Sylvia Mader typifies an icon of science education. Her dedication to her students, coupled with her clear, concise writing-style has benefited the education of thousands of students over the past three decades. The integration of the text and digital world has been achieved with the addition of Dr. Michael Windelspecht’s facility for the development of digital learning assets. For over ten years, Michael served as the Introductory Biology Coordinator at Appalachian State University—a program that enrolls over 4,500 non-science majors annually. Michael is the lead architect in the design of McGraw-Hill’s Connect Plus and LearnSmart media content for the Mader series. These assets allow instructors to easily design interactive tutorial materials, enhance presentations in both online and traditional environments, and assess the learning objectives and outcomes of the course. New to this edition •

Tutorial Animations: This series of videos was developed and narrated by the author to help students visualize and understand difficult concepts.

Contents 1. A View of Life Unit 1: The Cell 2. Basic Chemistry 3. The Chemistry of Organic Molecules 4. Cell Structure and Function 5. Membrane Structure and Function 6. Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes 7. Photosynthesis 8. Cellular Respiration Unit 2: Genetic Basis of Life 9. The Cell Cycle and Cellular Reproduction 10. Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction 11. Mendelian Patterns of Inheritance 12. Molecular Biology of the Gene 13. Regulation of Gene Activity 14. Biotechnology and Genomics Unit 3: Evolution 15. Darwin and Evolution

16. How Populations Evolve 17. Speciation and Macroevolution 18. Origin and History of Life 19. Taxonomy, Systematics, and Phylogeny Unit 4: Microbiology and Evolution 20. Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaea 21. Protist Evolution and Diversity 22. Fungi Evolution and Diversity Unit 5: Plant Evolution and Biology 23. Plant Evolution and Diversity 24. Flowering Plants: Structure and Organization 25. Flowering Plants: Nutrition and Transport 26. Flowering Plants: Control of Growth Responses 27. Flowering Plants: Reproduction Unit 6: Animal Evolution and Diversity 28. Invertebrate Evolution

*9780073532271* principles of biology

NEW

by Robert Brooker, University of MinnesotaMinneapolis, Peter Stiling, University of South Florida-Tampa, Linda Graham, University of Wisconsin-Madison and Eric Widmaier, Boston University

2015 (January 2014) / 1072 pages ISBN: 9780073532271 Principles of Biology is reflective of the shift taking place in the majors biology course from large and detail rich to short and conceptual. A succinct and inviting text focused on central concepts, Principles of Biology helps students connect fundamental principles while challenging them to develop and hone critical thinking skills. Based on recommendations from the AAAS Vision and Change Report, content has been streamlined to assist students in connecting broad themes and key ideas across biology. Beginning in 1, twelve principles of biology are introduced and revisited throughout the text to help students understand stay focused on core ideas. New BioConnections features and Check Your Understanding questions ask students to be self-aware learners, analyzing what they’re learning and making connections. To help students understand the key theme in biology – evolution – new Evolutionary Connections features reveal the ways in which the theory of evolution connects and informs our studies. New Quantitative Reasoning skills boxes encourage students to focus on developing reasoning and critical thinking skills. Features •

Focus on Core Concepts: Although it is intended for majors in the biological sciences, Principles of Biology is a shorter textbook that emphasizes core concepts. Twelve principles of biology are enunciated in 1 and those principles are emphasized throughout the textbook with specially labeled figures. An effort has also been made to emphasize some material in bulleted lists and numbered lists, so students can more easily see the main points.



Every chapter opens with an Outline that organizes the material, walks students through the main concepts, and provides context for understanding.



Located at the beginning of each major concept, Learning Outcomes are tied to each concept and help guide the students with key objectives they’ll need to understand.



Concept Check Questions are tied to many figures throughout the text to reinforce student understanding of core concepts.

49

BIOLOGY

50





Testing Your Knowledge allows students to check their understanding of key concepts in the section before moving on. Additional challenging questions are available at the end of the chapter. Bioconnections found in many figure legends, help students make connections between seemingly unrelated topics by directing them to figures of related topics in other chapters.

Contents 1. An Introduction to Biology Unit 1: Chemistry 2. The Chemical Basis of Life I: Atoms, Molecules, and Water 3. The Chemical Basis of Life II: Organic Molecules Unit 2: Cell 4. General Features of Cells 5. Membrane Structure, Transport, and Cell Junctions 6. Energy, Enzymes, and Cellular Respiration 7. Photosynthesis 8. Cell Communication Unit 3: Genetics 9. Nucleic Acid Structure, DNA Replication, and Chromosome Structure 10. Gene Expression at the Molecular Level 11. Gene Regulation 12. Mutation, DNA Repair, and Cancer 13. The Eukaryotic Cell Cycle, Mitosis, and Meiosis 14. Patterns of Inheritance 15. Genetics of Viruses and Bacteria 16. Genetic Technology 17. Genomes, Repetitive Sequences, and Bioinformatics Unit 4: Evolution 18. Origin and History of Life 19. An Introduction to Evolution and Population Genetics 20. Origin of Species and Macroevolution 21. Taxonomy and Systematics Unit 5: Diversity 22. Microorganisms: The Archaea, Bacteria, and Protists 23. Plants 24. Fungi 25. Animal Diversity: Invertebrates 26. Animal Diversity: Vertebrates

Features •

Every chapter opens with a Learning Path that walks through the main concepts. This helps students understand where the material fits in the context of other concepts in the chapter.



Every concept is broken down into sections that cover skills or ideas students should master. Learning Objectives at the beginning of each section tell students exactly what you should be able to do by the end of the section.



Concept Review Questions allow students to check their understanding before moving onto the next concept.



At the end of the chapter, each concept is assessed at three different levels: Understand, Apply, Synthesize.

Contents Part I: The Molecular Basis of Life 1. The Science of Biology 2. The Nature of Moleculars and the Properties of Water 3. The Chemical Building Blocks of Life Part II: The Biology of the Cell 4. Cell Structure 5. Membranes 6. Energy and Metabolism 7. How Cells Harvest Energy 8. Photosynthesis 9. Cell Communication 10. How Cells Divide Part III: Genetic and Molecular Biology 11. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis 12. Patterns of Inheritance 13. The Chromosomal Basis of Inheritance 14. DNA: The Genetic Material 15. Genes and How They Work 16. Control of Gene Expression 17. Biotechnology 18. Genomics Part IV: Evolution 19. Genes Within Populations 20. The Evidence for Evolution 21. The Origin of Species

Unit 6: Plants

*9780073532295* UNDERSTANDING BIOLOGY

the connections between biological concepts, thus helping them “see” the big picture.

NEW

by Kenneth A. Mason, University of Iowa-Iowa City, George B. Johnson, Washington University, Jonathan B. Losos, Harvard University and Susan Singer, Carleton College

2015 (January 2014) / 1064 pages ISBN: 9780073532295 A concise and engaging biology text for biology majors, Understanding Biology partnered with Connect emphasizes fundamental concepts to help students better understand biology and focus on developing scientific skills. Condensed chapters are centered on a learning path that serves to connect concepts within a chapter. The learning path begins with learning outcomes, which help students understand the core skills and concepts they should develop. Inquiry and Analysis cases help students build scientific skills, while scaffold end of assessment ensures they not only grasp core concepts, but can also critically analyze and apply what they’ve learned. “Make the Connection,” a synthesis feature that ends every unit, helps students understand

Part V: The Diversity of Life 22. Systematics and Phylogeny 23. Prokaryotes and Viruses 24. Protists 25. Fungi 26. Plants 27. Animal Diversity 28. Vertebrates Part VI: Plant Form and Function 29. Plant Form 30. Plant Reproduction 31. The Living Plant Part VII: Animal Form and Function 32. The Animal Biology and How It Moves 33. The Nervous System 34. Fueling the Body’s Metabolism 35. Maintaining Homeostasis 36. Reproduction and Development Part VIII: Ecology and Behavior 37. Behavioral Biology 38. Ecology of Populations 39. Community Ecology 40. The Living World

BIOLOGY

International Edition

BIOLOGY

3rd Edition

by Robert Brooker, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, Eric Widmaier, Boston University, Linda Graham, University of Wisconsin-Madison and Peter Stiling, University of South Florida-Tampa

2014 (January 2013) / 1424 pages ISBN: 9780073532240 ISBN: 9789814581851 [IE] www.brookerbiology.com The first and second editions of Biology, written by Dr. Rob Brooker, Dr. Eric Widmaier, Dr. Linda Graham, and Dr. Peter Stiling, has reached thousands of students and provided them with an outstanding view of the biological world. Now, the third edition has gotten even better! The author team is dedicated to producing the most engaging and current text that is available for undergraduate students who are majoring in biology. The authors want students to be inspired by the field of biology and become critical thinkers. They understand the goal of a professor is to prepare students for future course work, lab experiences, and careers in the sciences. Building on the successes of the first and second editions, the third edition reflects a focus on core competencies and provides a more learner-centered approach. The strength of an engaging and current text is improved with the addition of new pedagogical features that direct the students’ learning goals and provide opportunities for assessment, to determine if students understand the concepts. Contents 1. An Introduction to Biology Unit 1: Chemistry 2. The Chemical Basis of Life I: Atoms, Molecules, and Water 3. The Chemical Basis of Life II: Organic Molecules Unit 2: Cell 4. General Features of Cells 5. Membrane Structure, Synthesis, and Transport 6. An Introduction to Energy, Enzymes, and Metabolism 7. Cellular Respiration, Fermentation, and Secondary Metabolism 8. Photosynthesis 9. Cell Communication 10. Multicellularity Unit 3: Genetics 11. Nucleic Acid Structure, DNA Replication, and Chromosome Structure 12. Gene Expression at the Molecular Level 13. Gene Regulation 14. Mutation, DNA Repair, and Cancer 15. The Eukaryotic Cell Cycle, Mitosis, and Meiosis 16. Simple Patterns of Inheritance 17. Complex Patterns of Inheritance 18. Genetics of Viruses and Bacteria 19. Developmental Genetics 20. Genetic Technology 21. Genomes, Proteomes, and Bioinformatics Unit 4: Evolution 22. The Origin and History of Life 23. An Introduction to Evolution 24. Population Genetics 25. Origin of Species and Macroevolution 26. Taxonomy and Systematics Unit 5: Diversity 27. Bacteria and Archaea 28. Protists 29. Plants and the Conquest of Land

30. The Evolution and Diversity of Modern Gymnosperms and Angiosperms 31. Fungi 32. An Introduction to Animal Diversity 33. The Invertebrates 34. The Vertebrates Unit 6: Plants 35. An Introduction to Flowering Plant Form and Function 36. Flowering Plants: Behavior 37. Flowering Plants: Nutrition 38. Flowering Plants: Transport 39. Flowering Plants: Reproduction Unit 7: Animals 40. Introduction to Animal Form and Function 41. Neuroscience I: Cells of the Nervous System 42. Neuroscience II: Evolution and Function of the Brain and Nervous Systems 43. Neuroscience III: Sensory Systems 44. The Muscular-Skeletal System and Locomotion 45. Nutrition, Digestion, and Absorption 46. Control of Energy Balance, Metabolic Rate, and Body Temperature 47. Circulatory Systems 48. Respiratory Systems 49. Excretory Systems and Salt and Water Balance 50. Endocrine Systems 51. Animal Reproduction 52. Animal Development 53. Immune Systems Unit 8: Ecology 54. An Introduction to Ecology and Biomes 55. Behavioral Ecology 56. Population Ecology 57. Species Interactions 58. Community Ecology 59. Ecosystems Ecology 60. Biodiversity and Conservation Biology

BIOLOGY

Volume 1: Chemistry, Cells and Genetics, 3rd Edition by Robert Brooker, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis

2014 (January 2013) ISBN: 9780077775834 Contents 1. An Introduction to Biology Unit 1: Chemistry 2. The Chemical Basis of Life I: Atoms, Molecules, and Water 3. The Chemical Basis of Life II: Organic Molecules Unit 2: Cell 4. General Features of Cells 5. Membrane Structure, Synthesis, and Transport 6. An Introduction to Energy, Enzymes, and Metabolism 7. Cellular Respiration, Fermentation, and Secondary Metabolism 8. Photosynthesis 9. Cell Communication 10. Multicellularity Unit 3: Genetics 11. Nucleic Acid Structure, DNA Replication, and Chromosome Structure 12. Gene Expression at the Molecular Level 13. Gene Regulation 14. Mutation, DNA Repair, and Cancer

51

52

BIOLOGY

15. The Eukaryotic Cell Cycle, Mitosis, and Meiosis 16. Simple Patterns of Inheritance 17. Complex Patterns of Inheritance 18. Genetics of Viruses and Bacteria 19. Developmental Genetics 20. Genetic Technology 21. Genomes, Proteomes, and Bioinformatics

BIOLOGY

Volume 2: Evolution, Diversity and Ecology, 3rd Edition by Robert Brooker, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis

2014 (February 2013) ISBN: 9780077775841 Contents Unit 4: Evolution 22. The Origin and History of Life 23. An Introduction to Evolution 24. Population Genetics 25. Origin of Species and Macroevolution 26. Taxonomy and Systematics Unit 5: Diversity 27. Bacteria and Archaea 28. Protists 29. Plants and the Conquest of Land 30. The Evolution and Diversity of Modern Gymnosperms and Angiosperms 31. Fungi 32. An Introduction to Animal Diversity 33. The Invertebrates 34. The Vertebrates Unit 8: Ecology 54. An Introduction to Ecology and Biomes 55. Behavioral Ecology 56. Population Ecology 57. Species Interactions 58. Community Ecology 59. Ecosystems Ecology 60. Biodiversity and Conservation Biology

BIOLOGY

Volume 3: Plants and Animals, 3rd Edition by Robert Brooker, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis

2014 (February 2013) ISBN: 9780077775858 Contents Unit 6: Plants 35. An Introduction to Flowering Plant Form and Function 36. Flowering Plants: Behavior 37. Flowering Plants: Nutrition 38. Flowering Plants: Transport 39. Flowering Plants: Reproduction Unit 7: Animals 40. Introduction to Animal Form and Function 41. Neuroscience I: Cells of the Nervous System 42. Neuroscience II: Evolution and Function of the Brain and Nervous Systems 43. Neuroscience III: Sensory Systems 44. The Muscular-Skeletal System and Locomotion 45. Nutrition, Digestion, and Absorption

46. Control of Energy Balance, Metabolic Rate, and Body Temperature 47. Circulatory Systems 48. Respiratory Systems 49. Excretory Systems and Salt and Water Balance 50. Endocrine Systems 51. Animal Reproduction 52. Animal Development 53. Immune Systems

BIOLOGY

Volume 1: Foundations of Life: Chemistry, Cells and Genetics, 10th Edition by Peter Raven, Missouri Botanical Gardens

2014 (January 2013) ISBN: 9780077775803 Contents Part I: The Molecular Basis of Life 1. The Science of Biology 2. The Nature of Molecules 3. The Chemical Building Blocks of Life Part II: Biology of the Cell 4. Cell Structure 5. Membranes 6. Energy and Metabolism 7. How Cells Harvest Energy 8. Photosynthesis 9. Cell Communication 10. How Cells Divide Part III: Genetic and Molecular Biology 11. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis 12. Patterns of Inheritance 13. Chromosomes, Mapping and the Meiosis—Inheritance Connection 14. DNA: The Genetic Material 15. Genes and How They Work 16. Control of Gene Expression 17. Biotechnology 18. Genomics 19. Cellular Mechanisms of Development

BIOLOGY BIOLOGY

Volume 2: Evolution, Diversity and Ecology, 10th Edition by Peter Raven, Missouri Botanical Gardens

2014 (February 2013) ISBN: 9780077775810 Contents Part IV: Evolution 20. Genes Within Populations 21. The Evidence for Evolution 22. The Origin of Species 23. Systematics, Phylogenetics, and Comparative Biology 24. Genome Evolution 25. Evolution of Development Part V: Diversity of Life on Earth 26. Origin and Diversity of Life 27. Viruses 28. Prokaryotes 29. Protists 30. Overview of Seedless Plants 31. Overview of Seed Plants 32. Fungi 33. Animal Diversity & the Evolution of Body Plans 34. Protostomes 35. Deuterostomes Part VIII: Ecology and Behavior 54. Behavioral Biology 55. Population Ecology 56. Community Ecology 57. Dynamics of Ecosystems 58. The Biosphere 59. Conservation Biology

BIOLOGY

Volume 3: Plants and Animals, 10th Edition by Peter Raven, Missouri Botanical Gardens

2014 (February 2013) ISBN: 9780077775827 Contents Part VI: Plant Form and Function 36. Plant Form 37. Transport in Plants 38. Plant Nutrition and Soils 39. Plant Defense Responses 40. Sensory Systems in Plants 41. Plant Reproduction Part VII: Animal Form and Function 42. The Animal Body and Principles of Regulation 43. The Nervous System 44. Sensory Systems 45. The Endocrine System 46. The Musculoskeletal System 47. The Digestive System 48. The Respiratory System 49. The Circulatory System 50. Temperature, Osmotic Regulation and the Urinary System 51. The Immune System 52. The Reproductive Systems 53. Animal Development

International Edition

BIOLOGY

10th Edition by Peter Raven, Missouri Botanical Gardens, George Johnson, Washington University-St Louis, Kenneth Mason, Purdue University-West Lafayette, Jonathan Losos, Washington University-St Louis and Susan Singer, Carleton College

2014 (January 2013) / 1408 pages ISBN: 9780073383071 ISBN: 9789814636124 [IE] www.ravenbiology.com Committed to Excellence in the Landmark Tenth Edition, this edition continues the evolution of Raven & Johnson’s Biology. The author team is committed to continually improving the text, keeping the student and learning foremost. We have integrated new pedagogical features to expand the students’ learning process and enhance their experience in the ebook. This latest edition of the text maintains the clear, accessible, and engaging writing style of past editions with the solid framework of pedagogy that highlights an emphasis on evolution and scientific inquiry that have made this a leading textbook for students majoring in biology and have been enhanced in this landmark Tenth edition. This emphasis on the organizing power of evolution is combined with an integration of the importance of cellular, molecular biology and genomics to offer our readers a text that is student friendly and current. Our author team is committed to producing the best possible text for both student and faculty. The lead author, Kenneth Mason, University of Iowa,, has taught majors biology at three different major public universities for more than fifteen years. Jonathan Losos, Harvard University,, is at the cutting edge of evolutionary biology research, and Susan Singer, Carleton College,, has been involved in science education policy issues on a national level. All three authors bring varied instructional and content expertise to the tenth edition of Biology. CONTENTS Part I: The Molecular Basis of Life 1. The Science of Biology 2. The Nature of Molecules 3. The Chemical Building Blocks of Life Part II: Biology of the Cell 4. Cell Structure 5. Membranes 6. Energy and Metabolism 7. How Cells Harvest Energy 8. Photosynthesis 9. Cell Communication 10. How Cells Divide Part III: Genetic and Molecular Biology 11. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis 12. Patterns of Inheritance 13. Chromosomes, Mapping and the Meiosis—Inheritance Connection 14. DNA: The Genetic Material 15. Genes and How They Work 16. Control of Gene Expression 17. Biotechnology 18. Genomics 19. Cellular Mechanisms of Development Part IV: Evolution 20. Genes Within Populations 21. The Evidence for Evolution 22. The Origin of Species 23. Systematics, Phylogenetics, and Comparative Biology 24. Genome Evolution 25. Evolution of Development

53

54

BIOLOGY

Part V: Diversity of Life on Earth 26. Origin and Diversity of Life 27. Viruses 28. Prokaryotes 29. Protists 30. Overview of Seedless Plants 31. Overview of Seed Plants 32. Fungi 33. Animal Diversity & the Evolution of Body Plans 34. Protostomes 35. Deuterostomes Part VI: Plant Form and Function 36. Plant Form 37. Transport in Plants 38. Plant Nutrition and Soils 39. Plant Defense Responses 40. Sensory Systems in Plants 41. Plant Reproduction Part VII: Animal Form and Function 42. The Animal Body and Principles of Regulation 43. The Nervous System 44. Sensory Systems 45. The Endocrine System 46. The Musculoskeletal System 47. The Digestive System 48. The Respiratory System 49. The Circulatory System 50. Temperature, Osmotic Regulation and the Urinary System 51. The Immune System 52. The Reproductive Systems 53. Animal Development Part VIII: Ecology and Behavior 54. Behavioral Biology 55. Population Ecology 56. Community Ecology 57. Dynamics of Ecosystems 58. The Biosphere 59. Conservation Biology

Biology: Majors - Lab Manual

*9781259298516* LAB MANUAL FOR BIOLOGY

NEW

12th Edition by Sylvia S Mader

2016 (March 2015) ISBN: 9781259298516 The twelfth edition of Biology is a traditional, comprehensive introductory biology textbook, with coverage from Cell Structure and Function to the Conservation of Biodiversity. The book, which centers on the evolution and diversity of organisms, is appropriate for any one- or two-semester biology course. Biology, 12th Edition is the epitome of Sylvia Mader’s expertise. Its concise, precise writing-style employs lucid language to present the material as succinctly as possible, enabling students—even non-majors— to master the foundational concepts before coming to class. “Before You Begin”, “Following the Themes”, and “Thematic Feature Readings” piece together the three major themes of the text—evolution, nature of science, and biological systems. Students are consistently engaged in these themes, revealing the interconnectedness of the major topics in biology. Sylvia Mader typifies an icon of science education. Her dedication to her students, coupled with her clear, concise writing-style has benefited the education of thousands of students over the past three decades. The integration of the text and digital world has been achieved with the addition of Dr. Michael Windelspecht’s facility for the development of digital learning assets. For over ten years, Michael served as the Introductory Biology Coordinator at Appalachian State University—a program that enrolls over 4,500 non-science majors annually. Michael is the lead architect in the design of McGraw-Hill’s Connect Plus and LearnSmart media content for the Mader series. These assets allow instructors to easily design interactive tutorial materials, enhance presentations in both online and traditional environments, and assess the learning objectives and outcomes of the course. CONTENTS Part I: The Cell 1. Scientific Method 2. Metric Measurement and Microscopy 3. Chemical Composition of Cells 4. Cell Structure and Function 5. How Enzymes Function 6. Photosynthesis 7. Cellular Respiration Part II: The Genetic Basis of Life 8. Mitosis: Cellular Reproduction 9. Meiosis: Sexual Reproduction 10. Mendelian Genetics 11. Human Genetics 12. DNA Biology and Technology Part III: Evolution 13. Evidences of Evolution 14. Natural Selection Part IV: Microbiology and Evolution 15. Bacteria and Protists 16. Fungi Part V: Plant Evolution and Biology 17. Nonvascular Plants and Seedless Vascular Plants 18. Seed Plants 19. Organization of Flowering Plants 20. Water Absorption and Transport in Plants

BIOLOGY

21. Control of Plant Growth and Responses 22. Reproduction in Flowering Plants



Clarified Guidelines for data analysis - Both discoverybased science and hypothesis-based science methods are employed. Directions for quantitative analyses are more thorough, guiding students through calculations, graphing and statistical analyses. Recurring throughout the lab topics is the question, “what evidence do you now have that ...” or “what evidence would you need to be convinced that...” As a result of the analytical emphasis, students will not simply be “exposed to the material” but are led to think critically about it, drawing conclusions from their experiments and observations.



NEW Intermediate and terminal lab summaries and questions - assist students in staying on task to better understanding lab objectives. Intermediate summaries questions guide students to summarize and conclusion of material just examined. Upon completion of the lab, the intermediate summaries feed into comprehensive lab questions in which students condense information, compare results, and come to overall conclusions. As a result, students leave lab with a conceptual framework and not simply a collection of facts.

Part VI: Animal Evolution and Diversity 23. Introduction to Invertebrates 24. Invertebrate Coelomates 25. The Vertebrates Part VII: Comparative Animal Biology 26. Animal Organization 27. Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 28. Chemical Aspects of Digestion 29. Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 30. Homeostasis 31. Nervous System and Senses 32. Musculoskeletal System 33. Animal Development Part VIII: Ecology 34. Sampling Ecosystems 35. Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems

*9780073532264* NEW BIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS LAB MANUAL 10th Edition

by Warren Dolphin and David Vleck of Iowa State University

2015 (January 2014) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073532264 Designed to be used with all majors-level general biology textbooks, the included labs are investigative, using both discovery- and hypothesis-based science methods. Students experimentally investigate topics, observe structure, use critical thinking skills to predict and test ideas, and engage in hands-on learning. By emphasizing investigative, quantitative, and comparative approaches to the topics, the authors continually emphasize how the biological sciences are integrative, yet unique. This manual is an excellent choice for colleges and universities that want their students to experience the breadth of modern biology encouraged them to think for themselves. An instructor’s manual, provides detailed advice based on the authors’ experience on how to prepare materials for each lab, teachings tips and lesson plans, and questions that can be used in quizzes and practical exams New to this edition •

Updated labs throughout – Authors “retooled” the labs substituting easier to prepare experiments that better illustrate classic knowledge, cutting edge ideas and modern technologies.



Instructors will find that the lab Resource Manual provides detailed instructions for securing and preparing materials and offering the new, as well as the old, experiments.



Students will find that the experiments apply directly to the concepts being taught in lectures and textbooks.



Introductions and procedures were rewritten with clarity and up to datedness.



Improved Figure Labels- were modified to aid students in comprehending key concepts.

Contents Lab Topic 1. Science: A Way of Knowing 2. Using Microscopes and Observing Cells 3. Using Quantitative Technologies 4. Membranes, Diffusion, and Osmosis 5. Visualizing Biological Molecules 6. Determining the Properties of an Enzyme 7. Measuring Cellular Respiration 8. Investigating Photosynthesis 9. Mitosis and Chromosome Number 10. Modeling Meiosis and Determining Cross-Over Frequency 11. Analyzing Fruit Fly Phenotypes and Genotypes Interchapter: An Outline of Sterile Technique 12. Isolating DNA and Transformation with Plasmids 13. Modeling Processes in Evolution Interchapter: Dealing with Diversity 14. Investigating Bacterial Diversity 15. Protists: The First Eukaryotes 16. Ancestral and Derived Characteristics of Seedless Plants 17. Derived Characteristics of Seed Plants 18. Investigating Fungal Diversity and Symbiotic Relationships 19. From Basal to Bilateral Animals 20. Protostomia: Lophotrochozoa 21. Protostomia: Ecdysozoa 22. Deuterostomes and the Origins of Vertebrates 23. Investigating Plant Cells and Tissues 24. Vascular Plant Functional Anatomy 25. Flowering Plant Reproduction, Development, and Dispersal 26. Research Project: Chemical Signals in Plant Development 27. Investigating Digestive, Renal, and Reproductive Systems 28. Investigating Circulatory Systems 29. Investigating Animal Gas Exchange Systems 30. Investigating Muscle and Skeletal Systems 31. Investigating Nervous and Sensory Systems 32. Estimating Population Size, Growth and Dispersion Appendix A: Significant Figures and Rounding Appendix B: Making Graphs Appendix C: Simple Statistics Appendix D: Writing Reports and Scientific Papers

55

BIOLOGY

56

*9780078024238* NEW PHOTO ATLAS FOR GENERAL BIOLOGY 4th Edition

by Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College and Darrell Vodopich, Baylor University

2015 (March 2014) / 288 pages ISBN: 9780078024238 The Photo Atlas for General Biology is an excellent source of supplemental information for laboratory and lectures in biology, botany and zoology courses. The atlas provides insight into living organisms that abound all around us but we seldom have the opportunity to study on a gross or microscopic level. New and updated images have been incorporated into this latest edition. New to this edition New images and charts in this edition: •

Major abdominal blood vessel in a cat, ventral aspect



Fetal skull, anterior view



Fetal skull, lateral view



Fetal Skeleton



Longitudinal section of an erupting tooth



Amino acids



Glycolysis



Citric acid cycle



The electron transport chain (ETC)



Periodic table

Contents 1. Microscopy 2. Plant Cells 3. Animal Cells and Tissues 4. Plant Mitosis and Gametogenesis 5. Animal Cell Mitosis and Meiosis 6. Prokaryotes 7. Kingdom Protista 8. Kingdom Fungi 9. Bryophytes 10. Seedless Vascular Plants 11. Ferns 12. Gymnosperms 13. Flowering Plants 14. Invertebrate Phyla 15. Chordates 16. The Vertebrates 17. Vertebrate Dissections 18. Human Biology: Histology and Anatomy of Systems 19. Development

BIOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL

10th Edition

by Darrell S Vodopich, Baylor University and Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis

2014 (January 2013) / 608 pages ISBN: 9780073532257 www.mhhe.com/vodopich10e The Biology Laboratory Manual by Vodopich and Moore was designed for an introductory biology course with a broad survey of basic laboratory techniques. The experiments and procedures are simple, safe, easy to perform, and especially appropriate for large classes. Few experiments require more than one class meeting to complete the procedure. Each exercise includes many photographs, traditional topics, and experiments that help students learn about life. Procedures within each exercise are numerous and discrete so that an exercise can be tailored to the needs of the students, the style of the instructor, and the facilities available. Contents 1. Scientific Methods 2. Measurements in Biology: The Metric System and Data Analysis 3. The Microscope: Basic Skills of Light Microscopy 4. The Cell: Structure and Function 5. Solutions, Acids, and Bases: The pH Scale 6. Biologically Important Molecules: Carbohydrates, Proteins, Lipids, and Nucleic Acids 7. Separating Organic Compounds: Column Chromatography, Paper Chromatography, and Gel Electrophoresis 8. Spectrophotometry: Identifying Solutes and Determining Their Concentration 9. Diffusion and Osmosis: Passive Movements of Molecules in Biologal Systems 10. Cellular Membranes: Effects of Physical and Chemical Stress 11. Enzymes: Factors Affecting the Rate of Activity 12. Respiration: Aerobic and Anaerobic Oxidation of Organic Molecules 13. Photosynthesis: Pigment Separation, Starch Production, and CO2 Uptake 14. Mitosis: Replication of Eukaryotic Cells 15. Meiosis: Reduction Division and Gametogenesis 16. Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: DNA Isolation and Bacterial Transformation 17. Genetics: The Principles of Mendel 18. Evolution: Natural Selection and Morphological Change in Green Algae 19. Human Evolution: Skull Examination 20. Ecology: Diversity and Interaction in Plant Communities 21. Community Succession 22. Population Growth: Limitations of the Environment 23. Pollution: The Effect of Chemical, Thermal, and Acid Pollution 24. Survey of Bacteria: Kingdoms Archaebacteria and Bacteria 25. Survey of the Kingdom Protista: The Algae 26. Survey of the Kingdom Protista: Protozoa and Slime Molds 27. Survey of the Kingdom Fungi: Molds, Sac Fungi, Mushrooms, and Lichens 28. Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Liverworts, Mosses, and Hornworts of Phyla Hepaticophyta, Bryophyta, and Anthocerophyta 29. Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Seedles Vascular Plants of Phyla Pterophyta and Lycophyta 30. Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Gymnosperms of Phyla Cycadophyta, Ginkgophyta, Coniferophyta, and Gnetophyta 31. Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Angiosperms 32. Plant Anatomy: Vegetative Structure of Vascular Plants

BIOLOGY

33. Plant Physiology: Transpiration 34. Plant Physiology: Tropisms, Nutrition, and Growth Regulators 35. Bioassay: Measuring Physiologically Active Substances 36. Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Porifera and Cnidaria 37. Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Platyhelminthes and Nematoda 38. Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Mollusca and Annelida 39. Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phylum Arthropoda 40. Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Echinodermata, Hemichordata, and Chordata 41. Vertebrate Animal Tissues: Epithelial, Connective, Muscular, and Nervous Tissues 42. Human Biology: The Human Skeletal System 43. Human Biology: Muscles and Muscle Contraction 44. Human Biology: Breathing 45. Human Biology: Circulation and Blood Pressure 46. Human Biology: Sensory Perception 47. Vertebrate Anatomy: External Features and Skeletal System of the Rat 48. Vertebrate Anatomy: Muscles and Internal Organs of the Rat 49 Vertebrate Anatomy: Urogenital and Circulatory Systems of the Rat 50. Embryology: Comparative Morphologies and Strategies of Development 51. Animal Behavior: Taxis, Kinesis, and Agonistic Behavior

Human Biology - Textbooks

*9781259245749*

NEW

International Edition

HUMAN BIOLOGY

14th Edition

by Sylvia S Mader and Michael Windelspecht, Appalachian State University-To

2016 (February 2015) / 672 pages ISBN: 9781259245749 ISBN: 9781259252006 [IE] Instructors consistently ask for a Human Biology textbook that helps students understand the main themes of biology through the lens of the human body. Mader’s Human Biology, 14th Edition accomplishes the goal of improving scientific literacy, while establishing a foundation of knowledge in human biology and physiology. The text integrates a tested, traditional learning system with modern digital and pedagogical approaches designed to stimulate and engage today’s student. Dr. Michael Windelspecht represents the new generation of digital authors. Through the integration of an array of multimedia resources, Michael has committed to delivering the tried-and-true content of the Mader series to the new generation of digital learners. A veteran of the online, hybrid, and traditional teaching environments, Michael is well-versed in the challenges facing the modern student and educator. Michael personally guided and oversaw all aspects of Connect and LearnSmart content accompany Human Biology, 14th Edition.

New to this edition •

Infectious Diseases: The infectious disease supplement has been expanded to a full containing up-to-date discussions of pandemic and emerging diseases as well as antibiotic resistance.



LearnSmart Achieve™: A learning system that continually adapts and provides learning tools to teach students the concepts they don’t know.



Adaptively provides learning resources



A time management feature ensures students master course material to complete their assignments by the due date

Contents 1. Exploring Life and Science Unit 1: Human Organization 2. Chemistry of Life 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Organization and Regulation of Body Systems Unit 2: Maintenance of the Human Body 5. Cardiovascular System: Heart and Blood Vessels 6. Cardiovascular System: Blood 7. The Lymphatic and Immune Systems 8. Infectious Diseases 9. Digestive System and Nutrition 10. Respiratory System 11. Urinary System Unit 3: Movement and Support in Humans 12. Skeletal System 13. Muscular System Unit 4: Integration and Coordination in Humans 14. Nervous System 15. Senses 16. Endocrine System Unit 5: Reproduction in Humans 17. Reproductive System 18. Development and Aging Unit 6: Human Genetics 19. Patterns of Chromosome Inheritance 20. Cancer 21. Patterns of Genetic Inheritance 22. DNA Biology and Technology Unit 7: Human Evolution and Ecology 23. Human Evolution 24. Global Ecology and Human Interferences 25. Human Population, Planetary Resources, and Conservation

57

58

BIOLOGY

Human Biology - Lab Manual

*9781259293009* LAB MANUAL FOR HUMAN BIOLOGY

NEW

14th Edition

Biology - Supplements

*9780078024238* NEW PHOTO ATLAS FOR GENERAL BIOLOGY 4th Edition

by Sylvia Mader

by Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College and Darrell Vodopich, Baylor University

2016 (January 2015) / 288 pages ISBN: 9781259293009 Instructors consistently ask for a Human Biology textbook that helps students understand the main themes of biology through the lens of the human body. Mader’s Human Biology, 14th Edition accomplishes the goal of improving scientific literacy, while establishing a foundation of knowledge in human biology and physiology. The text integrates a tested, traditional learning system with modern digital and pedagogical approaches designed to stimulate and engage today’s student. Dr. Michael Windelspecht represents the new generation of digital authors. Through the integration of an array of multimedia resources, Michael has committed to delivering the tried-and-true content of the Mader series to the new generation of digital learners. A veteran of the online, hybrid, and traditional teaching environments, Michael is well-versed in the challenges facing the modern student and educator. Michael personally guided and oversaw all aspects of Connect and LearnSmart content accompany Human Biology, 14th Edition. CONTENTS 1. Scientific Method 2. Measuring with Metric 3. Light Microscopy 4. Chemical Composition of Cells 5. Cell Structure and Function 6. Body Tissues 7. Organization of the Body 8. Cardiovascular System 9. Chemical Aspects of Digestion 10. Energy Requirements and Ideal Weight 11. Homeostasis 12. Musculoskeletal System 13. Nervous System and Senses 14. Reproduction and Development 15. Mitosis and Meiosis 16. Patterns of Genetic Inheritance 17. DNA and Biotechnology 18. Human Evolution 19. Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems

2015 (March 2014) / 288 pages ISBN: 9780078024238 The Photo Atlas for General Biology is an excellent source of supplemental information for laboratory and lectures in biology, botany and zoology courses. The atlas provides insight into living organisms that abound all around us but we seldom have the opportunity to study on a gross or microscopic level. New and updated images have been incorporated into this latest edition. New to this edition New images and charts in this edition: •

Major abdominal blood vessel in a cat, ventral aspect



Fetal skull, anterior view



Fetal skull, lateral view



Fetal Skeleton



Longitudinal section of an erupting tooth



Amino acids



Glycolysis



Citric acid cycle



The electron transport chain (ETC)



Periodic table

Contents 1. Microscopy 2. Plant Cells 3. Animal Cells and Tissues 4. Plant Mitosis and Gametogenesis 5. Animal Cell Mitosis and Meiosis 6. Prokaryotes 7. Kingdom Protista 8. Kingdom Fungi 9. Bryophytes 10. Seedless Vascular Plants 11. Ferns 12. Gymnosperms 13. Flowering Plants 14. Invertebrate Phyla 15. Chordates 16. The Vertebrates 17. Vertebrate Dissections 18. Human Biology: Histology and Anatomy of Systems 19. Development

BIOLOGY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY

4th Edition

by George Fried (deceased) and George J Hademenos

2013 (April 2013) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780071811309 (A Schaum Publication) Schaum’s Outline of Biology provides a systematic review of biology with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include both biochemical and molecular approaches to modern biology and an understanding of life in terms of the precise characteristics of macromolecules such as DNA, RNA, and protein. Contents Part I: Fundamentals of Biology Part II: Biology of the Cell Part III: Genetics and Inheritance Part IV: Plant Biology Part V: Animal Biology Part VI: Evolution and Ecology Part VII: Biological Diversity

SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY

2nd Edition

by George H Fried and George Hademenos

2011 (September 2010) ISBN: 9780071746540 (A Schaum Professional Publication) If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of biology, it’s got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This book is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its Schaum’s Outline cousin, with an emphasis on clarity and conciseness. •

Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give you quick pointers to the essentials.



Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review



Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their fields



So small and light that it fits in your backpack!



Topics include: The Chemistry of Life, Cell Structure and Function, The Molecular Basis of Inheritance, The Cellular Basis of Inheritance, The Mechanism of Inheritance, Classification of Prokaryotes, Classification of Eukaryotes, Plant Structure and Function, Intercellular Communication, Musculoskeletal System, Respiration and Circulation, Homeostasis and Excretion, Nurition and Digestion, Reproduction and Early Human Development, Evolution and the Origin of Life, Ecology.

59

60

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS | CONTENTS

Developmental Biology / Embryology............................................75 Genetics.........................................................................................75 Human Genetics............................................................................78 Introductory Microbiology – Lab Manual........................................67 Introductory Microbiology: Majors – Textbooks..............................63 Introductory Microbiology: Non Majors – Textbooks.......................64 Molecular Biology...........................................................................74 Professional References................................................................79 STDs / AIDS...................................................................................74

61

62

NEW TITLES | CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Concepts of Genetics, 2e

Brooker

9780073525358

75

Lab Manual for Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Appraoch, 2e

Obernauf

9781259293863

67

Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach, 2e

Cowan

9780078021046

64

Nester’s Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 8e

Anderson

9780073522593

64

2015

Author ISBN

Page

Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Complete Version, 13e

Brown

9780077668020

68

Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Short Version, 13e

Brown

9780073402413

69

Foundations in Microbiology, 9e

Talaro

9780073522609

65

Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 9e

Talaro

9780077731052

66

Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 5e

Brooker

9780073525341

76

Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 5e

Hartwell

9780073525310

77

Human Genetics, 11e

Lewis

9780073525365

78

Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach, 3e

Chess

9780073402420

70

Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 3e

Cowan

9780073402437

65

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

Introductory Microbiology: Majors - Textbooks International Edition

PRESCOTT’S MICROBIOLOGY

9th Edition

by Joanne Willey, Hofstra University, Linda Sherwood, Montana State University-Bozeman and Chris Woolverton, Kent State University-Kent

2014 (January 2013) / 1152 pages ISBN: 9780073402406 ISBN: 9789814581561 [IE] www.mhhe.com/willey9 The author team of Prescott’s Microbiology continues the tradition of past editions by providing a balanced, comprehensive introduction to all major areas of microbiology. This balance makes Microbiology appropriate for microbiology majors and mixed majors courses. The authors have introduced a number of pedagogical elements designed to facilitate student learning. They also remain focused on readability, artwork, and the integration of several key themes (including evolution, ecology and diversity) throughout the text, making an already superior text even better. Contents Part One: Introduction to Microbiology 1. The Evolution of Microorganisms and Microbiology 2. Microscopy and Specimen Preparation 3. Bacterial Cell Structure 4. Archaeal Cell Structure 5. Eukaryotic Cell Structure 6. Viruses and Other Acellular Infectious Agents Part Two: Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control 7. Microbial Growth 8. Control of Microorganisms in the Environment 9. Antimicrobial Chemotherapy Part Three: Microbial Metabolism 10. Introduction to Metabolism 11. Catabolism: Energy Release and Conservation 12. Anabolism: The Use of Energy in Biosynthesis Part Four: Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics 13. Bacterial Genome Replication and Expression 14. Regulation of Bacterial Cellular Processes 15. Eukaryotic and Archaeal Genome Replication and Expression 16. Mechanisms of Genetic Variation 17. Recombinant DNA Technology 18. Microbial Genomics Part Five: The Diversity of the Microbial World 19. Microbial Taxonomy and the Evolution of Diversity 20. The Archaea 21. The Deinococci, Mollicutes, and Nonproteobacterial GramNegative Bacteria 22. The Proteobacteria 23. Firmicutes: The Low G • C Gram-Positive Bacteria 24. A ctinobacteria: The High G • C Gram-Positive Bacteria 25. The Protists 26. The Fungi (Eumycota) 27. The Viruses Part Six: Ecology and Symbiosis 28. Biogeochemical Cycling and Global Climate Change 29. Methods in Microbial Ecology 30. Microorganisms in Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 31. Microorganisms in Terrestrial Ecosystems 32. Microbial Interactions

Part Seven: Pathogenicity and Host Response 33. Innate Host Resistance 34. Adaptive Immunity 35. Pathogenicity and Infection Part Eight: Microbial Diseases, Detection, and Their Control 36. Clinical Microbiology and Immunology 37. Epidemiology and Public Health Microbiology 38. Human Diseases Caused by Viruses and Prions 39. Human Diseases Caused by Bacteria 40. Human Diseases Caused by Fungi and Protists Part Nine: Applied Microbiology 41. Microbiology of Food 42. Biotechnology and Industrial Microbiology 43. Applied Environmental Microbiology International Edition

PRESCOTT’S PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIOLOGY

by Joanne Willey Hofstra University, Linda Sherwood, Montana State University-Bozeman and Chris Woolverton, Kent State University-Kent

2009 (January 2008) / 960 pages ISBN: 9780077213411 ISBN: 9781259009532 [IE] www.mhhe.com/prescottprinciples Contents Part I: Introduction to Microbiology 1. The History and Scope of Microbiology 2. Microscopes and the Study of Microbial Structure 3. Procaryotic Cell Structure 4. Eucaryotic Cell Structure and Function 5. Viruses and Other Cellular Agents Part II: Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control 6. Microbial Nutrition 7. Microbial Growth 8. Control of Microorganisms by Physical and Chemical Agents Part III: Microbial Metabolism 9. Introduction to Metabolism 10. Catabolism. Energy Release and Conservation 11. Anabolism: The Use of Energy in Biosynthesis Part IV: Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics 12. Gene Structure, Replication, and Expression 13. Regulation of Gene Expression 14. Mechanisms of Genetic Variation 15. Microbial Genomics 16. Biotechnology and Industrial Microbiology Part V: The Diversity of The Microbial World 17. Microbial Evolution, Taxonomy, and Diversity 18. The Archaea 19. Deinococci and Nonproteobacteria Gram Negative Bacteria 20. Proteobacteria 21. Low G + C Gram Positive Bacteria 22. High G + C Gram Positive Bacteria 23. Eucaryotic Microbes 24. Viral Diversity Part VI: Ecology and Symbiosis 25. Biogeochemical Cycling and Introductory Microbial Ecology 26. Microorganisms in Natural Environments 27. Microbial Interactions Part VII: Host Defenses 28. Nonspecific (Innate) Host Resistance> 29. Specific (Adaptive) Immunity

63

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

64

Part VIII: Microbial Diseases and Their Control 30. Pathogenicity of Microorganisms 31. Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 32. Clinical Microbiology and Immunology 33. The Epidemiology of Infectious Disease Part IX: Applied Microbiology 34. Microbiology of Food 35. Industrial Microbiology

Introductory Microbiology: Non Majors - Textbooks

*9780073522593*

NEW

15. The Adaptive Immune Response 16. Host-Microbe Interactions 17. Immunologic Disorders 18. Applications of Immune Responses 19. Epidemiology 20. Antimicrobial Medications 21. Respiratory System Infections 22. Skin Infections 23. Wound Infections 24. Digestive System Infections 25. Blood and Lymphatic Infections 26. Nervous System Infections 27. Genitourinary Tract Infections 28. Microbial Ecology 29. Environmental Microbiology. Treatment of Water, Wastes, and Polluted Habitats 30. Food Microbiology

International Edition

NESTER’S MICROBIOLOGY

A Human Perspective, 8th Edition

by Denise G Anderson, University of Washington, Sarah Salm, Borough of Manhattan Community College, Deborah Allen, Jefferson College and Eugene W Nester, University of Washington

2016 (January 2015) / 896 pages ISBN: 9780073522593 ISBN: 9781259252020 [IE] Perfect for the non-major/allied health student (and also appropriate for mixed majors courses), this text provides a rock solid foundation in microbiology. By carefully and clearly explaining the fundamental concepts and offering vivid and appealing instructional art, Microbiology: A Human Perspective draws students back to their book again and again! The text has a concise and readable style, covers the most current concepts, and gives students the knowledge and mastery necessary to understand advances of the future. A body systems approach is used in the coverage of diseases. New to this edition •

HIV Disease and Complications and Immunodeficiency (former Chapter 28) material has been incorporated into appropriate chapters throughout the text. This allows the material to be discussed when more applicable.



Connect Question Bank – more images have been incorporated into questions found in Connect Question Bank.



Instructors manual include an Overview, Learning Outcomes, and answer keys will be provided.

Contents 1. Humans and the Microbial World 2. The Molecules of Life 3. Microscopy and Cell Structure 4. Dynamics of Microbial Growth 5. Control of Microbial Growth 6. Microbial Metabolism. Fueling Cell Growth 7. The Blueprint of Life, from DNA to Protein 8. Bacterial Genetics 9. Biotechnology and Recombinant DNA 10. Identifying and Classifying Microorganisms 11. The Diversity of Bacteria and Archaea 12. The Eukaryotic Members of the Microbial World 13. Viruses, Viroids and Prions 14. The Innate Immune Response

*9780078021046*

NEW

International Edition

MICROBIOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS

A Clinical Approach, 2nd Edition

by Marjorie Kelly Cowan, Miami University of Oh-Oxford and Jennifer Bunn

2016 (January 2015) / 736 pages ISBN: 9780078021046 ISBN: 9781259252334 [IE] Cowan’s Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach is The Perfect Fit to align with your course. Here’s why: •

The author team includes a practicing nurse to help students see how the content fits in their lives and relates to their future career on every page.



A briefer text means all core concepts are covered, but streamlined to better fit the length of your course.



A more modern, visual text and digital learning package fits with today’s students and the way they learn. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook.

Contents 1. Microbes: An Introduction 2. Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms 3. Prokaryotic Profiles: The Bacteria and Archaea 4. Eukaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 5. An Introduction to the Viruses 6. Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth 7. Microbial Metabolism 8. Microbial Genetics and Genetic Engineering 9. Physical and Chemical Control of Microbes 10. Drugs, Microbes, Host: The Elements of Chemotherapy 11. Microbe-Human Interactions: Infection and Disease 12. Host Defenses I: Overview and Nonspecific Defenses 13. Host Defenses II: Specific Immunity and Immunization 14. Disorders in Immunity 15. Diagnosing Infections 16. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Skin and Eyes 17. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Nervous System 18. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems 19. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Respiratory System 20. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Gastrointestinal Tract 21. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Genitourinary System 22. One Health: The Intersection of Animals, Humans and the Environment

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

*9780073402437* MICROBIOLOGY

NEW

A Systems Approach, 4th Edition by Marjorie Kelly Cowan, Miami University of OH-Oxford and Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena Area Community College

2015 (January 2014) / 896 pages ISBN: 9780073402437 ISBN: 9781259255762 [IE] www.mhhe.com/cowan4 Microbiology: A Systems Approach is a microbiology text for non-science/allied health majors with a body systems approach to the disease chapters. It is known for its engaging writing style, instructional art program and focus on active learning. Its unique organization in the disease chapters presents students with information in the way they would encounter it in a clinical setting, instead of separating disease information by taxonomy. The proven successful digital program including Connect, LearnSmart and SmartBook gives students access to one of the most effective and successful adaptive learning resources available on the market today. New to this edition •

End of chapter content is now tagged to the ASM Curricular standards in addition to Bloom’s taxonomy. Assess your students progress using this content in print or online and collect data on performance by level of difficulty or ASM’s national standards.



Multiple Choice and True-False Questions (Knowledge and Comprehension), and Critical Thinking Questions (Application and Analysis) precede the Synthesis-level Visual Understanding Questions (supplies a photo or a graphic that students have already seen, along with a thought-provoking question) and Concept Mapping Exercises (asks students to organize information in meaningful forms). Questions in the last two categories use images or content from previous chapters and pose queries that require students to combine knowledge from the new chapter with the knowledge they already have from an earlier one, supporting the book’s theme of “making connections.”



Chapter-opening Case Files for the 4th edition are all brand new! Help engage students in the content by helping them see how it applies to real life. The Continuing the Case boxes will help students follow the real-world applications of the chapter-opening Case File and appreciate and understand how microbiology impacts our lives on a daily bases. The solutions, or “wrap-ups” appear later at the end of the chapter, after the necessary elements have been presented.

Jennifer Herzog from Herkimer County Community College continues to add value to the team as our digital author. Jen has worked hand-in-hand with textbook author Kelly Cowan, creating online tools that truly complement and enhance the book’s content. She ensured that all key topics in the book have interactive, engaging activities spanning levels of Bloom’s taxonomy, and tied to Learning Outcomes in the book. Instructors can assign material based on what they cover in class, assess their students on the Learning Outcomes, and run reports indicating individual and/or class performance on a variety of data. WE are so excited to offer you a robust digital learning program, tied to learning outcomes and ASM standards, to enhance your lecture and lab, whether you run a traditional, hybrid or fully online course. Follow author Kelly Cowan on Twitter! @CowanMicro

Contents 1. The Main Themes of Microbiology 2. The Chemistry of Biology 3. Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms 4. Prokaryotic Profiles: The Bacteria and Archaea 5. Eukaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 6. An Introduction to the Viruses 7. Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth 8. Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical Crossroads of Life 9. Microbial Genetics 10. Genetic Engineering and Recombinant DNA 11. Physical and Chemical Control of Microbes 12. Drugs, Microbes, Host—The Elements of Chemotherapy 13. Microbe-Human Interactions: Infection and Disease 14. Host Defenses I: Overview and Nonspecific Defenses 15. Host Defenses II: Specific Immunity and Immunization 16. Disorders in Immunity 17. Diagnosing Infections 18. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Skin and Eyes 19. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Nervous System 20. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems 21. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Respiratory System 22. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Gastrointestinal Tract 23. Infectious Diseases Affecting the Genitourinary System 24. Environmental Microbiology 25. Applied Microbiology and Food and Water Safety

*9780073522609*

NEW

International Edition

FOUNDATIONS IN MICROBIOLOGY

9th Edition

by Kathleen Park Talaro and Barry Chess of Pasadena City College

2015 (January 2014) / 928 pages ISBN: 9780073522609 ISBN: 9781259255793 [IE] www.mhhe.com/talaro9e Talaro/Chess: Foundations in Microbiology is an allied health microbiology text for non-science majors with a taxonomic approach to the disease chapters. It offers an engaging and accessible writing style through the use of tools such as case studies and analogies to thoroughly explain difficult microbiology concepts. The newest of these features includes the Secret World of Microbes and Quick Search. We are so excited to offer a robust learning program with student-focused learning activities, allowing the student to manage their learning while you easily manage their assessment. Revised art and updated photos help concepts stand out. Detailed reports show how your assignments measure various learning objectives from the book (or input your own!), levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy or other categories, and how your students are doing. The Talaro Learning program will save you time while improving your students success in this course. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook, including SmartBook! New to this edition •

Every major section within each chapter now opens with a more highly focused Expected Learning Outcomes which are tightly correlated to digital course material. Instructors will be able to successfully measure student learning as it relates specifically to the learning outcomes.

65

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

66



Case Study Part I is a revised feature which is part of every chapter opening. Case Study Part II follows later in the text and is placed in the chapter next to relevant content which will help students follow the real-world applications of the chapter-opening Case Study Part I. A magnifying glass icon draws student focus to the feature and its chapter relevant content.



Systems Pathologies are succinct tables which allow students to see a quick view of what organisms may be involved in specific clinical presentations.



Secret World of Microbes are boxed features which highlight unusual aspects of microbes being featured within the chapter and placed within the spotlight for further connections by students. Many of the issues today within the news which are caused by a specific microbe are highlighted further connecting and applying content to real world scenarios for students.



Quick Search - this new features occurs close in the margin, next to the text it is highlighting, inviting students to search the internet for further information on the topic making the material more interactive.



Making Connections are a revised feature formerly known as Insights. These features relate specific microbes and utilize text and figures to assist student learning.



Crossroads of Life 9. Microbial Genetics 10. Genetic Engineering: A Revolution in Molecular Biology 11. Physical and Chemical Agents for Microbial Control 12. Drugs, Microbes, Host--The Elements of Chemotherapy 13. Microbe-Human Interactions: Infection and Disease 14. An Introduction to Host Defenses and Innate Immunities 15. Adaptive, Specific Immunity and Immunization 16. Disorders in Immunity 17. Procedures for Identifying Pathogens and Diagnosing Infections 18. The Gram-Positive and Gram-Negative Cocci of Medical Importance 19. The Gram-Positive Bacilli of Medical Importance 20. The Gram-Negative Bacilli of Medical Importance 21. Miscellaneous Bacterial Agents of Disease 22. The Fungi of Medical Importance 23. The Parasites of Medical Importance 24. Introduction to Viruses That Infect Humans: The DNA Viruses 25. The RNA Viruses That Infect Humans 26. Environmental Microbiology 27. Applied and Industrial Microbiology

*9780077731052*

End of Chapter questions are now divided into two levels:

FOUNDATIONS IN MICROBIOLOGY

Level I Knowledge and Comprehension - These questions require a working knowledge of the concepts in the chapter and the ability to recall and understand the information students have studied.

Basic Principles, 9th Edition by Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena City College

Level II Active Learning Questions - Application, Analysis, Evaluation, and Synthesis. These problems go beyond just restating facts and require higher levels of understanding and an ability to interpret, problem solve, transfer knowledge to new situations, create models, and predict outcomes. The ninth edition is unveiling an extension to a feature new within the eighth edition for the disease chapters called Pathogen Profiles. These are abbreviated snapshots of the major pathogens in each chapter. Each Profile includes a micrograph, a description of the microscopic morphology, identification descriptions, habitat information, virulence factors, primary infections/disease, a diagram of the affected systems, as well as control and treatment. With this ninth edition, we are so excited to have Professor Heidi Smith from Front Range Community College continue with the team as our digital author. Heidi has worked hand-in-hand with the textbook author, creating online tools that truly complement and enhance the book’s content. She ensured that all key topics in the book have interactive, engaging activities spanning levels of Bloom’s taxonomy, and tied to Learning Outcomes in the book. Instructors can now assign material based on what they cover in class, assess their students on the Learning Outcomes, and run reports indicating individual and/or class performance on a variety of data. Because of Heidi, we can continue to offer you a robust digital learning program, tied to learning outcomes, to enhance your lecture and lab, whether you run a traditional, hybrid or fully online course. Contents 1. The Main Themes of Microbiology 2. The Chemistry of Biology 3. Tools of the Laboratory: Methods of Studying Microorganisms 4. A Survey of Prokaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 5. A Survey of Eukaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 6. An Introduction to Viruses 7. Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth 8. An Introduction to Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical

NEW

International Edition

2015 (January 2014) / 608 pages ISBN: 9780077731052 ISBN: 9781259255809 [IE] www.mhhe.com/talaro9e Talaro/Chess: Foundations in Microbiology is an allied health microbiology text for non-science majors with a taxonomic approach to the disease chapters. It offers an engaging and accessible writing style through the use of tools such as case studies and analogies to thoroughly explain difficult microbiology concepts. The newest of these features includes the Secret World of Microbes and Quick Search. We are so excited to offer a robust learning program with student-focused learning activities, allowing the student to manage their learning while you easily manage their assessment. Revised art and updated photos help concepts stand out. Detailed reports show how your assignments measure various learning objectives from the book (or input your own!), levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy or other categories, and how your students are doing. The Talaro Learning program will save you time while improving your students success in this course. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook, including SmartBook! New to this edition •

This new edition’s design incorporates specific icons and headings to highlight each distinct feature, producing a cleaner and less compartmented layout.



The art program has been rendered in an enhanced, more colorful, and three-dimensional style.



Over 120 new or significantly revised figures and 180 new and replacement photographs have been added.



Insight boxes have been recast as features titled “Making Connections”, “Secret World of

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS



Microbes” and “Clinical Connections”. Several of these boxes are new to this edition and many have been rewritten or updated.



The authors converted the “Take Notes” concepts and set them as regular text under their own headings.



To integrate information from internet sites, the authors placed “Quick Search” motifs within the chapters that direct readers to interesting enrichment topics, videos, or animations that can be quickly accessed with a computer, smart phone, or tablet.



Also developed are several new illustrated tables to consolidate information and provide a comparative analysis of concepts such as microscopy, taxonomy, and symbiosis.



Revised pedagogy within the end of chapter material, which now includes two major levels of questions and review assessments, based on Elements of Bloom’s Taxonomy.



Level I, titled Knowledge and Comprehension, is designed to assess recall and understanding; and Level II , titled Application, Analysis, Evaluation, and Synthesis, requires skills in interpretation, problem solving, critical thinking, and creativity.



The check and assess modules at the end of each section have been changed to “Check Your



Progress” questions to focus attention on retaining key information covered in that section.



Questions throughout the chapters have been modified and compressed; new questions have been written for the case file reviews.



An illustration of the organs and systems that are affected by a pathogen has been added to each Pathogen Profile; additional Pathogens Profiles have been added to several chapters.



Case Files have been changed to Case Studies. Their presentation has been reorganized, with Part 1 appearing as the chapter opener and Part 2 placed at the end of the chapter before the summary. Part 3, Perspectives, has been moved to the Connect website.



Addition of color blocking for improving readability and separation of figure components.

Contents 1. The Main Themes of Microbiology 2. The Chemistry of Biology 3. Tools of the Laboratory: Methods of Studying Microorganisms 4. A Survey of Prokaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 5. A Survey of Eukaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 6. An Introduction to Viruses 7. Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth 8. An Introduction to Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical Crossroads of Life 9. Microbial Genetics 10. Genetic Engineering: A Revolution in Molecular Biology 11. Physical and Chemical Agents for Microbial Control 12. Drugs, Microbes, Host--The Elements of Chemotherapy 13. Microbe-Human Interactions: Infection, Disease, and Epidemiology 14. An Introduction to Host Defenses and Innate Immunities 15. Adaptive, Specific Immunity and Immunization 16. Disorders in Immunity 17. Procedures for Identifying Pathogens and Diagnosing Infections

Introductory Microbiology Lab Manual

*9781259293863* NEW LAB MANUAL FOR MICROBIOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS A Clinical Approach, 2nd Edition

by Steve Obenauf and Susan Finazzo of Broward College-Central

2016 (January 2015) / 352 pages ISBN: 9781259293863 This laboratory manual for allied health or general microbiology has been written with the student in mind. The authors have used their years of teaching microbiology and microbiology laboratory at all levels to identify and relate the fundamental concepts that are important to the understanding of the science and students’ success in their future field. They have included case studies to exemplify the relevance of the science and extensive visual imagery to help students understand and learn the content. Most importantly, the authors hope this manual will help students experience the thrill of bench science and share some of the enthusiasm they have for microbiology, a field of science that is dynamic, exciting and touches every aspect of your life. Contents Laboratory Overview: Introduction Laboratory Safety, Equipment, and Materials Basic Techniques 1. Use of the Microscope 2. Aseptic Techniques 3. Isolation Streak Plate Survey of the Microbial World 4. Microbial Phototrophs: Algae and Cyanobacteria 5. Protozoans 6. The Fungi 7. Motility: Hanging Drop Method Staining Techniques 8. Introduction to Staining 9. Negative Stain 10. Capsule Stain 11. Gram Stain 12. Acid-Fast Staining (Ziehl-Neelsen and Kinyoun Methods) 13. Endospore Stain (Schaeffer-Fulton Method) Media: Enriched, Differential, and Selective 14. Blood Agar 15. Mannitol Salt Agar 16. Eosin Methylene Blue Agar 17. MacConkey Agar 18. Evaluation of Media Growth 19. Standard Plate Count 20. Osmotic Growth 21. Aerotolerance 22. Catalase 23. Oxidase Control of Microbial Growth 24. Killing by Ultraviolet Light 25. Antimicrobial Susceptibility Test (Kirby-Bauer Method) 26. Hand Washing Diagnostic Genetics 27. DNA Fingerprinting Applied Genetics 28. Transformation

67

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

68

Microbes & Disease 29. Parasitic Protozoans 30. Parasitic Worms 31. Vectors of Disease

Labs brings meaningful scientific exploration to students by giving them an adaptive environment to practice the scientific method, enabling them to make mistakes safely and think critically about their findings. As a result, students come to lab better prepared and more likely to engage in the learning process. This revolutionary technology is available only from McGraw-Hill Education and for hundreds of course areas as part of the LearnSmart Advantage series.

Diagnostic Immunology 32. Gel Immunoprecipitation (Immunodiffusion) 33. Passive (Indirect) Agglutination Identifying Microbes 34. EnteroPluri-Test

www.learnsmartadvantage.com

Environmental Microbiology 35. Soil Microbiology Hydrolytic Enzymes 36. Dnase Test 37. Gelatin Hydrolysis 38. Starch Hydrolysis 39. Casien Hydrolysis Biochemical Testing 40. Phenol Red Broth 41. Triple Sugar Iron Agar 42. Litmus Milk 43. IMViC (Indole, Methyl Red, Voges-Proskauer, Citrate) 44. Urease Test 45. Nitrate Reduction Putting It All Together 46. Known Bacteria for Biochemical Testing 47. Identification of Unknown Bacteria Credits Index

McGraw-Hill Connect Microbiology strengthens the link between faculty, students, and coursework, helping everyone accomplish more in less time. Connect engages students in the course content so they are better prepared, are more active in discussion, and achieve better results.



Connect with the Brown/Smith lab manual allows instructors and students to use art and animations from the text for assignments and lectures. Instructors have access to a variety of resources including assignable and gradable preand post-lab questions, activities, lab skill videos and more.



For an eBook version of this manual, visit www. CourseSmart.com. With a CourseSmart eBook, students can save money, reduce their impact on the environment, and access powerful web tools for learning. Faculty can review and compare the full text online without having to wait for a review copy.

International Edition

Contents Part 1: Microscopy 1. Brightfield Microscopy 2. Darkfield Microscopy 3. Phase-Contrast Microscopy 4. Fluorescence Microscopy 5. Microscopic Measurements

BENSON’S MICROBIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS

Complete Version, 13th Edition

Part 2: Survey of Microorganisms 6. Microbiology of Pond Water--Protists, Algae, and Cyanobacteria 7. Ubiquity of Bacteria 8. The Fungi: Molds and Yeasts

by Alfred Brown, Auburn University-Auburn and Heidi Smith, Front Range CC-Fort Collins

Part 3: Manipulation of Microorganisms 9. Aseptic Technique 10. Pure Culture Techniques

*9780077668020*

NEW

2015 (January 2014) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780077668020 ISBN: 9781259252167 [IE] www.mhhe.com/benson13e Benson’s Microbiological Applications has been the gold standard of microbiology laboratory manuals for over 30 years. The 77 selfcontained, clearly-illustrated exercises, and four-color format with a wealth of added photographs makes this the ideal lab manual. Appropriate for either a majors or non-majors lab course, this manual assumes no prior organic chemistry course has been taken. New to this edition •



More than 60 new photographs added throughout the manual adds interest, relevance and helps students’ understanding.



Brand new design helps direct students through the manual and adds a modern, clean look to increase ease of use.



Introducing LearnSmart Labs™, correlated to applicable exercises in the manual.



Fueled by LearnSmart – the most widely used and intelligent adaptive learning resource – LearnSmart Labs is a highly realistic and adaptive simulated lab experience that allows students to “do and think” like a scientist. LearnSmart

Part 4: Staining and Observations of Microorganisms 11. Smear Preparation 12. Simple Staining 13. Negative Staining 14. Capsular Staining 15. Gram Staining 16. Spore Staining: Two Methods 17. Acid-Fast Staining: Kinyoun Method 18. Motility Determination Part 5: Culture Methods 19. Culture Media Preparation 20. Preparation of Stock Cultures 21. Enumeration of Bacteria: The Standard Plate Count 22. Slide Culture: Fungi Part 6: Bacterial Viruses 23. Determination of a Bacteriophage Titer 24. A One-Step Bacteriophage Growth Curve 25. Isolation of Phage from Flies 26. Phage Typing Part 7: Environmental Influences and Control of Microbial Growth 27. Effects of Oxygen on Growth 28. Temperature: Effects on Growth 29. pH and Microbial Growth

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

30. Water Activity and Osmotic Pressure 31. Ultraviolet Light: Lethal Effects 32. The Effects of Lysozyme on Bacterial Cells 33. Evaluation of Alcohol: Its Effectiveness as an Antiseptic 34. Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: The Kirby-Bauer Method 35. Evaluation of Antiseptics: The Filter Paper Disk Method 36. Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing Part 8: Identification of Unknown Bacteria 37. Morphological Study of An Unknown Bacterium 38. Cultural Characteristics 39. Physiological Characteristics: Oxidation and Fermentation Stet Reactions 40. Physiological Characteristics: Hydrolytic and Degradative Stet Reactions 41. Physiological Characteristics: Multiple Test Media 42. Use of Bergey’s Manual Part 9: Miniaturized Multitest Systems 43. Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The API 20E System 44. Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The Enterotube II System 45. O/F Gram-Negative Rods Identification: The Oxi/Ferm Tube II System 46. Staphylococcus Identification: The API Staph System Part 10: Diversity and Environmental Microbiology 47. Isolation of an Antibiotic Producer: The Streptomyces 48. Nitrogen Cycle: Ammonification 49. Symbiotic Nitrogen Fixation: Rhizobium 50. Free-Living Nitrogen Fixation: Azotobacter 51. Denitrification: Paracoccus denitrificans 52. The Winogradsky Column 53. Purple Nonsulfur Photosynthetic Bacteria 54. Sulfate Reducing Bacteria: Desulfovibrio 55. Bacterial Commensalism 56. Bacterial Synergism 57. Microbial Antagonism

*9780073402413* NEW BENSON’S MICROBIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS Short Version, 13th Edition

by Alfred Brown, Auburn University-Adburn and Heidi Smith, Front Range CC-Fort Collins

2015 (January 2014) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073402413 Benson’s Microbiological Applications has been the gold standard of microbiology lab manuals for over 30 years. The self-contained, clearly-illustrated exercises and fourcolor format makes this the ideal lab manual. Appropriate for either a majors or non-majors lab course, this manual assumes no prior organic chemistry has been taken. Use McGraw-Hill’s Learning Solutions to make this manual fit your exact course needs! Add or remove exercises, include your own material, reorder to fit your course - the possibilities are endless. New to this edition •

More than 60 new photographs added throughout the manual adds interest, relevance and helps students’ understanding.



Brand new design helps direct students through the manual and adds a modern, clean look to increase ease of use.



Introducing LearnSmart Labs™, correlated to applicable exercises in the manual.



Fueled by LearnSmart – the most widely used and intelligent adaptive learning resource – LearnSmart Labs is a highly realistic and adaptive simulated lab experience that allows students to “do and think” like a scientist. LearnSmart Labs brings meaningful scientific exploration to students by giving them an adaptive environment to practice the scientific method, enabling them to make mistakes safely and think critically about their findings. As a result, students come to lab better prepared and more likely to engage in the learning process. This revolutionary technology is available only from McGraw-Hill Education and for hundreds of course areas as part of the LearnSmart Advantage series.

Part 11: Applied Microbiology 58. Bacterial Food Counts 59. Bacteriological Examination of Water: Most Probable Number Determination 60. Bacteriological Examination of Water: The Membrane Filter Method 61. Reductase Test 62. Temperature: Lethal Effects 63. Microbial Spoilage of Canned Food 64. Microbiology of Alcohol Fermentation



Part 12: Bacterial Genetics and Biotechnology 65. Mutant Isolation by Replica Plating 66. Bacterial Transformation 67. Polymerase Chain Reaction for Amplifying DNA 68. Plasmid Isolation

McGraw-Hill Connect Microbiology strengthens the link between faculty, students, and coursework, helping everyone accomplish more in less time. Connect engages students in the course content so they are better prepared, are more active in discussion, and achieve better results.



Part 13: Medical Microbiology 69. The Staphylococci: Isolation and Identification 70. The Streptococci and Enterococci: Isolation and Identification 71. Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens 72. A Synthetic Epidemic

Connect with the Brown/Smith lab manual allows instructors and students to use art and animations from the text for assignments and lectures. Instructors have access to a variety of resources including assignable and gradable preand post-lab questions, activities, lab skill videos and more.



For an eBook version of this manual, visit www. CourseSmart.com. With a CourseSmart eBook, students can save money, reduce their impact on the environment, and access powerful web tools for learning. Faculty can review and compare the full text online without having to wait for a review copy.

Part 14: Immunology and Serology 73. Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing 74. Slide Agglutination Test for S. aureus 75. Slide Agglutination Test for Streptococcus 76. The Heterophile Antibody Test 77. Blood Grouping Appendices

www.learnsmartadvantage.com

69

70

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS Contents Part 1: Microscopy 1. Brightfield Microscopy 2. Darkfield Microscopy 3. Phase-Contrast Microscopy 4. Microscopic Measurements Part 2: Survey of Microorganisms 5. Microbiology of Pond Water--Protists, Algae, and Cyanobacteria 6. Ubiquity of Bacteria 7. The Fungi: Molds and Yeasts Part 3: Manipulation of Microorganisms 8. Aseptic Technique 9. Pure Culture Techniques Part 4: Staining and Observations of Microorganisms 10. Smear Preparation 11. Simple Staining 12. Negative Staining 13. Capsular Staining 14. Gram Staining 15. Spore Staining: Two Methods 16. Acid-Fast Staining: Kinyoun Method 17. Motility Determination

48. Temperature: Lethal Effects 49. Microbial Spoilage of Canned Food 50. Microbiology of Alcohol Fermentation Part 11: Medical Microbiology 51. The Staphylococci: Isolation and Identification 52. The Streptococci and Enterococci: Isolation and Identification 53. Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens 54. A Synthetic Epidemic Part 12: Immunology and Serology 55. Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing 56. Slide Agglutination Test for S. aureus 57. Slide Agglutination Test for Streptococcus 58. The Heterophile Antibody Test 59. Blood Grouping Appendices

*9780073402420* LABORATORY APPLICATIONS IN MICROBIOLOGY

A Case Study Approach, 3rd Edition

Part 5: Culture Methods 18. Culture Media Preparation 19. Enumeration of Bacteria: The Standard Plate Count 20. Slide Culture: Fungi Part 6: Bacterial Viruses 21. Determination of a Bacteriophage Titer 22. Isolation of Phage from Flies 23. Phage Typing Part 7: Environmental Influences and Control of Microbial Growth 24. Effects of Oxygen on Growth 25. Temperature: Effects on Growth 26. pH and Microbial Growth 27. Water Activity and Osmotic Pressure 28. Ultraviolet Light: Lethal Effects 29. The Effects of Lysozyme on Bacterial Cells 30. Evaluation of Alcohol: Its Effectiveness as an Antiseptic 31. Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: The Kirby-Bauer Method 32. Evaluation of Antiseptics: The Filter Paper Disk Method 33. Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing Part 8: Identification of Unknown Bacteria 34. Morphological Study of An Unknown Bacterium 35. Cultural Characteristics 36. Physiological Characteristics: Oxidation and Fermentation Stet Reactions 37. Physiological Characteristics: Hydrolytic and Degradative Stet Reactions 38. Physiological Characteristics: Multiple Test Media 39. Use of Bergey’s Manual Part 9: Miniaturized Multitest Systems 40. Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The API 20E System 41. Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The Enterotube II System 42. O/F Gram-Negative Rods Identification: The Oxi/Ferm Tube II System 43. Staphylococcus Identification: The API Staph System Part 10: Applied Microbiology 44. Bacterial Food Counts 45. Bacteriological Examination of Water: Most Probable Number Determination 46. Bacteriological Examination of Water: The Membrane Filter Method 47. Reductase Test

NEW

by Barry Chess, Pasadena City College

2015 (February 2014) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780073402420 www.mhhe.com/chess3e Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach includes a photo atlas with more than 250 full-color images! This lab uses real-life case studies as the basis for exercises in the laboratory. This is the only microbiology lab manual focusing on this means of instruction, an approach particularly applicable to the microbiology laboratory. The author has carefully organized the exercises so that students develop a solid intellectual base beginning with a particular technique, moving through the case study, and finally applying new knowledge to unique situations beyond the case study. New to this edition •

Labs have been rewritten and reformatted to allow students and instructors to jump right in without first spending time with a traditional case; instructors with limited lab time will find this especially helpful.



Didactic labs from the back of the manual have been combined with Case Study Labs in the front.



A new feature included in several labs, “There’s More to the Story…” moves beyond typical lab exercises and allows students the opportunity to design their own experiments, just as more advanced researchers do.



New cases keep the book current, reflect recent event in microbiology, and maintain student interest. Among those cases new to the third edition are:



Listeria monocytogenes outbreak linked to fresh cantaloupes. This incident was the third most deadly food related outbreak in U.S, history.



An investigation of fungal meningitis infections linked to contaminated steroids helps to underscore the risk seen in medications prepared by supposedly reputable pharmacies.



A Salmonella outbreak affecting 103 people in 38 states and eventually traced to a community college teaching laboratory is used to illustrate the importance of laboratory safety, even in the somewhat controlled environment of the classroom.

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS Contents Case Study Exercises 1. Safety Considerations in the Microbiology Laboratory 2. Microscopy and Measurement of Microscopic Specimens 3. Identification and Classification of Algae 4. Survey of Medically Important Protozoa 5. Identification and Classification of Fungi 6. Ubiquity of Microorganisms 7. Aseptic and Pure Culture Techniques 8. Simple Staining, Negative Staining, and Gram Staining 9. Endospore Staining 10. Acid-Fast and Endospore Staining 11. Acid-Fast Staining 12. Viable Plate Count 13. Cultivation of Anaerobes 14. Temperature Effects on Bacterial Growth and Survival 15. pH and Microbial Growth 16. Effects of Osmotic Pressure on Bacterial Growth 17. Lethal Effects of Ultraviolet Light 18. Evaluation of Disinfectants 19. Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing 20. Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: Kirby-Bauer, Tube Dilution, and E-Test Methods 21. Phage Typing of Bacteria 22. Simulated Epidemic 23. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 24. Bacterial Transformation 25. The Ames Test 26. DNA Extraction from Bacterial Cells 27. DNA Profiling 28. Measures of Water Quality: Most Probable Number Procedure 29. Measures of Water Quality: Membrane Filtration Method 30. Measures of Milk Quality: Methylene Blue Reductase Test 31. Bacterial Counts of Food 32. Isolation and Identification of Staphylococci 33. Isolation and Identification of Streptococci 34. Epidemiology of Gastrointestinal Illness: Differentiation of Enterobacteriaceae 35. Blood Typing 36. Differential White Blood 37. Slide Agglutination 38. Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) 39. Identification of Bacterial Unknowns 40. Colony Morphology 41. Growth in Solid and Liquid Media 42. Motilty Methods: Wet Mount and Hanging Drop 43. Flagella Stain 44. Streak-Plate Isolation 45. Loop Dilution 46. Spread-Plate 47. Fluid Thioglycollate Medium 48. Mannitol Salt Agar 49. MacConkey Agar 50. Desoxycholate Agar 51. Endo Agar 52. Eosin Methylene Blue Agar 53. Hektoen Enteric Agar 54. Xylose Lysine Desoxycholate Agar 55. Blood Agar 56. Motility Medium 57. SIM Medium 58. Kligler’s Iron Agar 59. Triple Sugar Iron Agar 60. Lysine Iron Agar 61. Litmus Milk 62. Oxidation-Fermentation Test

63. Phenol Red Broth 64. Purple Broth 65. Methyl Red and Voges-Proskauer Tests 66. Catalase Test 67. Oxidase Test 68. Nitrate Reduction Test 69. Coagulase Test 70. Citrate Test 71. Malonate Test 72. Decarboxylation Test 73. Phenylalanine Deaminase Test 74. Bile Esculin Test 75. Starch Hydrolysis 76. ONPG Test 77. Urease Test 78. Casease Test 79. Gelatinase Test 80. DNase Test 81. Lipase Test 82. CAMP Test 83. PYR Test 84. API 20E System 85. Enterotube II System 86. Antibiotic Disk Sensitivity Tests 87. B-Lactamase Test 88. Viable Plate Count 89. Direct Cell Count Appendix A: Spectrophotometric Determination of Bacterial Growth: Use of the Spectrophotometer Appendix B: Use of Pipettes in the Laboratory Appendix C: Preparation of Culture Media Appendix D: Media, Reagents, and Stain Formulas Appendix E: Data Sheet for Unknown Identification

LABORATORY EXERCISES IN MICROBIOLOGY

9th Edition

by John Harley, Eastern Kentucky University

2014 (January 2013) ISBN: 9780077510558 Laboratory Exercises in Microbiology, Ninth Edition was designed and written to be directly correlated to Prescott’s Microbiology, Ninth Edition, by Joanne M. Willey, Linda M. Sherwood, and Christopher J. Woolverton. The class-tested exercises are modular to allow instructors to easily incorporate them into their course. This balanced introduction to each area of microbiology now also has accompanying Connect content for additional homework and assessment opportunities. CONTENTS Part One: Microscopic Techniques 1. Bright-Field Light Microscope and Microscopic Measurement of Organisms 2. The Hanging Drop Slide and Bacterial Motility 3. Dark-Field Light Microscope 4. Phase-Contrast Light Microscope 5. Fluorescence Microscope Part Two: Bacterial Morphology and Staining 6. Negative Staining 7. Smear Preparation and Simple Staining 8. Gram Stain 9. Acid-Fast Staining (Ziehl-Neelsen and Kinyoun) Procedures 10. Endospore Staining (Schaeffer-Fulton or Wirtz-Conklin) 11. Capsule Staining 12. Flagella Staining: West and Difco’s SpotTest Methods

71

72

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

Part Three: Basic Laboratory And Culture Techniques 13. Sterilization And Microbiological Culture Media Preparation 14. Culture Transfer Instruments, Techniques, And Isolation And Maintenance Of Pure Cultures 15. Spread-Plate Technique 16. The Streak-Plate Technique: Selective And Differential Media 17. Pour-Plate Technique 18. Cultivation Of Anaerobic Bacteria 19. Determination Of Bacterial Numbers Part Four: Biochemical Activities Of Bacteria 20. Carbohydrates I: Fermentation And Β-Galactosidase Activity 21. Carbohydrates Ii: Triple Sugar Iron Agar Test 22. Carbohydrates Iii: Starch Hydrolysis 23. Lipids: Lipid Hydrolysis 24. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes I: Hydrogen Sulfide Production And Motility 25. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes Ii: The Imvic Tests 26. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes Iii: Casein Hydrolysis 27. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes Iv: Gelatin Hydrolysis 28. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes V: Catalase Activity 29. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes Vi: Coagulase And Dnase Activity 30. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes Vii: Oxidase Test And Bioluminescence 31. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes Viii: Urease Activity 32. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes Ix: Lysine And Ornithine Decarboxylase Tests 33. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes X: Phenylalanine Deamination 34. Proteins, Amino Acids, And Enzymes Xi: Nitrate Reduction Part Five: Rapid Multitest Systems 35. The Api® 20E System 36. The Enterotube® Ii System Part Six: Unknown Identification 37. Using The First Edition Of Bergey’s Manual Of Systematic Bacteriology To Identify Bacteria 38. General Unknown Part Seven: Environmental Factors Affecting Growth Of Microorganisms 39. Temperature 40. Ph 41. Osmotic Pressure 42. The Effects Of Chemical Agents On Bacteria I: Disinfectants And Other Antimicrobial Products 43. The Effects Of Chemical Agents On Bacteria Ii: Antimicrobial Agents (Kirby-Bauer Method) And The Etest® 44. Hand Washing, Environmental Sampling, And Microbiological Monitoring 45. Determination Of A Bacterial Growth Curve: Classical And Two-Hour Methods Part Eight: Environmental And Food Microbiology 46. Standard Coliform Most Probable Number (Mpn) Test And Colilert®-18 Coliform Test 47. Membrane Filter Technique For Coliforms And Fecal Streptococci; Konfirmtm Test For Fecal Coliforms 48. Isolation Of Escherichia Coli Bacteriophages From Sewage And Determining Bacteriophage Titers 49. Enumeration Of Soil Microorganisms 50. Bacterial Count Of A Food Product 51. Examination Of Milk For Bacteria Part Nine: Medical Microbiology 52. Hemagglutination Reactions: Blood Groups 53. Isolation Of Normal Microbiota From The Human Body 54. Staphylococci 55. Pneumococci 56. Streptococci

57. Neisseriae 58. Aerobic And Anaerobic Endospore-Forming Bacteria Part Ten: Survey Of Selected Eucaryotic Microorganisms 59. Fungi (Eumycota) I: Yeasts 60. Fungi (Eumycota) Ii: Zygomycota (Zygomycetes), Ascomycota (Ascomycetes), And Basidiomycota (Basidiomycetes) Part Eleven: Microbial Genetics And Genomics 61. Bacterial Mutation 62. Bacterial Transformation 63. Bacterial Conjugation: The Transfer Of Antibiotic-Resistant Plasmids 64. Isolation Of Genomic Dna From Baker’s Yeast (Saccharomyces Cerevisiae) 65. Isolation And Purifi Cation Of Genomic Dna From Escherichia Coli Part Twelve: Scientific Inquiry 66. Independent Group Projects 67. Case Studies Appendix A: Dilutions With Sample Problems Appendix B: Transmission-Absorbance Table For Spectrophotometry Appendix C: Logarithms; Ph And Ph Indicators Appendix D: Scientifi C Notation Appendix E: Identifi Cation Charts Appendix F: Reagents, Solutions, Stains, And Tests Appendix G: Culture Media Appendix H Sources And Maintenance Of Microbiological Stock Cultures Appendix I: Laboratory Skills and Laboratory Thinking Skills Appendix J: Orientation to the Laboratory: Rules of Conduct and General Safety Appendix K: Summary of Universal Precautions and Laboratory Safety Procedures Appendix L: Biosafety Level (BSL) Index

LABORATORY MANUAL AND WORKBOOK IN MICROBIOLOGY

Applications to Patient Care, 11th Edition by Josephine A Morello, University of Chicago, Paul A Granato, SUNY Health Science Center and Verna Morton, Cox Health

2014 (September 2013) / 336 pages ISBN: 9780073402390 The emphasis of this lab manual is on the basic principles of diagnostic microbiology for students preparing to enter an allied health field. Students are led through a series of exercises that allow them to learn basic microbiology techniques and to practice safety in the laboratory and hospital environment. It remains oriented primarily toward meeting the interests and needs of those who will be directly involved in patient care and who wish to learn how microbiological principles should be applied in the practice of their professions. The authors have emphasized the purposes and function of the clinical microbiology laboratory in the diagnosis of infectious diseases. The exercises illustrate as simply as possible the nature of laboratory procedures used for isolation and identification of infectious agents as well as the principles of asepsis, disinfection and sterilization. Attention is given to the role of the health professional in regard to appropriate collection of clinical specimens and the applications of aseptic and disinfectant techniques as they relate to patient care.

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS Contents 1. The Microscope 2. Handling and Examining Cultures 3. Simple Stains, Hanging Drop, and Wet-Mount Preparations Experiment 3.1 Preparing a Simple Stain Experiment 3.2 Preparing a Hanging Drop Experiment 3.3 Preparing a Wet Mount 4. Gram Stain 5. Acid-Fast Stain 6. Special Stains Experiment 6.1 Staining Bacterial Endospores (Schaeffer-Fulton Method) Experiment 6.2 Flagella and Capsule Stains 7. Culture Media 8. Streaking Technique to Obtain Pure Cultures 9. Pour Plate and Subculture Techniques Experiment 9.1 Pour-Plate Technique Experiment 9.2 Subculture Technique (Picking Isolated Colonies for Pure Cultures) Part Two: Destruction of Microorganisms Physical Antimicrobial Agents Chemical Antimicrobial Agents Exercises 10. Moist and Dry Heat Experiment 10.1 Moist Heat Experiment 10.2 Dry Heat Experiment 10.3 Incineration 11. The Autoclave 12. Disinfectants Case Study: A Lesson Learned—Follow Proper Procedures for the Disinfection of Equipment 13. Antimicrobial Agent Susceptibility Testing and Resistance Experiment 13.1 Disk Agar Diffusion Method Experiment 13.2 Broth Dilution Method: Determining Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (MIC) Experiment 13.3 Bacterial Resistance to Antimicrobial Agents Part Three: Diagnostic Microbiology in Action General Considerations Microbiology at the Bedside Collection and Transport of Clinical Specimens for Culture Precautions for Handling Specimens and Cultures Normal Flora of the Body Principles of Diagnostic Microbiology Exercises 14. Primary Media for Isolation of Microorganisms 15. Some Metabolic Activities of Bacteria Experiment 15.1 Simple Carbohydrate Fermentations Experiment 15.2 Starch Hydrolysis Experiment 15.3 The Indole Test Experiment 15.4 Use of Kligler Iron Agar 16. Activities of Bacterial Enzymes Experiment 16.1 The Activity of Urease Experiment 16.2 The Activity of Catalase Experiment 16.3 The Activity of Oxidase Experiment 16.4 The Activity of Deoxyribonuclease (DNase) Experiment 16.5 The Activity of a Deaminase 17. Principles of Antigen Detection and Nucleic Acid Assays for Detection and Identification of Microorganisms 18. Staphylococci Experiment 18.1 Isolation and Identification of Staphylococci Experiment 18.2 Staphylococci in the Normal Flora Case Study: Community-Acquired Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus 19. Streptococci, Pneumococci, and Enterococci Experiment 19.1 Identification of Group A Streptococci (Streptococcus pyogenes) Case Study: A Case of Pharyngitis

Experiment 19.2 The CAMP Test for Group B Streptococci (Streptococcus agalactiae) Experiment 19.3 Identification of Pneumococci (Streptococcus pneumoniae) Case Study: A Case of Pneumonia with Meningitis Experiment 19.4 Identification of Enterococci Experiment 19.5 Streptococci in the Normal Flora 20. Haemophilus, Corynebacteria, and Bordetella Experiment 20.1 Haemophilus Experiment 20.2 Corynebacteria Experiment 20.3 Bordetella Case Study: A School-Associated Pertussis Outbreak 21. Clinical Specimens from the Respiratory Tract Experiment 21.1 Laboratory Diagnosis of a Sore Throat Experiment 21.2 Laboratory Diagnosis of Bacterial Pneumonia Experiment 21.3 Antimicrobial Susceptibility Test of an Isolate from a Clinical Specimen 22. The Enterobacteriaceae (Enteric Bacilli) and Other Clinically Important Gram-Negative Bacilli Experiment 22.1 Identification of Pure Cultures of Enterobacteriaceae from the Normal Intestinal Flora Experiment 22.2 Isolation Techniques for Enteric Pathogens Case Study: A Case of Diarrhea Experiment 22.3 Identification Techniques for Enteric Pathogens Experiment 22.4 Serological Identification of Enteric Organisms Experiment 22.5 Techniques to Distinguish Nonfermentative Gram-Negative Bacilli from Enterobacteriaceae Experiment 22.6 Rapid Methods for Bacterial Identification 23. Clinical Specimens from the Intestinal Tract Experiment 23.1 Culturing a Fecal Sample Experiment 23.2 Identification of an Unknown Enteric Organism Experiment 23.3 Antimicrobial Susceptibility Test of an Enteric Organism 24. Urine Culture Techniques Experiment 24.1 Examination and Qualitative Culture of Voided Urine Experiment 24.2 Quantitative Urine Culture Case Study: A Case of Cystitis 25. Neisseria and Spirochetes Experiment 25.1 Neisseria Experiment 25.2 Spirochetes Case Study: A Case of a Patient with a Bull’s-Eye Skin Lesion 26. Clinical Specimens from Blood Case Study: Three Patients with Positive Blood Cultures Part Four: Microbial Pathogens Requiring Special Laboratory Techniques; Serodiagnosis of Infectious Disease; Principles and Practices of Infection Prevention Exercises 27. Anaerobic Bacteria Case Study: A Case of Diarrhea in a Hospitalized Patient 28. Mycobacteria Experiment 28.1 Microscopic Morphology of Mycobacterium tuberculosis Experiment 28.2 Culturing a Sputum Specimen for Mycobacteria 254 Case Study: A Case of Pneumonia in a Patient with Chronic Alcoholism 29. Mycoplasmas, Rickettsiae, Chlamydiae, Viruses, and Prions 30. Fungi:Yeasts and Molds 31. Protozoa and Animal Parasites 32. Serodiagnosis of Infectious Disease 33. Principles and Practices of Infection Prevention Experiment 33.1 Nasal Surveillance Cultures for MRSA

73

74

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

STDs / AIDS

AIDS UPDATE 2014

23rd Edition

by Gerald J Stine, University of North Florida

2014 (December 2013) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073527680 www.mhhe.com/specialtopics Aids Update 2014 presents a balanced review of current research and information on HIV infection, HIV disease, and AIDS. AIDS UPDATE 2014 places this discussion within a biological, medical, and social framework. Unique to this textbook is the historical presentation of HIV/AIDS in terms of dates, times, and locations, as well as the meaning of those events in scientific, political, and social terms. Contents Thirty Three Years of HIV/AIDS and Counting: A Humanitarian Crisis 1. AIDS: Defining the Disease and Finding Its Cause 2. What Causes AIDS: Origin of the AIDS Virus 3. Biological Characteristics of HIV 4. Anti-HIV Therapy 5. The Immunology of HIV Disease/AIDS 6. Opportunistic Infections and Cancers Associated with HIV 7. A Profile of Biological Indicators for HIV Disease, Progression to AIDS, and Hope 8. Epidemiology and Transmission of the Human 9. Preventing the Transmission of HIV 10. Prevalence of HIV Infections, AIDS Cases, and Deaths among 11. Prevalence of HIV Infection andAIDS Cases among Women and Children 12. Prevalence of HIV Infection andAIDS among Young Adults, Ages 13 to 24 13. Testing for Human Immunodeficiency Virus 14. AIDS and Society: Knowledge, Attitudes, and Behavior Summary Review Questions Answers to Review Questions Glossary References Index

succinct writing students are presented fundamental molecular biology concepts. Contents Introduction 1. A Brief History 2. The Molecular Nature of Genes 3. An Introduction to Gene Function Methods of Molecular Biology 4. Molecular Cloning Methods 5. Molecular Tools for Studying Genes and Gene Activity Transcription in Prokaryotes 6. The Mechanism of Transcription in Prokaryotes 7. Operons: Fine Control of Prokaryotic Transcription 8. Major Shifts in Prokaryotic Transcription 9. DNA-Protein Interactions in Prokaryotes Transcription in Eukaryotes 10. Eukaryotic RNA Polymerases and Their Promoters 11. General Transcription Factors in Eukaryotes 12. Transcription Activators in Eukaryotes 13. Chromatin Structure and Its Effects on Transcription Posttranscriptional Events 14. Messenger RNA Processing I: Splicing 15. Messenger RNA Processing II: Capping and Polyadenylation 16. Other RNA Processing Events Translation 17. The Mechanism of Translation I: Initiation 18. The Mechanism of Translation II: Elongation and Termination 19. Ribosomes and Transfer RNA DNA Replication, Recombination, and Transposition 20. DNA Replication I: Basic Mechanism and Enzymology 21. DNA Replication II: Detailed Mechanism 22. Homologous Recombination 23. Transposition Genomes 24. Genomics and Proteomics

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY by William Stansfield, California State Polytechnic University

1996 / 384 pages ISBN: 9780070608986 (A Schaum’s Publication)

Molecular Biology International Edition

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

5th Edition

by Robert Weaver, University of Kansas-Lawrence

2012 (February 2011) / 912 pages ISBN: 9780073525327 ISBN: 9780071316866 [IE] www.mhhe.com/weaver5 Molecular Biology, 4/e by Robert Weaver, is designed for an introductory course in molecular biology. Molecular Biology 5/e focuses on the fundamental concepts of molecular biology emphasizing experimentation. In particular author, Rob Weaver, focuses on the study of genes and their activities at the molecular level. Through the combination of excellent illustrations and clear,

CONTENTS 1. Cells 2. Biomacromolecules 3. Chromosomes 4. Transcription and Gene Regulation 5. Translation 6. Mutations 7. The Genetics of Bacteria and Their Viruses 8. Genetic Engineering / Recombinant DNA Technology 9. Nucleic Acid Manipulations 10. Eukaryotic Cells and Their Viruses 11. Cellular Communication 12. Development in Multicellular Organisms 13. The Immune System 14. Molecular Evolution.

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

Developmental Biology / Embryology International Edition

ANALYSIS OF BIOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT

2nd Edition

by Klaud Kalthoff, University of Texas at Austin

2001 /816 pages ISBN: 9780071253567 [IE] www.mhhe.com/kalthoff CONTENTS Part I: From Gametogenesis to Histogenesis 1. Analysis of Development 2. The Role of Cells in Development 3. Gametogenesis 4. Fertilization 5. Cleavage 6. Cell Fate, Potency and Determination 7. Genomic Equivalence and the Cytoplasmic Environment 8. Localized Cytoplasmic Determinants 9. Axis Formation and Mesoderm Induction 10. Gastrulation 11. Cell Adhesion and Morphogenesis 12. Organogenesis 13. Ectodermal Organs 14. Endodermal and Mesodermal Organs Part II: Control of Gene Expression in Development 15. The Use of Mutants and Transgenic Organisms in the Analysis of Development 16. Transcriptional Control 17. RNA Processing 18. Translational Control and Post-translational Modifications 19. Genetic and Paragenetic Information Part III: Current Topics in Developmental Biology 20. Cell Differentiation 21. Pattern Formation and Embryonic Fields 22. Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Pattern Formation in the Drosophila Embryo 23. Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Vertebrate Development 24. Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Pattern Formation in Plants 25. Experimental and Genetic Analysis of Caenorhabditis elegans Development 26. Sex Determination 27. Hormonal Control of Development 28. Organismic Growth and Oncogenes

Genetics

*9780073525358* CONCEPTS OF GENETICS

NEW

2nd Edition

by Robert J Brooker, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis

2016 (February 2015) / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073525358 Concepts of Genetics is a one semester introductory genetics text that explains genetics concepts in a concise, engaging and up-to-date manner. Rob Brooker, author of market leading texts in Genetics and Intro Biology for majors, brings his clear and accessible writing style to this briefer genetics text. He employs the use of experimentation and stresses the fundamentals of the Scientific Method in presenting genetics concepts, then further engages the reader through the use of formative assessment to assist the student in understanding the core genetic principles. The introduction of Learning Outcomes throughout the chapter in the 2nd edition helps the student focus on the key concepts presented in the chapter. Concepts of Genetics, 2e also stresses developing problem-solving skills with the new feature “Genetic TIPS” that breaks a problem down into conceptual parts (Topic, Information, Problem-Solving Strategy) to help students work through the answer. The 2nd edition will be more focused on core concepts with the narrowing of book content by eliminating specialty chapters that many courses do not have time to cover in detail (the full chapters on Developmental Genetics and Evolutionary Genetics—these general topics are discussed elsewhere, but not in the amount of detail in the first edition). The author has added new information regarding epigenetics and material on personalized medicine. The integration of the genetics text and the power of digital world are now complete with McGraw-Hill’s ConnectPlus including LearnSmart. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to SmartBook and to the full online ebook version of the textbook. New to this edition •

Learning Outcomes at the section level followed by sectionrelated review questions



New! Genetics TIPS to help develop problem-solving skills



New! LearnSmart and SmartBook Concepts of Genetics, 2e is now supported with LearnSmart and SmartBook—the online, adaptive, diagnostic tool that will help students tackle key concepts in an adaptive manner that provides individualized assessment.

Contents Part I: Introduction 1. Overview Of Genetics Part II: Patterns Of Inheritance 2. Reproduction And Chromosome Transmission 3. Mendelian Inheritance 4. Sex Determination And Sex Chromosomes 5. Extensions Of Mendelian Inheritance 6. Extranuclear Inheritance, Imprinting, And Maternal Effect 7. Genetic Linkage And Mapping In Eukaryotes 8. Variation In Chromosome Structure And Number 9. Genetics Of Bacteria 10. Genetics Of Viruses Part III: Molecular Structure And Replication Of The Genetic Material 11. Molecular Structure of DNA and RNA 12. Molecular Structure and Organization of Chromosomes 13. DNA Replication

75

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

76

Part IV: Molecular Properties Of Genes 14. Gene Transcription and RNA Modification 15. Translation of mRNA 16. Gene Regulation in Bacteria 17. Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes 18. Gene Mutation and DNA Repair Part V: Genetic Technologies 19. Recombination, Immunogenetics, and Transposition 20. Recombinant DNA Technology 21. Biotechnology 22. Genomics I: Analysis of DNA 23. Genomics II: Functional Genomics, Proteomics, and Bioinformatics Part Vi: Genetic Analysis Of Individuals And Populations 24. Medical Genetics and Cancer 25. Population Genetics 26. Quantitative Genetics

*9780073525341* GENETICS

NEW

Analysis and Principles, 5th Edition by Robert J Brooker, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis

2015 (January 2014) / 864 pages ISBN: 9780073525341 www.mhhe.com/brookergenetics5e Genetics: Analysis and Principles is a one-semester, introductory genetics textbook that takes an experimental approach to understanding genetics. By weaving one or two experiments into the narrative of each chapter, students can simultaneously explore the scientific method and understand the genetic principles that have been learned from these experiments. Rob Brooker, author of market leading texts in Genetics and Intro Biology for majors, brings his clear and accessible writing style to this latest edition. Rob Brooker, author of market leading texts in Genetics and Intro Biology for majors, brings his clear and accessible writing style to this latest edition. New to this edition •



Flipping the Classroom: A recent trend in science education that makes the classroom learner-centered as oppsed to teacher-centered. This typically gives students more responsibility for understanding the textbook material on their own. Overall, the pedagogy of Genetics, Analysis & Principles, fifth edition, has been designed to foster student learning. Instead of being a collection of “facts and figures,” the text is intended to be an engaging and motivating textbook in which formative assessment allows students to move ahead and learn the material in a productive way. Formative Assessment: A large part of Flipping the Classroom, Foramative Assessment allows students to gauge how well they are mastering the material. Formative Assessment is provided in multiple ways: • Section-Ending Multiple Choice Questions • Concept Check Questions for figures • Extensive End -0f-Chapter Questions • Additional Questions at text website • Connect and LearnSmart



Chapter Organization: Many chapters have been divided into more sections that are shorter in length allowing students to see the big picture of each topic while also providing more formative assessment.



Two NEW Chapters: Although the overall length of the fifth edition is no longer than the previous edition, two new chapters have been added: Chapter 16. Eukaryotic Gene Regulation II: Epigenetics and Regulation at the RNA Level; and Chapter 17 Genetics of Viruses.



LearnSmart and SmartBook: Offered for the first time in Genetics! LearnSmart is an integrated feature of Connect and provides students with a GPS (Guided Path to Success) in the course. Using artificial intelligence, LearnSmart intelligently assesses a student’s knowledge of course content through a series of adaptive questions and maps out a personalized study plan for success. SmartBook engages students with a personalized reading experiences, highlighting what content the student needs to study by identifying what they know, what they don’t know and what they are most likely to forget.

Contents Part I: Introduction 1. Overview of Genetics Part II: Patterns Of Inheritance 2. Mendelian Inheritance 3. Reproduction and Chromosome Transmission 4. Extensions of Mendelian Inheritance 5. Non-Mendelian Inheritance 6. Genetic Linkage and Mapping in Eukaryotes 7. Genetic Transfer and Mapping in Bacteria and Bacteriophages 8. Variation in Chromosome Structure and Number Part Iii: Molecular Structure And Replication Of The Genetic Material 9. Molecular Structure of DNA and RNA 10. Chromosome Organization and Molecular Structure 11. DNA Replication Part Iv: Molecular Properties Of Genes 12. Gene Transcription and RNA Modification 13. Translation of mRNA 14. Gene Regulation in Bacteria 15. Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes I: Transcriptional Regulation 16. Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes II: Epigenetics and Regulation at the RNA Level 17. Genetics of Viruses 18. Gene Mutation and DNA Repair 19. Recombination and Transposition at the Molecular Level Part V: Genetic Technologies 20. Recombinant DNA Technology 21. Biotechnology 22. Genomics I: Analysis of DNA 23. Genomics II: Functional Genomics, Proteomics, and Bioinformatics Part Vi: Genetic Analysis Of Individuals And Populations 24. Medical Genetics and Cancer 25. Developmental Genetics 26. Population Genetics 27. Quantitative Genetics

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

*9780073525310*

NEW

International Edition

GENETICS

From Genes to Genomes, 5th Edition by Leland Hartwell, Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, Michael L Goldberg, Cornell University-Ithaca, Janice Fischer, University of Texas at Austin and Charles (Chip) Aquadro

2015 (September 2014) / 816 pages ISBN: 9780073525310 ISBN: 9781259095542 [IE] Genetics: From Genes to Genomes is a cutting-edge, introductory genetics text authored by an unparalleled author team, including Nobel Prize winner, Leland Hartwell. The 5th edition continues to build upon the integration of Mendelian and molecular principles, providing students with the links between the early understanding of genetics and the new molecular discoveries that have changed the way the field of genetics is viewed. New to this edition •

An Unparalleled Author Team: including Nobel prizewinning yeast specialist, Leland Hartwell; leading Drosophila expert, Michael Goldberg; Drosophila research specialist and award-winning educator, Janice Fischer; and leading population specialist, Charles (Chip) Aquadro.



The 5th Edition Represents A Major Revision: Coverage of every topic was clarified and updated. Over 200 Figures and Tables are completely new, many more figures and tables were revised. Chapters 9, 10, were re-worked to include (but not limited to): Chapter 9: Digital Analysis of Genomes • Complete revision includes some material from Chapters 9, 10, and 20 of the 4th edition. • Outmoded techniques (i.e., Southern blotting) replaced by new technologies (automated DNA sequencing; bioinformatics). Chapter 10: Analyzing Genomic Information • Complete revision of Chapter 11 in the 4th edition. • Updated description of polymorphism types (SNPs, InDels, SSRs). • Updated analysis of PCR products of sequencing. • Updated coverage of forensic DNA fingerprinting. • In-depth coverage of positional cloning. • New section on high-throughput DNA sequencing of whole genomes to identify disease genes. • Two New Chapters - Chapter 17 (Manipulation of Eukaryotic Genomes) and Chapter 21 (Complex Traits and Human Evolution) - are included.

Contents 1. Genetics: The Study of Biological Information 2. Mendel’s Principles of Heredity 3. Extensions to Mendel’s Laws 4. The Chromosome Theory of Inheritance 5. Linkage, Recombination, and the Mapping of Genes on Chromosomes 6. DNA Structure, Replication, and Recombination 7. Anatomy and Function of a Gene: Dissection Through Mutation 8. Gene Expression: The Flow of Information from DNA to RNA to Protein 9. Digital Analysis of Genomes 10. Analyzing Genomic Variation

11. The Eukaryotic Chromosome 12. Chromosomal Rearrangements and Changes in Chromosome Number 13. Bacterial Genetics 14. Organellar Inheritance 15. Gene Regulation in Prokaryotes 16. Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes 17. Manipulating the Genomes of Eukaryotes 18. The Genetic Analysis of Development 19. The Genetics of Cancer 20. Variation and Selection in Populations 21. Genetics of Complex Traits

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GENETICS

5th Edition

by Susan Elrod, California Polytechnic State University - San Luis Obispo

2010 (February 2010) / 560 pages ISBN: 9780071625036 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Outline of Genetics provides a systematic review of anatomy and physiology with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow you to work on your own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include comprehensive review of the chromosome theory of heredity, linkage, gene interactions, maternal inheritance, molecular knowledge, transmission genetics, and the biochemical basis of heredity. Contents 1. The Physical Basis of Heredity 2. Patterns of Inheritance 3. The Biochemical Casis of Heredity 4. Genetic Interactions 5. The Genetics of Sex 6. Linkage and Chromosome Mapping 7. Cytogenetics 8. Quantitative Genetics 9. Population Genetics and Evolution 10. Genetics of Bacteria 11. Viruses, Transposable Elements, and Cancer 12. Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology 13. The Molecular Biology of Eukaryotes

77

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS

78

Human Genetics

*9780073525365*

NEW

International Edition

Part 6: Genetic Technology 19. Genetic Technologies: Patenting, Modifying, and Monitoring DNA 20. Genetic Testing and Treatment 21. Reproductive Technologies 22. Genomics

HUMAN GENETICS

11th Edition

by Ricki Lewis, Albany Medical College

2015 (September 2014) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073525365 ISBN: 9781259095634 [IE] Today, human genetics is for everyone. It is about variation more than about illnesses, and increasingly about the common rather than about the rare. Once an obscure science or an occasional explanation for an odd collection of symptoms, human genetics is now part of everyday conversation. By coming to know genetic backgrounds, people can control their environments in more healthy ways. Genetic knowledge is, therefore, both informative and empowering. The 10th edition of Human Genetics: Concepts and Applications shows students how and why that is true. New to this edition Accurate and updated: Cutting-edge scientific coverage is incorporated throughout the book. Dr. Lewis’ experience as a scientific journalist enables her to keep current with breaking topics in genetics, giving students the most up-to-date human genetics text on the market. Updates to this edition include:

Professional References

MICROBIOLOGY DEMYSTIFIED

2nd Edition

by Tom Betsy and James Keogh

2012 (April 2012) / 320 pages ISBN: 9780071761093 (A Professional Reference Title) This practical guide eases you into this field of science, starting at the cell level. As you progress, you will master microbiology essentials such as bacteria, algae, viruses, pasteurization, and more. You will understand the difference between friendly and unfriendly microorganisms as well as the microscope’s role in shaping microbiology. Detailed examples make it easy to understand the material, and end-of-chapter quizzes and a final exam help reinforce key ideas. It’s a no-brainer! You’ll learn about: •

Classification of microorganisms



Genetic tests, from preconception to old age



Immunology



Disease-in-a-dish stem cell technology



Germ theory



From Mendel to molecules: family exome analysis



Recombinant DNA technology



Allelic diseases: one gene, more than one disease



Pathogens



Admixture of archaic and modern humans



E.coli



Gene silencing and genome editing



Antiseptics



Cancer genomes guide treatment



The reemergence of gene therapy



Personal genome sequencing: promises and limitations

Contents Part 1: Introduction 1. What is in a Human Genome? 2. Cells 3. Meiosis, Development and Aging Part 2: Transmission Genetics 4. Single-Gene Inheritance 5. Beyond Mendel’s Laws 6. Matters of Sex 7. Multifactorial Traits 8. Genetics of Behavior Part 3: DNA and Chromosomes 9. DNA Structure and Replication 10. Gene Action: From DNA to Protein 11. Gene Expression and Epigenetics 12. Gene Mutation 13. Chromosomes Part 4: Population Genetics 14. Constant Allele Frequencies 15. Changing Allele Frequencies 16. Human Ancestry and Evolution Part 5: Immunity and Cancer 17. Genetics of Immunity 18. Cancer Genetics and Genomics

Simple enough for a beginner, but challenging enough for an advanced student, Microbiology Demystified Second Edition, helps you master this essential subject. Contents 1. The World of the Microorganism 2. The Chemical Elements of Microorganisms 3. Observing Microorganisms 4. Prokaryotic Cells and Eukaryotic Cells 5. Chemical Metabolism 6. Microbial Growth and Controlling Microbial Growth 7. Microbial Genetics 8. Recombinant DNA Technology 9. Classification of Microorganisms 10. The Prokaryotes: Bacteria: Domains Archaea and Bacteria 11. The Eukaryotes: Fungi, Algae, Protozoa, and Helminths 12. Viruses, Viroids, and Prions 13. Epidemiology and Disease 14. Immunity 15. Vaccines and Diagnosing Diseases 16. Antimicrobial Drugs Final Exam Answers To Quiz, And Exam Question Index

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENERICS SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MICROBIOLOGY

2nd Edition

by Edward Alcamo, Farmingdale State College and Jennifer M Warner

2009 (July 2009) / 464 pages ISBN: 9780071623261 (A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Microbiology 2. The Chemical Basis of Microbiology 3. Microbial Size and Microscopy 4. Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes 5. Microbial Growth and Cultivation 6. Metabolism of Microorganisms 7. DNA and Gene Expression 8. Microbial Genetics 9. Control of Microorganisms 10. The Major Groups of Bacteria 11. The Fungi 12. The Protozoa 13. The Unicellular Algae 14. The Viruses 15. The Host-Parasite Relationship 16. Host Resistance and the Immune System 17. Immune Tests and Disorders 18. Microbial Diseases of the Skin and Eyes 19. Microbial Diseases of the Nervous System 20. Microbial Diseases of the Respiratory System 21. Microbial Diseases of the Digestive System 22. Microbial Diseases of the Blood and Viscera 23. Microbial Diseases of the Urogenital System 24. Food and Industrial Microbiology 25. Environmental Microbiology Answers to Questions

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF IMMUNOLOGY by George Pinchuk

2002 / 304 pages ISBN: 9780071373661 (A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS 1. Overview of Immunity and the Immune System 2. Cells, Tissues, and Organs of the Immune System 3. Antibodies and Antigens 4. Maturation of B Lympocytes and Expression of Immunoglobullin Genes 5. The Major Histocompatibility Complex 6. Antigen Processing and Presentation 7. T-Lymphocyte Antigen Recognition and Activation 8. B-Lymphocyte Activation and Antibody Production 9. Immunologic Tolerance 10. Cytokines 11. Innate Immunity 12. Effector Mechanisms of Cell-Mediated Immunity 13. Effector Mechanisms of Humoral Immunity 14. Immunity to Microbes 15. Transplantation Immunology 16. Immunity to Tumors 17. Autoimmunity and Autoimmune Diseases 18. Immunodeficiencies.

MOLECULAR AND CELL BIOLOGY by William D Stansfield, Raul J Cano and Jaime S Colme of California Polytechnic State University

1997 / 384 pages ISBN: 9780070608986 (A Schaum’s Publication) The chapters in this study guide build upon one another, moving from basic to more adanced subjects and concluding with an indepth examination of the origin and evolution of life. This closely reasoned treatment of new molecular and cell biology explores chromosomes, bacteria and their viruses, genetic engineering and more, in an easy-to-digest manner. The material cover by this comprehensive study tool meets the needs of one-quarter or onesemester courses, and prepares students for advanced molecular biology courses.

79

80

NUTRITION | CONTENTS

Introduction to Nutrition - Multimedia.............................................88 Introduction to Nutrition - Textbooks...............................................83 Nutrition and Sport.........................................................................88 Nutritional Assessment...................................................................89

81

82

NEW TITLES | NUTRITION

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Contemporary Nutrition, 10e

Wardlaw

9780078021374

85

Human Nutrition: Science for Healthy Living

Stephenson

9780073402529

84

Nutrition for Healthy Living, 4e

Schiff

9780078021381

83

Wardlaw’s Perspective in Nutrition, 10e

Bredbenner

9780078021411

83

2015

Author ISBN

Page

Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 4e

Wardlaw

9780078021398

87

Nutrition Essentials: A Personal Approach

Schiff

9780073402574

85

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

NUTRITION

Introduction to Nutrition - Textbooks

*9780078021411* WARDLAW’S PERSPECTIVES IN NUTRITION

NEW

10th Edition

Appendix J: Estimated Average Requirements (EARs) for Nutrients Appendix K: CDC Growth Charts Appendix L: Sources of Nutrition Information Appendix M: Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment

*9780078021381* NUTRITION FOR HEALTHY LIVING 4th Edition

by Carol Byrd-Bredbenner, Caile Moe, Seattle Pacific University, and Donna Berning , San Diego State University and Jacqueline Berning, University of Colorado-Colorado Springs

by Wendy J Schiff, Saint Louis CC-MeramecKirkwood

2016 (January 2015) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780078021381

2016 (January 2015) / 992 pages ISBN: 9780078021411 Building upon the long-standing strengths of Wardlaw’s Perspectives in Nutrition, the tenth edition author team has taken a garden-fresh approach to revising this highly regarded text. Every paragraph has been scrutinized to ensure that students are exposed to scientific content and concepts that are explained accurately and precisely, and in high-interest fashion that will draw students into their first study of nutrition science. Students will benefit from a carefully crafted text that brings them up-to-date scientific thinking and research blended with dynamic activities that will allow them to apply their knowledge to their own lives and future careers. Instructors will have the ability to assign auto-graded coursework and tutorials that are assessed against Learning Outcomes. The textbook content also serves as the basis for an adaptive, diagnostic self-learning tool for students that will help them acquire mastery and improved grades. Contents Part 1: Nutrition Basics 1. The Science of Nutrition 2. Tools of a Healthy Diet 3. The Food Supply 4. Human Digestion and Absorption Part 2: Energy-Yielding Nutrients and Alcohol 5. Carbohydrates 6. Lipids 7. Protein 8. Alcohol Part 3: Metabolism and Energy Balance 9 .Energy Metabolism 10. Energy Balance, Weight Control, & Eating Disorders 11. Nutrition, Exercise, and Sports Part 4: Vitamins and Minerals 12. Fat-Soluble Vitamins 13. Water-Soluble Vitamins 14. Water and Major Minerals 15. Trace Minerals Part 5: Nutrition Applications in the Life Cycle 16. Nutritional Aspects of Pregnancy and Breastfeeding 17. Nutrition during the Growing Years 18. Nutrition throughout Adulthood Appendix A: Human Physiology Appendix B: Chemistry Appendix C: Glycolysis, Citric Acid Cycle, , Electron Transport Chain, Eicosanoids, and Homocysteine Metabolism Appendix D: Dietary Advice for Canadians Appendix E: Exchange Systems Appendix F: Fatty Acids in Foods Appendix G: Height-Weight Tables Appendix H: Nutrition Calculations Appendix I: English-Metric Conversions

NEW

Completely revised, up-to-date, and redesigned, the fourth edition of Nutrition for Healthy Living takes an innovative approach to introductory nutrition for non-science majors. With its unique, concise organization and a distinct focus on consumerism, this engaging, fun-to-read text provides students with the scientific foundation needed to make informed nutritional decisions well beyond the classroom. New to this edition •

Updated design. The design has been refreshed to make it even more appealing to students. Tables have been updated to improve readability and comprehension.



Enhanced pedagogy. Several new photos and illustrations have been added to support the pedagogy. Each major section of a chapter opens with a list of learning outcomes, which are the basis for Concept Checkpoints and Connect questions.



Bulleted summary points. Instead of a single summary at the end of a chapter, each major section of a chapter has its own bulleted summary points.



Nutrition Matters. Formerly chapter “Highlights,” this feature is now the final major section of each chapter, with learning outcomes and a Concept Checkpoint. This new format flows with the earlier sections of the chapter so students better recognize it as relevant content.



New Real People, Real Stories. We introduce Matthew Lang, Amanda Croker, Stephanie Patton, and Sarah Marie—real people who are coping with nutrition-related disorders.

Contents 1. The Basics of Nutrition 2. Evaluating Nutrition Information 3. Planning Nutritious Diets 4. Body Basics 5. Carbohydrates 6. Fats and Other Lipids 7. Proteins 8. Vitamins 9. Water and Minerals 10. Energy Balance and Weight Control 11. Nutrition for Physically Active Lifestyles 12. Food Safety Concerns 13. Nutrition for a Lifetime

83

NUTRITION

84

*9780073402529* human nutrition

their lives. The Fresh Tips are also a valuable tool for future healthcare professionals to provide practical, real-life, advice to their clients. Such features include tips for eating fruits and vegetables on a budget, maintaining a healthy body weight, preventing choking in children, and keeping foods safe to eat.

NEW

Science for Healthy Living by Tammy Stephenson and Wendy Schiff

2016 (January 2015) / 960 pages ISBN: 9780073402529 ISBN: 9781259254062 [IE] Human Nutrition: Science for Healthy Living is an interesting, engaging, reliable, and evidence-based introductory textbook with a wide variety of features to promote active learning. A clinical emphasis appeals to all, but is of particular relevance to those studying nutrition, dietetics, or health science professions, including nursing. Real-life and clinical examples, statistics, and evidence from professional sources address current and controversial topics and support the key concepts of the science of nutrition. Human Nutrition provides the framework for students to not just memorize facts, but to truly learn and apply the science of nutrition. The knowledge gained can be applied not only to a future profession, but, just as importantly, to everyday life. Our hope is that readers share the practical advice and key concepts learned in the textbook with family and friends to promote optimal health and wellness.



Did You Know? - This margin feature notes interesting and current nutrition-related tidbits. Some of these features dispel commonly-held beliefs about food and nutrition that are inaccurate. Others report on current and innovative areas of research, such as how dog walking affects body weight. The Did You Know feature presents the most up-todate research on topics that are of interest to introductory nutrition students.



Real People, Real Stories - This feature is unique in that it provides information about people who actually have recovered from or are currently living with nutrition-related conditions such as celiac disease, Crohn’s Disease, type 1 diabetes, eating disorders, hypertension, and morbid obesity. This feature is designed to help students recognize the daily challenges people with such conditions face and the role diet and physical activity play in managing health.



Test Kitchen: Modifying Recipes for Healthy Living - Basic and appropriate for an introductory nutrition class, this feature provides students with a practical application of nutrition and food information. Students will develop and modify recipes according to what they have learned in each chapter. This feature allows students to experiment with recipe modifications including baking with whole grain flour, using olive oil as a fat source, and incorporating fresh fruits and vegetables into recipes.



Personal Dietary Analysis - Students can gain insight into their eating habits by completing this activity. Most of these activities require the use of a dietary analysis software program, such as McGraw-Hill’s NutritionCalc Plus.



End of Chapter - Each chapter ends with a bulleted chapter summary; a series of multiple-choice Practice Test questions that assess students’ comprehension and recall of information presented in the chapter; five Critical Thinking questions which involve higher-level cognition skills, including applying, analyzing, synthesizing, and evaluating information; and an extensive lists of references.

Features •

The textbook is written by authors with over 39 years of experience in teaching introductory nutrition classes to both majors and non-majors. The authors recognize the needs of today’s student and the changing learning environment in higher education –large lecture classes, online classes, and flipped classrooms to name a few. The textbook is designed to help instructors facilitate a learner-centered teaching environment to maximize student engagement and knowledge.



The variety in pedagogical features is designed to appeal to faculty and students with an array of learning styles; there is something for everyone to facilitate the learning process.



Quiz Yourself – This pretest stimulates interest in reading the chapter. By taking the quiz, students may be surprised to learn how little or how much they know about the chapter’s contents.



Case Study – Each chapter begins with a case study addressing a realistic scenario. These high-interest scenarios engage the student and show how the chapter content is relevant and will be utilized in a practical or clinical situation. Students are encouraged to work on the case study as they study the chapter. A suggested “Case Study Response” is provided at the end of the chapter to allow students to selfassess their understanding of the material.



Learning Outcomes – Each section of a chapter opens with a list of learning outcomes that build upon the broader course-wide outcomes. The Learning Outcomes help students prepare for reading the section and also clarify major concepts they are expected to learn. These measureable outcomes are further supported by assessment methods and study aids found within the chapters and on McGraw-Hill’s Connect®.



Assess Your Progress – These review questions, many of which involve critical thinking skills, are posed at the end of chapter sections, enabling students to test their acquisition of knowledge.



Fresh Tips – These practical suggestions help students apply the chapter content every day – and for the rest of

Contents 1. Introduction to Nutrition 2. Evaluating Nutrition Information 3. Basis of a Healthy Diet 4. Human Digestion, Absorption, and Transport 5. Carbohydrates: Sugars, Starches, and Fiber 6. Lipids: Triglycerides, Phospholipids, and Sterols 7. Proteins: Amino Acids 8. Metabolism: Energy from Food 9. Introduction to Vitamins: Fat- Soluble Vitamins 10. Water-Soluble Vitamins 11. Water and the Major Minerals 12. Trace Minerals 13. Energy Balance, Obesity, and Weight Management 14. Eating Disorders and Disordered Eating 15. Nutrition for Fitness and Sport 16. Nutrition for Pregnancy and Lactation 17. Nutrition for Infants, Children, and Adolescents 18. Nutrition for Older Adults 19. Food and Water Safety 20. Global Nutrition

NUTRITION

*9780078021374* CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION

NEW

10th Edition

by Gordon Wardlaw and Anne Smith of Ohio State University

2016 (January 2015) / 768 pages ISBN: 9780078021374 Contemporary Nutrition is a complete and balanced resource for nutrition information written at a level non-science majors can understand. Current research is at the core of the tenth edition, with revised statistics, incorporation of new results of clinical trials, and updated recommendations. The text provides students who lack a strong science background the ideal balance of reliable nutrition information and practical consumer-oriented knowledge. Always looking to make the content relevant to learners, the authors highlight health conditions, medications, food products, and supplements students or members of their families may be using. With their friendly writing style, the authors act as the student’s personal guide to dispelling common misconceptions and to gaining a solid foundation for making informed nutrition choices. New to this edition •



This edition features McGraw-Hill’s suite of adaptive learning resources including LearnSmart, SmartBook, and LearnSmart Prep for Nutrition! To learn more about this adaptive suite of products, visit www.learnsmartadvantage.com. The Medicine Cabinet is a new feature that presents information on common medications used to treat diseases that have a nutrition connection. A description of the medication is provided along with potential effects on nutritional status.



The presentation of each vitamin and mineral has been reorganized into clear and consistent sections on functions and daily requirements, including deficiency and toxicity diseases.



Content has been updated to reflect the most up-to-date research, including: •

Chapter 2: The FDA proposed new rules for the Nutrition Facts panel are designed to promote healthier eating and combat obesity and are summarized in Chapter 2.



Chapter 4: The 2014 WHO proposed “conditional recommendation” that the target sugar intake should be less than 5% of daily calories (25 grams for an adult of normal BMI) is discussed.



Chapter 7: The section on “Losing Body Fat” has been updated to include discussion of new weightloss prediction formulas that are suggested as a replacement for the 3500-calorie rule for a typical overweight adult.



The figures illustrating food sources of each vitamin have been revised to more clearly illustrate the nutrient density of the vitamins in each MyPlate food group. Nutrient data reflects the most up-to-date information available from the USDA National Nutrient Database.

Contents Part One: Nutrition: A Key to Health 1. Nutrition, Food Choices, and Health 2. Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet 3. The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective Part Two: Energy Nutrients and Energy Balance 4. Carbohydrates 5. Lipids 6. Proteins 7. Energy Balance and Weight Control Part Three: Vitamins, Minerals, and Water 8. Vitamins 9. Water and Minerals Part Four: Nutrition: Beyond the Nutrients 10. Nutrition: Fitness and Sports 11. Eating Disorders 12. Undernutrition Throughout the World 13. Safety of Our Food Supply Part Five: Nutrition: A Focus on Life Stages 14. Nutrition During Pregnancy and Breastfeeding 15. Nutrition from Infancy Through Adolescence 16. Nutrition During Adulthood

*9780073402574* nutrition essentials

NEW

A Personal Approach by Wendy Schiff

2015 (January 2014) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073402574 www.mhhe.com/schiffessentials Nutrition Essentials: A Personal Approach is the nutrition book that is all about YOU! The personalized, consumer focus gives plenty of practical examples to help students learn about choosing foods and making decisions that are good for their health. The proven successful digital program including Connect, NutritionCalc Plus, LearnSmart and SmartBook gives students access to one of the most effective and successful adaptive learning resources available on the market today. Nutrition is more than vegetables. Find out how we’re making it PERSONAL! Features •

The nutrition book that is all about YOU! The Personal Approach emphasizes applying concepts to daily life. Developed with today’s 21st century student in mind, each unit highlights an actual college student’s nutrition concerns. Features such as “Tasty Tidbits” and “What’s in Your Diet?” offer many ways for students to apply concepts to their daily lives immediately.



Consumer Focus emphasizes evaluating nutrition information. An entire unit is devoted to understanding the scientific method and evaluating nutrition information. Practical examples and tips are found throughout the book.



McGraw-Hill ConnectPlus Nutrition is a digital teaching and learning environment that saves students and instructors time while improving performance over a variety of critical outcomes.



From in-site tutorials, to tips and best practices, to live help from colleagues and specialists – you’re never left alone to maximize Connect’s potential.

85

NUTRITION

86



The media-rich eBook allows students to do full text searches, add notes and highlights, and access their instructor’s shared notes and highlights.



LearnSmart is proven to help students get better grades. With over 1 billion questions answered, LearnSmart is the leading adaptive learning tool that focuses students’ study where it’s needed the most. Experience success with LearnSmart.



SmartBook is the first and only adaptive readingexperience available for the higher education market. Powered by an intelligent diagnostic and adaptive engine, SmartBook facilitates the reading process by identifying what content a student knows and doesn’t know through adaptive assessments. As the student reads, the reading material constantly adapts to ensure the student is focused on the content he or she needs the most to close any knowledge gaps.



Connect seamlessly integrates with every learning management system out there, so you can easily combine your course resources into a single platform.



Digital Lecture Capture: Get Connected. Get Tegrity. Capture your lectures for students. Easy access outside of class anytime, anywhere, on just about any device.



NutritionCalc Plus dietary analysis software helps students track their food and activity and analyze their choices with a robust selection of reports.



Essential Concepts Illustrated Step-By-Step. Key concepts that are often difficult for students to understand (like the scientific method and how the body maintains normal blood glucose levels) are illustrated in a unique, step-by-step manner to aid comprehension.



Highly Visual Design. Designed with a magazine-like influence, and today’s 21st century student in mind. The many photos and appealing page layouts entice students to explore and read further and reduce anxiety sometimes associated with large blocks of text.



Helpful Learning Pedagogy. The pedagogical framework reinforces students’ learning and gives them practical information.



Tasty Tidbits. Interesting bits of information related to food and nutrition.



Nutrition Fact or Fiction. Dispels popular food and nutrition myths such as “sugar causes hyperactivity,” “the 5-second rule,” and the “freshman 15.”



What Is That?! Highlights foods that are often unfamiliar to Americans and provides nutrition information about the foods.



What’s in Your Diet? Activities designed to increase students’ awareness of their food-related practices and help them analyze the nutritional quality of their diets.



In a Nutshell. Bulleted summary at the end of each unit, organized by module provides clarity.



Consider This… Critical thinking questions that relate to the unit’s content help students apply what they read.



Test Yourself. Practice tests at the end of each unit feature multiple choice questions designed to help students prepare for exams.



Concise Flexible Organization provides syllabus flexibility. Eleven units are organized into modules that can be assigned as an entire unit or in sections.

Contents Unit 1: Food Is More than Something to Eat Module 1.1 Why Learn about Nutrition? Module 1.2 Nutrition Basics Module 1.3 Key Nutrition Concepts Unit 2: Nutrition Information: Fact or Fiction? Module 2.1 Nutrition: Science for Consumers Module 2.2 Spreading Nutrition Misinformation Module 2.3 Becoming a More Critical Consumer of Nutrition Information Module 2.4 Seeking Reliable Nutrition Information Unit 3: Making More Nutritious Choices Module 3.1 Requirements and Recommendations Module 3.2 Planning Nutritious Meals and Snacks Module 3.3 Making Sense of Nutrition Labels Module 3.4 Should I Take Dietary Supplements? Unit 4: How Food Becomes You Module 4.1: From Cells to Systems Module 4.2: Digestive System Module 4.3: Common Digestive System Disorders Module 4.4: Metabolism Basics Unit 5: Carbohydrates: Fuel and Fiber Module 5.1 Sugars, Sweeteners, Starches, and Fiber Module 5.2 What Happens to the Carbohydrates You Eat? Module 5.3 Carbohydrates and Health Unit 6: Lipids: Focusing on Fats and Cholesterol Module 6.1: What Are Lipids? Module 6.2: What Happens to the Fat and Cholesterol You Eat? Module 6.3: Cardiovascular Disease: Major Killer of Americans Unit 7: Proteins: Life’s Building Blocks Module 7.1 What Are Proteins? Module 7.2 What Happens to the Protein You Eat? Module 7.3 Proteins in Foods Module 7.4 What’s Vegetarianism? Module 7.5 Proteins and Health Unit 8: Vitamins: Nutrients that Multitask Module 8.1 Introducing Vitamins Module 8.2 Fat-Soluble Vitamins Module 8.3 Water-Soluble Vitamins Module 8.4 Vitamins and Cancer Unit 9: Key Minerals, Water, and the Nonnutrient Alcohol Module 9.1: Minerals for Life Module 9.2: Key Minerals and Your Health Module 9.3: Water: Liquid of Life Module 9.4: Alcohol: Drink to Your Health? Unit 10: Nutrition for a Healthy Weight and Fit Body Module 10.1 Overweight or Obese? Module 10.2 Factors that Influence Your Body Weight Module 10.3 Managing Your Weight Safely Module 10.4 Disordered Eating and Eating Disorders Module 10.5 Get Moving; Get Healthy! Unit 11: Nutrition for Your Life, Environment, and World Module 11.1 Nutrition for a Lifetime Module 11.2 How Safe Is My Food? Module 11.3 Dietary Adequacy: A Global Concern

NUTRITION

*9780078021398* CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION

NEW

A Functional Approach, 4th Edition

PERSPECTIVES IN NUTRITION

A Functional Approach

by Carol Byrd-Bredbenner, Jacqueline Berning, University of ColoradoColorado Springs, Donna Beshgetoor, San Diego State University, Gaile Moe, Seattle Pacific University and Danita Kelley, Western Kentucky University

by Gordon Wardlaw and Anne Smith of Ohio State University-Columbus

2014 (January 2013) / 976 pages ISBN: 9780073522746

2015 (January 2014) / 832 pages ISBN: 9780078021398

www.mhhe.com/wardlawpersfa1

www.mhhe.com/wardlawcontfa4 Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach is an alternate version of Wardlaw/Smith/Collene’s Contemporary Nutrition, offering a unique approach by organizing vitamins and minerals within the context of physiological functions and the health conditions they influence. Current research is at the core of the fourth edition, with revised statistics, incorporation of new results of clinical trials, and updated recommendations. The text provides students who lack a strong science background the ideal balance of reliable nutrition information and practical consumeroriented knowledge. Always looking to make the content relevant to learners, the authors highlight health conditions, medications, food products, and supplements students or members of their families may be using. With their friendly writing style, the authors act as the student’s personal guide to dispelling common misconceptions and to gaining a solid foundation for making informed nutrition choices. New to this edition •

New, independent nutrient chapters explore Energy Metabolism (Chapter 12) and Blood Health and Immunity (Chapter 13).



New focus on nutrition and immunity links nutrients to the physiology of proper immune function. This section also explores the influence of diet patterns on the inflammatory response, which is related to the development of chronic diseases such as cardiovascular disease and cancer.

Contents 1. Nutrition, Food Choices, and Health 2. Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet 3. The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective 4. Carbohydrates 5. Lipids 6. Proteins 7. Energy Balance and Weight Control 8 Overview of The Micronutrients 9. Micronutrients Involved in Fluid and Electrolyte Balance 10. Micronutrients and Phytochemicals that Function as Antioxidants 11. Micronutrients Involved in Bone Health 12. Micronutrient Functions in Energy Metabolism 13. Micronutrients that Support Blood Health and Immunity 14. Nutrition: Fitness and Sports 15. Eating Disorders 16. Undernutrition Throughout the World 17. Safety of Our Food Supply 18. Nutrition During Pregnancy and Breastfeeding 19. Nutrition from Infancy Through Adolescence 20. Nutrition During Adulthood

Finally one-stop shopping for everything you need for your introductory majors course! Up to date with MyPlate, Healthy People 2020 and Dietary Guidelines for Americans 2010, Perspectives in Nutrition: A Functional Approach is an alternate version of Perspectives in Nutrition, 9/e. Every paragraph has been scrutinized to ensure that students are exposed to scientific content and concepts that are explained accurately and precisely, and in high-interest fashion that will draw students into their first study of nutrition science. Students will benefit from a carefully crafted text that brings them up-to-date scientific thinking and research blended with dynamic activities that will allow them to apply their knowledge to their own lives and future careers. Accompanying this text is a dynamic suite of digital tools that are integrated to a greater degree than those offered by any other publisher. Instructors will have the ability to assign auto-graded coursework and tutorials that are assessed against Learning Outcomes. The textbook content also serves as the basis for an adaptive, diagnostic self-learning tool for students that will help them acquire mastery and improved grades. Hot out of the oven, the first edition of Perspectives in Nutrition: A Functional Approach brings together the very best of print and digital technology in a single cohesive learning experience. Contents Part 1: Nutrition Basics 1. The Science of Nutrition 2. Tools of a Healthy Diet 3. The Food Supply 4. Human Digestion and Absorption Part 2: Energy-Yielding Nutrients and Alcohol 5. Carbohydrates 6. Lipids 7. Protein 8. Alcohol Part 3: Metabolism and Energy Balance 9. Energy Metabolism 10. Energy Balance, Weight Control, & Eating Disorders 11. Nutrition, Exercise, and Sports Part 4: Vitamins and Minerals 12. Micronutrients: Vitamins and Minerals 13. Micronutrients in Energy and Amino Acid Metabolism 14. Fluid Balance and Blood Health 15. Bone Health and Body Defense Systems Part 5: Nutrition Applications in the Life Cycle 16. Nutritional Aspects of Pregnancy and Breastfeeding 17. Nutrition during the Growing Years 18. Nutrition during the Adult Years Appendix A: Human Physiology Appendix B: Chemistry Appendix C: Glycolysis, Citric Acid Cycle, Electron Transport Chain, Eicosanoids, and Homocysteine Metabolism Appendix D: Dietary Advice for Canadians Appendix E: Exchange Systems Appendix F: Fatty Acids in Foods Appendix G: Height-Weight Tables Appendix H: Nutrition Calculations

87

NUTRITION

88

Appendix I: English-Metric Conversions Appendix J: Estimated Average Requirements (EARs) for Nutrients Appendix K: CDC Growth Charts Appendix L: Sources of Nutrition Information Appendix M: Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment



Users can easily email reports or download documents into Excel or Word (and similar programs) to make completing assignments even easier.



Four easy steps are all users need to successfully complete for an accurate dietary analysis:

Introduction to Nutrition - Multimedia

NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 3.5 CD-ROM MYPLATE VERSION

9th Edition

by ESHA Research



Profile: Create a profile by entering personal information, such as weight and height, to generate individualized nutrient recommendations.



Food Intake: Compile a food intake list by searching for foods eaten and entering amounts and specifying meals.



Activities: Estimate activity level and calories burned by tracking specific daily exercise.



Reports: Analyze diet and exercise with 9 different customized reports.

2013 (March 2012) ISBN: 9780077637552



The latest DRI values are included for essential nutrients, vitamins, and minerals.

NutritionCalc Plus CD is a suite of powerful dietary selfassessment tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus to analyze and monitor personal diet and health goals. An easy-to use interface and the reliability of the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus the best choice for nutrition analysis software. Enhancements include an updated MyPlate report, replacing the MyPyramid report, the ability to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar function, and the ability to track Omega-3 and Omega-6 data. The CD-ROM is a PC-only product. See www.mhhe.com/ncp for an online, crossplatform version.



Users can analyze and adjust their energy expenditure and weight control goals.



Intuitive tool bar icons make navigating through the program easy.



Both the CD and Online versions now share an identical user-friendly interface. Instructors will be able to write one set of assignment directions, regardless of which version students have purchased.

New to this edition •

NEW! MyPlate Report gives students a glimpse of how their diet compares to new USDA recommendations, complete with a MyPlate visual.

FEATURES

Nutrition and Sport International Edition

NUTRITION FOR HEALTH, FITNESS AND SPORT

NutritionCalcPlus (NCP) now offers the ability to enter up to three Profiles. Users can enter their own personal data and intakes, as well as those of two other individuals (e.g., assigned case study, diabetic person, vegetarian friend).

10th Edition



Users will now be able to create and analyze their own Recipes and add them to their personal database. This feature gives users ultimate flexibility in creating accurate food lists.

2013 (February 2012) / 672 pages ISBN: 9780078021329 ISBN: 9780071318167 [IE]



NCP now offers an intuitive 365-day calendar in which users can easily track their daily food intakes and activities.



To ensure an accurate dietary analysis, caution notes now appear to alarm users of possible entry error. For instance:





If a user enters an amount for a single food that exceeds 1/3 of his/her recommended daily calories, the user will receive a warning message asking to verify whether the amount chosen is correct.



A warning note will appear if the activities chosen exceed 24 hours in a day.



If the activities entered do not match the user’s Profile’s Activity Level, NCP will generate a notice asking if the user wishes to return to his/her Profile and adjust the Activity Level.



NCP now gives users access to 27,000 foods, including more ethnic and fast food choices. All nutrient data comes from ESHA Research, the country’s leading nutrient database company.



Each step in the diet analysis process is fully supported by integrated Help and Info descriptions. Each screen provides instructions, as well as handy tips and explanatory notes.

by Melvin H Williams, Old Dominion University, Dawn Anderson, Winona State University and Eric Rawson, Bloomsburg University of PA

www.mhhe.com/williams10e Nutrition for Health, Fitness & Sport, now in its tenth edition, provides the reader with thorough coverage of the role nutrition plays in enhancing one’s health, fitness and sport performance. Current research and practical activities are incorporated throughout. This edition welcomes the addition of two new authors: Dawn E. Anderson and Eric S. Rawson, both of whom are actively involved in the disciplines of exercise physiology and sports nutrition, and who have used this textbook over the years to teach their university classes. Contents 1. Introduction to Nutrition for Health, Fitness, and Sports Performance 2. Healthful Nutrition for Fitness and Sport: The Consumer Athlete 3. Human Energy 4. Carbohydrates: The Main Energy Food 5. Fat: An Important Energy Source during Exercise 6. Protein: The Tissue Builder 7. Vitamins: The Organic Regulators 8. Minerals: The Inorganic Regulators 9. Water, Electrolytes and Temperature Regulation

NUTRITION

10. Body Weight and Composition for Health and Sport 11. Weight Maintenance and Loss through Proper Nutrition and Exercise 12. Weight Gaining through Proper Nutrition and Exercise 13. Food Drugs and Related Supplements Appendix A: Units of Measurement: English System—Metric System Equivalents Appendix B: Approximate Caloric Expenditure per Minute for Various Physical Activities Appendix C: Self-Test on Drinking Habits and Alcoholism Appendix D: Determination of Healthy Body Weight Appendix E: Exchange Lists for Meal Planning Appendix F: Calories, Percent Fat, Cholesterol, Sodium, and Dietary Fiber in Selected Fast-Food Restaurant Products Appendix G: Energy Pathways of Carbohydrate, Fat, and Protein Appendix H: Small Steps: 120 Small Steps to a Healthier Diet and Increased Physical Activity Appendix I: Sample Menu for a 2000-Calorie Food Pattern

Nutritional Assessment International Edition

NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT

6th Edition

by Robert D Lee, Central Michigan University and David C Nieman, Appalachian State University

2013 (October 2012) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780078021336 ISBN: 9780071326360 [IE] www.mhhe.com/lee-nieman6 This text describes the four major methods of nutritional assessment (dietary, anthropometric, biometric, and clinical) in an understandable and contemporary way. It thoroughly covers assessment of the hospitalized individual, but also serves as an invaluable resource to the nutrition professional working in such areas as public health and community nutrition, corporate health, and sports medicine. Contents 1. Introduction to Nutritional Assessment 2. Standards for Nutrient Intake 3. Measuring Diet 4. National Dietary and Nutrition Surveys 5. Computerized Dietary Analysis Systems 6. Anthropometry 7. Assessment of the Hospitalized Patient 8. Nutritional Assessment in Disease Prevention 9. Biochemical Assessment of Nutritional Status 10. Clinical Assessment of Nutritional Status 11. Counseling Theory and Technique Appendix A: Nutrition Assessment and Monitoring and Evaluation Terminology Appendix B: Nutrition Diagnostic Terminology Appendix C: Nutrition Intervention Terminology Appendix D: Food Record Recording Form Appendix E: Fruit and Vegetable Screener Developed by the U.S. National Cancer Institute Appendix F: MEDFICTS Dietary Assessment Questionnaire Appendix G: The National Institute of Health’s The Diet History Questionnaire II Appendix H: The NHANES Food Frequency Questionnaire Appendix I: 2011 Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System Questionnaire

Appendix J: Suppliers of Nutritional Assessment Equipment Appendix K: CDC Clinical Growth Charts

89

90

PLANTS & ANIMALS | CONTENTS

Algae / Phycology........................................................................102 Animal Behavior.............................................................................95 Botany (Economic).........................................................................94 Botany - Lab Manual......................................................................95 Botany: Non Majors - Textbooks....................................................93 Comparative Verterbate Anatomy..................................................98 Invertebrate Biology.......................................................................97 Marine Biology...............................................................................96 Parasitology...................................................................................96 Plant Physiology...........................................................................103 Vertebrate Biology - Lab Manual....................................................98 Vertebrate Biology - Textbooks.......................................................97 Zoology - Textbooks.......................................................................99 Zoology: Majors - Lab Manual......................................................101

91

92

NEW TITLES | PLANTS & ANIMALS

2015

Author ISBN

Page

Animal Diversity, 7e

Hickman

9780073524252

99

Biology of the Invertebrates, 7e

Pechenik

9780073524184

97

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 7e

Kardong

9780077657055

98

Laboratory Studies for Animal Diversity, 7e

Hickman

9780077655174

101

Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 7e

Kardong

9780078023026

97, 98

2014

Author ISBN

Page

Bryophyta

Sharma

93

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

9781259062872

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Botany: Non Majors - Textbooks Internatioal Edition

STERN’S INTRODUCTORY PLANT BIOLOGY

13th Edition

by James Bidlack, University of Central Oklahoma and Shelley Jansky, University of Wisconsin-Madison and Kingsley R Stern, California State University-Chico

2014 (January 2013) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073369440 ISBN: 9781259060366 [IE] www.mhhe.com/stern13e This introductory text assumes little prior scientific knowledge on the part of the student. It includes sufficient information for some shorter introductory botany courses open to both majors and nonmajors, and is arranged so that certain sections can be omitted without disrupting the overall continuity of the course. Stern emphasizes current interests while presenting basic botanical principles. This latest edition incorporates measurable learning outcomes and updated readings. Students will be introduced to the new classification of plants and plant-related species, integration of biotechnology into several chapters and inclusion of new text boxes addressing the areas of ecology, evolution and molecular biology. New photos have replaced older pictures or have been added also. With this edition we introduce McGrawHill Connect® Botany, a web-based assignment and assessment platform that gives students the means to better connect with their coursework, with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they will need to know for success now and in the future. With McGraw-Hill Connect Botany, instructors can deliver interactive assignments, quizzes and tests online. Nearly all the questions from the text are presented in an autogradable format and tied to the text’s learning objectives. Contents 1. What Is Plant Biology? 2. The Nature of Life 3. Cells 4. Tissues 5. Roots and Soils 6. Stems 7. Leaves 8. Flowers, Fruits, and Seeds 9. Water in Plants 10. Plant Metabolism 11. Growth and Development 12. Meiosis and Alternation of Generations 13. Genetics and Molecular Biology 14. Plant Breeding, Propagation, and Biotechnology 15. Evolution 16. Plant Names and Classifi cation 17. Domain (Kingdom) Bacteria, Domain (Kingdom) Archaea, and Viruses 18. Kingdom Protista 19. Kingdom Fungi 20. Introduction to the Plant Kingdom: Bryophytes 21. The Seedless Vascular Plants: Ferns and Their Relatives 22. Introduction to Seed Plants: Gymnosperms 23. Seed Plants: Angiosperms 24. Flowering Plants and Civilization 25. Ecology 26. Biomes

Appendix 1: Scientific Names of Organisms Mentioned in the Text Appendix 2: Biological Controls Appendix 3: Useful and Poisonous Plants, Fungi, and Algae Appendix 4: House Plants and Home Gardening Appendix 5: Metric Equivalents and Conversion Tables Glossary Photo Credits Index

*9781259062872* BRYOPHYTA

NEW

by O P Sharma

2014 (February 2014) ISBN: 9781259062872 (McGraw-Hill India Title) A sequel to the series Diversity of Microbes and Cryptogams, this textbook on Bryophyta is designed to fulfill the needs of undergraduate and postgraduate students of Botany. It provides complete coverage to general aspects of all groups of Bryophyta such as Hepaticopsida, Anthoceropsida and Bryopsida. Chapter-end questions patterned on university examinations and Illustrative concept explanations are the main highlights of the book. CONTENTS 1. Introduction 2. Classification 3. Hepaticopsida: Takakiales and Calobryales 4. Hepaticopsida (Jungermanniales) 5. Hepaticopsida (Sphaerocarpales) 6. Hepaticopsida (Monocleales) 7. Hepaticopsida (Marchantiales) 8. Anthoceropsida 9. Bryopsida (General Account) 10. Bryopsida (Selected Mosses) 11. Gametophyte of Bryophytes 12. Sporophyte of Bryophytes 13. Spore Germination and Formation of Gametophyte 14. Factors Affecting Sexuality in Bryophytes 15. Alternation of Generations 16. Phylogeny of Bryophytes: Role of Genosystematics 17. Morphogenesis 18. Vegetative Reproduction and Regeneration in Bryophytes 19. Origin and Fate of Archesporium in Bryophytes 20. Apogamy and Apospory in Bryophytes 21. Physiology of Bryophytes 22. Chemical Constituents of Bryophytes 23 Bryophytes as Indicators of Environmental Conditions and Pollution 24. Biologically Active Compounds from Bryophytes 25. Bryophytes and Their Role in Carbon and Nitrogen Cycling 26. Evolution of the Gametophyte in Bryophytes 27. Origin and Evolution of Sporophyte in Bryophytes 28. Conduction in Bryophytes 29. Elementary Cytogenetics and Cytotaxonomy of Bryophytes 30. Ecology of Bryophytes 31. Origin of Bryophytes and Their Fossil History 32 Economic Importance of Bryophytes Appendix I: Answer to Test Your Understanding Appendix II: Comparative Tables Related to Bryophyta Appendix III: Glossary of Bryophytic Terms Appendix IV: Globally Published Books and Some Selected Theses on Bryophyta

93

94

PLANTS & ANIMALS

International Edition

PLANTS AND SOCIETY

6th Edition

by Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of University of Tulsa

International Edition

PRINCIPLES OF BOTANY

by Gordon Uno, National Science Foundation, Richard Storey, Colorado College and Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis

2012 (January 2011) / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073524221 ISBN: 9780071315821 [IE]

2001 ISBN: 9780071180870 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/levetin6e

CONTENTS 1. An Introduction to Plants and Their Study 2. The Ecology and Natural Selection of Plants 3. Energy and Cell Chemistry 4. Plant Cells and Tissue Systems 5. DNA, Genes, and Cell Division 6. Plant Growth and Development 7. Root Systems and Plant Mineral Nutrition 8. Stems and Secondary Growth 9. Leaves and the Movement of Water 10. Photosynthesis 11. Respiration 12. Flowers, Fruits and Seeds 13. Genetics 14. Evolution 15. The Diversity and Classification of Plants 16. Bacteria, Fungi and Algae 17. Bryophytes and Ferns: The Seedless Plants 18. Gymnosperms and Angiosperms: The Seed Plants 19. Ecology Appendix A: What is Genetic Engineering? Appendix B: Fundamentals of Chemistry for Botany Students

This introductory, one quarter/one-semester text takes a multidisciplinary approach to studying the relationship between plants and people. The authors strive to stimulate interest in plant science and encourage students to further their studies in botany. Also, by exposing students to society’s historical connection to plants, Levetin and McMahon hope to instill a greater appreciation for the botanical world. Plants and Society covers basic principles of botany with strong emphasis on the economic aspects and social implications of plants and fungi. Contents I: Plants and Society: The Botanical Connections to Our Lives 1. Plants in Our Lives II: Introduction to Plant Life: Botanical Principles 2. The Plant Cell 3. The Plant Body 4. Plant Physiology 5. Plant Life Cycle: Flowers 6. Plant Life Cycle: Fruits and Seeds 7. Genetics 8. Plant Systematics and Evolution 9. Diversity of Plant Life III: Plants as a Source of Food 10. Human Nutrition 11. Origins of Agriculture 12. The Grasses 13. Legumes 14. Starchy Staples 15. Feeding a Hungry World IV: Commercial Products Derived from Plants 16. Stimulating Beverages 17. Herbs and Spices 18. Materials: Cloth, Wood, and Paper V: Plants and Human Health 19. Medicinal Plants 20. Psychoactive Plants 21. Poisonous and Allergy Plants VI: Algae and Fungi: The Impact of Algae and Fungi on Human Affairs 22. The Algae 23. Fungi in the Natural Environment 24. Beverages and Foods from Fungi 25. Fungi that Affect Human Health VII: Plants and the Environment 26. Plant Ecology Appendix A: Metric System Appendix B: Classification of Plants

www.mhhe.com/botany

Botany (Economic)

plants in our world

Economic Botany, 4th Edition

by Beryl Simpson and Molly Ogorzaly of University of Texas at Austin

2014 (October 2013) / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073524245 This one-semester text is designed for an upper level botany course. Plants in our Society emphasizes how people use plants; including fundamental information on morphology, anatomy, and taxonomy as a foundation of general botany. Now in full color, the fourth edition includes molecular data that has immensely altered the understanding of relationships among flowering plants and recently pinpointed the origin of numerous crops. Taxonomy of species has been updated to discuss the system of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group. Contents 1. Plants in Our World 2. Origins of an Agricultural Way of Life 3. Human Manipulation of Plants 4. Fruits and Nuts of Temperate Regions 5. Fruits and Nuts of Warm Regions 6. Old World Grains 7. New World Grains and Forage Grasses 8. Legumes 9. Foods from Stems and Leaves 10. Foods from Roots, Tubers, and Rhizomes 11. Vegetable Oils and Waxes 12. Hydrocolloids, Elastic Latexes, and Resins 13. Herbs, Spices, and Perfumes

PLANTS & ANIMALS

14. Medicinal Plants 15. Psychoactive Drugs and Poisons from Plants 16. Stimulating Beverages 17. Alcoholic Beverages 18. Fibers, Dyes, and Tannins 19. Wood, Cork, and Bamboo 20. Ornamental Plants 21. Future Trends International Edition

PLANTS AND SOCIETY

6th Edition

by Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of University of Tulsa

2012 (January 2011) / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073524221 ISBN: 9780071315821 [IE] www.mhhe.com/levetin6e This introductory, one quarter/one-semester text takes a multidisciplinary approach to studying the relationship between plants and people. The authors strive to stimulate interest in plant science and encourage students to further their studies in botany. Also, by exposing students to society’s historical connection to plants, Levetin and McMahon hope to instill a greater appreciation for the botanical world. Plants and Society covers basic principles of botany with strong emphasis on the economic aspects and social implications of plants and fungi. Contents I: Plants and Society: The Botanical Connections to Our Lives 1. Plants in Our Lives II: Introduction to Plant Life: Botanical Principles 2. The Plant Cell 3. The Plant Body 4. Plant Physiology 5. Plant Life Cycle: Flowers 6. Plant Life Cycle: Fruits and Seeds 7. Genetics 8. Plant Systematics and Evolution 9. Diversity of Plant Life III: Plants as a Source of Food 10. Human Nutrition 11. Origins of Agriculture 12. The Grasses 13. Legumes 14. Starchy Staples 15. Feeding a Hungry World IV: Commercial Products Derived from Plants 16. Stimulating Beverages 17. Herbs and Spices 18. Materials: Cloth, Wood, and Paper V: Plants and Human Health 19. Medicinal Plants 20. Psychoactive Plants 21. Poisonous and Allergy Plants VI: Algae and Fungi: The Impact of Algae and Fungi on Human Affairs 22. The Algae 23. Fungi in the Natural Environment 24. Beverages and Foods from Fungi 25. Fungi that Affect Human Health VII: Plants and the Environment 26. Plant Ecology Appendix A: Metric System Appendix B: Classification of Plants

Botany - Lab Manual

Laboratory Manual FOR Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology

13th Edition

by James Bidlack, University of Central Oklahoma

2014 (January 2013) / 256 pages ISBN: 9780077508784 Contents 1. The Microscope 2. The Cell 3. Mitosis 4. Roots 5. Stems 6. Leaves 7. Plant Propagation 8. Cell Components and Products 9. Diffusion, Growth, and Hormones 10. Photosynthesis 11. Water in Plants; Respiration; Digestion 12. Meiosis and Alternation of Generations 13. Domain and Kingdom Survey 14. Domains (Kingdoms) Archaea and Bacteria; Kingdom Protista 15. Kingdom Fungi (Mycota) 16. Kingdom Plantae: Bryophytes and Ferns 17. Kingdom Plantae: Gymnosperms 18. Kingdom Plantae: Angiosperms (Flowering Plants-Phylum Magnoliophyta 19. Fruits, Spices, and Survival Plants 20. Ecology 21. Genetics

Animal Behavior International Edition

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR

5th Edition

by Lee C Drickamer, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, Stephen H Vessey, Bowling Green State University and Elizabeth Jakob, University of Massachusetts - Amherst

2002 ISBN: 9780070121997 ISBN: 9780071130202 [IE] CONTENTS Part One: The Study of Animal Behavior 1. Introduction 2. History of the Study of Animal Behavior 3. Approaches and Methods Part Two: Behavior Genetics and Evolution 4. Genes and Evolution 5. Behavioral Genetics 6. Evolution of Behavior Patterns Part Three: Mechanisms of Behavior 7. The Nervous System and Behavior 8. Hormones and Behavior, and Immunology and Behavior 9. Biological Timekeeping 10. Development of Behavior 11. Learning Behavior 12. Communication

95

96

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Part Four: Finding Food and Shelter 13. Migration, Orientation, and Navigation 14. Habitat Selection 15. Foraging Behavior Part Five: Social Organization and Mating Systems 16. Aggression 17. Sexual Reproduction and Parental Care 18. Parental Investment and Mating Systems 19. Evolution of Social Systems References Glossary

Parasitology International Edition

FOUNDATIONS OF PARASITOLOGY

9th Edition

by Larry S Roberts, Florida Int’l University-Miami and John Janovy Jr, University of Nebraska-Lincoln

2013 (November 2012) / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073524191 ISBN: 9780071326414 [IE] www.mhhe.com/robertsjanovynadler9e

Marine Biology International Edition

MARINE BIOLOGY

9th Edition

by Peter Castro, California State Poly University--Pomona and Michael E Huber, Global Coastal Strategies, Brisbane-Australia

2013 (September 2012) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073524207 ISBN: 9780071318570 [IE] www.mhhe.com/castrohuber9e Marine Biology covers the basics of marine biology with a global approach, using examples from numerous regions and ecosystems worldwide. This introductory, one-semester text is designed for non-majors. Authors Castro and Huber have made a special effort to include solid basic science content needed in a general education course, including the fundamental principles of biology, the physical sciences, and the scientific method. This science coverage is integrated with a stimulating, up-to-date overview of marine biology. Contents 1. The Science of Marine Biology 2. The Sea Floor 3. Chemical and Physical Features of Seawater and the World Ocean 4. Fundamentals of Biology 5. The Microbial World 6. Multicellular Primary Producers: Seaweeds and Plants 7. Marine Animals Without a Backbone 8. Marine Fishes 9. Marine Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals 10. An Introduction to Marine Ecology 11. Between the Tides 12. Estuaries: Where Rivers Meet the Sea 13. Life on the Continental Shelf 14. Coral Reefs 15. Life Near the Surface 16. The Ocean Depths 17. Resources from the Sea 18. The Impact of Humans on the Marine Environment 19. The Oceans and Human Affairs

This textbook is designed especially for the upper-division courses in general parasitology. It emphasizes principles, illustrating them with material on the biology, physiology, morphology, and ecology of the major parasites of humans and domestic animals. Other parasites are included as well, when they are of unusual biological interest. This is not a diagnostic manual for medical students. Contents 1. Introduction to Parasitology 2. Basic Principles and Concepts I: Parasite Systematics, Ecology and Evolution 3. Basic Principles and Concepts II: Immunology and Pathology 4. Parasitic Prototoa: Form, Function, and Classification 5. Kinetoplasta: Trypanosomes and Their Kin 6. Other Flagellated Protozoa 7. The Amebas 8. Phylum Apicomplexa: Gregarines, Coccidia, and Related Organisms 9. Phylum Apicomplexa: Malaria Organisms and Piroplasms 10. Phylum Ciliophora: Ciliated Protistan Parasites 11. Microsporida and Myxozoa: Parasites with Polar Filaments 12. The Mesozoa: Pioneers or Degenerates? 13. Introduction to Phylum Platyhelminthes 14. Trematoda: Aspidobothrea 15. Trematoda: Form, Function, and Classification of Digeneans 16. Digeneans: Strigeiformes 17. Digeneans: Echinostomatiformes 18. Digeneans: Plagiorchiformes and Opisthorchiformes 19. Monogenoidea 20. Cestoidea: Form, Function, and Classification of the Tapeworms 21. Tapeworms 22. Phylum Nematoda: Form, Function, and Classification 23. Nematodes: Trichinellida and Dioctophymatida, Enoplean Parasites 24. Nematodes: Tylenchina, Pioneering Parasites 25. Nematodes: Strongyloidea, Bursate Rhabditidans 26. Nematodes: Ascaridomorpha, Intestinal Large Roundworms 27. Nematodes: Oxyuridomorpha, Pinworms 28. Nematodes: Gnathostomatomorpha and Spiruromorpha, a Potpourri 29. Nematodes: Filaroidea, Filiarial Worms 30. Nematodes: Dracunculoidea, Guinea Worms and Others 31. Phylum Nematomorpha, Hairworms 32. Phylum Acanthocephala: Thorny-Headed Worms 33. Phylum Arthropoda: Form, Function, and Classification 34. Parasitic Crustaceans 35. Pentastomida: Tongue Worms 36. Parasitic Insects: Phthiraptera, Chewing and Sucking Lice 37. Parasitic Insects: Hemiptera, Bugs 38. Parasitic Insects: Fleas, Order Siphonaptera 39. Parasitic Insects: Diptera, Flies 40. Parasitic Insects: Strepsiptera, Hymenoptera, and Others 41. Parasitic Arachnids: Subclass Acari, Ticks and Mites

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Invertebrate Biology

*9780073524184*

Vertebrate Biology - Textbooks NEW

*9780078023026* International Edition

7th Edition

Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 7th Edition

BIOLOGY OF THE INVERTEBRATES

VERTEBRATES

by Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman

by Jan A Pechenik, Tufts University

2015 (February 2014) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073524184 ISBN: 9781259060755 [IE] www.mhhe.com/pechenik7e This textbook is the most concise and readable invertebrates book in terms of detail and pedagogy (other texts do not offer boxed readings, a second color, end of chapter questions, or pronunciation guides). All phyla of invertebrates are covered (comprehensive) with an emphasis on unifying characteristics of each group. New to this edition •



NEW

International Edition

Material in Chapter 2 has been reorganized to better emphasize the protostome-deuterostome distinction. The section on Inferring Evolutionary Relationships also incorporates more of the modern molecular approaches. References listed in the Topics for Further Discussion and Investigation have been updated throughout the book. New topics have been added to several chapters and the Taxonomic Detail sections in many chapters required updates as well.

Contents 1. Introduction and Environmental Considerations 2. Invertebrate Classification and Relationships 3. The Protists 4. The Poriferans and Placozoans 5. Introduction to the Hydrostatic Skeleton 6. The Cnidarians 7. The Ctenophores 8. The Platyhelminthes 9. The Mesozoand: Possible Flatworm Relatives 10. The Gnathifera: Rotifers, Acanthocephalans, and Two Smaller Groups 11. The Nemertines 12. The Molluscs 13. The Annelids 14. The Arthropods 15. Two Phyla of Likely Arthropod Relatives: Tardigrades and Onychophorans 16. The Nematodes 17. Four Phyla of Likely Nematode Relatives: Nematomorpha, Priapulida, Kinorhyncha, and Loricifera 18. Three Phyla of Uncertain Affiliation: Gastrotricha, Chaetognatha, and Cyliophora 19. The Lophophorates (Phoronids, Brachiopods, Bryozoans) and Entoprocts 20. The Echinoderms 21. The Hemichordates 22. The Xenoturbellids: Deuterostomes at Last? 23. The Nonvertebrate Chordates 24. Invertebrate Reproduction and Development--An Overview

2015 (February 2014) / 816 pages ISBN: 9780078023026 ISBN: 9781259253751 [IE] www.mhhe.com/kardong7e This one-semester text is designed for an upper-level majors course. Vertebrates features a unique emphasis on function and evolution of vertebrates, complete anatomical detail, and excellent pedagogy. Vertebrate groups are organized phylogenetically, and their systems discussed within such a context. Morphology is foremost, but the author has developed and integrated an understanding of function and evolution into the discussion of anatomy of the various systems. New to this edition •

New fossil finds, modern experimental research, and new phylogenies continue to enrich vertebrate biology, sometimes solving old questions or surprising us with a new understanding of how vertebrates function and how they evolved. Much of this is added to this edition.



Shark Skin In addition to favorably affecting fluid flow across their surface, shark placiod scales also bristle, lift up, when boundary layer separation begins to occur to reduce its effects. This newly discovered feature of shark skin is now also included in Chapter 6.

Contents 1. Introduction 2. Origin of Chordates 3. The Vertebrate Story 4. Biological Design 5. Life History 6. Integument 7. Skeletal System: The Skull 8. Skeletal System: The Axial Skeleton 9. Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton 10. The Muscular System 11. The Respiratory System 12. The Circulatory System 13. The Digestive System 14. The Urogenital System 15. The Endocrine System 16. The Nervous System 17. Sensory Organs 18. Conclusions

97

PLANTS & ANIMALS

98

Vertebrate Biology - Lab Manual

*9780077657055* NEW COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 7th Edition by Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman and Edward J Zalisko, Blackburn College

2015 (February 2014) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780077657055 This high-quality laboratory manual may accompany any comparative anatomy text, but correlates directly to Kardong’s Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution text. This lab manual carefully guides students through dissections and is richly illustrated. First and foremost, the basic animal architecture is presented in a clear and concise manner. Throughout the dissections, the authors pause strategically to bring the students’ attention to the significance of the material they have just covered. New to this edition •

7. Digestive Systems Introduction Shark Necturus Cat 8. Circulatory and Respiratory Systems Introduction Shark Necturus Cat 9. Urogential System Shark Necturus Cat 10. Nervous System Introduction Shark Sheep Brain

For greatest clarity and accuracy, some illustrations have been reformatted, labels have been edited and anatomical descriptions have been rewritten.



NEW table of anatomical terminology!



New ‘Patterns & Connections’ boxed essay, the microbiota of vertebrate digestive tracts.



6. Muscular System and External Anatomy Introduction Shark Dissection Necturus Cat

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy

*9780078023026*

Revised many new labels of existing figures to improve recognition of structures described in the laboratory text.



Made extensive changes in the text to improve the consistent use of terminology and anatomical directions.



The laboratory manual has been updated to direct students to related sections of the new seventh edition of the companion textbook Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, by Kenneth Kardong.

Contents 1. Introduction Classification and Comparison Defining the Chordates Studying Advice Designing for Students 2. Protochordates Protochordates 3. Agnathans--Examination of a Primitive Vertebrate: The Lamprey Agnathans Adult Lamprey Anatomy Anatomy of the Lamprey (Ammocoete) Larva 4. Vertebrate Integuments Introduction Examination of Vertebrate Integuments Specializations of the Integument 5. Skeletal System Tissues of the Skeletal System Divisions of the Skeletal System Postcranial Skeleton Skull Cranial Skeleton Teeth

NEW

International Edition

VERTEBRATES

Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 7th Edition by Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman

2015 (February 2014) / 816 pages ISBN: 9780078023026 ISBN: 9781259253751 [IE] www.mhhe.com/kardong7e This one-semester text is designed for an upper-level majors course. Vertebrates features a unique emphasis on function and evolution of vertebrates, complete anatomical detail, and excellent pedagogy. Vertebrate groups are organized phylogenetically, and their systems discussed within such a context. Morphology is foremost, but the author has developed and integrated an understanding of function and evolution into the discussion of anatomy of the various systems. New to this edition •

New fossil finds, modern experimental research, and new phylogenies continue to enrich vertebrate biology, sometimes solving old questions or surprising us with a new understanding of how vertebrates function and how they evolved. Much of this is added to this edition.



Shark Skin In addition to favorably affecting fluid flow across their surface, shark placiod scales also bristle, lift up, when boundary layer separation begins to occur to reduce its effects. This newly discovered feature of shark skin is now also included in Chapter 6.

PLANTS & ANIMALS Contents 1. Introduction 2. Origin of Chordates 3. The Vertebrate Story 4. Biological Design 5. Life History 6. Integument 7. Skeletal System: The Skull 8. Skeletal System: The Axial Skeleton 9. Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton 10. The Muscular System 11. The Respiratory System 12. The Circulatory System 13. The Digestive System 14. The Urogenital System 15. The Endocrine System 16. The Nervous System 17. Sensory Organs 18. Conclusions International Edition

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES

9th Edition

by George Kent, Louisiana State University-Baton Rouge and Robert Carr, Ohio University-Athens

2001 / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073038698 ISBN: 9780071181686 [IE] ISBN: 9780071282413 [IE with Updated Corrections] www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/zoology/kentcarr/links.mhtml CONTENTS 1. Introduction 2. Concepts, Premises, and Pioneers 3. Protochordates and the Origin of Vertebrates 4. The Parade of the Craniates in Time and Taxa 5. Early Craniate Morphogenesis 6. Integument 7. Mineralized Tissues: An Introduction to the Skeleton 8. Vertebrae, Ribs, and Sterna 9. Skull and Visceral Skeleton 10. Girdles, Fins, Limbs, and Locomotion 11. Muscles 12. Digestive System 13. Respiratory System 14. Circulatory System 15. Urogential System 16. Nervous System 17. Sense Organs 18. Endocrine Organs Appendix Glossary Credits Index

Zoology - Textbooks

*9780073524252* ANIMAL DIVERSITY

NEW

7th Edition

by Cleveland P Hickman Jr, Washington & Lee University, Larry S Roberts, Florida Int’l University-Miami, Susan L Keen, University of California Davis, Allan Larson, Washington University-St Louis and Eisenhour J David, Morehead State University

2015 (October 2014) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073524252 ISBN: 9781259095559 [IE] This text provides a concise introduction to the field of animal biology. Readers discover general principles of evolution, ecology, classification, systematics, and animal body plans. After these introductory chapters, readers delve into the biology of all groups of animals. The basic features of each group are discussed, along with evolutionary relationships among group members. Chapter highlights include newly discovered features of animals as they relate to ecology, conservation biology, and value to human society. Regular updates to the phylogenies within the book keep it current. Contents 1. Science of Zoology and Evolution of Animal Diversity 2. Animal Ecology 3. Animal Architecture 4. Taxonomy and Phylogeny of Animals 5. Unicellular Eukaryotes 6. Sponges: Phylum Porifera 7. Cnidarians and Ctenophores 8. Acoelomorpha, Platyzoa, and Mesozoa: Flatworms, Gastrotrichs, Gnathiferans, and Mesozoans 9. Polyzoa and Kryptrochozoa: Cycliophora, Entoprocta, Ectoprocta, Brachiopoda, Phoronida, and Nemertea 10. Molluscs 11. Annelids and Allied Taxa 12. Smaller Ecdysozoans 13. Arthropods 14. Chaetognaths, Echinoderms, and Hemichordates 15. Vertebrate Beginnings: The Chordates 16. Fishes 17. The Early Tetrapods and Modern Amphibians 18. Amniote Origins and Nonavian Reptiles 19. Birds 20. Mammals

99

100

PLANTS & ANIMALS

International Edition

INTEGRATED PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY

16th Edition

by Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee University, Susan L Keen, University of California Davis, Allan Larson, Washington University-St Louis and David J Eisenhour, Morehead State University, Helen I’Anson, Washington & Lee University and Larry S Roberts, Florida International University-Miami

2014 (September 2013) / 912 pages ISBN: 9780073524214 ISBN: 9781259080784 [IE] www.mhhe.com/hickmanipz16e Emphasizing the central role of evolution in generating diversity, this best-selling text describes animal life and the fascinating adaptations that enable animals to inhabit so many ecological niches. Featuring high quality illustrations and photographs set within an engaging narrative, Integrated Principles of Zoology is considered the standard by which other texts are measured. With its comprehensive coverage of biological and zoological principles, mechanisms of evolution, diversity, physiology, and ecology, organized into five parts for easy access, this text is suitable for one- or two-semester introductory courses. Contents Part One: Introduction To Living Animals 1. Life: Biological Principles And The Science Of Zoology 2. The Origin And Chemistry Of Life 3. Cells As Units Of Life 4. Cellular Metabolism Part Two: Continuity And Evolution Of Animal Life 5. Genetics: A Review 6. Organic Evolution 7. The Reproductive Process 8. Principles Of Development Part Three: Diversity Of Animal Life 9. Architectural Pattern Of An Animal 10. Taxonomy And Phylogeny Of Animals 11. Unicellular Eukaryotes 12. Sponges And Placozoans 13. Radiate Animals 14. Acoelomorpha, Platyzoa, And Mesozoa 15. Polyzoa And Kryptrochozoa 16. Molluscs 17. Annelids And Allied Taxa 18. Smaller Ecdysozoans 19. Trilobites, Chelicerates, And Myriapods 20. Crustaceans 21. Hexapods 22. Chaetognaths, Echinoderms, And Hemichordates 23. Chordates 24. Fishes 25. Early Tetrapods And Modern Amphibians 26. Amniote Origins And Nonavian Reptiles 27. Birds 28. Mammals Part Four: Activity Of Life 29. Support, Protection, And Movement 30. Homeostasis: Osmotic Regulation, Excretion, And Temperature Regulation 31. Homeostasis: Internal Fluids And Respiration 32. Digestion and Nutrition 33. Nervous Coordination: Nervous System and Sense Organs 34. Chemical Coordination: Endocrine System 35. Immunity 36. Animal Behavior

Part Five: Animals and Their Environments 37. Animal Distributions 38. Animal Ecology Glossary Credits Index International Edition

ZOOLOGY

9th Edition

by Stephen A Miller, College of the Ozarks and John P Harley, Eastern Kentucky University

2013 (September 2012) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073524177 ISBN: 9780071318587 [IE] highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0073524174 The 9th edition of Zoology continues to offer students an introductory general zoology text that is manageable in size and adaptable to a variety of course formats. It is a principles-oriented text written for the non-majors or the combined course, presented at the freshman and sophomore level. New to the 9th edition are Learning Outcomes and Learning Outcome Review questions. Learning Outcomes help students identify and focus on the major concepts of each chapter. Learning Outcomes Review questions conclude each major concept to reinforce critical concepts students have just studied and include critical thinking questions that assess their understanding of those concepts. Introducing Connect Zoology! For the first time in this discipline Connect and Connect Plus allow instructors to provide auto-gradable and interactive assessment material tied to learning outcomes and provide students better integration through live ebook links to animations, videos and audio assets. Contents Part One: Biological Principles 1. Zoology: An Evolutionary and Ecological Perspective 2. Cells, Tissues, Organs, and Organ Systems of Animals 3. Cell Division and Inheritance 4. Evolution: History and Evidence 5. Evolution and Gene Frequencies 6. Ecology: Preserving the Animal Kingdom Part Two: Animal-Like Protists and Animalia 7. Animal Classification, Phylogeny, and Organization 8. Animal-like Protists: The Protozoa 9. Multicellular and Tissue Levels of Organization 10. The Triploblastic, Acoelomate Body Plan 11. Molluscan Success 12. Annelida: The Metameric Body Form 13. The Pseudocoelomate Body Plan: Aschelminthes (Lophotrochozoan and Ecdysozoan Phyla) 14. The Arthropods: Blueprint for Success 15. The Hexapods and Myriapods: Terrestrial Triumphs 16. The Echinoderms 17. Hemichordata and Invertebrate Chordates 18. The Fishes: Vertebrate Success in Water 19. Amphibians: The First Terrestrial Vertebrates 20. Reptiles: Nonavian Diapsid Amniotes 21. Birds: Reptiles by Another name 22. Mammals: Synapsid Amniotes Part Three: Form and Function: A Comparative Perspective 23. Protection, Support, and Movement 24. Communication I: Nervous and Sensory Systems 25. Communication II: The Endocrine System and Chemical Messages

PLANTS & ANIMALS GENERAL ZOOLOGY LABORATORY GUIDE

26. Circulation and Gas Exchange 27. Nutrition and Digestion 28. Temperature and Body Fluid Regulation 29. Reproduction and Development

16th Edition

by Charles Lytle, North Carolina State University—Raleigh and John Meyer, North Carolina State University

Zoology: Majors - Lab Manual

2013 (February 2012) / 416 pages ISBN: 9780073369457 www.mhhe.com/lytle6e

*9780077655174* LABORATORY STUDIES FOR ANIMAL DIVERSITY

NEW

7th Edition

by Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee University, Lee Kats, Pepperdine University

2015 (October 2014) / 320 pages ISBN: 9780077655174 (Details unavailable at press time)

LABORATORY STUDIES IN INTEGRATED PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY

16th Edition

by Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee University, Lee Kats, Pepperdine University, Susan L Keen, University of California Davis, and Bill Ober

2014 (October 2013) / 448 pages ISBN: 9780077508883 CONTENTS Part One: Introduction To The Living Animal Exercise 1. The Microscope Exercise 2. Cell Structure And Division Exercise 3. Gametogenesis And Embryology Exercise 4. Tissue Structure And Function Part Two: The Diversity Of Animal Life Exercise 5. Ecological Relationships Of Animals Exercise 6. Introduction To Animal Classification Exercise 7. Unicellular Eukaryotes Exercise 8. The Sponges Exercise 9. The Radiate Animals Exercise 10. The Flatworms Exercise 11. Nematodes And Four Small Protostome Phyla Exercise 12. The Molluscs Exercise 13. The Annelids Exercise 14. The Chelicerate Arthropods Exercise 15. The Crustacean Arthropods Exercise 16. The Arthropods Exercise 17. The Echinoderms Exercise 18. Phylum Chordata: A Deuterostome Group Exercise 19. The Fishes—Lampreys, Sharks, And Bony Fishes Exercise 20. The Amphibians: Frogs Exercise 21. The Reptiles Exercise 22. The Birds Exercise 23. The Mammals: Fetal Pig Appendix A: Instructor’s Resources For Implementing Exercises Appendix B: Sources Of Living Material And Prepared Microslides

General Zoology Laboratory Guide is ideal for the laboratory that emphasizes the dissection and microscopic study of live and preserved specimens. Recognized for its accuracy and readability, this manual is comprehensive in its representation of the major groups of animal phyla. This new edition is suitable for a wide range of course needs and structures. Contents Laboratory Safety Comparative Safety of Preservatives Handling and Care of Animals in the Laboratory 1. Microscopy 2. Animal Cells and Tissues 3. Mitosis and Meiosis 4. Development 5. Morphology, Classification, and Systematics 6. Protozoa 7. Porifera 8. Cnidaria and the Radiate Phyla 9. Platyhelminthes 10. Other Protostome Phyla 11. Mollusca 12. Annelida 13. Arthropoda 14. Echinodermata 15. Chordata 16. Shark Anatomy 17. Perch Anatomy 18. Frog Anatomy 19. Fetal Pig Anatomy 20. Rat Anatomy

LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY ZOOLOGY

7th Edition

by Stephen Miller, College of the Ozarks

2013 (October 2012) / 352 pages ISBN: 9780077479299 New to this edition •

This lab manual has been extensively revised from the 6th edition to the 7th edition. It is correlated to the 9th edition of Miller, Zoology.

101

102

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Algae / Phycology

FUNGI AND ALLIED MICROBES by O P Sharma, Dept of Botany, Meerut College, Uttar Pradesh

ALGAE

2011 (March 2011) / 496 pages ISBN: 9780070700383

by O P Sharma, Dept of Botany, Meerut College, Uttar Pradesh

(McGraw-Hill India Title)

2011 (March 2011) / 412 pages ISBN: 9780070681941

Fungi and Allied Microorganisms is designed to fulfill the needs of undergraduate and postgraduate students of botany. The current trends in the subject are explained in a simple, lucid and understandable writing style.

(McGraw-Hill India Title) Textbook of Algae is designed to fulfill the needs of undergraduate and postgraduate students of botany. The current trends in the subject are explained in a simple, lucid and understandable writing style. This book, containing a wide variety of topics discussed extensively along with a large number of problems in every chapter, would surely be helpful to students desirous of enhancing their knowledge in botany. CONTENTS 1. Introduction 2. History and Development of Algae 3. Classification of the Algae 4. Algal Occurrence 5. Cytology of Algae 6. Range of Thallus Structure 7. Reproduction in Algae 8. Origin and Evolution of sex in Algae 9. Life-Cycle in Algae 10. Physiology: Inorganic Nutrients, Vitamins and Pheromones in Algae 11. Physiology: Nitrogen Fixation in Algae 12. Physiology: Movements and Rhythm in Algae 13. Cyanophages 14. Ecology of Algae 15. Water Blooms and Red Tides 16. Algae in Water Supplies and as Indicators of Water Pollution 17. Control of Algae Nuisance 18. Toxic Algae 19. Fossil Algae 20. Methods of Algal Study 21. Laboratory Culture and Commercial Cultivation of Algae 22. Economic Importance of Algae 23. Cyanobacteria or Cyanophyceae or Blue-green Algae 24. Chlorophyceae (Green Algae) 25. Xanthophyceae (Yellow-green Algae) 26. Chrysophyceae (Golden-brown Algae) 27. Bacillariophyceae (Diatoms) 28. Cryptophyceae (Cryptomonads) 29. Dinophyceae (Dinoflagellates) 30. Euglenophyceae (Euglenoids) 31. Phaeophyceae (Brown Algae) 32. Rhodophyceae (Red Algae)

Contents 1. Introduction 2. History of Mycology (Chronology of Major Events) 3. Fungal Cell: Structure and Composition 4. Classification of Fungi 5. Myxomycota 6. Eumycota 7. Mastigomycotina (General Account and Chytridiomycetes) 8. Hyphochytridiomycetes 9. Oomycetes 10. Zygomycotina (Zygomycetes) 11. Trichomycetes 12. Ascomycotina (Ascomycetes) (General Account ) 13. Hemiascomycetes 14. Loculoascomycetes 15. Plectomycetes 16. Laboulbeniomycetes 17. Pyrenomycetes 18. Discomycetes 19. Basidiomycotina (General Account) 20. Teliomycetes 21. Hymenomycetes 22. Gasteromycetes 23. Anamorphic Fungi (Deuteromycotina or Deuteromycetes ) 24. Economic Importance of Fungi 25. Fungi and Biotechnology 26. Mushroom Cultivation 27. Single-Cell Protein 28. Heterothallism in Fungi 29. Sex Hormones and Pheromones in Fungi 30. Mycorrhizae 31. Lichens 32. Bacteria 33. Viruses 34. Plant Diseases and their Control (General Account) 35. Selected Diseases Caused by Fungi, Bacteria and Viruses Appendix 1: Some Common Culture Media And Mounting Media for Fungi Appendix 2: Countrywise List of Institutions with Significant Collections of Fungi-Fungus Related Websites, And Websites Related to Lichens, Bacteria and Viruses Appendix 3: Classification of Fungi Appendix 4: Glossary of 210 Mycological Terms Appendix 5: Answers to Questions Appendix 6: 136 Recommended Readings

PLANTS & ANIMALS

Plant Physiology

FUNDAMENTALS OF PLANT PATHOLOGY by R S Mehrotra and Ashok Aggarwal of Kurukshetra University

2013 (May 2013) / 456 pages ISBN: 9781259029554 (McGraw-Hill India Title) This textbook on Principles of Plant Pathology has been designed for undergraduate students. It focuses on all types of plant diseases such as root diseases, seed-borne diseases, and post-harvest diseases of fruits and vegetables. It also includes diseases caused by bacteria, viruses, mycoplasms, nematodes, and nonparasitic diseases. Contents 1. Introduction 2. History of Plant Pathology 3. Pathogenesis 4. Enzymes and Toxins in Plant Diseases 5. Alteration in Plant Physiological Function due to Plant Pathogen Interaction 6. How Plants Defend Themselves Against Infection 7. Genetics of Plant Pathogen Interaction 8. Effect of Environmental Factors and Nutrition on Disease Development 9. Dispersal of Plant Pathogens 10. Plant-Disease Epidemiology and Plant-Disease Forecasting 11. Management of Plant Diseases 12. Plant Diseases Caused by Fungi, Characteristics and Classification of Plant-Pathogenic Fungi 13. Diseases Caused By Chytridiomycota 14. Diseases Caused by Zygomycota 15. Diseases Caused by Ascomycota 16. Diseases Caused by Basidiomycota 17. Diseases Caused by Anamorphic Fungi (Deuteromycetes) 18. Diseases Caused by Oomycota 19. Diseases Caused by Plasmodiophoromycota 20. Plant Diseases Caused by Mollicutes: Phytoplasmas and Spiroplasmas 21. Bacteria, and Bacterial Diseases 22. Viruses, Viroids, and Their Diseases 23. Diseases Caused by Nematodes and Flagellates (Protozoans) 24. Non-Infectious or Abiotic Diseases 25. Application of Biotechnology in Plant Pathology 26. Phytopathological Techniques in Plant Pathology

103

104

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY | CONTENTS

College Physics............................................................................ 111 Conceptual Physics......................................................................109 Electricity & Magnetism................................................................119 Integrated Sciences.....................................................................109 Introduction to Astronomy............................................................121 Introduction to Physical Science..................................................107 Mathematical Physics..................................................................119 Modern Physics............................................................................117 Optics...........................................................................................120 Professional References..............................................................122 Technical Physics.........................................................................114 University Physics........................................................................114

105

106

NEW TITLES | PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Physics, 3e

Giambattista 9780073512150

111

The Physics of Sports

Lisa

109

2015

Author ISBN

Page

Pathways of Astronomy, 4e

Schneider

9780073512242

121

Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 8e

Griffith

9780073513904

110

2014

Author ISBN

Page

Concepts of Modern Physics

Beiser

9789814595261

117

Modern Physics

Kaur

9789332901810

118

Solid State Physics

John

9789332901797

110

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

9780073513973

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Introduction to Physical Science International Edition

THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE

15th Edition

by Konrad B Krauskopf (deceased) and Arthur Beiser, Formerly New York University

2014 (January 2013) / 752 pages ISBN: 9780073513928 ISBN: 9781259094750 [IE] www.mhhe.com/krauskopf The Physical Universe, 15e by Konrad Krauskopf and Arthur Beiser is an outstanding text with a long history that has been updated and given a fresh look. This edition is also accompanied by a strong media component with the Connect online homework system, personal response system (“clicker”) questions, more extensive online quizzing, and PowerPoint lectures. Aimed at presenting the essentials of physics, chemistry, earth science, and astronomy in a clear, easy-to-understand way, The Physical Universe shows students how science works, how scientists approach problems, and why science constantly evolves in its search for understanding. The text can also be packaged with its long time companion student study guide, which includes a review of chapter terms and concepts; self quizzing for extra practice; and additional solved problems. CONTENTS 1. The Scientific Method 2. Motion 3. Energy 4. Energy and the Future 5. Matter and Heat 6. Electricity and Magnetism 7. Waves 8. The Nucleus 9. The Atom 10. The Periodic Law 11. Crystals, Ions, and Solutions 12. Chemical Reactions 13. Organic Chemistry 14. Atmosphere and Hydrosphere 15. The Rock Cycle 16. The Evolving Earth 17. The Solar System 18. The Stars 19. The Universe Answers to Odd-Numbered Exercises

International Edition

PHYSICAL SCIENCE

10th Edition

by Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe

2014 (January 2013) / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073513898 ISBN: 9781259060915 [IE] www.mhhe.com/tillery Physical Science, Tenth Edition, is intended to serve the needs of non-science majors who are required to complete one or more physical science courses. It offers exceptional, straight-forward writing, complemented with useful pedagogical tools. Physical Science introduces basic concepts and key ideas while providing opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills and a new way of thinking about their environment. No prior work in science is assumed. The text offers students complete coverage of the physical sciences with a level of explanation and detail appropriate for all students. The sequence of chapters in Physical Science is flexible, and the instructor can determine topic sequence and depth of coverage as needed. The materials are also designed to support a conceptual approach, or a combined conceptual and problem-solving approach. Along with the accompanying laboratory manual, the text contains enough material for the instructor to select a sequence for a two-semester course. Contents 1. What Is Science? Physics 2. Motion 3. Energy 4. Heat and Temperature 5. Wave Motions and Sound 6. Electricity 7. Light Chemistry 8. Atoms and Periodic Properties 9. Chemical Bonds 10. Chemical Reactions 11. Water and Solutions 12. Organic Chemistry 13. Nuclear Reactions Astronomy 14. The Universe 15. The Solar System 16. Earth in Space Earth Science 17. Rocks and Minerals 18. Plate Tectonics 19. Building Earth’s Surface 20. Shaping Earth’s Surface 21. Geologic Time 22. Atmosphere of Earth 23. Weather and Climate 24. Earth’s Waters Appendix A: Mathematical Review Appendix B: Solubilities Chart Appendix C: Relative Humidity Table Appendix D: Solutions to Follow-UP Examples Appendix E: Solutions for Group A Parallel Exercises

107

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

108

LAB MANUAL FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCE

10th Edition

by Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe

2014 (January 2013) / 432 pages ISBN: 9780077515126 The laboratory manual, written and classroom tested by the author, presents a selection of laboratory exercises specifically written for the interests and abilities of nonscience majors. There are laboratory exercises that require measurement, data analysis, and thinking in a more structured learning environment, while alternative exercises that are open-ended “Invitations to Inquiry” are provided for instructors who would like a less structured approach. When the laboratory manual is used with Physical Science, students will have an opportunity to master basic scientific principles and concepts, learn new problem-solving and thinking skills, and understand the nature of scientific inquiry from the perspective of hands-on experiences. The instructor’s edition of the laboratory manual can be found on the Physical Science companion website.

thermal physics

with Kinetic Theory, Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics, 2nd Edition by SC Garg, R K Bansal, C K Ghosh of Indira Gandhi National Open University

2013 (February 2013) / 688 pages ISBN: 9781259003356 (McGraw-Hill India Title) This comprehensive and thoroughly revised edition of Thermal Physics provides a concise and balanced account of all the fundamental concepts along with plethora of solved and unsolved problems, as per examination requisites. Following a conceptual flow, the textbook covers all important topics in the subject like Maxwell’s Distribution, Transport Phenomenon, Laws of Thermodynamics, Entropy and Statistical Mechanics. New to this edition

Relativity. Fluids. Heat. Kinetic Theory of Matter. Thermodynamics. Electricity. Electric Current. Magnetism. Electromagnetic Induction. Waves. Lenses. Quantum Physics. The Nucleus. Radioactivity and Elementary Particles. Theory of the Atom. The Periodic Law. Molecules and Solids. Formulas and Equations. Stoichiometry. Gas Stoichiometry. Solutions. Acids and Bases. Oxidation and Reduction. Electrochemistry. Chemical Energy. Reaction Rates and Equilibrium. Organic Chemistry. The Atmosphere. Weather. The Oceans. Earth Materials. Erosion and Sedimentation. Vulcanism and Diastrophism. The Earth’s Interior. Continental Drift. Earth History. Earth and Sky. The Solar System. The Sun. The Stars. The Universe.



As per new UGC syllabus—comprehensive coverage to all major universities syllabi



New chapter on Radiation and new topics on Liquefaction of Gases, Power and



Refrigeration Cycles and Applications of Low Temperatures

by Dave Wells, University of Texas



Rich pedagogical features including Learning Objectives, Summary, Mnemonics and over 175 Illustrations

1967 / 368 pages ISBN: 9780070692589

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF LAGRANGIAN DYNAMICS

(A Schaum’s Publication)

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE

2nd Edition

by Arthur Beiser, formerly of New York University

1988 / 368 pages ISBN: 9780070044197 (A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS Physical Quantities. Motion in a Straight Line. The Laws of Motion. Circular Motion and Gravitation. Energy. Momentum.

CONTENTS Background Material. Lagrange’s Equations of Motion of a Single Particle. Lagrange’s Equations of Motion for a System of Particles. Conservative Systems. Dissipative Forces. General Treatment of Moments and Products of Inertia. Lagrangian Treatment of Rigid Body Dynamics. The Euler Method of Rigid Body Dynamics. Small Oscillations about Positions of Equilibrium. Small Oscillations about Steady Motion. Forces of Constraint. Driving Forces Required to Establish Known Motions. Effects of Earth’s Figure and Daily Rotation on Dynamical Problems. Application of Lagrange’s Equations to Electrical and

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Electromechanical Systems. Hamilton’s Equations of Motion. Hamilton’s Principle. Basic Equations of Dynamics in Vector and Tensor Notation. Appendix: Relations between Direction Cosines.

Integrated Sciences International Edition

Appendix A: Mathematical Review Working with Equations Significant Figures Conversion of Units Scientific Notation Appendix B: Solubilities Chart Appendix C: Relative Humidity Table Appendix D: Problem Solving Appendix E: Follow-Up Example Solutions Appendix F: Answers to Applying the Concepts Appendix G: Solutions for Group A Parallel Exercises Glossary

INTEGRATED SCIENCE

6th Edition

Conceptual Physics

by Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University--Tempe, Eldon Enger and Frederick C Ross of Delta College

2013 (January 2012) / 768 pages ISBN: 9780073512259 ISBN: 9780071318099 [IE] www.mhhe.com/tillery Integrated Science, Sixth Edition is a straightforward, easy-toread, yet substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter and energy in living and nonliving systems. The authors provide even, well-integrated coverage of physics, chemistry, earth science, astronomy, and biology. The text’s pedagogy (chapter outlines, core concept maps, and overviews) reveals how the science disciplines are interrelated and integrated throughout the text. This edition continues to introduce basic concepts and key ideas while providing opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills and a new way of thinking about their environment. Additional content has been added to this edition, including a discussion of “Scientific Communication” to chapter 1, “Simple Machines” to chapter 3, and “efficiency” to chapter 4. The book is intended to serve the needs of non-science majors who are required to complete one or more science courses as part of a general or basic studies requirement. No prior work in science is assumed. The language, as well as the mathematics, is as simple as can be practical for a college-level science course. Contents 1. What Is Science? 2. Motion 3. Energy 4. Heat and Temperature 5. Wave Motions and Sound 6. Electricity 7. Light 8. Atoms and Periodic Properties 9. Chemical Reactions 10. Water and Solutions 11. Nuclear Reactions 12. The Universe 13. The Solar System 14. Earth in Space 15. The Earth 16. The Earth’s Surface 17. Earth’s Weather 18. Earth’s Waters 19. Organic and Biochemistry 20. The Nature of Living Things 21. The Origin and Evolution of Life 22. The History of Life on Earth 23. Ecology and Environment 24. Human Biology: Materials Exchange and Control Mechanisms 25. Human Biology: Reproduction 26. Mendelian and Molecular Genetics

*9780073513973* THE PHYSICS OF SPORTS

NEW

by Michael Lisa, Ohio State University Columbus

2016 (January 2015) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780073513973 Features •

LearnSmart™ an intelligent learning system that uses a series of probing questions to pinpoint each student’s knowledge gaps. LearnSmart strengthens student understanding and retention of your course’s fundamental concepts; effectively preparing your students for class so you can review less and teach more. The LearnSmart methodology is simple: determine the concepts students don’t know or understand, and then teach those concepts using personalized plans designed for each student’s success.

Contents Preface to the student Preface to the instructor I: Primary Chapters 1. Warm-up: Basic concepts 2. Racing, mathematically 1D kinematics 3. Net Force: Dwight Howard illustrates Forces, dynamics 4. Punts, Dick Fosbury & other projectiles Projectile Motion 5. Curveballs, foul shots and bent kicks Aerodynamic forces 6. Game changers: collisions in sports Collisions and momentum 7. Energy in sports: bursts of power Energy, power, work, efficiency, elasticity 8. Energy and timing in elastic equipment Stiffness, timing, elastic energy storage 9. The physics of cycling Sustained power generation, rolling friction, more aerodynamics, power balance, rotational dynamics, torque 10. Twisting athletes in flight Angular motion with changing moment of inertia, rotation about fixed axes and in free space, conservation of angular momentum II: Supplemental Chapters 11. Lines of action on the line of scrimmage: the torque wars 12. A Barry Bonds home run Ball-bat collisions 13. The Pole Vault 14. Is it better to run through ¿rst base, or to dive? Answers to odd-numbered problems Unit conversions Tables of relevant physical properties Bibliography, Further Reading Index

109

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

110

*9780073513904*

NEW

International Edition

PHYSICS OF EVERYDAY PHENOMENA

8th Edition

by Thomas Griffith and Juliet Brosing of Pacific University

2015 (March 2014) / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073513904 ISBN: 9781259094859 [IE] www.mhhe.com/griffith The Physics of Everyday Phenomena, Eighth Edition, introduces students to the basic concepts of physics using examples of common occurrences in everyday life. Intended for use in a onesemester or two-semester course in conceptual physics, this book is written in a narrative style, frequently using questions designed to draw the reader into a dialogue about the ideas of physics. This inclusive style allows the book to be used by anyone interested in exploring the nature of physics and explanations of everyday physical phenomena. Beginning students will benefit from the large number of student aids and the reduced math content. Professors will appreciate the organization of the material and the wealth of pedagogical tools. New to this edition •

For the first time, a fully adaptive SmartBook eBook will be available to the students. Probes developed by expert teachers test and enhance student’s conceptual understanding, and drive them to those topics they are most in need of reviewing. This product takes full advantage of the conceptual nature of the textbook, providing the link between the reading and conceptual questions.



The conceptual questions have been updated, and approximately 2 new conceptual questions have been added in each chapter.



The end-of-chapter exercises have been updated to reflect new discoveries and modern technology. There are about 2-3 such changes per chapter.

Contents 1. Physics, the Fundamental Science Unit One: The Newtonian Revolution 2. Describing Motion 3. Falling Objects and Projectile Motion 4. Newton’s Laws: Explaining Motion 5. Circular Motion, the Planets, and Gravity 6. Energy and Oscillations 7. Momentum and Impulse 8. Rotational Motion of Solid Objects Unit Two: Fluids and Heat 9. The Behavior of Fluids 10. Temperature and Heat 11. Heat Engines and the Second Law of Thermodynamics Unit Three: Electricity and Magnetism 12. Electrostatic Phenomena 13. Electric Circuits 14. Magnets and Electromagnetism Unit Four: Wave Motion and Optics 15. Making Waves 16. Light Waves and Color 17. Light and Image Formation Unit Five: The Atom and Its Nucleus 18. The Structure of the Atom

19. The Nucleus and Nuclear Energy Unit Six: Relativity and Beyond 20. Relativity 21. Beyond Everyday Phenomena Appendix A: Using Simple Algebra Appendix B: Decimal Fractions, Percentages, and Scientific Notation Appendix C: Vectors and Vector Addition Appendix D: Answers to Odd-Numbered Exercises and Challenge Problems Photo Credits Glossary Index

*9789332901797* SOLID STATE PHYSICS

NEW

by Rita John, Department of Theoretical Physics, University of Madras, Chennai

2014 (June 2014) / 560 pages ISBN: 9789332901797 (McGraw-Hill India Title) Solid State Physics focuses on the fundamental concepts while building a strong conceptual framework. It provides systematic and comprehensive coverage to topics such as Crystal Structure and Bonding, Lattice dynamics and Phonons, Thermal and Electrical Properties, Superconductivity, Semiconductors, Dielectrics, Basics of Density Functional Theory and Band Structure calculations and Physics of nano solids. It also introduces relevant information on recent developments. CONTENTS 1. Bonding in Solids 2. Crystal Physics 3. X-Ray Diffraction and Crystal Defects 4. Specific Heat and Lattice Vibration Part I: Theories of Specific Heat Part II: Lattice Dynamics 5. Electrons in Solids 6. Band Theory of Solids 7. Semiconductors 8. Magnetism 9. Superconductors 10. Dielectrics 11. Physics of Nano Solids Appendix 1: Basic concepts of Quantum Mechanics Appendix 2: For Section 1.2.5 Appendix 3: For Sections 6.3.1 and 11.9.4 International Edition

PHYSICS FOR POETS

5th Edition

by Robert March, University of Wisconsin – Madison

2003 / 304 pages ISBN: 9780071198530 [IE] CONTENTS 1. A Vast and Most Excellent Science 2. Toward a Science of Mechanics 3. The Denouement: Newton’s Laws 4. The Moon and the Apple

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

5. The Romance of Energy 6. One Last Part for the Machine 7. Waves 8. Does the Earth Really Move? 9. The Birth of Relativity 10. The Wedding of Space and Time 11. E=mc2 and All That 12. Did God Have Any Choice? 13. The Atom Returns 14. Rutherford Probes the Atom 15. The Atom and the Quantum 16. Particles and Waves 17. Does God Play Dice? 18. Schrodinger’s Cat 19. The Dreams Stuff Is Made Of 20. The Whole Shebang



The number of problems in the Review & Synthesis sections has been increased in the new edition(s); over 30 new problems in total. The MCAT® Review questions have been retained.

Part One: Mechanics 2. Motion Along A Line 3. Motion In A Plane 4. Force And Newton’s Laws Of Motion 5. Circular Motion 6. Conservation Of Energy 7. Linear Momentum 8. Torque And Angular Momentum 9. Fluids 10. Elasticity And Oscillations 11. Waves 12. Sound

NEW

International Edition

PHYSICS

3rd Edition by Alan Giambattista, Cornell University-Ithaca

2016 (January 2015) / 1216 pages ISBN: 9780073512150 ISBN: 9781259254444 [IE] Physics 2nd edition is an alternate version of the College Physics 3rd edition text by Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson. The key difference is that Physics covers kinematics and forces in the more traditional organization of beginning with Kinematics and proceeding to forces. (College Physics takes an integrated approach to forces and kinematics, introducing forces and interweaving kinematics.) New to this edition •

New “Connections” feature identifies areas in each chapter where important concepts are revisited. A marginal “Connections” heading and summary adjacent to the coverage in the main text help students easily recognize that a previously introduced concept is being applied to the current discussion.



New Checkpoint questions have been added to applicable sections of the text. The answers to the Checkpoints are found at the end of the chapter.



Non-essential coverage and derivations have been moved from the text to the text’s online site. Identifiers in the text direct students to additional information online.



End-of-chapter problem sets have been revised and include many new problems: over 100 new problems in total.

Contents 1. Introduction

College Physics

*9780073512150*



Electronic Media Integration has been incorporated throughout the text. Icons indicate topics in the text where accompanying interactives, animations, and tutorials can be found online to aid in student understanding of physics concepts.



The topical question from the chapter opening vignette now appears in the margin (along with a reduced version of the chapter opening image).



Applications have been clearly identified as such in the text with a complete listing in the front matter.



Many helpful subheadings have been added to the text to help students quickly identify new subtopics.

Part Two: Thermal Physics 13. Temperature And The Ideal Gas 14. Heat 15. Thermodynamics Part Three: Electromagnetism 16. Electric Forces And Fields 17. Electric Potential 18. Electric Current And Circuits 19. Magnetic Forces And Fields 20. Electromagnetic Induction 21. Alternating Current Part Four: Electromagnetic Waves And Optics 22. Electromagnetic Waves 23. Reflection And Refraction Of Light 24. Optical Instruments 25. Interference And Diffraction Part Five: Quantum And Particle Physics 26. Relativity 27. Early Quantum Physics And The Photon 28. Quantum Physics 29. Nuclear Physics 30. Particle Physics Appendix A: Mathematics Review A.1 Algebra Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes Answers to Selected Questions and Problems International Edition

COLLEGE PHYSICS

4th Edition

by Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert C Richardson of Cornell University-Ithaca

2013 (January 2012) / 1232 pages ISBN: 9780073512143 ISBN: 9780071317948 [IE] www.mhhe.com/grr College Physics, Fourth Edition, presents a unique “forces first” approach to physics that builds a conceptual framework as motivation for the physical principles. That intuitive approach, combined with a consistent problem solving strategies, stunning art, extensive end-of-chapter material, and superior media support make Giambattista, Richardson, and Richardson a product that addresses the needs of TODAY’s students.

111

112

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Contents Part One: Mechanics 1. Introduction 2. Force 3. Acceleration And Newton’s Second Law Of Motion 4. Motion With A Changing Velocity 5. Circular Motion 6. Conservation Of Energy 7. Linear Momentum 8. Torque And Angular Momentum 9. Fluids 10. Elasticity And Oscillations 11. Waves 12. Sound Part Two: Thermal Physics 13. Temperature And The Ideal Gas 14. Heat 15. Thermodynamics Part Three: Electromagnetism 16. Electric Forces And Fields 17. Electric Potential 18. Electric Current And Circuits 19. Magnetic Forces And Fields 20. Electromagnetic Induction 21. Alternating Current Part Four: Electromagnetic Waves And Optics 22. Electromagnetic Waves 23. Reflection And Refraction Of Light 24. Optical Instruments 25. Interference And Diffraction Part Five: Quantum And Particle Physics 26. Relativity 27. Early Quantum Physics And The Photon 28. Quantum Physics 29. Nuclear Physics 30. Particle Physics Appendix A: Mathematics Review Appendix B: Table Of Selected Isotopes Answers To Selected Questions and Problems International Edition

PHYSICS

7th Edition by Paul E Tippens

2007 (Dec 2005) / 816 pages ISBN: 9780073222707 ISBN: 9780071107594 [IE] ISBN: 9780071107969 [IE with OLC] www.mhhe.com/tippens7e Contents Mechanics 1. Introduction 2. Technical Mathematics 3. Technical Measurements And Vectors. 4 .Translational Equilibrium And Friction 5. Torque And Rotational Equilibrium 6. Uniform Acceleration 7. Newton’s Second Law 8. Work, Energy, And Power 9. Impulse And Momentum 10. Uniform Circular Motion. 11. Rotation Of Rigid Bodies 12. Simple Machines

13. Elasticity 14. Simple Harmonic Motion 15. Fluids Thermodynamics, Mechanical Waves, And Sound 16. Temperature And Expansion 17. Quantity Of Heat 18. Transfer Of Heat 19. Thermal Properties Of Matter 20. Thermodynamics 21 Mechanical Waves 22. Sound Electricity, Magnetism, And Optics 23. The Electric Force 24. The Electric Field 25. Electric Potential 26. Capacitance 27. Current And Resistance 28. Direct-Current Circuits 29. Magnetism And The Magnetic Field 30. Forces And Torques In A Magnetic Field 31. Electromagnetic Induction 32. Alternating-Current Circuits 33. Light And Illumination 34. Reflection And Mirrors 35. Refraction 36. Lenses And Optical Instruments 37. Interference, Diffraction, And Polarization Modern Physics 38. Modern Physics And The Atom 39. Nuclear Physics And The Nucleus Index

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE PHYSICS

11th Edition

by Frederick J Bueche, University of Dayton-Emeritus and Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University

2012 (October 2011) / 528 pages ISBN: 9780071754873 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Outline of College Physics provides a systematic review of physics with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include comprehensive review of vectors, Newton’s laws, the laws of thermodynamics, fluids, magnetic fields, light, lenses, sound, and waves. Contents 1. Musculoskeletal System 2. Immune System 3. Hematologic System 4. Cardiovascular System 5. Respiratory System 6. Nervous System 7. Endocrine System 8. Gastrointestinal System 9. ObGyn 10. Integumentary System 11. Genitourinary System 12. Fluids and Electrolytes 13. Perioperative 14. Mental Health 15. Oncology

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY SCHAUM’S 3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS

Revised Edition by Alvin Halpern

2012 (June 2011) / 792 pages ISBN: 9780071763462 (A Schaum’s Publication) This powerful problem-solver offers students 3,000 problems in physics, fully solved step-by-step! It will help students cut study time, hone problem-solving skills, and achieve their personal best on exams! This book is compatible with any classroom text, and helps students brush up before physics tests, study quickly and more effectively, and allows students to progress at their own pace and find the answers--fast! This Schaum’s Solved Problem Guide is so complete it’s the perfect tool for graduate or professional exam review!

SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF COLLEGE PHYSICS

19. Expansion of Solids, Liquids, and Gases 20. Kinetic Theory of Matter 21. Thermodynamics 22. Heat Transfer 23. Electricity 24. Electric Current 25. Direct-Current Circuits 26. Capacitance 27. Magnetism 28. Electromagnetic Induction 29. Alternating-Current Circuits 30. Light 31. Spherical Mirrors 32. Lenses 33. Physical and Quantum Optics 34. Atomic Physics 35. The Solid State 36. Nuclear Physics Appendix A: Physical Constants and Quantities Appendix B: Conversion Factors Appendix C: Natural Trigonometric Functions Index

Revised Edition

by Frederick J Bueche, University of Dayton and Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University

2011 (December 2011) / 144 pages ISBN: 9780071779791 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Easy Outline of College Physics provides a systematic review of physics with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The topics covered include comprehensive review of vectors, Newton’s laws, the laws of thermodynamics, fluids, magnetic fields, light, lenses, sound, and waves.

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF APPLIED PHYSICS

4th Edition Revised by Arthur Beiser

2009 (June 2009) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780071611572 (A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS 1. Useful Math 2. Vectors 3. Motion in a Straight Line 4. Motion in a Vertical Plane 5. Laws of Motion 6. Friction 7. Energy 8. Momentum 9. Circular Motion and Gravitation 10. Rotational Motion 11. Equilibrium 12. Simple Machines 13. Elasticity 14. Simple Harmonic Motion 15. Waves and Sound 16. Fluids at Rest 17. Fluids in Motion 18. Heat

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING PHYSICS II by Alvin Halpern

1998 / 592 pages ISBN: 9780070257078 (A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS Wave Motion. Sound. Coulomb’s Law and Electric Fields. Electric Potential and Capacitance. Simple Electric Circuits. Magnetism--Effect of the Field. Magnetism--Source of the Field. Magnetic Properties of Matter. Induced EMF. Inductance. Time Varying Electric Circuits. Electromagnetic Waves. Light and Optical Phenomena. Mirrors, Lenses and Optical Instruments. Interference, Diffraction and Polarization. Special Relativity. Particles of Light and Waves of Matter:Introduction to Quantum Physics. Modern Physics: Atomic, Nuclear and Solid-State Physics.

113

114

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING PHYSICS I by Alvin Halpern, City University of New York

1995 / 471 pages ISBN: 9780070256538 (A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS Introduction and Mathematical Background. Motion in a Straight Line. Motion in a Plane. Forces and Equilibrium. Newton’s Second Law. Work and Mechanical Energy. Energy, Power and Simple Machines. Impulse and Momentum. Equilibrium for Rigid Bodies. Rotational Motion. Elasticity and Objects under Stress. Simple Harmonic Motion. Fluids at Rest. Fluids in Motion. Temperature and Heat. Thermal Energy Transfer. Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory. Thermodynamics: The First and Second Laws.

22. Sound Electricity, Magnetism, And Optics 23. The Electric Force 24. The Electric Field 25. Electric Potential 26. Capacitance 27. Current And Resistance 28. Direct-Current Circuits 29. Magnetism And The Magnetic Field 30. Forces And Torques In A Magnetic Field 31. Electromagnetic Induction 32. Alternating-Current Circuits 33. Light And Illumination 34. Reflection And Mirrors 35. Refraction 36. Lenses And Optical Instruments 37. Interference, Diffraction, And Polarization Modern Physics 38. Modern Physics And The Atom 39. Nuclear Physics And The Nucleus IndeX

University Physics International Edition

Technical Physics International Edition

UNIVERSITY PHYSICS

Standard Version, Chapters 1-35, 2nd Edition by Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of Michigan State University-East Lansing

PHYSICS

2014 (January 2013) / 1024 pages ISBN: 9780077409623 ISBN: 9781259095078 [IE]

by Paul E Tippens

www.mhhe.com/bauerwestfall2e

2007 (Dec 2005) / 816 pages ISBN: 9780073222707 ISBN: 9780071107594 [IE] ISBN: 9780071107969 [IE with OLC]

Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, teaches students the fundamentals of physics through interesting, timely examples, a logical and consistent approach to problem solving, and an outstanding suite of online tools and exercises. Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, includes the power of McGrawHill’s LearnSmart--a proven adaptive learning program that helps students learn faster, study more efficiently, and retain more knowledge for greater success. LearnSmart is included in ConnectPlus powered by Maple which features more than 2,500 automatically-graded exercises delivered in an easy-touse, accurate, and reliable system. Also included is an interactive e-book which allows the student easy access to the explanations they need. Bauer/Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics is designed for the calculus-based introductory physics course and is well suited for students in Physics, Engineering, and the Life and Physical Sciences.

7th Edition

www.mhhe.com/tippens7e Contents Mechanics 1. Introduction 2. Technical Mathematics 3. Technical Measurements And Vectors. 4. Translational Equilibrium And Friction 5. Torque And Rotational Equilibrium 6. Uniform Acceleration 7. Newton’s Second Law 8. Work, Energy, And Power 9. Impulse And Momentum 10. Uniform Circular Motion. 11. Rotation Of Rigid Bodies 12. Simple Machines 13. Elasticity 14. Simple Harmonic Motion 15. Fluids Thermodynamics, Mechanical Waves, And Sound 16. Temperature And Expansion 17. Quantity Of Heat 18. Transfer Of Heat 19. Thermal Properties Of Matter 20. Thermodynamics 21 Mechanical Waves

Contents The Big Picture: Modern Physics Frontiers Part 1: Mechanics of Point Particles 1. Overview 2. Motion in a Straight Line 3. Motion in Two and Three Dimensions 4. Force 5. Kinetic Energy. Work. and Power] 6. Potential Energy and Energy Conservation 7. Momentum and Collisions

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Part 2: Extended Objects. Matter and Circular Motion 8. Systems of Particles and Extended Objects 9. Circular Motion 10. Rotation 11. Static Equilibrium 12. Gravitation 13. Solids and Fluids Part 3: Oscillations and Waves 14. Oscillations 15. Waves 16. Sound Part 4: Thermal Physics 17. Temperature 18. Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics 19. Ideal Gases 20. The Second Law of Thermodynamics Part 5: Electricity 21. Electrostatics 22. Electric Fields and Gauss’s Law 23. Electric Potential 24. Capacitors 25. Current and Resistance 26. Direct Current Circuits Part 6: Magnetism 27. Magnetism 28. Magnetic Fields of Moving Charges 29. Electromagnetic Induction 30. Alternating Current Circuits 31. Electromagnetic Waves Part 7: Optics 32. Geometric Optics 33. Lenses and Optical Instruments 34. Wave Optics Part 8: Relativity 35. Relativity

UNIVERSITY PHYSICS

Volume 1, Chapters 1-20, 2nd Edition by Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of Michigan State University-East Lansing

2014 (January 2013) / 608 pages ISBN: 9780077409630 www.mhhe.com/bauerwestfall2e Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, teaches students the fundamentals of physics through interesting, timely examples, a logical and consistent approach to problem solving, and an outstanding suite of online tools and exercises. Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, includes the power of McGrawHill’s LearnSmart--a proven adaptive learning program that helps students learn faster, study more efficiently, and retain more knowledge for greater success. LearnSmart is included in ConnectPlus powered by Maple which features more than 2,500 automatically-graded exercises delivered in an easy-touse, accurate, and reliable system. Also included is an interactive e-book which allows the student easy access to the explanations they need. Bauer/Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics is designed for the calculus-based introductory physics course and is well suited for students in Physics, Engineering, and the Life and Physical Sciences.

Contents The Big Picture: Modern Physics Frontiers Part 1: Mechanics of Point Particles 1. Overview 2. Motion in a Straight Line 3. Motion in Two and Three Dimensions 4. Force 5. Kinetic Energy. Work. and Power] 6. Potential Energy and Energy Conservation 7. Momentum and Collisions Part 2: Extended Objects. Matter and Circular Motion 8. Systems of Particles and Extended Objects 9. Circular Motion 10. Rotation 11. Static Equilibrium 12. Gravitation 13. Solids and Fluids Part 3: Oscillations and Waves 14. Oscillations 15. Waves 16. Sound Part 4: Thermal Physics 17. Temperature 18. Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics 19. Ideal Gases 20. The Second Law of Thermodynamics Part 5: Electricity

UNIVERSITY PHYSICS

Volume 2, Chapters 21-40, 2nd Edition by Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of Michigan State University-East Lansing

2014 (January 2013) / 672 pages ISBN: 9780077409609 www.mhhe.com/bauerwestfall2e Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, teaches students the fundamentals of physics through interesting, timely examples, a logical and consistent approach to problem solving, and an outstanding suite of online tools and exercises. Bauer & Westfall, University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, weaves exciting, contemporary physics throughout the text with coverage of the most recent research by the authors and others in areas such as energy, medicine, and the environment. These contemporary topics are explained in a way that your students will find real, interesting, and motivating. Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, includes the power of McGraw-Hill’s LearnSmart--a proven adaptive learning program that helps students learn faster, study more efficiently, and retain more knowledge for greater success. LearnSmart is included in ConnectPlus powered by Maple which features more than 2,500 automatically-graded exercises delivered in an easy-to-use, accurate, and reliable system. Also included is an interactive e-book which allows the student easy access to the explanations they need. Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics is designed for the calculus-based introductory physics course and is well suited for students in Physics, Engineering, and the Life and Physical Sciences. The text acknowledges the latest advances in physics education with a traditional table of contents.

115

116

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Contents Part 5: Electricity 21. Electrostatics 22. Electric Fields and Gauss’s Law 23. Electric Potential 24. Capacitors 25. Current and Resistance 26. Direct Current Circuits Part 6: Magnetism 27. Magnetism 28. Magnetic Fields of Moving Charges 29. Electromagnetic Induction 30. Alternating Current Circuits 31. Electromagnetic Waves Part7: Optics 32. Geometric Optics 33. Lenses and Optical Instruments 34. Wave Optics Part 8: Relativity 35. Relativity 36. Quantum Physics 37. Quantum Mechanics 38. Atomic Physics 39. Elementary Particle Physics 40. Nuclear Physics

CONTENTS The Big Picture: Modern Physics Frontiers

International Edition

Part 5: Electricity 21. Electrostatics 22. Electric Fields and Gauss’s Law 23. Electric Potential 24. Capacitors 25. Current and Resistance 26. Direct Current Circuits

UNIVERSITY PHYSICS WITH MODERN PHYSICS

2nd Edition

by Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of Michigan State University-East Lansing

2014 (January 2013) / 1536 pages ISBN: 9780073513881 ISBN: 9781259080753 [IE] www.mhhe.com/bauerwestfall2e Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, teaches students the fundamentals of physics through interesting, timely examples, a logical and consistent approach to problem solving, and an outstanding suite of online tools and exercises. Bauer & Westfall, University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, weaves exciting, contemporary physics throughout the text with coverage of the most recent research by the authors and others in areas such as energy, medicine, and the environment. These contemporary topics are explained in a way that your students will find real, interesting, and motivating. Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics, second edition, includes the power of McGraw-Hill’s LearnSmart--a proven adaptive learning program that helps students learn faster, study more efficiently, and retain more knowledge for greater success. LearnSmart is included in ConnectPlus powered by Maple which features more than 2,500 automatically-graded exercises delivered in an easy-to-use, accurate, and reliable system. Also included is an interactive e-book which allows the student easy access to the explanations they need. Bauer & Westfall’s University Physics with Modern Physics is designed for the calculus-based introductory physics course and is well suited for students in Physics, Engineering, and the Life and Physical Sciences. The text acknowledges the latest advances in physics education with a traditional table of contents.

Part 1: Mechanics of Point Particles 1. Overview 2. Motion in a Straight Line 3. Motion in Two and Three Dimensions 4. Force 5. Kinetic Energy. Work. and Power 6. Potential Energy and Energy Conservation 7. Momentum and Collisions Part 2: Extended Objects. Matter and Circular Motion 8. Systems of Particles and Extended Objects 9. Circular Motion 10. Rotation 11. Static Equilibrium 12. Gravitation 13. Solids and Fluids Part 3: Oscillations and Waves 14. Oscillations 15. Waves 16. Sound Part 4: Thermal Physics 17. Temperature 18. Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics 19. Ideal Gases 20. The Second Law of Thermodynamics

Part 6: Magnetism 27. Magnetism 28. Magnetic Fields of Moving Charges 29. Electromagnetic Induction 30. Alternating Current Circuits 31. Electromagnetic Waves Part7: Optics 32. Geometric Optics 33. Lenses and Optical Instruments 34. Wave Optics Part 8: Relativity and Quantum Physics 35. Relativity 36. Quantum Physics 37. Quantum Mechanics 38. Atomic Physics 39. Elementary Particle Physics 40. Nuclear Physics Appendix A: Mathematical Primer Appendix B: Element Properties Answers to Selected Questions and Problems

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERING AND SCIENCE

3rd Edition

by Michael Browne, University of Idaho

Modern Physics

9789814595261

NEW

2013 (April 2013) / 464 pages ISBN: 9780071810906

Asian Adaptation

(A Schaum’s Publication)

by Arthur Beiser, Consultant Industrial Firms and Government Agencies and Kok Wai Cheah

An update of this successful outline in physics, modified to conform to the current curriculum. This outline provides a succinct review of physics topics such as motion, energy, fluids, waves, heat, and magnetic fields. The revised edition is updated and expanded with problem-solving videos available online and embedded in the e-book version. Contents 1. Review of Mathematics 2. Measurement and Physics 3. Motion in One Dimension 4. Motion in a Plane 5. Newton’s Laws of Motion 6. Circular Motion 7. Work and Energy 8. Potential Energy and Conservation of Energy 9. Linear Momentum and Collisions 10. Rotational Motion 11. Angular Momentum 12. Statics and Elasticity 13. Oscillations 14. Gravity 15. Fluids 16. Waves and Sounds 17. Temperature, Heat, and Heat Transfer 18. The Kinetic Theory of Gases 19. The First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics 20. Electric Fields 21. Gauss’ Law 22. Electric Potential 23. Capacitance 24. Current and Resistance 25. Direct Current Circuits 26. Magnetic Fields 27. Sources of the Magnetic Field 28. Electromagnetic Induction and Inductance 29. Alternating current Circuits 30. Electromagnetic Waves 31. Mirrors and Lenses 32. Interference 33. Diffraction 34. Special Relativity 35. Atoms and Photons 36. Quantum Mechanics 37. Nuclear Physics

CONCEPTS OF MODERN PHYSICS

2014 (August 2014) / 580 pages ISBN: 9789814595261 Concepts of Modern Physics is an updated, accessible presentation of modern physics available. The book is intended to be used in a one-semester course on modern physics for students who have already had basic physics and calculus courses. The balance of the book leans more toward ideas than experimental methods and practical applications because the beginning student is better served by a conceptual framework than by a mass of details. The sequence of topics follows a logical, rather than strictly historical, order. Relativity and quantum ideas are considered first to provide a framework for understanding the physics of atoms and nuclei. The theory of the atom is then developed, and followed by a discussion of the properties of aggregates of atoms, which includes a look at statistical mechanics. Finally atomic nuclei and elementary particles are examined. This edition features: •

The presentation concentrates more on building a conceptual framework of ideas rather than on experimental methods and applications.



The sequence of topics is logical (one idea flows from the previous) rather than historical.



Important topics are introduced on a relatively elementary level.



Exercises are at a variety of levels ranging from the very easy to those that require more thoughtful consideration of the material.



Updated with topics on special relativity, quantum mechanics, and elementary particles received major revisions within this new edition. In addition, smaller changes and updates were made throughout the book and several new topics were added, for example Einstein’s derivation of the Planck radiation law. More material on the aspects of astrophysics that illustrate important elements of modern physics have also been added throughout the text where relevant.

NEW TO THIS EDITION •

New introduction chapter to introduce modern physics in the context of its development, covering the discoveries; from “atom to quantum”.



Topics re-arranged and new section on Computational Physics added in chapter on Relativity.



New examples on modern applications in selected early chapters.

Contents Introduction 1. Relativity 2. Particle Properties of Waves 3. Waves Properties of Particles 4. Atomic Structure 5. Quantum Mechanics 6. Quantum Theory of the Hydrogen Atom 7. Many-Electron Atoms

117

118

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

8. Molecules 9. Statistical Mechanics 10. The Solid State 11. Nuclear Structure 12. Nuclear Transformations 13. Elementary Particles Appendix Atomic Masses

*9789332901810* NEW MODERN PHYSICS by Gurbinder Kaur and Gary R Pickrell

2014 (June 2014) / 816 pages ISBN: 9789332901810 (McGraw-Hill India Title) Modern Physics by Kaur and Pickrell is designed in such a way that it can be read and understood with minimum guidance. It analyses the basic concepts systematically and logically – providing clear exposition to the subject in comprehensive manner. CONTENTS 1. Relativity 2. Quantum Mechanics—I 3. Quantum Mechanics—II 4. Quantum Mechanics—III 5. Atomic and Molecular Structures 6. Nuclear Physics—I 7. Nuclear Physics—II 8. Particle Physics 9. Particle Accelerators 10. Electrostatics 11. Statistical Physics 12. Superconductors and Semiconductors 13. Electronic Devices 14. Lasers 15. Optoelectronics 16. Crystal Structure 17. Solid-State Physics 18. Characterization Techniques and Nanophysics International Edition

CONCEPTS OF MODERN PHYSICS

6th Edition by Arthur Beiser

2003 / 560 pages ISBN: 9780071234603 [IE] CONTENTS 1. Relativity 2. Particle Properties of Waves 3. Waves Properties of Particles 4. Atomic Structure 5. Quantum Mechanics 6. Quantum Theory of the Hydrogen Atom 7. Many-Electron Atoms 8. Molecules 9. Statistical Mechanics 10. The Solid State 11. Nuclear Structure 12. Nuclear Transformations 13. Elementary Particles Appendix Atomic Masses

International Edition

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MODERN PHYSICS

2nd Edition by Gautreau

1999 / 338 pages ISBN: 9780070248304 (A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS Part I: The Special Theory Of Relativity 1. The Gaililean Transformations 2. The Postulates of Einstien 3. The Lorentz Coordinates Transformations 4. Relativistic Length Contraction 5. Realistic Time Dilation 6. Relativistic Space-Time Measurements 7. Relativistic Velosity Transformations 8. Mass, Energy, and Momentum in Relativity Part II: The Quantum Theory of Electromagnetic Radiation 9. Electromagnetic Radioation - Photons 10. Matter Waves Part III: Hydrogenlike Atoms 11. The Bohr Atom 12. Electron Orbital Motion 13. Electron Spin Part IV: Many-Electron Atoms 14. The Pauli Exclusion Principle 15. Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table 16. X-Rays Part V: Nuclear Physics 17. Properties of Nuclei 18. Nuclear Models 19. The Decay of Unstable Nuclei 20. Nuclear Reactions 21. Particle Physics Part VI: Atomic Systems 22. Molecules 23. Kinetic Theory 24. Distribution Functions 25. Classical Statistics: The Macwell-Boltzmann Distribution 27. Quantum-Statistics: Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein Distributions Solids Appendix Index

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Electricity & Magnetism

ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM AND ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY by Dr Shobhit Mahajan, Prof of Physics Dept of Physics and Astrophysics University of Delhi and S Rai Choudhary, Prof of Physics Indian Institute of Science Education and Research, Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh

2012 (June 2012) / 624 pages ISBN: 9781259004599 (McGraw-Hill India Title) This textbook is designed for a complete course on Electricity, Magnetism, and Electromagnetic theory which is usually taught at the undergraduate level in Physics. The main USP of the textbook is its coverage of topics spanning from introductory to a more advanced level in an interesting, clear and instructive manner. Contents Mathematical Preliminaries 1. Vector Algebra 2. Coordinate Systems 3. Vector Analysis 4. Solid Angle 5. Dirac Delta Function 6. Complex Numbers 7. Matrices 8. Differential Equations 1. Electric Forces 2. Electric Potential 3. Electric Fields in Matter 4. Conductors and Capacitance 5. Electric Currents 6. Magnetic Forces and Fields 7. Magnetic Properties of Matter 8. Electromagnetic Induction 9. Time Dependent Circuits and Alternating Currents 10. Maxwell’ s Equations 11. Applications of Maxwell’s Equations 12. Relativity and Electrodynamics International Edition

ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM

Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2nd Edition by Berkeley Physics, University of California -- Berkeley

1985 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780070664951 [IE] CONTENTS 1. Electrostatics. Charges and Fields 2. The Electric Potential 3. Electric Fields around Conductors 4. Electric Currents 5. The Fields of Moving Charges 6. The Magnetic Field 7. Electromagnetic Induction 8. Alternating-Current Circuits 9. Maxwell’s Equations and Electromagnetic Waves 10. Electric Fields in Matter 11. Magnetic Fields in Matter Appendix A: A Short Review of Special Relativity Appendix B: Radiation by an Accelerated Charge Appendix C: Superconductivity Appendix D: Magnetic Resonance Appendix E: Exact Relations among SI and CGS Units Index

Mathematical Physics International Edition

DATA REDUCTION AND ERROR ANALYSIS FOR THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES

3rd Edition

by Philip Bevington (Deceased) and D. Keith Robinson, Case Western Reserve University

2003 / 336 pages ISBN: 9780072472271 ISBN: 9780071199261 [IE] www.mhhe.com/bevington CONTENTS 1. Uncertainties in Measurements 2. Probability Distributions 3. Error Analysis 4. Estimates of Mean and Errors 5. Monte Carlo Techniques 6. Least-Squares Fit to a Straight Line 7. Least-Squares Fit to a Polynomial 8. Least-Squares Fit to an Arbitrary Function 9. Fitting Composite Curves 10. Direct Application of the Maximum-Likelihood Method 11. Testing the Fit Appendix A: Numerical Methods Appendix B: Matrices Appendix C: Graphs and Tables Appendix D: Histograms and Graphs Appendix E: Computer Routines in Fortran

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICS STUDENTS by Robert Steiner, Teachers College at Columbia University and Philip Schmidt, State University of New York-New Paltz

2011 (February 2011) / 432 pages ISBN: 9780071634151 (A Schaum’s Publication) A common complaint among college professors of physics is that their students don’t know how to apply math concepts to the physics they are studying. Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students covers the following math topics--Algebra, Precalculus, Calculus of a Single Variable, Multivariate Calculus, Advanced Topics in Calculus, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Abstract Algebra, and Probability/Statistics. Each topic is introduced first in the physics context. Once the topic is introduced conceptually, students are shown examples and solved problems. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Algebra 2. Functions 3. Graphs of Functions 4. Linear Equations 5. Simultaneous Linear Equations 6. Quadratic Functions and Equations 7. Inequalities 8. The Locus of an Equation 9. The Straight Line 10. Families of Straight Lines 11. The Circle 12. Rational and Polynomial Functions

119

120

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

13. Trigonometric Functions 14. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 15. Complex Numbers 16. The Calculus of Single-Variable Functions: A Mathematics Approach 17. The Calculus of Single-Variable Functions: A Physics Approach 18. Vectors 19. Polar, spherical, and Cylindrical Coordinate Systems 20. Multivariate Calculus 21. Elementary Linear Algebra 22. Vector Calculus: Grad, Div, and Curl 23. Vector Calculus: Flux and Gauss’ Law 24. Differential Equations 25. Elementary Probability 26. Infinite Series

Optics International Edition

OPTICS

Part 4: Diffraction 18. Fraunhofer Diffraction I 19. Fraunhofer Diffraction II and Fourier Optics 20. Frensel Diffraction 21. Holography Part 5: Electromagnetic Chapter of Light 22. Polarization and Double Refraction 23. Electromagnetic Waves 24. Reflection and Refraction of Electromagnetic Waves Part 6: Photons 25. The Particle Nature of Radiation Part 7: Lasers & Fiber Optics 26. Lasers: An Intrduction 27. Fiber Optics I: Basic Concepts and Ray Optics Considerations 28. Fiber Optics II: Basic Waveguide Theory and Concept of Modes 29. Fiber Optics III: Single Mode Fibers Part 8: Special Theory of Relativity 30. Special Theory of Relativity I: Time Dilation and Length Contraction 31. Special Theory of Relativity II: The Mass-Energy Relation 32. Special Theory of Relativity III: Lorentz transformations

5th Edition by Ajoy Ghatak, Emeritus Prof of Physics

2012 (April 2012) / 584 pages ISBN: 9781259004346 ISBN: 9780071310345 [IE] (McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/ghatak/optics5 This text provides a comprehensive, balanced account of traditional optics, as well as many of the recent developments in the field. Designed to meet the optics course requirements for undergraduate students of science and engineering, Optics is also an excellent reference source for practicing engineers wanting to obtain a greater understanding of optics. In preparing the 5th edition of the book, many topics in Chapters 14, 18, 22, 23, 26, 27 and 28 have been rewritten and many new diagrams have also been introduced. In addition, a section on Special Theory of Relativity has been added. Many new colored photographs in the preliminary pages have also been added which should help clarify important concepts in the field. Contents 1. History of Optics 2. What is Light? Part 1: Geometrical Optics 3. Fermat’s Principle and Its Applications 4. Refraction and Reflection by Spherical Surfaces 5. The Matrix Method in Paraxial Optics 6. Aberrations Part 2: Vibrations and Waves 7. Simple Harmonic Motion, Forced Vibrations and Origin of Refractive Index 8. Fourier Series and Applications 9. The Dirac Delta Function and Fourier Transforms 10. Group Velocity and Pulse Dispersion 11. Wave Propagation and the Wave Equation 12. Huygens’ Principle and Its Applications Part 3: Interference 13. Superposition of Waves 14. Two Beam Interference by Division of Wavefront 15. Interference by Division of Amplitude 16. Multiple Beam Interferometry 17. Coherence

PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS IN OPTICS & PHOTONICS by Ajoy Ghatak, Emeritus Prof of Physics, IIT Delhi and K Thyagarajan, Professor of Physics, IIT Delhi

2011 (June 2011) / 360 pages ISBN: 9780071072663 (McGraw-Hill India Title) This book covers fundamental principles and wide array of numerical based problems, patterned as per FAQs in university exams. Answers follow the problems section by detailed conceptual explanations and student friendly step-wise solution. Contents 1. Matrix Method in Paraxial Optics 2. Fermat’s Principle, Snell’s Law and Ray Equation 3. Optical Instruments 4. Aberrations 5. Huygens’ Principle and its Applications 6. Interference—Division of Wavefront 7. Interference by Division of Amplitude 8. Multiple Beam Interferometry 9. Fraunhofer Diffraction: I 10. Fraunhofer Diffraction II: The Diffraction Integral 11. Fresnel Diffraction 12. Fourier Optics and Holography 13. Polarisation I: Basics and Double Refraction 14. Polarisation II: Jones Vectors and Jones Matrices 15. Maxwell’s Equations and the Wave 16. Group Velocity and Pulse Dispersion 17. Lasers 18. Fiber Optics I: Basic Concepts and Ray Optics 19. Basic Waveguide Theory and Concept of Modes 20. Fiber Optics II: Single Mode Fibers 21. Integrated Optics 22. Electro-Optic Effect 23. Acousto-Optic Effect 24. Nonlinear Optics

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Contents Looking Up Illustrations Preface

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF OPTICS by Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University

1974 / 256 pages ISBN: 9780070277304

Part I: The Cosmic Landscape 1. Our Planetary Neighborhood 2. Beyond the Solar System 3. Astronomical Numbers 4. Foundations Of Astronomy 5. The Night Sky 6. The Year 7. The Time Of Day 8. Lunar Cycles 9. Calendars 10. Geometry Of The Earth, Moon, And Sun 11. Planets: The Wandering Stars 12. The Beginnings Of Modern Astronomy 13. Observing The Sky

(A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS Wave Motion. Electromagnetic Waves and Photons. Reflection and Transmission. Geometrical Optics. Polarization. Interference and Coherence. Diffraction. Fourier Optics

Introduction to Astronomy

*9780073512242*

NEW

International Edition

PATHWAYS TO ASTRONOMY

4th Edition

by Stephen E Schneider and Thomas T Arny of University of Mass-Amherst

2015 (January 2014) / 800 pages ISBN: 9780073512242 ISBN: 9781259253614 [IE] www.mhhe.com/schneider Pathways to Astronomy breaks down introductory astronomy into its component parts. The huge and fascinating field of astronomy is divided into 86 units. These units are woven together to flow naturally for the person who wants to read the text like a book, but it is also possible to assign them in different orders, or skip certain units altogether. Professors can customize the units to fit their course needs. They can select individual units for exploration in lecture while assigning easier units for self-study, or they can cover all the units in full depth in a content-rich course. With the short length of units, students can easily digest the material covered in an individual unit before moving onto the next unit. New to this edition •

The addition of learning objectives to each chapter helps students understand the goals for the chapter.



Carefully updated art that includes the latest images and scientific results from planetary spacecraft and space telescopes, including Hubble and Kepler. These updates not only add to the book’s visual appeal but enhance student learning with clear, accurate representations that reflect the most current data in the field.



New and regenerated maps of the planets using a consistent equal-area map projection.



SmartBook is the first and only adaptive reading experience available for the higher education market. Powered by an intelligent diagnostic and adaptive engine, SmartBook facilitates the reading process by identifying what content a student knows and doesn’t know through adaptive assessments. As the student reads, the reading material constantly adapts to ensure the student is focused on the content he or she needs the most to close any knowledge gaps.

Part II: Probing Matter, Light, And Their Interactions 14. Astronomical Motion: Inertia, Mass, And Force 15. Force, Acceleration, And Interaction 16. The Universal Law Of Gravity 17. Measuring A Body’s Mass Using Orbital Motion 18. Orbital And Escape Velocities 19. Tides 20. Conservation Laws 21. The Dual Nature Of Light And Matter 22. The Electromagnetic Spectrum 23. Thermal Radiation 24. Identifying Atoms By Their Spectra 25. The Doppler Shift 26. Special Relativity 27. General Relativity 28. Detecting Light 29. Collecting Light 30. Focusing Light 31. Telescope Resolution 32. The Earth’s Atmosphere And Space Observatories 33. Amateur Astronomy Part III: The Solar System 34. The Structure Of The Solar System 35. The Origin Of The Solar System 36. Other Planetary Systems 37. The Earth As A Terrestrial Planet 38. Earth’s Atmosphere And Hydrosphere 39. Our Moon 40. Mercury 41. Venus 42. Mars 43. Asteroids 44. Comparative Planetology 45. Jupiter And Saturn 46. Uranus And Neptune 47. Satellite Systems And Rings 48. Ice Worlds, Pluto, And Beyond 49. Comets 50. Impacts On Earth Part IV: Stars And Stellar Evolution 51. The Sun, Our Star 52. The Sun’s Source Of Power 53. Solar Activity 54. Surveying The Stars 55. The Luminosities Of Stars 56. The Temperatures And Compositions Of Stars 57. The Masses Of Orbiting Stars 58. The Sizes Of Stars 59. The H-R Diagram 60. Overview Of Stellar Evolution

121

122

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

61. Star Formation 62. Main-Sequence Stars 63. Giant Stars 64. Variable Stars 65. Mass Loss and Death of Low-Mass Stars 66. Exploding White Dwarfs 67. Old Age and Death of Massive Stars 68. Neutron Stars 69. Black Holes 70. Star Clusters Part V: Galaxies And The Universe 71. Discovering the Milky Way 72. Stars of the Milky Way 73. Gas and Dust in the Milky Way 74. Mass and Motions in the Milky Way 75. A Universe of Galaxies 76. Types of Galaxies 77. Galaxy Clustering 78. Active Galactic Nuclei 79. Dark Matter 80. Cosmology 81. The Edges of the Universe 82. The Curvature of the Universe 83. The Beginnings of the Universe 84. Dark Energy and the Fate of the Universe 85. Astrobiology 86. The Search for Life Elsewhere Answers to Test Yourself Questions Glossary Credits Index

9. The Terrestrial Planets 10. The Outer Planets 11. Meteors, Asteroids, and Comets 12. The Sun, Our Star 13. Measuring the Properties of Stars 14. Stellar Evolution 15. Stellar Remnants: White Dwarfs, Neutron Stars, and Black Holes 16. The Milky Way Galaxy 17. Galaxies 18. Cosmology Essay 4: Life in the Universe Answers to “Test Yourself” Appendix Glossary Index

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ASTRONOMY by Starcey Palen, University of Washington

2002 / 304 pages ISBN: 9780071364362 (A Schaum’s Publication) Providing a basic introduction to a beginning astronomy course, with an emphasis on problem-solving methods ordinarily taught “on the fly” or in ad-hoc tutorials, this essential guide provides a focused, comprehensive presentation of basic astronomical problem-solving techniques. Readers learn by example with the help of more than 200 detailed problems supplemented with over 100 detailed charts and graphs.

International Edition

EXPLORATIONS

Professional References

An Introduction to Astronomy, 7th Edition by Thomas T Arny and Stephen E Schneider of University of Mass-Amherst

2014 (February 2013) / 592 pages ISBN: 9780073512228 ISBN: 9781259060328 [IE] www.mhhe.com/arny The seventh edition of Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy strives to share with students a sense of wonder about the universe and the dynamic, ever-changing science of astronomy. Written for students of various educational backgrounds, Explorations emphasizes current information, a visually exciting art package, accessible writing, and accuracy. The new edition also features the most complete technology support package offered with any astronomy text. Contents Preface Preview: The Cosmic Landscape 1. The Cycles of the Sky 2. The Rise of Astronomy Essay 1: Backyard Astronomy 3. Gravity and Motion 4. Light and Atoms Essay 2: Special and General Relativity 5. Telescopes 6. The Earth Essay 3: Keeping Time 7. The Moon 8. Survey of the Solar System

GLOBAL INNOVATION SCIENCE HANDBOOK by Praveen Gupta and Brett E Trusko

2014 (February 2014) / 864 pages ISBN: 9780071792707 (A Professional Reference Title) Innovation has become a widely recognized strategic tool to achieve bottom-line results and increase shareholders’ value. Most books on innovation address only a single aspect or are tailored to a specific industry. Global Innovation Science Handbook includes chapters on every aspect of innovation from the perspective of different industries, both private and public, making it a complete, authoritative source for learning about innovation. Innovation leaders and experts from around the world share their knowledge and experiences in this work. The book spans from concepts to commercialization of the innovation process, its management in an organization, a maturity model to assess organizations’ growth in deploying innovation, and an innovation index. Case studies share the field experience, making innovation easy to implement for readers across all industries. •

Covers creativity tools, idea management, innovation methodologies, measurement, deployment, and sustaining return on innovation



Includes case studies from different types of organizations, both public and private, from varied industries: healthcare, consumer products, nanotechnology, education, information technology, and biotechnology

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY



Edited and organized by the former and current Editors of the International Journal of Innovation Science, with a veritable “Who’s Who” of the global innovation world contributing their work.

QUANTUM MECHANICS DEMYSTIFIED

2nd Edition

by David McMahon

2013 (May 2013) / 464 pages ISBN: 9780071765633 (A Professional Reference Title) Completely revised and updated, Quantum Mechanics DeMYSTiFieD, Second Edition offers full coverage of the essentials of quantum mechanics. This new edition features four new chapters: identical particles; time-independent perturbation theory; time-dependent perturbation theory; and scattering theory. This additional material ensures that the book addresses all topics covered in most university-level and graduate-level quantum mechanics courses. Detailed examples and concise explanations make it easy to understand the material, and endof-chapter quizzes and a final exam help reinforce key concepts. Contents 1. Historical Review 2. Basic Developments 3. The Time Independent Schrodinger Equation 4. An Intro to State Space 5. Math Structure of QM I 6. Math Structure of QM II 7. Math structure of QM III 8. The Foundations of QM 9. The Harmonic Oscillator 10. Angular Momentum 11. Spin ½ Systems 12. QM in three dimensions 13. Identical particles 14. Time independent Perturbation Theory 15. Time Dependent Perturbation Theory 16. Scattering Theory

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF QUANTUM MECHANICS

2nd Edition

by Yoav Peleg, Reuven Pnini, Eliahu Zaarur, Eugene Hecht of Adelphi University

2010 (April 2010) / 368 pages ISBN: 9780071623582 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Outline of Quantum Mechanics provides a systematic review of quantum mechanics with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include comprehensive review of mathematical foundations, the Schrodinger Equation, angular momentum, spin, the Harmonic Oscillator, numerical methods, and scattering theory. CONTENTS Contents Introduction. Mathematical Background. Schrodinger Equation and Applications.

Foundations of Quantum Mechanics. Harmonic Oscillator. Angular Momentum. Spin. Hydrogen-Like Atoms. Particle Motion in an Electromagnetic Field. Solution Methods in Quantum Mechanics. Part A: Solutions Methods in Quantum Mechanics. Part B: Numerical Methods in Quantum Mechanics. Identical Particles. Addition of Angular Momenta. Scattering Theory. Semiclassical Treatment of Radiation.

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR PRE-MED, BIOLOGY AND ALLIED HEALTH STUDENTS by George Hademenos, University of California at Los Angeles

1998 / 256 pages ISBN: 9780070254749 (A Schaum’s Publication) Students of medicine and the life sciences will appreciate the special perspective of this invaluable study guide. It explains how physics principles and concepts apply in these particular fields, including more than 70 drawings and graphs to help students visualize, understand and remember the relationships. The hundreds of problems solved step-by-step also help boost learning and grades by reinforcing the ideas and aiding recall.

123

124

CHEMISTRY | CONTENTS

Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic & Biochemistry) - Lab Manual........................132 Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic & Biochemistry) - Textbooks...........................129 Analytical Chemistry.....................................................................143 General Chemistry - Lab Manual.................................................137 General Chemistry - Textbooks....................................................133 Liberal Arts Chemistry: Non Science Majors - Textbooks.............127 Organic Chemistry: 1 Semester - Textbooks................................138 Organic Chemistry: 2 Semester - Textbooks................................140 Physical Chemistry - Lab Manual.................................................142 Physical Chemistry - Textbooks...................................................141 Prep/Basic Chemistry - Textbooks...............................................129 Professional References..............................................................143

125

126

NEW TITLES | CHEMISTRY

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Chemistry, 12e

Chang

9780078021510

133

General, Organic & Biological Chemistry, 3e

Smith

9780073511245

129

Introduction to Chemistry, 4e

Bauer

9780073523002

129

Laboratory Manual for General, Organic & Biological Chemistry

Applegate

9780073511252

132

2015

Author ISBN

Page

An Atoms First Approach to General Chemistry Laboratory Manual, 2e

Dieckmann

9780077646424

137

Chemistry in Context, 8e

ACS

9780073522975

127

Chemistry: Atoms First, 2e

Burdge

9780073511184

133

Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 7e

Silberberg

9780073511177

134

Laboratory Manual Chemistry in Context, 8e

ACS

9780073518121

127

Principles of General, Organic & Biochemistry, 2e

Smith

9780073511191

130

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

CHEMISTRY

Liberal Arts Chemistry: Non Science Majors - Textbooks

*9780073522975*

NEW

International Edition

CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT

8th Edition

by American Chemical Society

2015 (January 2014) / 608 pages ISBN: 9780073522975 ISBN: 9781259254239 [IE] www.mhhe.com/cic Following in the tradition of the first seven editions, the goal of this successful, issues-based textbook, Chemistry in Context, is to establish chemical principles on a need-to-know basis for nonscience majors, enabling them to learn chemistry in the context of their own lives and significant issues facing science and the world. The non-traditional approach of Chemistry in Context reflects today’s technological issues and the chemistry principles within them. Global warming, alternate fuels, nutrition, and genetic engineering are examples of issues that are covered in Chemistry in Context. New to this edition •

With each new edition, the author team reworks the content of practically every chapter, updating it to reflect new scientific developments, changes in policies, energy trends, and current world events. For example, the nuclear tragedy in Fukushima, Japan is explored in Chapter 7.



Chapter 3 now presents more data on the chemistry of global climate change.



More examples of green chemistry have been added to this edition. This expanded coverage offers the reader an even better sense of the need for and the importance of greening our chemical processes. For easier access, key ideas in green chemistry are listed on the inside front cover of the text.



LearnSmart is an adaptive diagnostic learning system, powered by Connect Chemistry and based on artificial intelligence, constantly assesses your knowledge of the course material. As you work within the system, LearnSmart develops a personal learning path adapted to what you have actively learned and retained. This innovative study tool also has features to allow the instructor to see exactly what the student has accomplished, with a built-in assessment tool for graded assignments.

Contents Chemistry for a Sustainable Future 1. The Air We Breathe 2. Protecting the Ozone Layer 3. The Chemistry of Global Climate Change 4. Energy from Combustion 5. Water for Life 6. Neutralizing the Threat of Acid Rain 7. The Fires of Nuclear Fission 8. Energy from Electron Transfer 9. The World of Polymers and Plastics 10. Manipulating Molecules and Designing Drugs 11. Nutrition: Food for Thought 12. Genetic Engineering and the Molecules of Life Appendix 1: Measure for Measure--Conversion Factors and Constants

Appendix 2: The Power of Exponents Appendix 3: Clearing the Logjam Appendix 4: Answers to Your Turn Questions Not Answered in the Text Appendix 5: Answers to Selected End-of-Chapter Questions

*9780073518121* NEW LABORATORY MANUAL CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT 8th Edition

by American Chemical Society

2015 (January 2014) / 224 pages ISBN: 9780073518121 This laboratory manual accompanies the eighth edition of Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society. This manual provides laboratory experiments that are relevant to science and technology issues, with hands-on experimentation and data collection. It contains 34 experiments to aid the understanding of the scientific method and the role that science plays in addressing societal issues. Experiments use microscale equipment (wellplates and Beral-type pipets) and common materials. Project-type and cooperative/ collaborative laboratory experiments are included. With the movement towards sustainability and “green chemistry”, the investigations in this lab were developed to use minimally toxic reagents, and to use them in small quantities, where possible. Contents Preface to Instructors To the Student Green Chemistry The Science Writing Heuristic Safety in the Laboratory Laboratory Methods Investigations 1. The Chemistry of Air 2. Extracting Limonene With Liquid CO2 3. Chromatographic Study of Dyes and Inks 4. Graphing the Mass of Air and the Temperature of Water 5. What Protects Us from Ultraviolet Light? 6. Color and Light 7. Testing Refrigerant Gases 8. Molecular Models, Bonds and Shapes 9. Measuring Molecular and Molar Mass 10. Verifying Molar Ratios in Chemical Reactions 11. Hot Stuff: An Energy Conservation Problem 12. Comparing the Energy Content of Fuels 13. Preparation and Properties of Biodiesel 14. Detecting Ions in Solution 15. Analysis of Vinegar 16. Measuring Water Hardness 17. Measuring Chloride in Water Samples 18. Analyzing Bottled Water 19. Reactions of Acids with Common Substances 20. Characterizing Acidic and Basic Materials 21. Acid Rain 22. Investigating Solubility 23. Measuring Radon in Air 24. Exploring Electrochemistry 25. Polymer Synthesis and Properties 26. Identifying Common Plastics 27. Identifying Analgesic Drugs by TLC 28. Synthesizing Aspirin

127

128

CHEMISTRY

29. Drugs in the Environment 30. Measuring Fat in Potato Chips and Hot Dogs 31. Measuring the Sugar Content of Beverages 32. Measuring Salt in Food 33. Measuring Vitamin C in Juice and Tablets 34. Isolating DNA from Plant and Animal Cells Glossary

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING CHEMISTRY

4th Edition

by David Goldberg, University of Illinois – Urbana – Champaign

2013 (April 2013) / 368 pages ISBN: 9780071811347 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Chemistry is designed as a supplement to other textbook and class materials, and as a chemistry reference. It offers practice problems with full explanations that reinforce knowledge, covers most up-to-date developments in the course, and presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. This new edition will be updated and expanded with problem-solving videos available online and embedded in the e-book version. CONTENTS 1. Basic Concepts 2. Mathematical Concepts in Chemistry 3. Atoms and Atomic Mases 4. Electronic Configuration of the Atom 5. Chemical Bonding 6. Inorganic Nomenclature 7. Formula Calculations 8. Chemical Equations 9. Net Ionic Equations 10. Stoiciometry 11. Molarity 12. Gases 13. Kinetic Molecular Theory 14. Oxidation and Reduction 15. Rates and Equilibrium 16. Acid-Base Theory 17. Organic Chemistry 18. Nuclear Reactions

3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY Revised

by David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College

2011 (February 2011) / 624 pages ISBN: 9780071755009 (A Schaum’s Publication) This powerful problem-solver offers students 3,000 problems in chemistry, fully solved step-by-step! It will help students cut study time, hone problem-solving skills, and achieve their personal best on exams! This book is compatible with any classroom text, and helps students brush up before calculus tests, study quickly and more effectively, and allows students to progress at their own pace and find the answers--fast! This Schaum’s Solved Problem Guide is so complete it’s the perfect tool for graduate or professional exam review!

Contents 1. Measurement 2. Structure of Matter 3. Periodic Table 4. Chemical Formulas 5. Modern Structure of the Atom 6. Electronic Structure of the Atom 7. Bonding 8. Bonding Theory 9. Organic Molecules 10. Chemical Equations 11. Stoichiometry 12. Gases 13. Advanced Gas Concepts 14. Solids and Liquids 15. Oxidation and Reduction 16. Other Concentration Units 17. Properties of Solutions 18. Thermodynamics 19. Chemical Kinetics 20. Equilibrium 21. Acids and Bases 22. Heterogeneous and Other Equilibria 23. Electrochemistry 24. Nuclear and Radiochemistry 25. Nonmetals 26. Metals and Metallurgy 27. Coordination Compounds

HOW TO SOLVE WORD PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY by David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College

2001 / 231 pages ISBN: 9780071363020 (A Schaum’s Publication) www.books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook. pl?isbn=0071363025&adkey=W02003 CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. Measurement. 3. Classical Laws of Chemical Combination. 4. Formula Calculations. 5. Stoichiometry. 6. Concentration Calculations. 7. Gas Laws. 8. Thermochemistry. 9. Electrochemistry. 10. Equilibrium. 11. Colligative Properties. 12. Thermodynamics. 13. Miscellaneous Problems. List of Important Equations.

CHEMISTRY

Prep/Basic Chemistry - Textbooks

*9780073523002*

NEW

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY

4th Edition

by Rich Bauer, James Birk and Pamela S Marks of Arizona State University-Tempe

2016 (January 2015) / 800 pages ISBN: 9780073523002 ISBN: 9781259251788 [IE] Introduction to Chemistry, 4e by Bauer/Birk/Marks offers today’s student a fresh perspective to the introduction of chemistry. This textbook offers a conceptual approach to chemistry by starting first with macroscopic phenomena, and then presenting the underlying microscopic detail. Each chapter opens with a real-life scenario that helps students connect abstract chemical concepts to their own lives. The math found in Introduction to Chemistry, 4e is introduced on a need-to-know basis, with “Math Toolboxes” in select chapters to help support the math skills required in that chapter. New to this edition •

Consider This questions have been added at the end of worked examples. These questions have been written to be conceptual in nature and often ask students to extend their understanding beyond the focus of the worked example.



Key Concepts have replaced the end-of-chapter summaries. These are presented in outline form and can be used by students as a guide for the most important ideas discussed in the chapter.



Concept Review multiple-choice questions have been added to end-of-chapter questions and problems. Most students enrolled in an introductory chemistry course will take multiple-choice exams, so these questions provide them with an opportunity to get some practice. The conceptual nature of these questions also helps develop deeper understanding and critical thinking skills. After each concept review question, there is a follow-up question that provides additional practice at analysis of multiple-choice responses.



Revised Periodic Table Since the third edition of this book, two new elements have been named: flerovium and livermorium. A few atomic weights have also been revised by IUPAC.

Contents 1. Matter and Energy 2. Atoms, Ions, and the Periodic Table 3. Chemical Compounds 4. Chemical Composition 5. Chemical Reactions and Equations 6. Quantities in Chemical Reactions 7. Electron Structure of the Atom 8. Chemical Bonding 9. The Gaseous State 10. The Liquid and Solid States 11. Solutions 12. Reaction Rates and Chemical Equilibrium 13. Acids and Bases 14. Oxidation-Reduction Reactions 15. Nuclear Chemistry 16. Organic Chemistry 17. Biochemistry

International Edition

FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY

5th Edition

by David Goldberg, Brooklyn College

2007 (May 2006) / 720 pages ISBN: 9780071106627 [IE - text only] www.mhhe.com/goldberg CONTENTS 1. Basic Concepts 2. Measurement 3. Atoms and Atomic Masses 4. Electronic Configuration of the Atom 5. Chemical Bonding 6. Nomenclature 7. Formula Calculations 8. Chemical Reactions 9. Net Ionic Equations 10. Stoichiometry 11. Molarity 12. Gases 13. Atomic and Molecular Properties 14. Solids and Liquids, Energies of Physical and Chemical Changes 15. Solutions 16. Oxidation Numbers 17. Chemical Equilibrium 18. Acid-Base Theory 19. Organic Chemistry 20. Nuclear Reactions

Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic & Biochemistry) - Textbooks

* 9780073511245* NEW GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 3rd Edition

by Janice Smith, University of Hawaii Manoa

2016 (January 2015) / 960 pages ISBN: 9780073511245 This text is different--by design. By relating fundamental concepts of general, organic, and biological chemistry to the everyday world, Jan Smith effectively engages students with bulleted lists, extensive illustrations, and step-by-step problem solving. Smith writes with an approach that delivers need-toknow information in a succinct style for today’s students. Armed with an excellent illustration program full of macro-to-micro art, as well as many applications to biological, medical, consumer, and environmental topics, this book is a powerhouse of learning for students. New to this edition •

A new section on determining the correct number of significant figures when using an electronic calculator has been added to chapter 1. To help students understand density, a new sample problem and several problems with line art have been added as well.

129

CHEMISTRY

130



Three new sample problems on isotopes, atomic size, and ionization energy are added to Chapter 2 to further assist students in developing problem solving skills.



Chapter 5 includes a new Section 5.3 on Types of Reactions, with two new sample problems. The chapter has also been reorganized so that Oxidation and Reduction appear earlier in the chapter, bringing all the types of reactions together.



Coverage of gas laws and gas pressure related to the kineticmolecular theory has been added to section 7.2. There are also new sections 7.10 on Specific Heat and 7.12C on Combining Energy Calculations.



New material on colloids and suspensions was added to Chapter 8, a topic viewed as particularly useful for nursing students who sometimes give medications that must be shaken before they are administered. Section 8.2 expands the discussion of electrolytes, also now covers equivalents, and includes two new sample problems. It is hoped that this addition will be helpful to many nursing students who deal with equivalents in blood plasma and IV solutions.



The topic of naming acids was added to Section 9.1 to aid students in identifying common acids.



There is a new section 12.9 on halogenation, and Figure 12.3 has been updated with recent data.



The material on enzymes in chapter 21 was expanded to include enzyme classification and naming; the effect of temperature and pH; and allosteric control. Also, a new Table 21.3 on enzyme classification; new sample problems 21.6 on enzyme classification and 21.7 on naming enzymes; and new figures 21.16 on the effect of temperature and pH on enzyme activity and 21.17 on allosteric control have all been added to this revised chapter.



Section 23.6 includes new material on rotenone disrupting electron transport chain.



New ONLINE only Chapter 25 on Body Fluids was written specifically with the nursing student in mind with sections on blood composition, the transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide, buffers, the blood-brain barrier, and the role of kidneys.



Throughout the text, more problems with molecular art and 3-D models have been added (in-text and end-of-chapter).

Contents 1. Matter and Measurement 2. Atoms and the Periodic Table 3. Ionic Compounds 4. Covalent Compounds 5. Chemical Reactions 6. Energy Changes, Reaction Rates, and Equilibrium 7. Gases, Liquids, and Solids 8. Solutions 9. Acids and Bases 10. Nuclear Chemistry 11. Introduction to Organic Molecules and Functional Groups 12. Alkanes 13. Unsaturated Hydrocarbons 14. Organic Compounds that Contain Oxygen, Halogen, or Sulfur 15. The Three-Dimensional Shape of Molecules 16. Aldehydes and Ketones 17. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, and Amides 18. Amines and Neurotransmitters 19. Lipids 20. Carbohydrates 21. Amino Acids, Proteins, and Enzymes 22. Nucleic Acids and Protein Synthesis 23. Digestion and the Conversion of Food into Energy

24. Carbohydrate, Lipid, and Protein Metabolism ONLINE Chapter 25. Body Fluids

*9780073511191*

NEW

International Edition

principles of general, organic & biochemistry

2nd Edition

by Janice Gorzynski Smith, University of Hawaii Manoa

2015 (January 2014) / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073511191 ISBN: 9781259252273 [IE] www.mhhe.com/smithprinciples This one-semester Principles of General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry textbook is written with the same student-focused, direct writing style that has been so successful in the Smith: Organic Chemistry and two-semester General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry texts. Janice Smith draws on her extensive teaching background to deliver a student-friendly format--with limited use of text paragraphs, through concisely written bulleted lists and highly detailed, well-labeled “teaching” illustrations--that provides need-to-know information in a succinct style for today’s students. Armed with an excellent macro-to-micro illustration program and many applications to biological, medical, consumer, and environmental topics, this book is a powerhouse of student learning. Don’t make your text decision without seeing Principles of General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry, second edition by Janice Gorzynski Smith! New to this edition •

The second edition features greatly expanded topic coverage, such as new coverage of specific heat; combining energy calculations; equilibrium and Le Châtelier’s principle; colloids and suspensions; electrolytes (strong and weak) and equivalents; naming acids; alkyl halides; and nomenclature of carboxylate salts.



A new, online supplemental chapter on Body Fluids is available with the second edition.



A new section on calculators and significant figures has been added to chapter 1 to further aid the introductory student with problem-solving work.



A significant number of sample problems were added to the second edition to further assist students in developing problem solving skills, including sample problems on density; isotopes; atomic size; ionization energy; chemical bonding; multiple bonds; balancing equations with polyatomic ions; acid and base strength; half-life; nuclear fission; identifying functional groups; nomenclature of carboxylate salts; and peptides.



Atomic weights are now reported more systematically, using four significant digits for all weights. The periodic table of elements has also been revised accordingly in chapter 2 and on the inside cover.



More problems with molecular art and 3-D models have been added to the text and end-of-chapter. Also, upon reviewer request, the number of Beyond the Classrooms exercises has been expanded.

CHEMISTRY Contents 1. Matter and Measurement 2. Atoms and the Periodic Table 3. Ionic and Covalent Compounds 4. Energy and Matter 5. Chemical Reactions 6. Gases 7. Solutions 8. Acids and Bases 9. Nuclear Chemistry 10. Introduction to Organic Molecules 11. Unsaturated Hydrocarbons 12. Organic Compounds That Contain Oxygen and Sulfur 13. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, Amines, and Amides 14. Carbohydrates 15. Lipids 16. Amino Acids, Proteins, and Enzymes 17. Nucleic Acids and Protein Synthesis 18. Energy and Metabolism International Edition

GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY

8th Edition

by Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping of Towson University, Kim Woodrum, University of Kentucky-Lexington and Robert Caret, Towson University

2014 (January 2013) / 928 pages ISBN: 9780073402765 ISBN: 9781259060496 [IE] www.mhhe.com/denniston The eighth edition of General, Organic, and Biochemistry is designed to help undergraduate health-related majors, and students of all other majors, understand key concepts and appreciate the significant connections between chemistry, health, disease, and the treatment of disease. This text continues to strike a balance between theoretical and practical chemistry, while emphasizing material that is unique to health-related studies. The text has been written at a level intended for students whose professional goals do not include a mastery of chemistry, but for whom an understanding of the principles and practice of chemistry is a necessity. Designed for the one- or two-semester course, this text has an easy-to-follow problem-solving pedagogy, vivid illustrations, and engaging applications. Contents Part 1: General Chemistry 1. Chemistry: Methods and Measurement 2. The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table 3. Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds 4. Calculations and the Chemical Equation 5. States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids 6. Solutions 7. Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium 8. Acids and Bases and Oxidation-Reduction 9. The Nucleus, Radioactivity, and Nuclear Medicine Part 2: Organic Chemistry 10. An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocarbons 11. The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromatics 12. Alcohols, Phenols, Thiols, and Ethers 13. Aldehydes and Ketones 14. Carboxylic Acids and Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 1.5 Amines and Amides

Part 3: Biochemistry 16. Carbohydrates 17. Lipids and Their Functions in Biochemical Systems 18. Protein Structure and Function 19. Enzymes 20. Introduction to Molecular Genetics 21. Carbohydrate Metabolism 22. Aerobic Respiration and Energy Production 23. Fatty Acid Metabolism International Edition

general, organic & biological chemistry

2nd Edition

by Janice Smith, University of Hawaii Manoa

2013 (January 2012) / 944 pages ISBN: 9780073402789 ISBN: 9780071317832 [IE] http://mhlearnsmart.com This text is different--by design. By relating fundamental concepts of general, organic, and biological chemistry to the everyday world, Jan Smith effectively engages students with bulleted lists, extensive illustrations, and step-by-step problem solving. Smith writes with an approach that delivers need-to-know information in a succinct style for today’s students. Armed with an excellent illustration program full of macro-to-micro art, as well as many applications to biological, medical, consumer, and environmental topics, this book is a powerhouse of learning for students. Contents 1. Matter and Measurement 2. Atoms and the Periodic Table 3. Ionic Compounds 4. Covalent Compounds 5. Chemical Reactions 6. Energy Changes, Reaction Rates, and Equilibrium 7. Gases, Liquids, and Solids 8. Solutions 9. Acids and Bases 10. Nuclear Chemistry 11. Introduction to Organic Molecules and Functional Groups 11.1 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 11.2 Characteristic Features of Organic Compounds 11.3 Shapes of Organic Molecules 11.4 Drawing Organic Molecules 11.5 Functional Groups 11.6 Properties of Organic Compounds 11.7 Focus on Health and Medicine. Vitamins 12. Alkanes 13. Unsaturated Hydrocarbons 14. Organic Compounds that Contain Oxygen, Halogen, or Sulfur 15. The Three-Dimensional Shape of Molecules 16. Aldehydes and Ketones 17. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, and Amides 18. Amines and Neurotransmitters 19. Lipids 20. Carbohydrates 21. Amino Acids, Proteins, and Enzymes 22. Nucleic Acids and Protein Synthesis 23. Digestion and the Conversion of Food into Energy 24. Carbohydrate, Lipid, and Protein Metabolism

131

CHEMISTRY

132

International Edition

FOUNDATIONS OF GENERAL, ORGANIC AND BIOCHEMISTRY

by Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping of Towson University

2008 (January 2007) / 688 pages ISBN: 9780071102278 [IE] www.mhhe.com/denniston CONTENTS 1. Chemistry: Methods and Measurement 2. The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table 3. Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds 4. Calculations and the Chemical Equation 5. Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium 6. States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids 7. Solutions 8. Acids and Bases 9. The Nucleus and Radioactivity 10. An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocarbons 11. The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromatics 12. Oxygen- and Sulfur Containing Organic Compounds 13. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, Amines, and Amides 14. Carbohydrates 15. Lipids and their Functions in Biochemical Systems 16. Protein Structure and Enzymes 17. Introduction to Molecular Genetics 18. Carbohydrate Metabolism 19. Fatty Acid and Amino Acid Metabolism

Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic & Biochemistry) - Lab Manual

*9780073511252* NEW LABORATORY MANUAL FOR GENERAL, ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY by Cindy Applegate, Marybethe Neely and Michael Sakuta

2016 (January 2015) / 448 pages ISBN: 9780073511252 The GOB Lab Manual by Applegate, Neely, and Sakuta was authored to be the most current lab manual available for the GOB market, incorporating the most modern instrumentation and techniques. Illustrations and chemical structures were developed by the authors to conform to the most recent IUPAC conventions. A problem solving methodology is also utilized throughout the laboratory exercises. The GOB Lab Manual by Applegate, Neely, and Sakuta is also designed with flexibility in mind to meet the differing lengths of GOB courses and variety of instrumentation available in GOB labs. Alternative labs will be available online via Create to meet the needs of instructors: •

Limited by available instrumentation and/or



Interested in alternative laboratory methods such as green chemicals or kitchen chemistry

CONTENTS Volume 1 Preface Common Laboratory Equipment Laboratory Safety Rules 1. Measurements, Significant Figures, Calculations 2. Density and Specific Gravity 3. Atomic Structure and Periodic Properties 4. Nuclear Chemistry 5. Compounds: Their Formulas and Shapes 6. Calorimetry 7. States of Matter & Energy Changes 8. Chemical Reaction Types 9. Reaction Rates and Equilibrium 10. Empirical Formulas of Compounds 11. Gas Laws 12. Solutions 13. Acids, Bases, pH, and Buffers 14. Titration of the Acid Content in Vinegar Volume 2 Preface Common Laboratory Equipment Laboratory Safety Rules 15. Polymers and Plastics 16. Organic Compound Properties and Reactions 17. Alkanes 18. Hydrocarbon Reactions 19. Alcohols 20. Paper Chromatography 21. Aldehydes and Ketones 22. Carbohydrate Structures and Models 23. Carbohydrate Tests 24. Carboxylic Acids and Esters 25. Saponification 26. Amines and Amides 27. Protein Reactions and Tests 28. Vitamins 29. Digestion of Foods 30. Aspirin

CHEMISTRY

General Chemistry - Textbooks

*9780078021510*

NEW

International Edition

CHEMISTRY

12th Edition

by Raymond Chang, Williams College and Kenneth Goldsby, Florida State University

2016 (January 2015) / 1184 pages ISBN: 9780078021510 ISBN: 9781259254581 [IE] Chang’s best-selling general chemistry textbook takes a traditional approach and is often considered a student and teacher favorite. The book features a straightforward, clear writing style and proven problem-solving strategies. It continues the tradition of providing a firm foundation in chemical concepts and principles while presenting a broad range of topics in a clear, concise manner. The tradition of Chemistry has a new addition with co-author, Kenneth Goldsby from Florida State University, adding variations to the 12th edition. The organization of the chapter order has changed with nuclear chemistry moving up in the chapter order. New to this edition •

The art program has been extensively revised in this edition.



Many of the laboratory apparatuses and scientific instruments were redrawn to enhance the realism of the components. Several of the drawings were updated to reflect advances in the science and applications described in the text.



Molecular structures were created using ChemDraw, the gold standard in chemical drawing software.



Over 100 new photographs were added to this edition.

Features •

Review of Concepts--a quick review question or set of questions (sometimes with a visual) to test student understanding of the concept just presented.



An excellent textbook that is concise yet comprehensive and thorough. Chang manages to set itself apart from other textbooks by not overburdening students with unnecessary extraneous information. At the same time it is thorough and clearly describes the simplest concepts.

Contents 1. Chemistry. The Study of Change 2. Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 3. Mass Relationships in Chemical Reactions 4. Reactions in Aqueous Solutions 5. Gases 6. Thermochemistry 7. Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms 8. Periodic Relationships Among the Elements 9. Chemical Bonding I. Basic Concepts 10. Chemical Bonding II. Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of Atomic Orbitals 11. Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids 12. Physical Properties of Solutions 13. Chemical Kinetics 14. Chemical Equilibrium 15. Acids and Bases 16. Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria 17. Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium 18. Electrochemistry 19. Nuclear Chemistry

20. Chemistry in the Atmosphere 21. Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals 22. Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds 23. Transition Metals Chemistry and Coordination Compounds 24. Organic Chemistry 25. Synthetic and Natural Organic Polymers Appendix 1: Derivation of the Names of the Elements Appendix 2: Units for the Gas Constant Appendix 3: Thermodynamic Data at 1 atm and 25 degrees C Appendix 4: Mathematical Operations

*9780073511184*

NEW

International Edition

CHEMISTRY: ATOMS FIRST

2nd Edition

by Julia Burdge and Jason Overby of College of Charleston

2015 (January 2014) / 1152 pages ISBN: 9780073511184 ISBN: 9781259252174 [IE] www.mhhe.com/burdgeoverby The atoms first approach provides a consistent and logical method for teaching general chemistry. This approach starts with the fundamental building block of matter, the atom, and uses it as the stepping stone to understanding more complex chemistry topics. Once mastery of the nature of atoms and electrons is achieved, the formation and properties of compounds are developed. Only after the study of matter and the atom will students have sufficient background to fully engage in topics such as stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibrium, and thermodynamics. Thus, the Atoms First method empowers instructors to present the most complete and compelling story of general chemistry. Julia Burdge is renowned for setting chemistry in interesting, relevant context; and for her engaging, conversational writing style--presenting chemistry in a way students can appreciate and understand; while satisfying instructors’ requirements for rigor, accuracy, and comprehensive coverage. Jason Overby teaches general chemistry using an atoms-first approach, bringing a unique perspective and years of experience to the development of this new project. Far from a simple re-ordering of topics, this is a book that will truly meet the needs of the growing atoms-first market. Together, these authors have developed a product with the same engaging writing style, modern and descriptive artwork, sound problem-solving approach and wide range of end-of-chapter problems that customers are accustomed to with the Burdge/Chemistry product. Jason Overby’s involvement with this project was crucial as he has been teaching with this approach for over four years which allowed Julia and Jason to create a product that fits the need for this growing market. New to this edition •

The thermochemistry/thermodynamics coverage has been redesigned with a truly logical, atoms-first approach. The 2E table of contents keeps thermochemistry in its original position at Chapter 10, maintaining the logical narrative flow of stoichiometry (Chapter 8) and solution chemistry (Chapter 9), and places thermodynamics at Chapter 14, ahead of both kinetics and equilibrium coverage. The placement of thermodynamics in Chapter 14 provides the ideal prelude to chemical equilibrium (Chapters 15-17) and Electrochemistry (Chapter 18). Chemical equilibrium is introduced as a phenomenon driven by thermodynamics. The placement of thermodynamics in chapter 14 also allows for alignment with the ACS exam, as a second-semester topic.

133

CHEMISTRY

134



Intermolecular forces are introduced earlier in the second edition, in chapter 7 (rather than in chapter 12 from the 1E).



Practice Problem “C” added to the consistent problemsolving skill development. Burdge/Overby fosters a consistent problem-solving approach providing the skill set for students to master the basics of critical thinking. Each Worked Example is followed by three practice problems. Practice Problem “A” allows the student to solve the problem using the same steps in the Sample Problem above. Practice Problem “B” probes comprehension of the same concept as Practice Problem “A”, but is generally sufficiently different that it cannot be solved using the exact approach that is used in the Worked Example. Practice Problem “C” probes the student’s conceptual understanding of the material.



A description of each Key Equation helps students identify and understand the purpose of each equation, including how to apply it and when it is appropriate to do so.

Contents 1. Chemistry: The Science of Change 2. Atoms and the Periodic Table 3. Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms 4. Periodic Trends of the Elements 5. Ionic and Covalent Compounds 6. Representing Molecules 7. Molecular Geometry, Intermolecular Forces, and Bonding Theories 8. Chemical Reactions 9. Chemical Reactions in Aqueous Solutions 10. Energy Changes in Chemical Reactions 11. Gases 12. Liquids and Solids 13. Physical Properties of Solutions 14. Entropy and Free Energy 15. Chemical Equilibrium 16. Acids, Bases, and Salts 17. Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria 18. Electrochemistry 19. Chemical Kinetics 20. Nuclear Chemistry 21. Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals 22. Coordination Chemistry 23. Organic Chemistry 24. Modern Materials 25. ONLINE ONLY: Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds

*9780073511177* chemistry

NEW

The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 7th Edition by Martin Silberberg and Patricia Amateis, Virginia Polytechnic

2015 (January 2014) / 1248 pages ISBN: 9780073511177 www.mhhe.com/silberberg Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change by Martin Silberberg has been recognized in the general chemistry market as an unparalleled classic. The seventh edition keeps pace with the evolution of student learning by adding and significantly enhancing sample problems, a key resource of students. The text still contains unprecedented macroscopicto-microscopic molecular illustrations, consistent step-by-step worked exercises in every chapter, and an extensive range of end-of-chapter problems, which provide engaging applications covering a wide variety of interests, including engineering, medicine, materials, and environmental studies. Changes have been made to the text and applications throughout to make them more succinct, to the artwork to make it more teachable and modern, and to the design to make it more simplistic and open. New to this edition •

The 7th edition features 22 new sample problems to aid in student understanding. Sample problems are instrumental in student comprehension of the chapter content. Additional sample problems reinforce the key concepts and teach students how to lay out a plan to solve a problem using the Silberberg “Road Map” model.



For every Sample Problem in the text, a second Follow-Up problem (with a Brief Solution at the end of the chapter) has been added.



The authors have also added a list of related Skill-Building Exercises for each sample problem. This allows students to take what they learned in the sample problem and apply it to similar problems at the end of the chapter.



Key changes to the text include: moving the discussion of units ahead of unit conversion and problem-solving method in Chapter 1; a brief discussion of new concept atomic mass range in Chapter 2; moving solution stoichiometry from Chapter 3 to Chapter 4; updated spectra in Chapter 8; revised discussions of measuring the change in entropy and of free energy and work in Chapter 20.



New Design! The 7th edition’s design utilizes a simpler color palette and revisits the basics: additional white space on the page, more open margins, shortened figure legends, and a more modern appeal.



SmartBook is the first and only adaptive reading experience available for the higher education market. Powered by an intelligent diagnostic and adaptive engine, SmartBook facilitates the reading process by identifying what content a student knows and doesn’t know through adaptive assessments. As the student reads, the reading material constantly adapts to ensure the student is focused on the content he or she needs the most to close any knowledge gaps.

CHEMISTRY Contents 1. Keys to the Study of Chemistry 2. The Components of Matter 3. Stoichiometry of Formulas and Equations 4. The Major Classes of Chemical Reactions 5. Gases and the Kinetic-Molecular Theory 6. Thermochemistry: Energy Flow and Chemical Change 7. Quantum Theory and Atomic Structure 8. Electron Configuration and Chemical Periodicity 9. Models of Chemical Bonding 10. The Shapes of Molecules 11. Theories of Covalent Bonding 12. Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, and Phase Changes 13. The Properties of Mixtures: Solutions and Colloids Interchapter: A Perspective on the Properties of the Elements 14. Periodic Patterns in the Main-Group Elements: Bonding, Structure, and Reactivity 15. Organic Compounds and the Atomic Properties of Carbon 16. Kinetics: Rates and Mechanisms of Chemical Reactions 17. Equilibrium: The Extent of Chemical Reactions 18. Acid-Base Equilibria 19. Ionic Equilibria in Aqueous Systems 20. Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, and the Direction of Chemical Reactions 21. Electrochemistry: Chemical Change and Electrical Work 22. The Elements in Nature and Industry 23. The Transition Elements and Their Coordination Compounds 24. Nuclear Reactions and Their Applications Appendix A: Common Mathematical Operations in Chemistry Appendix B: Standard Thermodynamic Values for Selected Substances at 298 K Appendix C: Equilibrium Constants at 298 K Appendix D: Standard Electrode (Half-Cell) Potentials at 298 K International Edition

CHEMISTRY

3rd Edition by Julia Burdge

2014 (January 2013) / 1200 pages ISBN: 9780073402734 ISBN: 9781259080777 [IE] www.mhhe.com/burdge Chemistry, Third Edition, by Julia Burdge offers a clear writing style written with the students in mind. Julia uses her background of teaching hundreds of general chemistry students per year and creates content to offer more detailed explanation on areas where she knows they have problems. With outstanding art, a consistent problem-solving approach, interesting applications woven throughout the chapters, and a wide range of end-of-chapter problems, this is a great third edition text. Contents 1. Chemistry: The Central Science 2. Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 3. Stoichiometry: Ratios of Combination 4. Reactions in Aqueous Solutions 5. Thermochemistry 6. Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms 7. Electronic Configuration and the Periodic Table 8. Chemical Bonding I: Basic Concepts 9. Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Bonding Theories 10. Gases 11. Intermolecular Forces and the Physical Properties of Liquids and Solids

12. Modern Materials 13. Physical Properties of Solutions 14. Chemical Kinetics 15. Chemical Equilibrium 16. Acids and Bases 17. Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria 18. Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium 19. Electrochemistry 20. Nuclear Chemistry 21. Environmental Chemistry 22. Coordination Chemistry 23. Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals 24. Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds 25. Organic Chemistry International Edition

GENERAL CHEMISTRY

The Essential Concepts, 7th Edition by Raymond Chang, Williams College and Kenneth Goldsby, Florida State University

2014 (January 2013) / 864 pages ISBN: 9780073402758 ISBN: 9781259073762 [IE] www.mhhe.com/chang The seventh edition of General Chemistry continues the tradition of presenting only the material that is essential for a one-year general chemistry course. It strikes a balance between theory and application by incorporating real-world examples; helping students visualize the three-dimensional atomic and molecular structures that are the basis of chemical activity; and developing problem-solving and critical thinking skills. Although the seventh edition incorporates many impressive features, such as conceptual idea review, animations correlated to the text, and hand-sketched worked examples, General Chemistry is still 200 to 300 pages shorter and much less expensive than other two-semester textbooks. Dr. Chang and Dr. Goldsby’ concise-but-thorough approach will appeal to efficiency-minded instructors and valueconscious students. Contents 1. Introduction 2. Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 3. Stoichiometry 4. Reactions in Aqueous Solutions 5. Gases 6. Energy Relationships in Chemical Reactions 7. The Electronic Structure of Atoms 8. The Periodic Table 9. Chemical Bonding I: The Covalent Bond 10. Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of Atomic Orbitals 11. Introduction to Organic Chemistry 12. Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids 13. Physical Properties of Solutions 14. Chemical Kinetics 15. Chemical Equilibrium 16. Acids and Bases 17. Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria 18. Thermodynamics 19. Redox Reactions and Electrochemistry 20. The Chemistry of Coordination Compounds 21. Nuclear Chemistry 22. Organic Polymers--Synthetic and Natural Appendices

135

136

CHEMISTRY

International Edition

PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY

3rd Edition

by Martin Silberberg

2013 (January 2012) / 960 pages ISBN: 9780073402697 ISBN: 9780071317986 [IE] www.mhhe.com/silberbergprin3e Silberberg’s Principles of General Chemistry offers students the same authoritative topic coverage as its parent text, Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change. The Principles text allows for succinct coverage of content with minimal emphasis on pedagogic learning aids. This more streamlined approach to learning appeals to today’s efficiency-minded, value-conscious instructors and students without sacrificing depth, clarity, or rigor. CONTENTS 1. Keys To The Study Of Chemistry 2. The Components Of Matter 3. Stoichiometry Of Formulas And Equations 4. Three Major Classes Of Chemical Reactions 5. Gases And The Kinetic-Molecular Theory 6. Thermochemistry: Energy Flow And Chemical Change 7. Quantum Theory And Atomic Structure 8. Electron Configuration And Chemical Periodicity 9. Models Of Chemical Bonding 10. The Shapes Of Molecules 11. Theories Of Covalent Bonding 12. Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, And Phase Changes 13. The Properties Of Mixtures: Solutions And Colloids 14. The Main-Group Elements: Applying Principles Of Bonding And Structure 15. Organic Compounds And The Atomic Properties Of Carbon 16. Kinetics: Rates And Mechanisms Of Chemical Reactions 17. Equilibrium: The Extent Of Chemical Reactions 18. Acid-Base Equilibria 19. Ionic Equilibria In Aqueous Systems 20. Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, And The Direction Of Chemical Reactions 21. Electrochemistry: Chemical Change And Electrical Work 22. The Transition Elements And Their Coordination Compounds 23. Nuclear Reactions And Their Applications Appendix A: Common Mathematical Operations In Chemistry Appendix B: Standard Thermodynamic Values For Selected Substances At 298 K Appendix C: Equilibrium Constants At 298 K Appendix D: Standard Electrode (Half-Cell) Potentials At 298 K Appendix E: Answers To Selected Problems International Edition

UNIVERSITY CHEMISTRY

by Brian Laird

2009 (March 2008) / 864 pages ISBN: 9780071287746 [IE] www.mhhe.com/laird Contents The Basic Language of Chemistry 1. Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms 2. Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table 3. The Chemical Bond 4. Molecular Structure and Interaction 5. States of Matter I: Phase Diagrams and Gases 6. States of Matter I: Liquids and Solids

7. Thermochemistry 8. Entropy, Free Energy and the Equilibrium State 9. Physical Equilibria 10. Chemical Equilibria 11. Acids and Bases 12. Solution Equilibria 13. Electrochemistry 14. Chemical Reaction Kinetics 15. Chemistry of Transition Metals 16. Organic and Polymer Chemistry 17. Nuclear Chemistry Appendix 1: Units And Mathematical Background Appendix 2: Thermodynamic Data At 1 Bar And 25Oc (Source: Appendix 3 9E – Modified) Appendix 3: Derivation Of The Names Of The Elements (Source: Appendix 1 9E) Appendix 4: Stable And Unstable Isotopes of the First Ten Elements

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY

10th Edition

by Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence Epstein of University of Pittsburg and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus

2013 (April 2013) / 416 pages ISBN: 9780071810821 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry provides a systematic review of college chemistry, with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition is updated and expanded with problem-solving videos available online and embedded in the e-book version. Contents 1. Quantities and Units; 2. Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass; 3. Formulas and Composition Calculations; 4. Calculations from Chemical Equations; 5. Measurement of Gases; 6. The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory; 7. Thermochemistry; 8. Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law; 9. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure; 10. Solids and Liquids; 11. Oxidation-Reduction; 12. Concentration of Solutions; 13. Reactions Involving Standard Solutions; 14. Properties of Solutions; 15. Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry; 16. Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium; 17. Acids and Bases; 18. Complex Ions; Precipitates; 19. Electrochemistry; 20. Rates of Reactions; 21. Nuclear Processes

CHEMISTRY SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINES: COLLEGE CHEMISTRY

2nd Edition

by Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M. Epstein of University of Pittsburgh and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus

2011 (September 2010) / 160 pages ISBN: 9780071745871 (A Schaum’s Publication) If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of college chemistry, it’s got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This book is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its Schaum’s Outline cousin, with an emphasis on clarity and conciseness. Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give you quick pointers to the essentials. •

Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review



Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their fields



So small and light that it fits in your backpack!



Topics include: Quantities and Units, Moles and Empirical Formula, Calculations based on Chemical Equations, Concentration and Solution Stoichiometry, The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory, Thermochemistry, Atomic Structure, Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure, Solids and Liquids, Oxidation-Reduction, Properties of Solutions, Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium, Acids and Bases, Precipitates, Electrochemistry, Rates of Reactions

Contents 1. Quantities and Units 2. Moles and Empirical Formula 3. Calculations based on Chemical Equations 4. Concentration and Solution Stoichiometry 5. The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory 6. Thermochemistry 7. Atomic Structure 8. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure 9. Solids and Liquids 10. Oxidation-Reduction 11. Properties of Solutions 12. Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium 13. Acids and Bases 14. Precipitates 15. Electrochemistry 16. Rates of Reactions Index

General Chemistry - Lab Manual

*9780077646424* NEW AN ATOMS FIRST APPROACH TO GENERAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY MANUAL 2nd Edition

by Gregg Dieckmann and John W Sibert of University of Texas at Dallas

2015 (January 2014) / 336 pages ISBN: 9780077646424 Laboratory Manual to Accompany Chemistry: Atoms First by Gregg Dieckmann and John Sibert from the University of Texas at Dallas. This laboratory manual presents a lab curriculum that is organized around an atoms-first approach to general chemistry. The philosophy behind this manual is to (1) provide engaging experiments that tap into student curiosity, (2) emphasize topics that students find challenging in the general chemistry lecture course, and (3) create a laboratory environment that encourages students to “solve puzzles” or “play” with course content and not just “follow recipes.” The laboratory manual represents a terrific opportunity to get students turned on to science while creating an environment that connects the relevance of the experiments to a greater understanding of their world. This manual has been written to provide instructors with tools that engage students, while providing important connections to the material covered in an atoms-first lecture course. CONTENTS 1. Exploration of Matter through Density Determinations: An Introduction to Basic Laboratory Measurements 2. The Discovery of Chemical Change Through the Chemistry of Copper: An Observational Preview of First-Semester General Chemistry 3. Light and Nanotechnology: How Do We “See” Something Too Small to See? 4. Shedding Light on the Structure of the Atom 5. Periodic Trends: Densities in the Chromium Family of Transition Metals 6. Molecular Geometry and Polarity 7. Percent Composition from Gravimetric Analysis: Calcium Carbonate in Texas Limestone 8. Limiting Reactant Lab 9. Qualitative Analysis: Testing the Solubility Rules 10. Titration I. Determination of an Unknown Diprotic Acid Through Volumetric Analysis 11. The Activity Series: On the Chemistry of Metals 12. Calorimetry 13. Gas Laws: Boyle’s Law and Experimental Determination of the Ideal Gas Constant 14. A Capstone Experience: Toward the Creation of an Automobile Airbag 15. On the Nature of Solutions: Polarity, Energy, and Properties 16. Molar Mass Determination Through Freezing Point Depression 17. Kinetics—The Hydrolysis of p-Nitrophenyl Acetate 18. Determination of the Equilibrium Constant of Phenolphthalein Dissociation 19 .Le Châtelier’s Principle: On the Effect of Concentration and Temperature on Equilibrium 20. Titration II. pH Titration Curves 21. Determining the Molar Solubility Product of Copper(II) Tartrate

137

138

CHEMISTRY

22. Thermodynamics of Formation of a Borax Solution 23. Galvanic Cells and the Measurement of Cell Potential 24. Color Changes in Ionizing Foot Baths? (Testing Marketing Claims: A Case Study) 25. The Formation and Reactivity of Esters: A Bridge from General to Organic Chemistry

Organic Chemistry: 1 Semester Textbooks Asian Adaptation

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

COOPERATIVE CHEMISTRY LAB MANUAL

5th Edition

by Melanie M. Cooper, Michigan State University-East Lansing

A Brief Course, 2nd Edition

by Robert C. Atkins, James Madison University, Francis A. Carey, University of Virginia and Ong Chi-Wi, National Sun Yat Sen University

2013 / 656 pages ISBN: 9780071311175

2012 (January 2011) / 192 pages ISBN: 9780073402727

www.mheducation.asia/olc/atkins

The laboratory course described in the lab manual emphasizes experimental design, data analysis, and problem solving. Inherent in the design is the emphasis on communication skills, both written and oral. Students work in groups on open-ended projects in which they are given an initial scenario and then asked to investigate a problem. There are no formalized instructions and students must plan and carry out their own investigations.

The students who take this course are a diverse and ambitious group and come from a variety of programs, including biology, nutrition, engineering, agricultural sciences, environmental sciences, and the allied health sciences. They share a common need to learn about organic compounds, their structure, properties, nomenclature, and applications, although not at the level of detail typical of the year-long organic chemistry course. These students will need to master the same reasoning processes as those who are enrolled in the more traditional two-semester sequence, and they need just as much guidance. By selectively revealing the logic of organic chemistry through our organization, pedagogy, problem solving, and illustrations, we provide that guidance.

CONTENTS Sections 1. Cooperative Chemistry. How and Why 2. Laboratory Equipment 3. Laboratory Techniques 4. Laboratory Instruments and Spectroscopy 5. Projects Projects 1. Density 2. Investigation of Chemiluminescence 3. Concrete 4. Finding the Relationship Between the Volume of a Gas and the Temperature 5. Designing a Calcium Supplement 6. Properties of Matter and Separations 7. Acids and Bases 8. Buffers 9. White Powders 10. Electrochemistry 11. Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown Ionic Compound 12. Hot and Cold 13. Analysis of Colas 14. Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknow Organic Compound 15. What Affects the Rate of a Reaction? 16.Investigation of Kidney Stones. Formation and Dissolution 17.Soaps and Detergents Glossary Index

(An Asian Adaptation title)

CONTENTS 1. Chemical Bonding 2. The Concept and Logic of Chemical Reactions: Acid and Base to Electrophiles and Nucleophiles 3. Stereochemistry 4. Alkanes and Cycloalkanes 5. Alcohols and Alkyl Halides 6. Alkenes and Alkynes I. Structure and Preparation 7. Alkenes and Alkynes II. Reactions 8. Aromatic Compounds 9. Nucleophilic Substitution 10. Free Radicals 11. Alcohols, Ethers, and Phenols 12. Aldehydes and Ketones 13. Carboxylic Acids 14. Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 15. Amines 16. Carbohydrates 17. Lipids 18. Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 19. Nucleic Acids 20. Spectroscopy

CHEMISTRY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

5th Edition

by Herbert Meislich, City College of Cuny, Howard Nechamkin (deceased), Jacob Sharekfin (deceased) and George J Hademenos

2013 (April 2013) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780071811118 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Outline of Organic Chemistry provides a systematic review of organic chemistry, with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. This revised edition has been updated and expanded with problem-solving videos available online and embedded in the e-book version. Contents 1. Structures and Properties of Organic Compounds 2. Bonding and Molecular Structure 3. Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions 4. Alkanes 5. Stereochemistry 6. Alkenes 7. Alkyl Halides 8. Alkynes and Dienes 9. Cyclic Hydrocarbons 10. Benzene and Polynuclear Aromatic Compounds 11. Aromatic Substitution. Arenes 12. Spectroscopy and Structure 13. Alcohols and Thiols 14. Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers 15. Carbonyl Compounds: Aldehydes and Ketones 16. Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives 17. Carbanion-Enolates and Enols 18. Amines 19. Phenolic Compounds 20. Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEMYSTIFIED



“Still Struggling?” icon offers specific recommendations for those having difficulty with certain subtopics



Includes a final exam for overall self-assessment



“Curriculum Tree” shows how the topic covered in the book fits into a larger curriculum

CONTENTS 1. Structure and Bonding 2. Acids and Bases 3. Alkanes and Cycloalkanes 4. Stereochemistry 5. Structure and Properties of Alkenes 6. Reaction Mechanisms 7. Reactions of Alkenes 8. Alkynes 9. Characterization 10. Organohalides 11. Nucleophilic Substitution and Elimination Reactions 12. Alcohols 13. Ethers 14. Sulfur Compounds 15. Conjugated Systems 16. Aromatic Compounds 17. Reactions of Benzene and Other Aromatic Compounds 18. Aldehydes and Ketones 19. Carboxylic Acids 20. Derivatives of Carboxylic Acids 21. Alpha-Substitution Reactions in Carbonyl Compounds 22. Carbonyl Condensation Reactions Final Exam Answer to Quizzes and Final Exam Appendix A: Periodic Table of the Elements Appendix B: Families and Functional Groups Glossary Bibliography Index

SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

by Daniel Bloch

by Herbert Meislich, City College, George J Hademenos, Howard Nechamkin (deceased) and Jacob Sharefkin (deceased)

2012 (February 2012) / 560 pages ISBN: 9780071767972 (A Schaum’s Publication) Organic Chemistry DeMYSTiFieD, Second Edition closely follows the organic chemistry curriculum—from atomic structures to ionic bonding to properties and nomenclature to derivatives and reactions. The book is packed with structures, explanations of reactions, and clear examples with concise explanations that make it easy to understand the material. All-new end-of-chapter quizzes and a final exam help reinforce key concepts.

2011 (September 2010) / 144 pages ISBN: 9780071745901 (A Schaum’s Publication) If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of organic chemistry, it’s got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This book is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its Schaum’s Outline cousin, with an emphasis on clarity and conciseness. Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give you quick pointers to the essentials.



Features reorganized chapters to better follow standard organic chemistry curriculum



Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review



Contains a glossary





Includes a new chapter, “Biomolecules: Carbohydrates and Proteins”

Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their fields



So small and light that it fits in your backpack!



Filled with illustrations and depictions of chemical structures





Serves as a study guide for the MCAT/DAT exam



Chapter-opening objectives offer you insight into what they’re going to learn in each step



Questions at the end of every chapter reinforce learning and pinpoint weaknesses

Topics include: Structure and Properties, Reactivity and Reactions, Alkanes and Cycloalkanes, Stereochemistry, Alkenes, Alkynes, and Dienes, Alkyl Halides, Aromatic Compounds, Spectroscopy and Structure, Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides, Aldehydes and Ketones, Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives, Enolates and Enols, Amines, Amino Acids, Peptides, Proteins, Carbohydrates and Nucleic Acids Index

139

140

CHEMISTRY Contents

1. Structure and Properties

2. Reactivity and Reactions 3. Alkanes and Cycloalkanes 4. Stereochemistry 5. Alkenes, Alkynes, and Dienes 6. Alkyl Halides 7. Aromatic Compounds 8. Spectroscopy and Structure 9. Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides 10. Aldehydes and Ketones 11. Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives 12. Enolates and Enols 13. Amines 14. Amino Acids, Peptides, Proteins 15. Carbohydrates and Nucleic Acids Index

Organic Chemistry: 2 Semester Textbooks International Edition

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

9th Edition

by Francis Carey, University of Virginia and Robert M Giuliano, Villanova University

2014 (January 2013) / 1232 pages ISBN: 9780073402741 ISBN: 9780071316910 [IE] www.mhhe.com/carey For nine editions, Organic Chemistry has been designed to meet the needs of the “mainstream,” two-semester, undergraduate organic chemistry course. This best-selling text gives students a solid understanding of organic chemistry by stressing how fundamental reaction mechanisms function and reactions occur. Contents 1. Structure Determines Properties 2. Alkanes and Cycloakanes: Introduction to Hydrocarbons 3. Alkanes and Cycloalkanes: Introduction to StereoChemistry 4. Alcohols and Alkyl Halides: Introduction to Reaction Mechanisms 5. Structure and Preparation of Alkenes: Elimination Reactions 6. Addition Reactions of Alkenes 7. Chirality 8. Nucleophilic Substitution 9. Alkynes 10. Conjugation in Alkadienes and Allylic Systems 11. Arenes and Aromaticity 12. Electrophilic and Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitution 13. Spectroscopy 14. Organometallic Compounds 15. Alcohols, Diols, and Thiols 16. Ethers, Epoxides, and Sulfides 17. Aldehydes and Ketones: Nucleophilic Addition to the Carbonyl Group 18. Carboxylic Acids 19. Acid Derivatives 20. Enols and Enolates 21. Amines 22. Phenols 23. Carbohydrates

24. Lipids 25. Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 26. Nucleosides, Nucleotides, and Nucleic Acids 27. Synthetic Polymers Appendix 1: Physical Properties Appendix 2: Answers to In-Text Problems Glossary Credits Index International Edition

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

4th Edition

by Janice Gorzynski Smith, University of Hawaii-Manoa

2014 (January 2013) / 1376 pages ISBN: 9780073402772 ISBN: 9789814581882 [IE] www.mhhe.com/smith4e Smith’s Organic Chemistry continues to breathe new life into the organic chemistry world. This new fourth edition retains its popular delivery of organic chemistry content in a student-friendly format. Janice Smith draws on her extensive teaching background to deliver organic chemistry in a way in which students learn: with limited use of text paragraphs, and through concisely written bulleted lists and highly detailed, well-labeled “teaching” illustrations. Don’t make your text decision without seeing Organic Chemistry, 4th edition by Janice Gorzynski Smith! CONTENTS Preface Prologue 1. Structure and Bonding 2. Acids and Bases 3. Introduction to Organic Molecules and Functional Groups 4. Alkanes 5. Stereochemistry 6. Understanding Organic Reactions 7. Alkyl Halides and Nucleophilic Substitution 8. Alkyl Halides and Elimination Reactions 9. Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides 10. Alkenes 11. Alkynes 12. Oxidation and Reduction 13. Mass Spectrometry and Infrared Spectroscopy 14. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 15. Radical Reactions 16. Conjugation, Resonance, and Dienes 17. Benzene and Aromatic Compounds 18. Reactions of Aromatic Compounds 19. Carboxylic Acids and Acidity of the O¿H Bond 20. Introduction to Carbonyl Chemistry: Organometallic Reagents; Oxidation and Reduction 21. Aldehydes and Ketones—Nucleophilic Addition 22. Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives—Nucleophilic Acyl Substitution 23. Substitution Reactions of Carbonyl Compounds at the -Carbon 24. Carbonyl Condensation Reactions 25. Amines 26. Carbon-Carbon Bond-Forming Reactions in Organic Synthesis 27. Pericyclic Reactions 28. Carbohydrates 29. Amino Acids and Proteins 30. Lipids 31. Synthetic Polymers

CHEMISTRY

Appendices Glossary Credits Index

Physical Chemistry - Textbooks

FUNDAMENTALS OF MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

5th Edition

by R L Madan

by Colin Banwell, University of Brunei-Retired, Elaine McCash, York University and Hiranya K Choudhury, Handique Girls’ College Guwahati

2013 (January 2013) / 1292 pages ISBN: 9781259006180 (McGraw-Hill India Title) Designed as per major Indian universities curricula for chemistry undergraduates, this multicolour textbook provides comprehensive coverage to all the important topics in Organic Chemistry. Special emphasis has been given to the mechanism of reactions; and new concepts have been given in stereochemistry and spectroscopy along with solved and unsolved problems. Contents 1. Introduction to Organic Chemistry 2. Purification of Organic Compounds 3. Qualitative and Quantitative Analyses of Organic Compounds 4. Structure and Bonding 5. Mechanisms of Organic Reactions 6. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds 7. Nomenclature of Organic Compounds 8. Alkanes 9. Cycloalkanes and Conformational Isomerism 10. Arenes and Aromaticity 11. Alkenes 12. Dienes 13. Alkynes 14. Alkyl and Aryl Halides 15. Organometallic Compounds 16. Alcohols (Mono-, Di- and Trihydric) 17. Phenols 18. Ethers and Epoxides 19. Thioalcohols and Thioethers 20. Aldehydes and Ketones 21. Carboxylic Acids 22. Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 23. Substituted and Unsaturated Acids 24. Polycarboxylic Acids 25. Acetoacetic Ester, Malonic Ester, 1,3-Dithianes and Enamines 26. Organic Compounds of Nitrogen 27. Diazonium Salts and Diazomethane 28. Sulphonic Acids and Their Derivatives 29. Amino Acids, Proteins and Nucleic Acids 30. Spectroscopy-I (UV & IR Spectroscopy) 31. Spectroscopy-II (NMR and Mass Spectroscopy) 32. Carbohydrates 33. Polynuclear Hydrocarbons 34. Heterocyclic Compounds 35. Fats, Oils, Soaps and Detergents 36. Synthetic Drugs, Insecticides and Pesticides 37. Dyes 38. Polymers 39. Alkaloids 40. Terpenes 41. Vitamins 42. Steroids 43. Ureides and Purines Appendix 1: Directory of Name Reactions Appendix 2: Ascent and Descent of Series Appendix 3: Solving a Structural Problem Appendix 4: Summary of Some Important Name Reactions Index

2013 (May 2013) / 400 pages ISBN: 9781259062599 (McGraw-Hill India Title) This classic textbook on Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy by Dr Banwell retains its fundamental flavor of pictorial representation to the subject through elementary and nonmathematical approach. New and updated content along with refreshed pedagogical features and easily understandable writing style has made this revised edition more student friendly with greater emphasis on teaching-learning support. Contents 1. Introduction 2. Microwave Spectroscopy 3. Infra-Red Spectroscopy 4. Raman Spectroscopy 5. Electronic Spectroscopy of Atoms 6. Electronic Spectroscopy of Molecules 7. Spin Resonance Spectroscopy 8. Solid State and Surface Spectroscopies 9. Mössbauer spectroscopy 10. Mass Spectrometry International Edition

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

6th Edition

by Ira N Levine, Brooklyn College

2009 (April 2008) / 1024 pages ISBN: 9780072538625 ISBN: 9780071276368 [IE] CONTENTS 1. Thermodynamics 2. The First Law of Thermodynamics 3. The Second Law of Thermodynamics 4. Material Equilibrium 5. Standard Thermodynamic Functions of Reaction 6. Reaction Equilibrium in Ideal Gas Mixtures 7. One-Component Phase Equilibrium 8. Real Gases 9. Solutions 10. Nonideal Solutions 11. Reaction Equilibrium in Nonideal Systems 12. Multicomponent Phase Equilibrium 13. Electrochemical Systems 14. Kinetic Theory of Gases 15. Transport Processes 16. Reaction Kinetics 17. Quantum Mechanics 18. Atomic Structure 19. Molecular Electronic Structure 20. Spectroscopy and Photochemistry 21. Statistical Mechanics 22. Theories of Reaction Rates 23. Solids and Liquids

141

142

CHEMISTRY

Physical Chemistry - Lab Manual International Edition

experiments in physical chemistry

8th Edition

by Carl W Garland, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Joseph Nibler, and David P Shoemaker of Oregon State University

2009 (February 2008) / 752 pages ISBN: 9780072828429 ISBN: 9780071263511 [IE] Contents I: Introduction II: Treatment of Experimental Data A. Calculations and Presentation of Data B. Uncertainties in Data and Results III: Use of Computers IV: Gases 1. Gas Thermometry 2. Joule-Thomson Effect 3. Heat-Capacity Ratios for Gases V: Transport Properties of Gases Kinetic Theory of Transport Phenomena 4. Viscosity of Gases 5. Diffusion of Gases VI: Thermochemistry Principles of Calorimetry 6. Heats of Combustion 7. Strain Energy of the Cyclopropane Ring 8. Heats of Ionic Reaction VII: Solutions 9. Partial Molar Volume 10. Cryoscopic Determination of Molar Mass 11. Freezing-Point Depression of Strong and Weak Electrolytes 12. Chemical Equilibrium in Solution VIII: Phase Behavior 13. Vapor Pressure of a Pure Liquid 14. Binary Liquid-Vapor Phase Diagram 15. Ordering in Nematic Liquid Crystals 16. Liquid-Vapor Coexistence Curve and the Critical Point IX: Electrochemistry 17. Conductance of Solutions 18. Temperature Dependence of emf 19. Activity Coefficients from Cell Measurements X: Chemical Kinetics 20. Method of Initial Rates: Iodine Clock 21. NMR Study of a Reversible Hydrolysis Reaction 22. Enzyme Kinetics: Inversion of Sucrose 23. Kinetics of the Decomposition of Benzenediazonium Ion 24. Gas-Phase Kinetics XI: Surface Pheomena 25. Surface Tension of Solutions 26. Physical Adsorption of Gases XII: Macromolecules 27. Intrinsic Viscosity: Chain Linkage in Polyvinyl Alcohol 27. Helix-Coil Transition in Polypeptides XIII: Electric, Magnetic, and Optical Properties 29. Dipole Moment of Polar Molecules in Solution 30. Dipole Moment of HCl Molecules in the Gas Phase 31. Magnetic Susceptibility 32. NMR Determination of Paramagnetic Susceptibility

XIV: Spectroscopy 33. Dynamic Light Scattering H3> XIV. Spectroscopy 34. Absorption Spectrum of a Conjugated Dye 35. Raman Spectroscopy: Vibrational Spectrum of CCl4 36. Stimulated Raman Spectrum of Benzene 37. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of HCl and DCl 38. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of Acetylenes 39. Absorption and Emission Spectra of I2 40. Fluorescence Lifetime and Quenching in I2 Vapor 41. Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy 42. NMR Determination of Keto-Enol Equilibrium Constants 43. NMR Study of Gas-Phase DCl-HBr Isotopic Exchange Reaction 44. Solid-State Lasers: Radiative Properties of Ruby Crystals 45. Spectroscopic properties of CdSe Nanocrysals XV: Solids 46. Determination of Crystal Structure by X-Ray Diffraction 47. Lattice Energy of Solid Argon 48. Statistical Thermodynamics of Iodine Sublimation XVI: Computer Interfacing XVII: Electronic Devices and Measurements XVIII: Temperature XIX: Vacuum Techniques XX: Instruments XXI: Miscellaneous Procedures XXII: Least-Squares Fitting Procedures Appendix A: Glossary of Symbols Appendix B: International System of Units and Concentration Units Appendix C: Safety Appendix D: Literature Work Appendix E: Research Journals Appendix F: Numerical Methods of Analysis Appendix G: Barometer Corrections Appendix H: Ethical Conduct in Physical Chemistry

CHEMISTRY

Analytical Chemistry

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY

10th Edition

by Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M Epstein of University of Pittsburgh and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus

2013 (April 2013) / 416 pages ISBN: 9780071810821 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry provides a systematic review of college chemistry, with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition is updated and expanded with problem-solving videos available online and embedded in the e-book version. Contents 1. Quantities and Units; 2. Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass; 3. Formulas and Composition Calculations; 4. Calculations from Chemical Equations; 5. Measurement of Gases; 6. The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory; 7. Thermochemistry; 8. Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law; 9. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure; 10. Solids and Liquids; 11. Oxidation-Reduction; 12. Concentration of Solutions; 13. Reactions Involving Standard Solutions; 14. Properties of Solutions; 15. Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry; 16. Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium; 17. Acids and Bases; 18. Complex Ions; Precipitates; 9. Electrochemistry; 20. Rates of Reactions; 21. Nuclear Processes

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY by Adon Gordus, University of Michigan

1985 / 256 pages ISBN: 9780070237957 (A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS 1. Analytical and Mathematical Review 2. Statistics and Probabilities 3. Free Energy and Chemical Equilibrium 4. Strong Acids-Strong Bases 5. Simple Weak Acids and Weak Bases 6. Titrations 7. Polyprotic Weak Acids 8. Precipitates and Solubilities 9. Complex Ion Equilibria 10. Electrochemical Cells 11. Potentiometric Titrations 12. Phase Separations and Chromatography 13. Special Measurements 14. Radioactivity Appendix

Professional References

HARPERS ILLUSTRATED BIOCHEMISTRY

30th Edition

by Victor W Rodwell, Purdue University-West Lafayette, David Bender, Kathleen M Botham, Peter J Kennelly, and P. Anthony Weil

2015 (January 2015) / 880 pages ISBN: 9780071825344 (A Professional Reference Publication) The best single reference for understanding the clinical relevance of any biochemistry topic. Clear, concise, and in full color, Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry is unrivaled in its ability to clarify the link between biochemistry and the molecular basis of disease. It covers exactly what students need to understand in order to succeed in medical school. Combining outstanding full-color illustrations with integrated coverage of biochemical diseases and clinical information, Harper’s offers an organization and careful balance of detail and brevity not found in any other text on the market. This trusted classic is essential for USMLE review and is unique in that it bridges the gap between textbooks and board reviews. •

NEW! Increased number of tables that encapsulate important information, such as vitamin and mineral requirements



NEW! Every section now ends with USMLE-style questions

THERMAL SCIENCE by Erian A Baskharone

2012 (March 2012) / 592 pages ISBN: 9780071772341 (A Professional Reference Publication) Essential for engineering students and those preparing for the FE/EIT exam, Thermal Science offers a one-semester course treatment of the three main topics in thermal science: thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and heat transfer. In addition to theory, the book uses a numerical approach to heat transfer, solving large-scale, real-world engineering problems. This book first covers thermodynamics, how energy is transformed and the interactions between temperature, pressure, and volume, and applications such as the efficiency of engines and refrigerators. Fluid mechanics is the second core topic and examines fluids, forces, and fluid motion; with applications in aerospace, chemical, civil, environmental, and mechanical engineering. Heat transfer is discussed next, the applications of which include heat exchangers, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning (HVAC), car radiators, hot water heaters, steam boilers, cooling of microelectronics, and even ordinary cooking utensils. Thermal Science: •

Offers a compact, one-semester course treatment of the three main topics in thermal science



Stresses the fundamentals of thermal sciences and covers sub-topics in depth, notably in fluid mechanics



Includes examples in each of the three sub-topics of thermal science, demonstrated with real-world engineering problems



Contains dozens of illustrations, some three-dimensional



Written by an expert who taught the course for 14 years and has several years of industrial experience in aerospace engineering

143

CHEMISTRY

144



Valuable to engineers preparing for the FE/EIT exam



Puts definitions into perspective with simple language and examples

MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY

The Big Picture

by Lee W Janson and Marc Tischler

2012 (February 2012) / 418 pages ISBN: 9780071637916 (A Professional Reference Title) Medical Biochemistry: The Big Picture is a unique biochemistry review that focuses on the medically applicable concepts and techniques that form the underpinnings of the diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of medical conditions. Those preparing for the USMLE, residents, as well as clinicians who desire a better understanding of the biochemistry behind a particular pathology will find this book to be an essential reference. Featuring succinct, to-the-point text, more than 300 full-color illustrations, and a variety of learning aids, Medical Biochemistry: The Big Picture is designed to make complex concepts understandable in the shortest amount of time possible. This full-color combination text and atlas features:

Progressive chapters that allow you to build upon what you’ve learned in a logical, effective manner

19. The Nervous System 20. The Reproductive System Section III: Integrated USMLE-Style Questions and Answers Section IV: Appendices Appendix I: Biochemical Basis of Diseases Appendix II: Biochemical Methods Appendix III: Organic Chemistry Primer Index

SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF BEGINNING CHEMISTRY

2nd Edition

by David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College

2011 (September 2010) / 144 pages ISBN: 9780071745888 (A Schaum’s Publication) If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of beginning chemistry, it’s got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This book is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its Schaum’s Outline cousin, with an emphasis on clarity and conciseness. Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give you quick pointers to the essentials. •

Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review



Chapter Overviews that orient you to the important concepts covered in that chapter



Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their fields



Numerous tables and illustrations that clarify and encapsulate the text



So small and light that it fits in your backpack!



Topics include: Basic Concepts, Atoms and Atomic Masses, Electronic Configuration of the Atom, Chemical Bonding, Inorganic Nomenclature, Formula Calculations, Chemical Equations, Stoichiometry, Gases, Oxidation and Reduction, Solutions, Rates and Equilibrium, Acid-Base Theory, Organic Chemistry, Periodic Table



Sidebars covering a particular disease or treatment add clinical relevance to topic discussed



Essay-type review questions at the end of each chapter allow you to assess your comprehension of the major topics



USMLE-style review questions at the end of each section



Three appendices, including examples of biochemically based diseases, a review of basic biochemical techniques, and a review of organic chemistry/biochemistry

Contents Section I: The Basic Molecules of Life 1. Amino Acids and Proteins 2. Carbohydrates 3. Lipids 4. Nucleosides, Nucleotides, DNA, and RNA Section I: Integrated USMLE-Style Questions and Answers Section II: Functional Biochemistry 5. Enzymes and Amino Acid/Protein Metabolism 6. Carbohydrate Metabolism 7. Lipid Metabolism 8. Membranes 9. DNA/RNA Function and Protein Synthesis Section II: Integrated USMLE-Style Questions and Answers Section III: Applied Biochemistry 10. Metabolism and Vitamins/Minerals 11. The Digestive System 12. Muscles and Motility 13. Connective Tissue and Bone 14. Blood 15. The Immune System 16. The Cardiovascular System 17. The Respiratory System 18. The Urinary System

Contents 1. Basic Concepts 2. Atoms and Atomic Masses 3. Electronic Configuration of the Atom 4. Chemical Bonding 5. Inorganic Nomenclature 6. Formula Calculations 7. Chemical Equations 8. Stoichiometry 9. Gases 10.Oxidation and Reduction 11.Solutions 12.Rates and Equilibrium 13.Acid-Base Theory 14.Organic Chemistry 15.Periodic Table Index

CHEMISTRY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BIOCHEMISTRY

3rd Edition

by Philip Kuchel, University of Sydney and Audrey Bersten

2010 (July 2009) / 528 pages ISBN: 9780071472272 (A Schaum’s Publication) A complete outline of the fundamentals of biochemistry, the branch of chemistry that deals with the chemical composition of living matter and the molecular nature of the processes of living systems. Biochemists study the chemical structure of biological molecules and seek to define the chemical principles of biological functions. In this new edition, Chapters 8 and 9 are essentially new. Chapter 8, on biochemical signaling, covers how cells respond to changes in their environment. Chapter 9 covers new discoveries in recombinant DNA techniques and sequencing. Contents 1. Origin of Life 2. The Milieux of Living Systems 3. Building Blocks of Life 4. Proteins 5. Regulation of Reaction Rates: Enzymes 6. DNA Replication 7. Expressing the Genetic Material 8. Biochemical Signaling 9. Recombinant DNA Techniques and Sequencing 10. Molecular Basis of Energy Balance 11. Fate of Dietary Carbohydrate 12. Fate of Dietary Lipid 13. Processing Dietary Nitrogen Compounds 14. Whole Body Metabolism

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GENERAL, ORGANIC AND BIOCHEMISTRY FOR NURSING AND ALLIED HEALTH

2nd Edition

by George Odian, and Ira Blei of College of Staten Island, CUNY

2009 (July 2009) / 528 pages ISBN: 9780071611657 (A Schaum’s Publication) Schaum’s Outline of General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry for Allied Health provides a systematic review of chemistry, with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include compounds and chemical bonding, nuclear chemistry and radioactivity, organic compounds, unsaturated hydrocarbons, and nucleic acids.

Contents 1. Chemistry and Measurement 2. Atomic STructure and the Periodic Table 3. Compounds and Chemical Bonding 4. Chemical Calculations 5. Physical Properties of Matter 6. Concentration and Its Units 7. Solutions 8. Chemical Reactions 9. Aqueous Solutions of Acids, Bases, and Salts 10. Nuclear Chemistry and Radioactivity 11. Organic Compounds; Saturated Hydrocarbons 12. Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, Aromatics 13. Alcohols, Phenols, Ethers, and Thioalcohols 14. Aldehydes and Ketones 15. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, and Related Compounds 16. Amines and Amides 17. Optical Isomerism 18. Carbohydrates 19. Lipids 20. Proteins 21. Nucleic Acids and Heredity 22. Metabolic Systems 23. Digestion, Nutrition, and Gas Transport

3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY by Herbert Meislich, City College of CUNY, Estelle Meislich, Bergen Community College and Jacob Sharefkin, Formerly Brooklyn College

1994 / 704 pages ISBN: 9780070564244 (A Schaum’s Publication) CONTENTS Structure and Properties Bonding and Molecular Structure Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions Alkanes Cycloalkanes Stereo-chemistry Alkenes Alkyl Halides Alkynes, Dienes, and Orbital Symmetry Aromaticity and Benzene Aromatic Substitution Arenes Spectroscopy and Structure Proof Alcohols and Thiols Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers Aldehydes and Ketones Carboxylic Acids Acid Derivatives Carbanion-Enolates and Enols Amines Phenols and Their Derivatives Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds Amino Acids, Petidides, and Proteins Carbohydrates.

145

146

CHEMISTRY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

2nd Edition

by Clyde R. Metz, Indiana University

1987 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780070417151 (A Schaum’s Publication) http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook. pl?isbn=0070417156&adkey=W02003 If you want top grades and excellent understanding of physical chemistry, this powerful study tool is the best tutor you can have! It takes you step-by-step through the subject and gives you accompanying related problems with fully worked solutions. You also get hundreds of additional problems to solve on your own, working at your own speed. This superb Outline clearly presents every aspect of physical chemistry. Famous for their clarity, wealth of illustrations and examples, and lack of dreary minutie, Schaum’s Outlines have sold more than 30 million copies worldwide. Compatible with any textbook, this Outline is also perfect for selfstudy. For better grades in courses covering physical chemistry you can do better than this Schaum’s Outline!

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY | CONTENTS

Biostatistics..................................................................................153 Ecology........................................................................................151 Environmental Science - Introductory Texts.................................149 Evolution......................................................................................152 Limnology.....................................................................................153

147

148

NEW TITLES | ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 7e

Molles

9780077837280

151

Environmental Science, 14e

Enger

9780073532554

149

2015

Author ISBN

Page

Ecology: Global Insights and Investigations, 2e

Stiling

9780073532509

152

Environmental Science, 13e

Cunningham 9780073532547

149

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

18. Solid Waste Management and Disposal 19. Environmental Regulations: Hazardous Substances and Wastes 20. Environmental Policy and Decision Making

Environmental Science - Introductory Texts

*9780073532554*

NEW

International Edition

*9780073532547*

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

14th Edition

by Eldon Enger, Delta College and Bradley F Smith, Western Washington University

A Global Concern, 13th Edition

2016 (January 2015) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073532554 ISBN: 9781259253089 [IE] This full-color, introductory environmental science text is known for being concise, conceptual, and value-priced. The approach and reading level cover the basic concepts without overloading students with too much detail. The authors reinforce the text’s central theme of “interrelationships” by providing a historical perspective, information on economic and political realities, discuss the role of different social experiences, and integrate this with the crucial science to describe the natural world and how we affect it. New to this edition •

Chapter 17 Climate Change: A 21st Century Issue Chapter 17 is a new chapter. Material about climate change was consolidated into a separate chapter as requested by reviewers.



New Chapter Opening Feature: This feature presents an example of a current issue that is germane to the chapter content. The issues involved in the example are easy to visualize and serve as an introduction to the topics covered in the chapter. In many cases, the material in the opening feature is specifically addressed or expanded upon in the chapter.



Revised Art Program: More than 100 new photos have been added or substituted throughout the text to depict real-life situations. Over 60 illustrations, graphs, and charts are new or revised to present detailed information in a form that is easier to comprehend than if that same material were presented in text form.



Current Content: As with previous editions the authors have incorporated the most recent information available at the time of publication.

Contents 1. Environmental Interrelationships 2. Environmental Ethics 3. Risk, Economics, and Environmental Concerns 4. Interrelated Scientific Principles: Matter, Energy, and Environment 5. Interactions: Environments and Organisms 6. Kinds of Ecosystems and Communities 7. Populations: Characteristics and Issues 8. Energy and Civilization: Patterns of Consumption 9. Nonrenewable Energy Sources 10. Renewable Energy Sources 11. Biodiversity Issues 12. Land-Use Planning 13. Soil and Its Uses 14. Agricultural Methods and Pest Management 15. Water Management 16. Air Quality Issues 17. Climate Change: A Twenty-first Century Issue

NEW

International Edition

by William P Cunningham, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis, Mary Ann Cunningham, Vassar College

2015 (January 2014) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073532547 ISBN: 9781259255724 [IE] www.mhhe.com/cunningham13e Environmental Science: A Global Concern is a comprehensive presentation of environmental science for non-science majors which emphasizes critical thinking, environmental responsibility, and global awareness. This book is intended for use in a one or two-semester course in environmental science, human ecology, or environmental studies at the college or advanced placement high school level. As practicing scientists and educators, the Cunningham author team brings decades of experience in the classroom, in the practice of science, and in civic engagement. This experience helps give students a clear sense of what environmental science is and why it matters in this exciting, new 13th edition. Environmental Science: A Global Concern provides readers with an up-to-date, introductory global view of essential themes in environmental science. The authors balance evidence of serious environmental challenges with ideas about what we can do to overcome them. An entire chapter focuses on ecological restoration; one of the most important aspects of ecology today. Case studies in most chapters show examples of real progress, and “What Can You Do?” lists give students ideas for contributing to solutions New to this edition •

Learning to Learn - New boxed essay that explores critical reading of the news (“How Do You Tell the News from the Noise?”) as well as revised discussions of critical and analytical thinking strategies.



Updated Case Study openers for most chapters, including Ch 13 on the Elwha River, which relates to the cover.



New pedagogical feature on key concepts and section reviews for each major section in a chapter, and quantitative reasoning questions.

Contents 1. Understanding Our Environment 2. Principles of Science and Systems 3. Matter, Energy, and Life 4. Evolution, Biological Communities, and Species Interactions 5. Biomes: Global Patterns of Life 6. Population Biology 7. Human Populations 8. Environmental Health and Toxicology 9. Food and Hunger 10. Farming: Conventional and Sustainable Practices 11. Biodiversity: Preserving Species 12. Biodiversity: Preserving Landscapes 13. Restoration Ecology 14. Geology and Earth Resources

149

150

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

15. Air, Weather, and Climate 16. Air Pollution 17. Water Use and Management 18. Water Pollution 19. Conventional Energy 20. Sustainable Energy 21. Solid, Toxic, and Hazardous Waste 22. Urbanization and Sustainable Cities 23. Ecological Economics 24. Environmental Policy, Law, and Planning 25. What Then Shall We Do? International Edition

PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

7th Edition

by William P Cunningham, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis and Mary Ann Cunningham, Vassar College

2013 (December 2012) / 448 pages ISBN: 9780073532516 ISBN: 9780071314947 [IE] www.mhhe.com/cunningham7e Rather than the 25 to 30 chapters found in most environmental science textbooks, the authors have limited Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications to 16 chapters-perfect for the one-semester, non-majors environmental science course. True to its title, the goal of this concise text is to provide an up-to-date, introductory view of essential themes in environmental science along with offering students numerous opportunities to practice scientific thinking and active learning. Contents 1. Understanding Our Environment 2. Environmental Systems. Matter and Energy of Life 3. Evolution, Species Interactions, and Biological Communities 4. Human Populations 5. Biomes and Biodiversity 6. Environmental Conservation. Forests, Grasslands, Parks, and Nature Preserves 7. Food and Agriculture 8. Environmental Health and Toxicology 9. Climate 10. Air Pollution 11. Water. Resources and Pollution 12. Environmental Geology and Earth Resources 13. Energy 14. Solid and Hazardous Waste 15. Economics and Urbanization 16. Environmental Policy and Sustainability

FIELD AND LABORATORY ACTIVITIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

8th Edition

by Eldon Enger, Delta College and Bradley Smith, Western Washington University

2013 (December 2012) / 192 pages ISBN: 9780077599829 The major objectives of this manual are to provide students with hands-on experiences that are relevant, easy to understand, applicable to the student’s life, and presented in an interesting, informative format. Ranging from field and lab experiments to conducting social and personal assessments of the environmental

impact of human activities, the manual presents something for everyone, regardless of the budget or facilities of each class. These labs are grouped by categories that can be used in conjunction with any introductory environmental textbook. Contents 1. Primary Productivity 2. Habitat and Niche 3. Community Structure 4. Estimating Population Size 5. Population Dynamics 6. Historical Changes in Human Population Characteristics 7. Human Population Dynamics 8. Plate Tectonics 9. Soil Characteristics and Plant Growth 10. Stream Ecology and Assessment 11. Personal Energy Consumption 12. Insulating Properties of Building Materials 13. The Effects of Radiation on the Germination and Growth of Squash Seeds 14. Evaluating Renewable Energy Sources 15. Toxicity Testing (LD50) 16. Effects of Salinization on Plants 17. Dissolved Oxygen and Biochemical Oxygen Demand 18. Air Pollution 19. Global Indicators of Climate Change 20. Evaluating Ecological Footprint Calculations 21. Land-Use Planning on Campus 22. Solid Waste Assessment Appendix 1: The Successful Field Trip Appendix 2: Suggestions for Field Trips and Alternative Learning Activities International Edition

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

by Robert Kaufmann and Cutler Cleveland of Boston University

2008 (February 2007) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780071101967 [IE] www.mhhe.com/kaufmann1e CONTENTS Introduction to Environmental Science 1. Environment and Society: A Sustainable Partnership? Building a Framework to Study Environmental Problems 2. The Laws of Energy and Matter 3. Systems: Why Are Environmental Problems So Difficult to Solve? How the Natural Environment Works 4. THe Physical Systems of Planet Earth: The Engine of Life 5. The Flow of Energy in Biological Systems: Why Does It Matter? 6. The Flow of Matter in the Environment: Why Does It Matter? 7. Biomes: Where Do Plants and Animals Live? 8. Succession: How Do Ecosystems Respond to Disturbance? How Human Systems Work 9. Carrying Capacity: How Large a Population? 10. An Ecological View of the Economy 11. The Driving Forces of Environmental Change Global Environmental Challenges 12. Biodiversity: Species and So Much More 13. Global Climate Change: A Warming Planet 14. A Reduction in Atmospheric Ozone: Let the Sunshine In Living Off the Land: Soils, Food Production, and Forests 15. Soil: A Potentially Sustainable Resource 16. Agriculture: The Ecology of Growing Food 17. Forests: So Much More Than Wood

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

Air and Water Resources 18. Water Resources 19. Air Pollution: Costs and Benefits of Clean Air Energy and Materials 20. Fossil Fuels: The Lifeblood of the Global Economy 21. Nuclear Power 22. Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency 23. Materials, Society, and the Environment 24. A Sustainable Future: Will Business as Usual Get Us There?



While, previous editions have provided thorough coverage of the ecology of primary production in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, secondary production has received much less attention. Ecology 7e addresses this deficiency by including a section reviewing the fundamentals of secondary production. (Chapter 18)



Ecology 7e includes a new section on the connection between biodiversity and ecosystem function. (Chapter 18 and 19)



Human impact on the environment has altered ecological communities and ecosystems in nearly every corner of the planet. Restoring structure and function to these systems emerges as one of the great ecological challenges. Increasingly ecologists addressing this challenge are turning to the conceptual framework of ecological succession to guide their work. Examples of such work are included in Ecology 7e. (Chapter 20)



Since climate change has the potential to alter ecological phenomena at every level of ecological organization, the discussion of climate change is thoroughly updated in the seventh edition. (Chapter 23)

Ecology

*9780077837280*

NEW

International Edition

ECOLOGY

Concepts and Applications, 7th Edition by Manuel Molles, University of New MexicoAlbuquerque

2016 (January 2015) / 592 pages ISBN: 9780077837280 ISBN: 9781259254550 [IE] Ecology: Concepts and Applications by Molles places great emphasis on helping students grasp the main concepts of ecology while keeping the presentation more applied than theoretical. An evolutionary perspective forms the foundation of the entire discussion. The book begins with the natural history of the planet, considers portions of the whole in the middle chapters, and ends with another perspective of the entire planet in the concluding chapter. Its unique organization of focusing only on several key concepts in each chapter sets it apart from other ecology texts. New to this edition •

Learning Outcomes have been incorporated. Each major heading in the chapter is now followed by learning outcomes for that section. Educators are being asked increasingly to develop concrete student learning outcomes for courses across the curriculum. These learning outcomes ask the student to: •

Define key terms



Explain the main concepts discussed



Evaluate the strength of research presented in support of the main concepts, including a critique of study design



Interpret statistical evidence bearing on concepts, expressed in graphical and numerical form



Apply the main concepts discussed to the interpretation of new situations



Ecology 7e includes examples of current climate change effects on populations, focusing on changes in species distribution and in shifts in bird migration and plant flowering times. (Chapters 10 & 12)



The Lotka-Volterra models of predator-prey interactions published in the early 20th century stimulated a long line of research. More recently, researchers have offered alternatives that help identify where those classical mathematical models, with their simplifying assumptions, apply and where alternative formulations better account for aspects of predator-prey interactions, particularly at larger spatial and longer temporal scales. Aspects of these alternative models are discussed in Ecology 7e. (Chapter 14)

Contents 1. Introduction to Ecology: Historical Foundations and Developing Frontiers Section I: Natural History and Evolution 2. Life on Land 3. Life in Water 4. Population Genetics and Natural Selection Section II: Adaptations to the Environment 5. Temperature Relations 6. Water Relations 7. Energy and Nutrient Relations 8. Social Relations Section III: Population Ecology 9. Population Distribution and Abundance 10. Population Dynamics 11. Population Growth 12. Life Histories Section IV: Interactions 13. Competition 14. Exploitative Interactions: Predation, Herbivory, Parasitism, and Disease 15 Mutualism Section V: Communities and Ecosystems 16. Species Abundance and Diversity 17. Species Interactions and Community Structure 18. Primary Production and Energy Flow 19. Nutrient Cycling and Retention 20. Succession and Stability Section VI: Large-Scale Ecology 21. Landscape Ecology 22. Geographic Ecology 23. Global Ecology Appendix: Statistical Tables

151

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

152

*9780073532509*

NEW

International Edition

ECOLOGY

Global Insights and Investigations, 2nd Edition by Peter Stiling, University of South FloridaTampa

2015 (February 2014) / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073532509 ISBN: 9781259252310 [IE] www.mhhe.com/stilingecology2 Peter Stiling, co-author of Biology by Brooker et al., has introduced a new ecology text to the market. The main goal of this latest ecology text is to show how ecology is important in understanding global change. The book’s main objective is to teach the basic principles of ecology and to relate these principles to many of the Earth’s ecological problems. Users who purchase Connect Plus receive access to the full online ebook version of the textbook.

11. Competition and Coexistence 12. Facilitation 13. Predation 14. Herbivory 15. Parasitism 16. Population Regulation 17. Species Diversity 18. Species Richness Patterns 19. Species Richness and Community Services 20. Succession 21. Island Biogeography 22. Terrestrial Biomes 23. Marine Biomes 24. Freshwater Biomes 25. Food Webs and Energy Flow 26. Biomass Production 27. Biogeochemical Cycles

Evolution

New to this edition •





The book is structured around seven sections that represent the core ecological disciplines: •

Organismal Ecology



Physiological Ecology



Population Ecology



Species Interactions



Community Ecology



Biomes



Ecosystems Ecology

One of the main changes to Ecology: Global Insights & Investigations 2e, has been to simplify some of the more difficult concepts that students found challenging, such as population growth and diversity indices. The author’s overall goal has been to make the material more accessible to students, therefore more explanatory captions have been included on the art work and subsection headings have been added to the summaries. NEW! McGraw-Hill LearnSmart ™ McGraw-Hill LearnSmart™ is an online diagnostic learning system that determines the level of student knowledge, and feeds the students suitable content for their ecology course. Students learn faster and study more effectively. As a student works within the system, LearnSmart devel-ops a personal learning path adapted to what the student has learned and retained. LearnSmart is able to recommend additional study resources to help the student master topics. This innovative and outstanding study tool also has features for instructors where they can see exactly what stu-dents have accomplished, and a built-in assessment tool for graded assignments.

Contents 1. An Introduction to Ecology 2. Populations Genetics 3. Natural Selection, Speciation and Extinction 4. Behavioral Ecology 5. Temperature 6. Water 7. Nutrients 8. Demographic Techniques and Population Patterns 9. Life Tables and Demography 10. Population Growth

UNDERSTANDING GALAPAGOS by Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis

2014 (February 2013) / 448 pages ISBN: 9780073532288 We wanted a book that includes up-to-date information about evolution in Gal6pagos, yet is accessible by professional biologists, laypeople, students, armchair travelers, and the merely curious. Naming the endemic-and often curious-organisms in Gal6pagos from checklists can be rewarding; that’s why you will find checklists of the islands’ iconic species in this book (Chapter 12). But understanding what you see is a different adventure, and that is one thing that we hope distinguishes this book from others. In short, we wanted to write a book that would help you not lust identify what you see, but understand what you see. Such an understanding goes beyond identification guides and traditional natural history and requires a context that includes the islands’ biology, geology, climate, and history. In this book, you will find discussions (and checklists) of the native and endemic organisms you’ll see, especially the iconic ones such as penguins, land and marine iguanas, finches, giant tortoises, and albatrosses (see color images). However, we have not described all of the organisms on the islands-after all, there are more than 600 species of lichens and 2,9OO species of marine organisms, not to mention the more than 50 families, 300 genera, and 370 species of endemic and native beetles. Similarly, we discuss many, but not all, of the most troublesome introduced species (at last count, there were more than 1,400 such species). We have focused on the native and endemic “stars” of Galapagos that fill tourists’ must-see lists. Although our book emphasizes evolution, we have also addressed several other topics, for evolution cannot be understood without a corresponding understanding of its context: namely, the geology, climate, and historical impact of humans on the ecosystem. This is why you will find discussions of the islands’ geology, weather, trails, and Visitor Sites in this book. We also wrote this book to emphasize the importance of preserving Gal6pagos, as well as to help readers understand the challenges facing the islands. To ensure accuracy and consistency, the information in this book was derived from visiting the islands more than 30 times over many years; talking with numerous Gal6pagos National Park Service guides, boat captains, boat crews, school teachers and other residents of Gal5pagos, and former prisoners at the Wall of Tears penal colony; documenting the GPS coordinates of more than 350 sites, usually with two independent GNPS units (Appendix

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

1); studying documents at a variety of libraries, research stations, and related locations such as GNPS, Charles Darwin Research Station, National Geospatial Intelligence Agency, and Instituto Oceanografico de la Armada; being on the bridge with boat captains in the most challenging conditions and regions of the islands (Appendix 2); and, when necessary, hiking, scuba diving, and interviewing local residents to resolve controversies (e.g., the exact location of Jessica; see Chapter 11). Contents 1. Evolution and the Galápagos Archipelago 2. History of Galápagos 3. Geology and Climate in Galápagos 4. The Islands: Where You’ll Go and What You’ll See 5. Birds 6. Reptiles 7. Mammals 8. Fish 9. Invertebrates 10. Plants 11. Conservation in Galápagos 12. A Checklist of Common Native and Endemic Organisms in Galápagos Appendix 1: GPS Coordinates of Various Sites in Galápagos Appendix 2: Getting Around Galápagos Appendix 3: Darwin’s Name in Galápagos Appendix 4: Rules of Galápagos National Park Appendix 5: Diving in Galápagos Appendix 6: Photography in Galápagos Appendix 7: What to Pack Appendix 8: Friends of Galápagos References Glossary Photo Credits Index International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL EVOLUTION

2nd Edition

Appendix 2: Taxonomy Appendix 3: Molecular Clocks

Biostatistics

BIOSTATISTICS FOR THE HEALTH SCIENCES by Karuthan Chinna and Krishnakumari Nr Krish

2009 / 196 pages (June 2009) ISBN: 9789833850686 (An Asian Publication) This book is an ideal introduction to the study of statistics applied to the field of health sciences. It is intended for undergraduate and postgraduate students in the field of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, nursing, allied health and other health-related fields with little or no background in statistics. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Biostatistics 2. Descriptive Statistics 3. Statistical Distributions 4. Statistical Inference 5. One Sample Mean Test 6. Paired Sample Mean Test 7. Independent Samples Mean Test 8. One-Way ANOVA 9. One Sample Proportion Test 10. Two Samples Proportion Test 11. Contingency Tables 12. Bivariate Data Analysis Answers Appendix References

Limnology

by Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman

2008 (January 2007) / 368 pages ISBN: 9780073050775 ISBN: 9780071285827 [IE] www.mhhe.com/kardongevolution2e CONTENTS 1. Evolution of Evolution 2. Time 3. Heredity 4. Emergence of Life 5. Diversity of Life 6. Evidence of Evolution 7. Selection 8. Variation: Spice of Life 9. Speciation 10. Co-Evolution 11. Life History Strategies 12. Life in Groups 13. Extinctions 14. Human Evolution: The Early Years 15. Human Evolution: Building Modern Humans 16. Evolutionary Biology: Today and Beyond 17. Afterword Appendix 1: Cell Division--A Review

INTRODUCTION TO LIMNOLOGY by Stanley Dodson, University of Wisconsin

2005 (January 2004) / 416 pages ISBN: 9780072879353 http://mhhe.com/limnology This text includes the basic foundation information of limnology in an appropriate length for a one-semester course. It is written for intermediate undergraduate college students with some science background, including an introductory biology course. The text is especially well-suited for undergraduate majors in zoology, botany, conservation biology, biology, environmental studies, ecology, aquatic biology, and related fields. Introduction to Limnology contains more biology, ecology, and human-environmental connections than other such books on the market. The text emphasizes aquatic ecology, with a wide range of ecological fields represented, including: landscape, ecosystem, physiological, population, community, and biome.

153

154

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY Contents 1. Introduction to Limnology 2. Setting the Stage: Water as an Environment 3. Diversity of Aquatic Organisms: The Single-Celled and Colonial Organisms 4. Diversity of Aquatic Organisms: Rotifers, Annelids, and Arthropods 5. Diversity of Aquatic Organisms: Larger Organisms 6. Population Dynamics in Limnology: Population Size Changing with Time 7. Community Ecology: Species Interactions and Community Structure 8. Community Ecology: Freshwater Communities Changing Through Time 9. Aquatic Ecosystems and Physiology: Energy Flow 10. Aquatic Ecosystems: Chemical Cycles 11. Water in Landscapes 12. The Citizen Limnologist 13. Field and Laboratory Exercises

GEOGRAPHY | CONTENTS

Geographic Information Systems.................................................157 Human / Cultural Geography.......................................................157 Introduction to Geography............................................................158 Map Use / Cartography................................................................162 Physical Geography.....................................................................161 Remote Sensing...........................................................................163 World Regional Geography..........................................................163

155

156

NEW TITLES | GEOGRAPHY

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 8e

Chang

9780078095139

157

Mastering ArcGIS, 7e

Price

9780078095146

157

2015

Author ISBN

Page

Exploring Physical Geography

Reynolds

161

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

9780078095160

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

GEOGRAPHY

Geographic Information Systems

*9780078095139*

New to this edition •

A new chapter on GIS data management has been added to the 7th edition. Students these days seem to know less about the basic computer file system concepts and thus require more background and instruction to work effectively with GIS data. Additionally, metadata is more strongly emphasized throughout the text, first as the simple Item Description and later as standards-based metadata in Chapter 14.



The chapter on data presentation is almost entirely rewritten to present basic map design principles and processes from an academic cartographic design perspective.



The chapters on networks and geocoding have been removed from the text, since they are not usually getting covered in an introductory class. However, they will remain available on the McGraw-Hill web site in PDF form, along with the applicable data files, for those who still want them.

NEW

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION sYSTEMS

8th Edition

by Kang-Tsung (Karl) Chang, University of IDAHO

2016 (January 2015) / 448 pages ISBN: 9780078095139 ISBN: 9789814636216 [IE] Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 8th edition is designed to provide students in a first or second GIS course with a solid foundation in both GIS concepts and the use of GIS. Introduction to GIS strikes a careful balance between GIS concepts and hands-on applications. The main portion of the chapter presents GIS terms and concepts and helps students learn how each one fits into a complete GIS system. At the end of each chapter, an application section with 2-7 tasks presents students with actual GIS exercises and the necessary data to solve the problem. CONTENTS 1. Introduction 2. Coordinate Systems 3. Vector Data Model 4. Raster Data Model 5. GIS Data Acquisition 6. Geometric Transformation 7. Spatial Data Accuracy and Quality 8. Attribute Data Management 9. Data Display and Cartography 10. Data Exploration 11. Vector Data Analysis 12. Raster Data Analysis 13. Terrain Mapping and Analysis 14. Viewshed and Watershed Analysis 15 Spatial Interpolation 16. Geocoding and Dynamic Segmentation 17. Least Cost Path and Network Analysis 18. GIS Models and Modeling

*9780078095146* MASTERING ARCGIS

Contents Introduction What is GIS? 1. GIS Data 2. Managing GIS Data 3. Coordinate Systems 4. Mapping GIS Data 5. Presenting GIS Data 6. Attribute Data 7. Basic Editing 8. Queries 9. Spatial Joins 10. Map Overlay and Geoprocessing 11. Raster Analysis 12. Editing and Topology 13. Geodatabases 14. Metadata Skills Reference Glossary Selected Answers Index Conversion Table

Human / Cultural Geography NEW

7th Edition

by Maribeth H Price, South Dakota School Mines & Technology

2016 (January 2015) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780078095146 Price: Mastering ArcGIS is an introductory GIS text that is designed to offer everything you need to master the basic elements of GIS. The author’s step-by-step approach helps students negotiate the challenging tasks involved in learning sophisticated GIS software. An innovative and unique feature of Mastering ArcGIS is its accompanying narrated video clips that show students exactly how to perform chapter tutorials before attempting an exercise on their own.

International Edition

human geography

12th Edition

by Mark Bjelland, Gustavus Adolphus Coll, Daniel R Montello, University of California, Jerome D. Fellmann (deceased), Arthur Getis, San Diego State University-San Diego and Judith Getis (deceased)

2014 (January 2013) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780078021466 ISBN: 9780071318594 [IE] www.mhhe.com/fellmann12e This twelfth edition of Human Geography retains the organization and structure of its earlier versions. Like them, it seeks to introduce its users to the scope and excitement of geography and its relevance to their daily lives and roles as informed citizens. We recognize that for any students, human geography may be their first or only work in geography and this, their first or only textbook in the discipline. For these students particularly, we seek to convey the richness and breadth of human geography and to give insight into the nature and intellectual challenges of the field of geography itself.

157

158

GEOGRAPHY Contents 1. Introduction: Some Background Basics Part 1: Themes and Fundamentals of Human Geography 2. Roots and Meaning of Culture 3. Spatial Interaction and Spatial Behavior 4. Population: World Patterns, Regional Trends Part 2: Patterns of Diversity and Unity 5. Language and Religion: Mosaics of Culture 6. Ethnic Geography: Threads of Diversity 7. Cultural Identities and Cultural Landscapes: Diversity and Uniformity Part 3: Dynamic Patterns of the Space Economy 8. Economic Geography: Primary Activities 9. Economic Geography: Manufacturing and Services 10. Economic Development and Change Part 4: Landscapes of Functional Organization 11. Urban Systems and Urban Structures 12. The Political Ordering of Space Part 5: Human Actions and Environmental Impacts 13. Human Impacts on Natural Systems International Edition

HUMAN GEOGRAPHY

by Jon Malinowski, US Military Academy and David H Kaplan, Kent State University

2013 (January 2012) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073122946 ISBN: 9780071318068 [IE] www.mhhe.com/malinowski1e Geographers believe that phenomena on the earth’s surface are not random, but rather the result of a complex series of processes going on at the local, regional, national and international scale. Human Geography, 1e by Jon Malinowksi and David Kaplan, will introduce you to how geographers attempt to make sense of the diverse reality of human populations on the Earth’s surface. Human Geography, 1e uses a modular approach. Each of the 18 chapters are divided into page “spreads” to easily allow an instructor the flexibility to customize his or her course. Contents 1. Major Geographic Concepts 2. Geography Through the Ages 3. Population 4. Geography of Health and Disease 5. Migration Flows 6. Culture and Cultural Landscapes 7. The Geography of Language 8. The Geography of Religion 9. Race, Ethnicity, and Gender 10. A World of Nations and States 11. Geography of Governance and Representation 12. Environment and Conservation 13. Urbanization and Urban Networks 14. The Changing Structure of the City 15. The Geography of Economic Activity and Agriculture 16. Geographies of Production and Consumption 17. Distribution and Transportation 18. Development and Geography

Introduction to Geography International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY

14th Edition

by Arthur Getis, San Diego State University, Mark Bjelland, Gustavus Adolphus Colle and Judith Getis, Ohio State University

2014 (October 2013) / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073522883 ISBN: 9781259255687 [IE] www.mhhe.com/getis14e Getis Introduction to Geography 14e is written to clearly and concisely convey the nature of the field of geography, its intellectual challenges, and the logical interconnections of its parts. Even if students take no further work in geography, they will have come into contact with the richness and breadth of Geography and have new insights and understandings for their present and future roles as informed adults. This new edition provides students content and scope of the subfields of geography, emphasize its unifying themes, and provide the foundation for further work in their areas of interest. A useful textbook must be flexible enough in its organization to permit an instructor to adapt it to the time and subject matter constraints of a particular course. Although Getis Introduction to Geography is designed with a one-quarter or one-semester course in mind, this text may be used in a full-year introduction to geography when employed as a point of departure for special topics and amplifications introduced by the instructor or when supplemented by additional readings and class projects. Contents 1. Introduction 1 2. Techniques of Geographic Analysis 19 3. Physical Geography: Landforms 45 4. Physical Geography: Weather and Climate 74 5. Population Geography 110 6. Cultural Geography 141 7. Human Interaction 185 8. Political Geography 214 9. Economic Geography: Agriculture and Primary Activities 249 10. Economic Geography: Manufacturing and Services 277 11. An Urban World 301 12. The Geography of Natural Resources 337 13. Human Impact on the Environment 377 Appendices A-1 Glossary G-1 Index I-1

STUDENT ATLAS OF WORLD GEOGRAPHY

8th Edition

by Christopher Sutton, Western Illinois University

2014 (February 2013) / 352 page ISBN: 9780073527673 www.mhhe.com/studentatlas The Student Atlas series combines full-color maps and data sets to introduce students to the importance of the connections between geography and other areas of study such as world politics, environmental issues, and economice development. These thematic atlases will give students a clear picture of the recent agricultural, industrial, demographic, environmental, economic, and political changes in every world region.

GEOGRAPHY Contents A Note to the Student Introduction: How to Read an Atlas Unit I: Global Physical Patterns Map 1. World Political Boundaries Map 2. World Physical Features Map 3a. Average Annual Precipitation Map 3b. Seasonal Average Precipitation, November through April Map 3c. Seasonal Average Precipitation, May through October Map 3d. Variation in Average Annual Precipitation Map 4a. Temperature Regions and Ocean Currents Map 4b. Average January Temperature Map 4c. Average July Temperature Map 5a. Atmospheric Pressure and Predominant Surface Winds, January Map 5b. Atmospheric Pressure and Predominant Surface Winds, July Map 6a. Current Climate Conditions Map 6b. Climate Regions, Future Map 7. Vegetation Types Map 8. Soil Orders Map 9. Ecological Regions Map 10. Plate Tectonics Map 11. Topography Map 12a. Resources: Mineral Fuels Map 12b. Resources: Critical Metals Map 13. Natural Hazards Unit II: Global Human Patterns Map 14. Past Population Distributions and Densities Map 15. Population Density Map 16. Land Use, A.D. 1500 Map 17. Modern Land Use Patterns Map 18. Urbanization Map 19. Transportation Patterns Map 20. Patterns of Religion Map 21. Religious Adherence Map 22. Languages Map 23. Linguistic Diversity Map 24. Dying Languages: A Loss of Cultural Wealth Map 25. External Migrations in Modern Times Unit III: Global Demographic Patterns Map 26. Population Growth Rates Map 27. International Migrant Populations Map 28. Migration Rates Map 29a. Total Fertility Rates, 1985 Map 29b. Total Fertility Rates, 2011 . Map 30. Infant Mortality Rate Map 31. Child Mortality Rate Map 32. Population by Age Group Map 33. Average Life Expectancy at Birth Map 34. World Daily Per Capita Food Supply (Kilocalories) Map 35. The Earth’s Hungry Millions Map 36. Child Malnutrition Map 37. Proportion of Daily Food Intake from Animal Products Map 38. Global Scourges: Major Infectious Diseases Map 39a. Major Infectious Diseases: HIV/AIDS Map 39b. Major Infectious Diseases: Diarrheal Diseases Map 39c. Major Infectious Diseases: Malaria Map 39d. Major Infectious Diseases: Tuberculosis Map 40. Illiteracy Rates Map 41. Primary School Enrollment Map 42. The Index of Human Development Map 43. Demographic Stress: The Youth Bulge Map 44. Demographic Stress: Rapid Urban Growth Map 45. Demographic Stress: Competition for Cropland Map 46. Demographic Stress: Competition for Freshwater Map 47. Demographic Stress: Interactions of Demographic Stress Factors

Unit IV: Global Economic Patterns Map 48. Gross National Income Map 49. Gross National Income Per Capita Map 50. Purchasing Power Parity Per Capita Map 51. Population Living on Less Than $2 Per Day Map 52. Inequality of Income and Consumption Map 53. Total Labor Force Map 54. Labor Force Composition: Males and Females Map 55. Employment by Economic Activity Map 56. Economic Output Per Sector Map 57. Agricultural Production Per Capita Map 58. Exports of Primary Products Map 59. Remittances Map 60. The World Trade Organization Map 61. Dependence on Trade Map 62. The Indebtedness of States Map 63. Global Flows of Investment Capital Map 64. Aiding Economic Development Map 65. The Cost of Consumption Map 66. Energy Production Per Capita Map 67. Energy Consumption Per Capita Map 68. Energy Dependency Map 69. Flows of Oil Map 70. A Wired World: Internet Users Map 71. Traditional Links: The Telephone Unit V: Global Patterns of Environmental Disturbance Map 72. Global Air Pollution: Sources and Wind Currents Map 73. The Acid Deposition Problem: Air, Water, Soil Map 74. Outdoor Air Pollution Map 75. Global Carbon Dioxide Emissions Map 76. The Earth Warms: 1976–2006 Map 77. Global Precipitation Changes: 1976–2006 Map 78. Potential Global Temperature Change Map 79. Water Resources: Availability of Renewable Water Per Capita Map 80. Water Resources: Access to Safe Drinking Water Map 81. Water Resources: Annual Withdrawal Per Capita Map 82. Water Stress: Shortage, Abundance, and Population Density Map 83. Water Stress: The Ogallala Aquifer Map 84. Pollution of the Oceans Map 85. Food Supply from Marine and Freshwater Systems Map 86. Changes in Cropland Map 87. Food Staples Under Stress: The Fight Against Genetic Simplicity Map 88. World Pastureland, 2009 Map 89. Fertilizer Use Map 90. Changes in Forest Cover Map 91. World Timber Production Map 92. The Loss of Biodiversity: Globally Threatened Animal Species Map 93. Disappearing Giants: The Reduction in “Conservative” Species Map 94. The Loss of Biodiversity: Globally Threatened Plant Species Map 95. The Areas of Greatest Loss and Hotspots of Biodiversity Map 96. The Risks of Desertification Map 97. Global Soil Degradation Map 98. The Degree of Human Disturbance Map 99. The Green and Not So Green World Unit VI: Global Political Patterns Map 100. Political Systems Map 101. The Emergence of the State Map 102. Organized States and Chiefdoms, A.D. 1500 Map 103. European Colonialism 1500–2000 Map 104. Sovereign States: Duration of Independence Map 105. Post–Cold War International Alliances

159

160

GEOGRAPHY

Map 106. Political Realms: Regional Changes, 1945–2003 Map 107. International Conflicts in the Post–World War II World Map 108. The Geopolitical World in the Twenty-First Century Map 109. The United Nations Map 110. Is It a Country? Map 111. United Nations Regions and Sub-Regions Map 112. Countries with Nuclear Weapons Map 113. Military Expenditures Map 114. Distribution of Minority Populations Map 115. Marginalized Minorities: Declining Indigenous Populations Map 116. The Political Geography of a Global Religion: The Islamic World Map 117. World Refugees: Country of Origin Map 118. World Refugees: Country of Asylum Map 119. Internally Displaced Persons Map 120. Abuse of Public Trust Map 121. Political and Civil Liberties Map 122. Human Rights Abuse Map 123. Women’s Rights Map 124. Capital Punishment Map 125. Human Trafficking Map 126a. Flashpoints—2013, Mexico Map 126b. Flashpoints—2013, Democratic Republic of the Congo Map 126c. Flashpoints—2013, Zimbabwe Map 126d. Flashpoints—2013, Sudan Map 126e. Flashpoints—2013, Somalia Map 126f. Flashpoints—2013, Libya Map 126g. Flashpoints—2013, Egypt Map 126h. Flashpoints—2013, Syria Map 126i. Flashpoints—2013, Israel and Its Neighbors Map 126j. Flashpoints—2013, Iraq Map 126k. Flashpoints—2013, Kurdistan Map 126l. Flashpoints—2013, Iran Map 126m. Flashpoints—2013, Afghanistan Map 126n. Flashpoints—2013, Pakistan Map 126o. Flashpoints—2013, Kashmir Region Map 126p. Flashpoints—2013, Cote d’lvoire Map 126q. Flashpoints—2013, Korean Peninsula Unit VII: World Regions Map 127. North America: Political Divisions Map 128. North America: Physical Features Map 129. North America: Environment and Economy Map 130. North America: Population Distribution Map 131. Canada Map 132. United States Map 133. Middle America Map 134. The Caribbean Map 135. South America: Political Divisions Map 136. South America: Physical Features Map 137. South America: Environment and Economy Map 138. South America: Population Distribution Map 139. Europe: Political Divisions Map 140. Europe: Physical Features Map 141. Europe: Environment and Economy Map 142. Europe: Population Distribution Map 143. European Political Boundaries, 1914–1948 Map 144. Europe: Political Changes, 1989–2009 Map 145. Western Europe Map 146. Eastern Europe Map 147. Africa: Political Divisions Map 148. Africa: Physical Features Map 149. Africa: Population Distribution Map 150. Africa: Colonialism to Independence Map 151. African Cropland and Dryland Degradation Map 152. Northern Africa Map 153. Southern Africa

Map 154. Asia: Political Divisions Map 155. Asia: Physical Features Map 156. Asia: Environment and Economy Map 157. Asia: Population Distribution Map 158. Northern Asia Map 159. Southwestern Asia Map 160. South Asia Map 161. East Asia Map 162. Southeast Asia Map 163. Australasia and Oceania: Political Divisions Map 164. Australasia and Oceania: Physical Features Map 165. Australasia and Oceania: Environment and Economy Map 166. Australasia and Oceania: Population Distribution Map 167. The Arctic Map 168. Antarctica Unit VIII: Country and Dependency Profiles Unit IX: Geographic Index Sources

PERTHES WORLD ATLAS by Klett International

2007 (July 2006) ISBN: 9780073290737 www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/Klett/ The NEW World Atlas for Higher Education and College Geography Level teachings. This new atlas uses the Klett-Perthes high quality map print details as known from their Wall Maps. Features over 350 pages of detailed maps, statistics, glossary and information to teach higher level geography education. Features •

High quality physical and polical maps.



Sophisticated thematic maps.



Detailed regional maps.



Easy to understand introduction.



Statistics for all countries of the world.



Glossary of important terms.



Index with more than 20,000 names.

CHANGING LANDSCAPES OF SINGAPORE by Peggy Teo, Brenda S A Yeoh, Ooi Giok Ling and Karen P Y Lai

2004 / 240 pages ISBN: 9780071234795 (An Asian Publication) The transformations that have occurred in Singapore’s landscape have been rapid since independence. Changing Landscapes of Singapore discusses these changes from the perspective of lived landscapes which have day-to-day meanings for Singaporeans. It begins with an exploration of the major physical changes resulting from rapid urbanisation and industrialisation and Singapore’s attempt to balance the stresses of physical development with the needs of a green agenda. Several other themes relating to landscape change follow. A section on landscapes of community and nationhood investigates how issues concerning shelter (public housing), heritage conservation, street-names and national symbols affect Singaporeans’ notions of belonging. This is followed by a discussion on globalisation and the way it affects the nationstate’s development. This section examines not only Singapore’s efforts at regionalisation and its attempt to gain a

GEOGRAPHY

better foothold in the workings of the global capitalistic system but also evaluates the impacts of globalisation on the society. The last section on forgotten landscapes is a reminder of who and what may be left behind in striving for excellence. Landscapes reveal and refl ect forgotten needs as much as they record what have been remembered and valued. The various strands are brought together in the fi nal chapter where the landscape is used as a lens to raise questions on future challenges. While intended as a general text for university students, this book will also provide source materials for school teachers (junior college and upper secondary levels), the general student population as well as the general reader interested in understanding the country’s rapid landscape changes. CONTENTS 1. Introduction: Changing Landscapes of Singapore Part I: Natural Environments And Engineered Landscapes 2. Environmental Planning And Management 3. Engineered Biophysical Landscapes: Parks And Open Spaces For Recreation

of knowledge to a new situation. Exploring Physical Geography introduces terms after students have an opportunity to observe the feature or concept that is being named. This approach is consistent with several educational philosophies, including a learning cycle and just-in-time teaching. Research on learning cycles shows that students are more likely to retain a term if they already have a mental image of the thing being named (Lawson, 2003). Also, the figure-based approach in this book allows terms to be introduced in their context rather than as a definition that is detached from a visual representation of the term. We introduce new terms in italics rather than in boldface, because boldfaced terms on a textbook page cause students to immediately focus mostly on the terms, rather than build an understanding of the concepts. Featuring more than 2,500 photographs and illustration, Exploring Physical Geography engages students with strong visuals, unique two-page spreads, and Before You Leave This Page objectives. Features •

Part II: Landscapes Of Community And Nationhood 4. Urbanisation And Landscape Changes 5. The Nation, Its Signs And Symbols: Street-Names And Monuments 6. Public Housing: The Housing Of A Nation 7. Landscapes Of Heritage: Historic And Cultural Districts Part III: Landscapes Of Globalisation 8. Achieving Global City Status: Industrial Restructuring And Regionalisation 9. Tourism Capital: Reinterpreting Tourism Space 10. Transnational Connectivities And Local Tensions Part IV: Forgotten Landscapes 11. Neglected Landscapes: Old and Forgotten Singaporeans 12. Landscapes of Death: Cemeteries, Crematoria and Columbaria 13. Changing Landscapes and Future Challenges: A Review •

Physical Geography

*9780078095160* NEW EXPLORING PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY by Stephen Reynolds, Arizona State UniversityTempe, Robert V Rohli, Louisiana State University-Baton Rouge, Julia Johnson, Arizona State University-Tempe, Peter Waylen, University of Florida and Mark Andrew Francek

Figures and Illustrations •

This textbook contains more than 2,500 illustrations, which is two to three times the number in most introductory geography textbooks.



Students have limited travel experience, so photographs and other figures allow them to observe places, environ¬ments, and processes they have not been able to observe firsthand.



The style of illustrations in Exploring Physical Geography was designed to be more inviting to today’s visually oriented students who are used to photorealistic, computer-rendered images in mov¬ies, videos, and computer games.



Many of the figures were created by world-class scientific illustrators and artists who have worked on award-winning textbooks, on Hollywood movies, on tele¬vision shows, for National Geographic, and in the computer-graphics and gaming industry.

Four Unique Two-Page Spreads that tie together closely related topics •

Opening spreads introduce the chapter, engaging the student by highlighting some interesting and relevant aspects and posing questions to activate prior knowledge and curiosity.



Topical spreads comprise most of the book. They convey the geographic content, help organize knowledge, describe and illustrate processes, and provide a spatial context.



The next-to-last two-page spread in each chapter is a Connections spread designed to help students connect and integrate the vari¬ous concepts from the chapter and to show how these concepts can be applied to an actual location.



Each chapter ends with an Investigation spread that is an exercise in which students apply the knowledge, skills, and approaches learned in the chapter. These exercises mostly involve virtual places that stu¬dents explore and investigate to make observations and interpreta¬tions and to answer a series of geographic questions.

2015 (January 2014) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780078095160 Stephen Reynolds, author of the highly successful Exploring Geology, brings his ground-breaking, visually spectacular approach to Exploring Physical Geography. Intended for an introductory geography course, such as Physical Geography, Reynolds Exploring Physical Geography promotes inquiry and science as an active process. It encourages student curiosity and aims to activate existing student knowledge by posing the title of every two-page spread and every subsection as a question. In addition, questions are dispersed throughout the book. Integrated into the book are opportunities for students to observe patterns, features, and examples before the underlying concepts are explained. That is, we employ a learning-cycle approach where student exploration precedes the introduction of geographic terms and the application

161

GEOGRAPHY

162



Before You Leave This Page integrated into each two-page spread •







Checklist that indicates what is important and what is expected of students before they move on. This list contains learning objectives for the spread and provides a clear way for the instructor to indicate to the student what is important. Before You Leave this Page is compiled into a master What-to-Know List provided to the instructor, who then deletes or add entries to suit the instructor’s learning goals and distributes the list to students, before the students begin reading the book. In this way, the Whatto-Know List guides the students’ studying. All test questions and assessment materials are tightly articulated with the Before You Leave This Page lists so that exams and quizzes cover precisely the same material that was assigned to students via the What-toKnow list.

Concept Sketches •

Most items on the Before You Leave This Page list are by design suitable for student construction of concept sketches.



Concept sketches are sketches that are annotated with complete sentences that identify geo¬graphic features, describe how the features form, characterize the main geographic processes, and summarize geologic histories



Concept sketches are an excellent way to actively engage students in class and to assess their understanding of geographic features, processes, and history.

Contents 1. The Nature of Physical Geography 2. Energy and Matter in the Atmosphere 3. Atmospheric Motion 4. Atmospheric Moisture 5. Weather Systems and Severe Weather 6. Atmosphere–Ocean–Crysophere Interactions 7. Climates Around the World 8. Water Resources 9. Understanding Landscapes 10. Plate Tectonics and Regional Features 11. Volcanoes, Deformation, and Earthquakes 12. Weathering and Mass Wasting 13. Streams and Flooding 14. Glaciers and Glacial Landforms 15. Coasts and Changing Sea Levels 16. Soils 17. Ecosystems and Biogeochemical Cycles 18. Biomes

Map Use / Cartography

CARTOGRAPHY

Thermal Map Design, 6th Edition by Borden Dent (deceased), Jeff Torguson, Saint Cloud State University and Thomas W Hodler, University of Georgia

2009 (August 2008) / 368 pages ISBN: 9780072943825 www.mhhe.com/dent6e This introductory textbook introduces students to the different types of map projections, map design, and map production. Cartography is generally for a sophomore or junior level course for geography majors and many professors are beginning to introduce computer cartography throughout the course. Contents Part I: Thematic Mapping Essentials 1. Introduction To Thematic Mapping 2. Basic Geodesy, Coordinate Systems, And Scale 3. Map Projections 4. The Nature Of Geographic Data And The Selection Of Thematic Map Symbols 5. Descriptive Statistics And Data Classification Part II: Techniques Of Quantitative Thematic Mapping 6. Mapping Enumeration And Other Areally Aggregated Data: The Choropleth Map 7. The Dot Density Map 8. From Point To Point: The Proportional Symbol Map 9. Mapping Geographic Surfaces: Isarithmic And ThreeDimensional Maps 10. The Cartogram: Value-By-Area Mapping 11. Dynamic Representation: The Design Of Flow Maps Part III: Designing Thematic Maps 12. The Map Design Process And The Elements Of Map Composition 13. Making The Map Readable: The Intelligent Use Of Type 14. Principles For Color Thematic Maps Part IV: Map Production 15. Printing Fundamentals And Prepress Operation For The Cartographer 16. Introduction To Virtual And Web Mapping Part V: Effective Graphing For Cartographers 17. Effective Graphing For Cartographers Appendixes International Edition

MAP USE AND ANALYSIS

4th Edition

by John Campbell, University of Wisconsin – Parkside

2001 / 384 pages ISBN: 9780071252645 [IE] www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/campbell4e CONTENTS 1. Introduction 2. Basic Mapping Processes 3. Map Projections 4. Locational and Land-Partitioning Systems 5. Scale and Generalization Concepts 6. Measurement from Maps 7. Route Selection and Navigation

GEOGRAPHY

8. Terrain Representation 9. Contour Interpretation 10. Topographic Features 11. Qualitative and Quantitative Information 12. Characteristics of Map Features: Shape and Point Patterns 13. Characteristics of Map Features: Networks and Trees 14. Cartograms and Special Purpose Maps 15. Maps and Graphs 16. Map Misuse 17. Remote Sensing from Airborne Platforms 18. Remote Sensing from Space 19. Computer-Assisted Cartography 20. Digital Map Applications 21. Geographic Information Systems Appendix A: U.S. and Canadian Map Producers and Information Sources Appendix B: Foreign Maps Appendix C: Copyright Appendix D: Magnetic Compass Use E Map Storage and Cataloging Systems Appendix F: British National Grid

Remote Sensing

AN INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY REMOTE SENSING EARTH FROM SPACE by Qihao Weng

2012 (March 2012) / 336 pages ISBN: 9780071740111 (A Professional Reference Title) An Introduction to Contemporary Remote Sensing Earth from Space covers the latest developments in remote sensing and imaging science, especially those relevant to undergraduate students. Remote sensing is the technology behind revolutionary applications such as Google Earth. The information in this book will help you to optimize portable equipment design by understanding and selecting most ideal spatial imagery technique. This versatile book serves lower-division undergraduate students as a textbook and may also be used as a reference tool for various remote sensing workshops as well as for professionals and researchers in academia, government, and industries to acquire updated information on the newest developments in the field. An Introduction to Contemporary Remote Sensing Earth from Space: •

Contains helpful features, such as summaries, text boxes, review questions, key terms, and lab exercises



Includes supplements—teacher’s manual, study guide, solutions, software, datasets, and further references for books, journals, and websites



Can easily be converted for use in distance-education classes



Provides the most up-to-date developments in remote sensing and imaging science, especially those relevant to undergraduate students



Helps you optimize portable equipment design and select the most ideal spatial imagery technique

World Regional Geography

ESSENTIALS OF WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY

3rd Edition

by George White, South Dakota State University, Joseph Dymond and Elizabeth Chacko of George Washington University, Justin Scheidt, Georgia Southern University and Michael Bradshaw, College of St Mark & John

2014 (October 2013) / 416 pages ISBN: 9780073369358 www.mhhe.com/whiteessentials3e Essentials of World Regional Geography, 3e gives readers an approach that combines fundamental geographical elements, internal regional diversity, and contemporary issues. This approach allows serious discussion of cultural and environmental issues, as well as political and economic issues. White Essentials of World Regional Geography, 3e encourages students to consider what it means to be part of a global community and to develop their geographical understandings of world events. Essentials of World Regional Geography has chapter openings with a physical features map of the region, which includes short accounts of people or events to provide a personal flavor of the region, an outline of the chapter contents, and a short section placing the region in its wider global context. Each regional chapter is consistently organized by three sections. The first section summarizes the distinctive physical and human geographies of the region; the second section explores the internal diversity of the region at subregional, selected country, and local levels. The third section focuses on a selection of contemporary issues that are important to the people of each region and frequently have implications for the rest of the world. Each regional chapter follows the same framework, allowing students to easily make comparisons from one world region to the next. This new edition now offers a suite of digital resources including ConnectPlus, LearnSmart, and SmartBook! Contents 1. Essentials of World Regional Geography 2. Europe 3. Russia and Neighboring Countries 4. East Asia 5. Southeast Asia 6. South Asia 7. Northern Africa and Southwestern Asia 8. Sub-Saharan Africa 9. Australia, Oceania and Antarctica 10. Latin America 11. North America

163

164

GEOGRAPHY

International Edition

CONTEMPORARY WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY

4th Edition

by Michael Bradshaw, College of St Mark & John, Joseph Dymond, George Washington University, George White, South Dakota State University and Elizabeth Chacko, George Washington University

2012 (September 2011) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073522869 ISBN: 9780071314732 [IE] www.mhhe.com/bradshaw4e World Regional Geography is an exciting science that encompasses a wealth of information regarding geographical landscapes, cultural traditions, population patterns and economic resources. Contemporary World Regional Geography, 4e provides a current, balanced geographical study of world issues through analysis of ten world regions and the countries in each. The authors integrate the themes of “global connections” and “local voices” and utilize a consistent structure within each chapter. Each chapter is organized to begin with environmental issues of the region followed by historical geography, which lead into the sections on the modern global era. The latter part of each chapter continues to be devoted to subregional subdivisions. Contents 1. Globalization and World Regions 2. Concepts in World Regional Geography 3. Europe 4. Russia and Neighboring Countries 5. East Asia 6. Southeast Asia 7. South Asia 8. Northern Africa and Southwestern Asia 9. Africa South of the Sahara 10. Australia, Oceania, and Antarctica 11. Latin America 12. North America 13. A World of Geography Glossary of Key Terms Index

GEOLOGY | CONTENTS

Earth Science...............................................................................167 Environmental Geology................................................................168 Hazards / Natural Disasters.........................................................169 Historical Geology........................................................................173 Oceanography..............................................................................169 Physical Geography - Lab Manual...............................................172 Physical Geography - Textbooks..................................................170

165

166

NEW TITLES | GEOLOGY

2016

Author ISBN

Page

Exploring Earth Science

Reynolds

9780078096143

167

Exploring Geology, 4e

Reynolds

9780078022920

171

Physical Geology, 15e

Plummer

9780078096105

170

2015

Author ISBN

Page

The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Science, 3e

McConnnell 9780073524108

167

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

GEOLOGY

*9780073524108*

Earth Science

NEW

International Edition

*9780078096143*

THE GOOD EARTH

NEW

Introduction to Earth Science, 3rd Edition

International Edition

EXPLORING EARTH SCIENCE

by David A McConnell, North Carolina State University-Raleigh, David Steer, University of Akron

by Stephen Reynolds, Julia Johnson, Michael Kelly, Paul Morin and Chuck Carter

2016 (January 2015) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780078096143 ISBN: 9781259252051 [IE] CONTENTS Part 1: Earth Materials and Systems 1. The Nature of Earth Science 2. Minerals and Mineral Resources 3. Earth Materials 4. Earth History Part 2: The Dynamic Earth 5. Plate Tectonics 6. Volcanism and Other Igneous Processes 7. Deformation and Earthquakes 8. Mountains, Basins, and Continental Margins Part 3: Landscape Processes and Evolution 9. Sculpting Landscapes 10. Soil and Unstable Slopes 11. Glaciers, Shorelines, and Changing Sea Levels 12. Streams, Lakes, and Groundwater Part 4: Atmosphere and Oceans 13. Energy and Matter in the Atmosphere 14. Atmospheric Motion 15. Atmospheric Moisture 16. Weather and Storms 17. Oceans and their Interactions with Other Earth Systems 18. Climates Around the World Part 5: Solar System and Universe 19. Our Solar System 20. Our Universe

2015 (January 2014) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073524108 ISBN: 9781259094996 [IE] www.mhhe.com/thegoodearth3e The Good Earth is the product of collaboration between the content rigor provided by Earth Science specialists (McConnell, Steer) and the results of research on learning. The Good Earth has been explicitly designed to be compatible with inquiry-based, active learning in the college classroom. The structural elements of this text will allow the instructor to incorporate these studentcentered teaching methods into their Earth Science course. The authors have tested the book’s content and pedagogy in large Earth Science classes for non-majors that are populated with mostly freshmen. Their experiences show that the materials and methods in The Good Earth can improve students’ learning, increase daily attendance, reduce attrition, and increase students’ enthusiasm in comparison with classes taught following a traditional lecture format. The authors have chosen to emphasize three scientific themes throughout the text: i) scientific literacy; ii) Earth Science and the human experience; and, iii) the science of global change. The discussion of scientific methods is woven into the text throughout. They have included numerous examples of human interaction with the Earth that can serve as entry points for students to appreciate the nature of science. Global change is a theme that is evident in much current Earth Science research so our authors have used global change as a content theme throughout the book. New to this edition •

Chapter Learning Outcomes are added to the beginning of each chapter along with the identification of key Learning Objectives at the start of each section within the chapter. Additionally, figures were replanced throughout the text to better illustrate key concepts.



Updated material in this edition includes references to recent significant events such as the massive 2010 oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico after the blowout of the Deepwater Horizon drilling platform, the major earthquake and tsunami in Japan in 2011, east coast damage from superstorm (hurricane) Sandy in 2012, and the destructive tornado that struck Moore, Oklahoma, in 2013.



This edition reflects data on recent findings. For example, recent data on destructive earthquakes in Chapter 1, information on recent sightings of Near Earth Objects in Chapter 3, new statistics on weather hazards in Chapter 15, recent changes in Arctic Ocean ice coverage in Chapter 16, and updated climate and emissions data in Chapter 17.



Connect, LearnSmart, SmartBook



McGraw-Hill’s Connect (www.mcgrawhillconnect.com/ geology) is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that gives students the means to better connect with their coursework, with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they will need to know for success now and in the future.

167

GEOLOGY

168





No two students are alike. McGraw-Hill LearnSmart™ is an intelligent learning system that uses a series of adaptive questions to pinpoint each student’s knowledge gaps. LearnSmart then provides an optimal learning path for each student, so that they spend less time in areas they already know and more time in areas they don’t. The result is LearnSmart’s adaptive learning path helps students retain more knowledge, learn faster, and study more efficiently. SmartBook is the first and only adaptive reading experience. Fueled by LearnSmart – the most widely used and intelligent adaptive learning technology – SmartBook identifies what you know and don’t know, and highlights what you need to learn. It even figures out what material you are most likely to forget. SmartBook helps you study smarter, not harder, and get the grades you want.

Contents 1. Introduction to Earth Science 2. Earth in Space 3. Near-Earth Objects 4. Plate Tectonics 5. Earthquakes 6. Volcanoes and Other Mountains 7. Rocks and Minerals 8. Geologic Time 9. Weathering and Soils 10. Landslides and Slope Failure 11. Streams and Floods 12. Groundwater and Wetlands 13. Oceans and Coastlines 14. The Atmosphere 15. Weather Systems 16. Earth’s Climate System 17. Global Change

Section Three: Surface Processes 6. Streams and Flooding 7. Coastal Zones and Processes 8. Mass Movements 9. Ice and Glaciers, Wind and Deserts 10. Climate—Past, Present, and Future Section Four: Resources 11. Water as a Resource 12. Soil as a Resource 13. Mineral and Rock Resources 14. Energy Resources—Fossil Fuels 15. Energy Resources—Alternative Sources Section Five: Waste Disposal, Pollution, and Health 16. Waste Disposal 17. Water Pollution 18. Air Pollution Section Six: Other Related Topics 19. Environmental Law and Policy 20. Land-Use Planning and Engineering Geology Appendix A: Geologic Time, Geologic Process Rates Appendix B: Introduction to Topographic and Geologic Maps and Remotely Sensed Imagery Appendix C: Mineral and Rock Identification International Edition

ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY

2nd Edition

by Jim Reichard, Georgia Southern University

2014 (January 2013) / 608 pages ISBN: 9780078096075 ISBN: 9781259060793 [IE] www.mhhe.com/reichard2e

Environmental Geology International Edition

ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY

10th Edition

by Carla W Montgomery, Northern Illinois University

2014 (February 2013) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073524115 ISBN: 9781259060717 [IE] www.mhhe.com/montgomery10e Environmental Geology, tenth edition, presents the student with a broad overview of environmental geology. The text looks both at how the earth developed into its present condition and where matters seem to be moving for the future. It is hoped that this knowledge will provide the student with a useful foundation for discussing and evaluating specific environmental issues, as well as for developing ideas about how the problems should be solved.

Reichard’s Environmental Geology second edition continues to emphasize how humans interact with the environment within a geological context. The writing style holds the interest of nonmajor students and includes recent geologic events they can relate to. Each chapter incorporates student activities and discussion questions designed to give students a personal connection to the topic. Contents Part 1: Fundamentals of Environmental Geology 1. Humans and the Geologic Environment 2. Earth from a Larger Perspective 3. Earth Materials 4. Earth’s Structure and Plate Tectonics Part 2: Hazardous Earth Processes 5. Earthquakes and Related Hazards 6. Volcanoes and Related Hazards 7. Mass Wasting and Related Hazards 8. Streams and Flooding 9. Coastal Hazards

Contents Section One: Foundations 1. An Overview of Our Planetary Environment 2. Rocks and Minerals—A First Look

Part 3: Earth Resources 10. Soil Resources 11. Water Resources 12. Mineral and Rock Resources 13. Conventional Fossil Fuel Resources 14. Alternative Energy Resources

Section Two: Internal Processes 3. Plate Tectonics 4. Earthquakes 5 .Volcanoes

Part 4: The Health of Our Environment 15. Waste Disposal and Pollution 16. Global Climate Change Appendix A: Units and Conversions

GEOLOGY

Hazards / Natural Disasters International Edition

Oceanography International Edition

NATURAL DISASTERS

INVESTIGATING OCEANOGRAPHY

by Patrick Leon Abbott, San Diego State University

by Keith Sverdrup, University of Wisc Milwaukee and Raphael Kudela, University of California

2014 (February 2013) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780078022876 ISBN: 9781259060304 [IE]

2014 (January 2013) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780078022913 ISBN: 9781259094743 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/abbott9e

www.mhhe.com/sverdrup1e

Natural Disasters, 9th edition, updates text, tables and figures; adds new photos; places more emphasis on processes and less on case histories. Chapter 1 now includes a brief section on disease pandemics. Chapter 13 on floods is rewritten. A brief, new Chapter 16 pulls together coastal processes and adds rip currents and tidal bores. Chapter 18 on mass extinctions (Great Dyings) is updated and available for inclusion in the textbook. Significant events added include the 2011 Japan earthquake and tsunami; the record-setting 2011 U.S. tornado year; and the felony conviction of seven Italian scientists for not giving better prediction of the L’Aquila earthquake. The book retains its focus on Earth’s natural processes and the disasters that occur when the Earth concentrates its energy and releases it, causing death and destruction.

This introductory oceanography text is intended to teach students the tremendous influence oceans have on our lives. They are encouraged to look at oceanography as a cohesive and united discipline rather than a collection of subjects gathered under a marine umbrella. This first edition teaches students about the historical, geological, physical, chemical and biological characteristics of the ocean environment using remarkable images and photos. The authors have incorporated essays written by several scientists discussing topics in their fields of specialization. And in order to understand the constant barrage of information concerning our planet and marine issues, the authors believe students must have a basic command of the language of marine science in addition to understanding processes and principles. By the end of this course, the authors want students to be prepared for future environmental discussions and the ability to make decisions as informed global citizens.

9th Edition

Contents Prologue: Energy Flows 1. Natural Disasters and the Human Population 2. Internal Energy and Plate Tectonics 3. Earthquake Geology and Seismology 4. Plate Tectonics and Earthquakes 5. Earthquakes throughout the United States and Canada 6. Volcanic Eruptions. Plate Tectonics and Magmas 7. Volcano Processes and Deadly Events 8. Tsunami versus Wind-Caused Waves 9. External Energy Fuels Weather and Climate 10. Tornadoes, Lightning, Heat and Cold 11. Hurricanes 12. Climate Change 13. Floods 14. Fire 15. Mass Movements 16. Coastal Processes and Hazards 17. Impacts with Space Objects 18. The Great Dying’s – Available in Create only (http://create. mcgraw-hill.com)

Contents Prologue: The History of Oceanography 1. The Water Planet 2. Earth Structure and Plate Tectonics 3. The Sea Floor and Its Sediments 4. The Physical Properties of Water 5. Seawater 6. The Atmosphere and the Oceans 7. Ocean Structure and Circulation 8. The Waves 9. The Tides 10. Coasts, Beaches, and Estuaries 11. The Living Ocean 12. The Plankton, Energy, and Food Webs 13. The Nekton: Swimmers of the Sea 14. The Benthos: Living on the Sea Floor 15. Environmental Issues 16. The Oceans and Climate Disruption

169

170

GEOLOGY

International Edition

INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLDS OCEAN

10th Edition

by Keith Sverdrup and Alyn Duxbury of University of Washington and Alison Duxbury, North Seattle Comm College

Physical Geology - Textbooks

*9780078096105* physical geology

2009 (November 2008) / 528 pages ISBN: 9780073376707 ISBN: 9780071284578 [IE]

15th Edition

www.mhhe.com/sverdrup10e

2016 (January 2015) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780078096105 ISBN: 9781259255861 [IE]

Contents 1. The History of Oceanography 2. The Water Planet 3. Plate Tectonics 4. The Sea Floor and Its Sediments 5. The Physical Properties of Water 6. The Chemistry of Seawater 7. The Structure and Motion of the Atmosphere 8. Circulation and Ocean Structure 9. The Surface Currents 10. The Waves 11. The Tides 12. Coasts, Beaches, and Estuaries 13. Environmental Issues and Concerns 14. The Living Ocean 15. Production and Life 16. The Plankton: Drifters of the Open Ocean 17. The Nekton: Free Swimmers of the Sea 18. The Benthos: Dwellers of the Sea Floor Appendixes Glossary Credits Index

by Charles (Carlos) C Plummer and Diane Carlson of California State University--Sacramento

Physical Geology, 15th edition, is the latest refinement of a classic introductory text that has helped countless students learn basic physical geology concepts for over 25 years. Students taking introductory physical geology to fulfill a science elective, as well as those contemplating a career in geology, will appreciate the accessible writing style and depth of coverage in Physical Geology. Hundreds of carefully rendered illustrations and accompanying photographs correlate perfectly with the chapter descriptions to help readers quickly grasp new geologic concepts. Numerous chapter learning tools and a website further assist students in their study of physical geology. New to this edition •

Learning Objectives have been added to each chapter to help students focus the study of material and to understand the kinds of questions they should be able to answer once they have mastered the content.



A major revision to the problems at the end of chapters. The new and revised questions reflect the learning objectives and follow the flow of the chapter more clearly.



New boxes, sections, and photos detailing recent geologic events such as the damage to coastal areas from 2012 Superstorm Sandy; the devastating 2013 flash floods in Colorado; the catastrophic collapse of sinkholes that have taken houses, cars, and lives; dust storms (haboobs) in Phoenix, Arizona, and elsewhere in drought-stricken areas; and the meteorite impact in Chelyabinsk, Russia.



Environmental issues are also addressed in this edition, such as hydraulic fracturing “fracking” for natural gas in shale and the consequences to groundwater supply and contamination (box 11.3).



A chapter-by-chapter breakdown of changes/additions is available in the Preface.

International Edition

Fundamentals of oceanography

5th Edition

by Keith A. Sverdrup, University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee, Alyn C. Duxbury, University of Washington, Alison B. Duxbury, North Seattle Community College

2006 (Jan 2005) / 352 pages ISBN: 9780071117128 [IE with OLC] www.mhhe.com/sverdrup5 CONTENTS 1. History of Oceanography 2. Introduction to Earth 3. Plate Tectonics 4. The Sea Floor 5. Water 6. The Atmosphere and the Oceans 7. Circulation Patterns and Ocean Currents 8. Waves and Tides 9 Coasts, Estuaries, and Environmental Issues 10 Oceanic Environment and Production 11 Life in the Water 12 Life on the Sea Floor Appendix A Latitude and Longitude Appendix B Classification Summaries Appendix C Units and Notation

NEW

International Edition

Contents 1. Introducing Geology, the Essentials of Plate Tectonics, and Other Important Concepts 2. Atoms, Elements and Minerals 3. Igneous Rocks, the Origin and Evolution of Magma, and Intrusive Activity 4. Volcanism and Extrusive Rocks 5. Weathering and Soil 6. Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks 7. Metamorphism and Metamorphic Rocks 8. Time and Geology 9. Mass Wasting 10. Streams and Floods 11. Ground Water 12. Glaciers and Glaciation 13. Deserts and Wind Action 14. Waves, Beaches, and Coasts 15. Geologic Structures

GEOLOGY

16. Earthquakes 17. Earth’s Interior and Geophysical Properties 18. The Sea Floor 19. Plate Tectonics—The Unifying Theory 20. Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust 21. Global Climate Change 22. Resources 23. The Earth’s Companions Appendix A: Identification of Minerals Appendix B: Identification of Rocks Appendix C: The Elements Most Significant to Geology Appendix D: Periodic Table of Elements Appendix E: Selected Conversion Factors Appendix F: Rock Symbols Appendix G: Commonly Used Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots

*9780078022920*

NEW

International Edition



This text uses figures and illustrations as the focus for understanding geologic processes. The 2-page spreads feature numerous photos and diagrams. A typical text is written to explain geologic process through facts and theory. The Reynolds team developed their content based on “what students need to know” (learning objectives) and then created the necessary visuals and wrote the presentation around the visuals.



The text has been designed to encourage inquiry and provide readers with tools to think critically about geologic problems. Questions in the title, opening paragraph and topic headings are intended to get readers to think about the topic and become interested and motivated to explore the two-page spread for answers. The authors also use a learning-cycle approach in presenting topics. This approach includes three phases – exploration, introduction of terms and concepts, and connection.



Chapter Opening two page spreads are generally organized around one large, central figure, such as a map, satellite image, or conceptual diagram. Most involve a specific geographic locality to immediately convey that the information in the chapter applies to real world settings.



Topical two page spreads are the foundation of the book. They have one or more main illustration linked to text boxes. Each chapter concludes with a 2-page spread titled Connection that is similar to a case study and describes an actual geologic location with the goal of showing how the chapter topics are connected (tied) together.



Each chapter ends with an “Investigation” two-page spread. In these exercises, readers must apply knowledge, skills, and approaches learned in the chapter.



At the bottom of each two-page spread is a key element titled “Before You Leave this Page...” which serves several important purposes: a) to assign activities that reinforce the key concepts; b) to assure that students understand key concepts before reading the next module; and c) to answer the question “What will be on the exam.”



The instructor supplements are superior to any competing text owing to the Instructor Media 2-DVD set that features high-resolution PowerPoint images and the supporting Notes to assist in using the images for course presentation. Many slides also include 3-D images that can be rotated vertically and horizontally. The DVD set includes a special file with GeoWall images. NO other text can match these presentation tools.

EXPLORING GEOLOGY

4th Edition

by Stephen Reynolds and Julia Johnson of Arizona State UniversityTempe, Paul Morin, University of Minnesota and Chuck Carter

2016 (January 2015) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780078022920 ISBN: 9781259252082 [IE] Exploring Geology by Reynolds/Johnson/ Morin/Carter is an innovative textbook intended for an introductory college geology course, such as Physical Geology. This ground-breaking, visually spectacular book was designed from cognitive and educational research on how students think, learn, and study. Nearly all information in the book is built around 2,600 photographs and stunning illustrations, rather than being in long blocks of text that are not articulated with figures. These annotated illustrations help students visualize geologic processes and concepts, and are suited to the way most instructors already teach. To alleviate cognitive load and help students focus on one important geologic process or concept at a time, the book consists entirely of two-page spreads organized into 19 chapters. Each two-page spread is a self-contained block of information about a specific topic, emphasizing geologic concepts, processes, features, and approaches. These spreads help students learn and organize geologic knowledge in a new and exciting way. Inquiry is embedded throughout the book, modeling how geologists investigate problems. The title of each two-page spread and topic heading is a question intended to get readers to think about the topic and become interested and motivated to explore the two-page spread for answers. Each chapter is a learning cycle, which begins with a visually engaging two-page spread about a compelling geologic issue. Each chapter ends with an Investigation that challenges students with a problem associated with a virtual place. The world-class media, spectacular presentations, and assessments are all tightly articulated with the textbook. This book is designed to encourage students to observe, interpret, think critically, and engage in authentic inquiry, and is highly acclaimed by reviewers, instructors, and students. Features •

The design of the text consists of a series of two-page spreads. Each spread is designed to concisely convey the important aspects of a geological concept or system. The two-page spread design was greatly influenced by educational and cognitive research on how people learn.

Contents 1. The Nature of Geology 2. Investigating Geologic Questions 3. Plate Tectonics 4. Earth Materials 5. Igneous Environments 6. Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards 7. Sedimentary Environments and Rocks 8. Deformation and Metamorphism 9. Geologic Time 10. The Seafloor and Continental Margins 11. Mountains, Basins, and Continents 12. Earthquakes and Earth’s Interior 13. Climate, Weather, and Their Influences on Geology 14. Glaciers, Shorelines, and Changing Sea Levels 15. Weathering, Soil, and Unstable Slopes 16. Streams and Flooding 17. Water Resources 18. Energy and Mineral Resources 19. Geology of the Solar System

171

172

GEOLOGY

International Edition

EARTH REVEALED

9th Edition

by Diane Carlson and Charles Plummer of California State UniversitySacramento

Physical Geology - Lab Manual

LABORATORY MANUAL FOR PHYSICAL GEOLOGY

2011 (February 2010) / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073369402 ISBN: 9780071221849 [IE]

16th Edition

www.mhhe.com/carlson9e

2014 (October 2013) / 320 pages ISBN: 9780078096082

Physical Geology: Earth Revealed is appropriate for introductory physical geology classes. This text, which includes the same information as the market-leading Physical Geology - 13th edition, by Plummer/Carlson, is for the instructor who prefers to cover plate tectonics early in the course. The ninth edition has been updated to include the most current information from the various sub-disciplines that comprise physical geology. The book’s purpose is to clearly present geologic processes so that students can understand the logic of scientific methods. This text features an outstanding art program and a proven, accessible writing style. Contents 1. Introducing Geology, the Essentials of Plate Tectonics, and Other Important Concepts 2. Earth’s Interior and Geophysical Properties 3. The Sea Floor 4. Plate Tectonics 5. Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust 6. Geologic Structures 7. Earthquakes 8. Time and Geology 9. Atoms, Elements, and Minerals 10. Volcanism and Extrusive Rocks 11. Igneous Rocks, Intrusive Activity, and the Origin of Igneous Rocks 12. Weathering and Soil 13. Mass Wasting 14. Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks 15. Metamorphism, Metamorphic Rocks, and Hydrothermal Rocks 16. Streams and Floods 17. Ground Water 18. Deserts and Wind Action 19. Glaciers and Glaciation 20. Waves, Beaches, and Coasts 21. Geologic Resources 22. The Earth’s Companions Appendices A-G Glossary Index

by Robert H Rutford and James L Carter of University of Texas at Dallas and James H Zumberge (Deceased)

Zumberge’s Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 16e is written for the freshman-level laboratory course in physical geology. In this lab, students study Earth materials, geologic interpretation of topographic maps, aerial photographs and Earth satellite imagery, structural geology and plate tectonics and related phenomena. With over 30 exercises, professors have great flexibility when developing the syllabus for their physical geology lab course. The ease of use, tremendous selection, and tried and true nature of the labs selected have made this lab manual one of the leading selling physical geology lab manuals. Contents Part I: Earth Materials Part II: The Geologic Column and Geologic Time Part III: Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, and Other Imagery from Remote Sensing Part IV: Geologic Interpretation of Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, and Earth Satellite Images Part V: Structural Geology Part VI: Plate Tectonics and Related Geologic Phenomena

LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY PHYSICAL GEOLOGY

8th Edition

by Norris Jones, University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh and Charles Jones, University of Pittsburgh

2013 (February 2012) / 368 pages ISBN: 9780073524139 www.mhhe.com/jones8e If it’s important for you to incorporate the scientific method into your teaching, this lab manual is the perfect fit. In every exercise there are scientific method boxes that provide students with insight into the relevance of the scientific method to the topic at hand. The manual also includes “In Greater Depth” problems, a more challenging probe into certain issues. They are more quantitative in nature and require more in-depth, critical thinking, which is unique to this type of manual. Contents 1. Properties of Minerals 2. Mineral Identification 3. Igneous Rocks 4. Sedimentary Rocks 5. Metamorphic Rocks 6. Topographic Maps and Digital Elevation Models 7. Remote Sensing of Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards 8. Streams and Humid-Climate Landscapes 9. Groundwater and Groundwater-Influenced Landscapes 10. Glaciation 11. Sea Coasts 12. Arid-Climate Landscapes 13. Geologic Age 14. Structural Geology

GEOLOGY

15. Geologic Maps 16. Earthquakes 17. Plate Tectonics

Historical Geology

LABORATORY STUDIES IN EARTH HISTORY

10th Edition

by Harold Levin, Washington University-St Louis and Michael Sim

2014 (September 2013) / 304 pages ISBN: 9780078096129 www.mhhe.com/levin10e Utilizing actual case studies and field photographs, this successful lab manual covers the full spectrum of historical geology sediments, plate tectonics, paleontology, and petrology in flexible, self-contained units. This manual has been developed for use in both non-majors and combined courses in historical geology. The exercises emphasize the principles and methods by which geologists discover the origins and changing nature of our planet. These exercises or “studies” will help students understand how ancient conditions can be read from rocks and fossils, how geologic forces at the surface and within the planet can alter the environment, and how events of the past can be placed within an integrated chronological sequence. The exercises are designed for students who may not intend to specialize in geology. This does not mean, however, that the treatment is superficial, nor that it cannot give adequate preparation for students pursuing an academic major in the earth sciences. Contents 1. Introduction to Sedimentary Rocks 2. Textural Clues to the History of Sediment 3. Sedimentary Rocks under the Microscope 4. Ancient Sedimentary Environments 5. Tectonic Settings 6. Sea-Floor Spreading and Plate Tectonics 7. Age Relations and Unconformity 8. Rock Units and Time-Rock Units 9. The Advance and Retreat of Ancient Shorelines 10. Fossils and Their Living Relatives: Protists, Sponges, Corals, Bryozoans, and Brachiopods 11. Fossils and Their Living Relatives: Mollusks, Arthropods, Echinoderms, Graptolites, and Plants 12. Fossil Indicators of Age, Environment, and Correlation 13. A Brief Survey of the Vertebrates 14. Geologic Maps and Geologic Structures 15. Canadian Shield and Basement Rocks of North America 16. Mountain Belts of North America 17. The Interior Plains and Plateaus 18. Identification of Minerals 19. Igneous Rocks 20. Metamorphic Rocks List of Tables List of Colorplates List of Plates Preface

173

174

All Asia Global Editions has been adapted to include relevant content from Asia and other parts of the World.

REVIEW COPY

All Global Editions are adapted to better meet the needs of courses outside the United States. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.

To request for a review copy,

Invitation to Publish

• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,

McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.

• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,

Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to [email protected]

(Available for course adoption only)

• e-mail your request to [email protected] mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia

Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia

DUSHKIN / McGRAW-HILL TITLES

Anatomy and Physiology ISBN

Author

Title / Edition

Year

9780073515595

Gibbs

Annual Editions: Nursing 11/12, 2e

2012

Microbiology ISBN

Author

Title / Edition

Year

9780077386085

Govindan

Annual Editions: Microbiology 10/11 with Free Annual Editions: Microbiology 10/11 CourseSmart eBooks

2010

Geography ISBN

Author

Title / Edition

Year

9780078135910

Griffiths

Annual Editions: Developing World 13/14, 23e

2013

9780078051005

Griffiths

Annual Editions: Developing World 12/13, 22e

2012

9780073515519

Pitzl

Annual Editions: Geography, 23e

2010

9781259343988

Weiner

Annual Editions: Global Issues, 31e

2016

9781259142185

Jackson

Annual Editions: Global Issues, 30e

2015

9780078135989

Jackson

Annual Editions: Global Issues13/14, 29e

2014

9781259219276

Weiner

Annual Editions: World Politics, 35e

2015

9780078135996

Weiner

Annual Editions: World Politics 13/14, 34e

2014

9780078026232

Krabacher

Global Studies: Africa, 14e

2013

9780078026195

Zhu

Global Studies: China, 14e

2012

9780078026171

Dhussa

Global Studies: India and South Asia, 10e

2012

9780078026249

Collinwood

Global Studies: Japan and the Pacific Rim, 11e

2013

9780078026263

Goodwin

Global Studies: Latin America and the Carribean, 15e

2013

9780073527772

Goodwin

Global Studies: Latin America, 14e

2011

9780073379821

Goodwin

Global Studies: Latin America, 13e

2009

9780073527758

Layachi

Global Studies: The Middle East, 13e

2011

9780073401478

Ioffe

Global Studies: Russia, and the Near Abroad, 12e

2011

9780073527673

Sutton

Student Atlas: World Geography, 8e

2014

9780073527628

Allen

Student Atlas: World Geography, 7e

2012

9780078026201

Allen

Student Atlas: World Politics, 10e

2013

9780078050084

Moseley

Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial African Issues, 4e

2012

9780078139635

Harf

Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Global Issues, 8e

2014

9780078050442

Harf

Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Global Issues, 7e Expanded 2013

9781259342820

Rourke

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in World Politics, 17e

2016

9780078139543

Rourke

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in World Politics, 16e

2014

9780078050176

Rourke

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in World Politics, Expanded 15e

2013

175

176

DUSHKIN / McGRAW-HILL TITLES Environmental Science & Ecology / Geology ISBN

Author

Title / Edition

Year

9780073515625

Eathorne

Annual Editions: Environment 13/14, 32e

2014

9780073515618

Eathorne

Annual Editions: Environment 12/13, 31e

2013

9780073528694

Smith-Sebasto

Annual Editions: Sustainability 12/13

2012

9780073527642

Easton

Classic Edition Sources: Environmental Studies, 4e

2012

9780073527581

Easton

Classic Edition Sources: Environmental Studies, 3e

2009

9780073514536

Taylor

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Sustainability, 2e

2014

9780073514505

Taylor

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Sustainability, 1e

2012

9781259161131

Easton

Taking Sides: Environmental Issues, 16e

2015

9780073514543

Easton

Taking Sides: Environmental Issues Expanded, 15e

2014

9780073514512

Easton

Taking Sides: Environmental Issues,15e

2013

9780073514529

Green

The Dictionary of Global Sustainability

2013

Nutrition ISBN

Author

Title / Edition

Year

9781259359583

Colson

Annual Editions: Nutrition, 27e

2016

9781259168048

Colson

Annual Editions: Nutrition, 26e

2015

9780073515632

Strickland

Annual Editions: Nutrition 13/14e, 25e

2014

9780073515601

Strickland

Annual Editions: Nutrition 12/13, 24e

2013

9780073514475

Colson

Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Issues in Food and Nutrition, 2e

2012

9780072922110

NestleDixon

Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Issues in Food and Nutrition

2004

TITLE INDEX

177

3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry, Revised

Goldberg

128

3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry

Meislich

145

a AIDS Update 2014, 23e

Stine

74

Algae

Sharma 102

An Atoms First Approach to General Chemistry Laboratory Manual, 2e

Diekmann

137

An Introduction to Contemporary Remote Sensing Earth from Space

Weng

163

Analysis of Biological Development, 2e

Kalthoff

75

Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 6e

Gunstream

11

Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Student Access Card: Cat Version

The University of Toledo

13, 26

Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Student Access Card: Fetal Pig Version

The University of Toledo

25, 30, 34

Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 6e

Gunstream

Anatomy & Physiology: An Integrated Approach, 2e

McKinley

13

Anatomy & Physiology: Foundations for the Health Professions

Roiger

10

Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 7e

Saladin

14

Anatomy, Physiology & Disease: Foundations for the Health Professions

Roiger

9

Anatomy, Physiology, and Disease for the Health Professions, 3e

Booth

10

Animal Behavior, 5e

Drickamer

95

Animal Diversity, 7e

Hickman

99

Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 7e

Stone

7

25, 30

b Benson's Microbiological Applications: Complete Version, 13e

Brown

68

Benson's Microbiological Applications: Short Version, 13e

Brown

69

Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 10e

Dolphin

55

Biology Laboratory Manual, 10e

Vodopich

56

Biology of the Invertebrates, 7e

Pechenik

97

Biology, 10e

Raven

53

Biology, 12e

Mader

41, 49

Biology, 3e

Brooker

51

Biology: Concepts & Investigations, 3e

Hoefnagels

42

Biology: Dimensions of Life

Presson

46

Biology: The Essentials, 2e

Hoefnagels

41

Biology: Volume 1: Chemistry, Cells and Genetics, 3e

Brooker

51

Biology: Volume 1: Foundations of Life: Chemistry, Cells and Genetics, 10e

Raven

52

Biology: Volume 2: Evolution, Diversity and Ecology, 10e

Raven

53

Biology: Volume 2: Evolution, Diversity and Ecology, 3e

Brooker

52

Biology: Volume 3: Plants and Animals, 10e

Raven

53

Biology: Volume 3: Plants and Animals, 3e

Brooker

52

Biostatistics for the Health Sciences

Chinna

153

Bryophyta

Sharma

93

TITLE INDEX

178

c Cartography: Thermal Map Design, 6e

Dent

162

Changing Landscapes of Singapore

Teo

160

Chemistry in Context, 8e

American Chemical Society

127

Chemistry, 12e

Chang

133

Chemistry, 3e

Burdge

135

Chemistry: Atoms First, 2e

Burdge

133

Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 7e

Silberberg

134

College Physics, 4e

Giambattista

111

Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e

Kent

99

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 7e

Kardong

98

Concepts in Biology, 14e

Enger

46

Concepts of Biology, 3e

Mader

44

Concepts of Genetics, 2e

Brooker

75

Concepts of Modern Physics

Beiser

117

Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e

Beiser

118

Contemporary Nutrition, 10e

Wardlaw

85

Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 4e

Wardlaw

87

Contemporary World Regional Geography, 4e

Bradshaw

164

Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 5e

Cooper

138

Bevington

119

Earth Revealed, 9e

Carlson

172

Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 7e

Molles

151

Ecology: Global Insights and Investigations, 2e

Stiling

152

Electicity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e

Physics

119

Electricity, Magnetism and Electromagnetic Theory

Mahajan

119

Environmental Geology, 10e

Montgomery

168

Environmental Geology, 2e

Reichard

168

Environmental Science

Kaufmann

150

Environmental Science, 14e

Enger

149

Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 13e

Cunningham

149

Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology

Saladin

9

Essentials of Biology, 4e

Mader

44

Essentials of the Living World, 4e

Johnson

45

Essentials of World Regional Geography, 3e

White

163

Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e

Garland

142

Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, 7e

Arny

122

Exploring Earth Sceince

Reynolds

167

d Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e e

TITLE INDEX

179

Exploring Geology, 4e

Reynolds

171

Exploring Physical Geography

Reynolds

161

Field and Laboratory Activities for Environmental Science, 8e

Enger

150

Foundations in Microbiology, 9e

Talaro

65

Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 9e

Talaro

66

Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry

Denniston

Foundations of Parasitology, 8e

Roberts

96

Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e

Goldberg

129

Fundamentals of Human Physiology

Fox

Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, 5e

Banwell

141

Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e

Sverdrup

170

Fundamentals of Plant Pathology

Mehrotra

103

Fungi and Allied Microbes

Sharma

102

Ganong's Review of Medical Physiology, 24e

Barrett

37

Ganong's Review of Medical Physiology, 25e

Barrett

36

General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 7e

Chang

135

General Zoology Laboratory Guide, 16e

Lytle

101

General, Organic & Biochemistry, 8e

Denniston

131

General, Organic & Biological Chemistry, 2e

Smith

131

General, Organic & Biological Chemistry, 3e

Smith

129

Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 5e

Brooker

76

Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 5e

Hartwell

77

Global Innovation Science Handbook

Gupta

122

Harper's Illustrated Biochemistry, 30e

Rodwell

143

Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12e

Shier

8

Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology, 14e

Shier

14

How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry

Goldberg

128

Human Anatomy and Physiology with Health Education

Sanghani

28, 32

Human Anatomy Lab Manual, 2e

Eckel

29

Human Anatomy, 4e

McKInley

27

Human Anatomy, 4e

Saladin

27

Human Biology, 14e

Mader

57

Human Genetics, 11e

Lewis

78

Human Geography

Malinowski

158

Human Geography, 12e

Bjelland

157

Human Nutrition: Science for Healthy Living

Stephenson

84

Human Physiology, 14e

Fox

32

f

132

33

g

h

TITLE INDEX

180

i Inquiry into Life, 14e

Mader

45

Integrated Principles of Zoology, 16e

Hickman

100

Integrated Science, 6e

Tilery

109

Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e

Kardong

153

Introduction to Chemistry, 4e

Bauer

129

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 8e

Tsung

157

Introduction to Geography, 14e

Getis

158

Introduction to Limnology

Dodson

153

Introduction to the Worlds Ocean, 10e

Sverdrup

170

Investigating Oceanography

Sverdrup

169

Mescher

36

Lab Manual for Biology, 12e

Mader

54

Lab Manual for Concepts of Biology, 3e

Mader

48

Lab Manual for Essentials of Biology, 4e

Mader

47

Lab Manual for Human Biology, 14e

Mader

58

Lab Manual for Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach, 2e

Obenauf

67

Lab Manual for Physical Science, 10e

Tilery

108

Lab Manual to Accompany Physical Geology, 8e

Jones

172

Lab Manual to Accompany Zoology, 7e

Miller

101

Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach, 3e

Chess

70

Laboratory Exercises in Microbiology, 9e

Harley

71

j Junqueira's Basic Histology, 13e l

Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient Care, 11e Morello 72 Laboratory Manual Cat Version for McKinley's Anatomy & Physiology, 2e

Eckel

16

Laboratory Manual Chemistry in Context, 8e

American Chemical Society

Laboratory Manual Fetal Pig Version for McKinley's Anatomy & Physiology, 2e

Eckel

17

Laboratory Manual for Anatomy & Physiology, 7e

Wise

23

Laboratory Manual for General, Organic and Biological Chemistry

Applegate

Laboratory Manual for Hole's Essentials of A&P, 12e

Martin

10

Laboratory Manual for Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version, 14e

Martin

21

Laboratory Manual for Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology: Fetal Pig Version, 14e Martin

22

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version, 3e

Martin

18

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Fetal Pig Version, 3e

Martin

19

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version, 3e

Martin

20

127

132

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Rat Version with PhiLs 4.0 Access Card, 2e Martin 24 Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 16e

Rutford

Laboratory Manual for Saladin's Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology

McFarland

172 11

TITLE INDEX

181

Laboratory Manual for Saladin's Human Anatomy, 4e

Wise

29

Laboratory Manual for Seeley's Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 8e

Patton

12

Laboratory Manual for Stern's Introductory Plant Biology, 13e

Bidlack

95

Laboratory Manual Human Physiology, 13e

Fox

33

Laboratory Manual Main Version for McKinley's Anatomy & Physiology, 2e

Eckel

17

Laboratory Manual to Accompany Inquity into Life, 14e

Mader

48

Laboratory Manual to Accompany Seeley's Anatomy and Physiology, 10e

Wisej

23

Laboratory Studies for Animal Diversity, 7e

Hickman

101

Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 10e

Levin

173

Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 16e

Hickman

101

Life, 6e

Lewis

47

m Mader's Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology

Longenbaker

8

Map Use and Analysis, 4e

Campbell

Marine Biology, 9e

Castro

96

Mastering ArcGIS, 7e

Price

157

Medical Biochemistry: The Big Picture

Janson

144

Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach, 2e

Bostwick

35

Microbiology Demystified, 2e

Betsy

78

Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach, 2e

Cowan

64

Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 4e

Cowan

65

Modern Physics

Kaur

Molecular and Cell Biology

Stansfield

79

Molecular Biology, 5e

Weaver

74

Natural Disasters, 9e

Abbott

169

Nester's Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 8e

Anderson

64

Nutrition Essentials: A Personal Approach

Schiff

85

Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 10e

Williams

88

Nutrition for Healthy Living, 4e

Schiff

83

Nutritional Assessment, 6e

Lee

89

NutritionCalc Plus 3.5 CD-ROM MyPlate Version, 9e

ESHA Research

88

162

118

n

o Optics, 5e

Ghatak

120

Organic Chemistry

Madan

141

Organic Chemistry Demystified, 2e

Bloch

139

Organic Chemistry, 4e

Smith

140

Organic Chemistry, 9e

Carey

140

Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 2e

Atkins

138

TITLE INDEX

182

p Pathways to Astronomy, 4e

Schneider

121

Perspectives in Nutrition: A Functional Approach

Bredbenner

Perthes World Atlas

Klett International

PH.I.L.S Version 4.0 Student Access Card, 4e

Stephens

25, 31, 34

PH.I.L.S Version 4.0: CD-ROM, 4

Stephens

25, 30, 34

Photo Atlas for General Biology, 4e

Strete

47, 56, 58

Physical Chemistry, 6e

Levine

141

Physical Geology, 15e

Plummer

170

Physical Science, 10e

Tilery

107

Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 8e

Griffith

110

Physics, 3e

Giambattista

111

Physics, 7e

Tippens

112, 114

Plants and Society, 6e

Levetin

94, 95

Plants in Our World: Economic Botany, 4e

Simpson

94

Prescott's Microbiology, 9e

Willey

63

Prescott's Principles of Microbiology

Willey

63

Principles of Biology

Brooker

49

Principles of Botany

Uno

94

Principles of Environmental Science, 7e

Cunningham

150

Principles of General Chemistry, 3e

Silberberg

136

Principles of General, Organic & Biochemistry, 2e

Smith

130

Problems and Solutions in Optics & Photonics

Gatak

120

McMahon

123

87 160

q Quantum Mechanics Demystified, 2e r Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 5e Grine 28 s Schaum's 3,000 Solved Problems in Physics, Revised Edition

Halpern

113

Schaum's Easy Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 2e

Goldberg

144

Schaum's Easy Outline of Biology, 2e

Fried

Schaum's Easy Outline of College Physics, Revised Edition

Bueche

113

Schaum's Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 2e

Graaff

37

Schaum's Easy Outline of Organic Chemistry, 2e

Meislich

139

Schaum's Easy Outlines: College Chemistry, 2e

Rosenberg

137

Schaum's Outline for Biology, 4e

Fried

Schaum's Outline of Analytical Chemistry

Gordus

143

Schaum's Outline of Applied Physics, 4e Revised

Beiser

113

Schaum's Outline of Astronomy

Pulen

122

59

59

TITLE INDEX

183

Schaum's Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 4e

Goldberg

128

Schaum's Outline of Beginning Physics I

Halpern

114

Schaum's Outline of Beginning Physics II

Halpern

113

Schaum's Outline of Biochemistry, 3e

Kuchel

145

Schaum's Outline of College Chemistry, 10e

Rosenberg

Schaum's Outline of College Physics, 11e

Bueche

136, 143 112

Schaum's Outline of General, Organic and Biochemistry for Nursing and Allied Health, 2e Odian 145 Schaum's Outline of Genetics, 5e

Elrod

77

Schaum's Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 4e

Graaff

36

Schaum's Outline of Immunology

Pinchuk

79

Schaum's Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics

Wells

108

Schaum's Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students

Steiner

119

Schaum's Outline of Microbiology, 2e

Alcamo

79

Schaum's Outline of Modern Physics, 2e

Gautreau

118

Schaum's Outline of Molecular Biology

Stansfield

74

Schaum's Outline of Optics

Hecht

121

Schaum's Outline of Organic Chemistry, 5e

Meislich

139

Schaum's Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e

Metz

146

Schaum's Outline of Physical Science, 2e

Beiser

108

Schaum's Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science, 3e

Browne

117

Schaum's Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students

Hademenos

123

Schaum's Outline of Quantum Mechanics, 2e

Peleg

123

Seeley's Anatomy and Physiology, 10e

Van Putte

15

Seeley's Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 9e

Van Putte

7

Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e

Tate

16

Solid State Physics

John

110

Stern's Introductory Plant Biology, 13e

Bidlack

Student Access Card Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 Online, 2e

The University of Toledo

Student Atlas of World Geography, 8e

Sutton

158

The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Science, 3e

McConnell

167

The Living World, 8e

Johnson

The Physical Universe, 15e

Krauskoph

107

The Physics of Sports

Lisa

109

Thermal Science

Baskharone

143

93 26, 31, 35

t 43

u Understanding Biology

Mason

50

Understanding Galapagos

Moore

152

University Chemistry

Laird

136

University Physics with Modern Physics, 2e

Bauer

116

TITLE INDEX

184

University Physics: Standard Version, Chapters 1-35, 2e

Bauer

114

University Physics: Volume 1, Chapters 1-20, 2e

Bauer

115

University Physics: Volume 2, Chapters 21-40, 2e

Bauer

115

v Vander's Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function, 13e

Widmaier

Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 7e

Kardong

32 97, 98

w Wardlaw's Perspective in Nutrition, 10e

Bredbenner

Workbook to Accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0, 2e

Broyles

83 29, 33

z Zoology, 9e

Miller

100

AUTHOR INDEX

185

A Abbott

Natural Disasters, 9e

169

Alcamo

Schaum's Outline of Microbiology, 2e

American Chemical Society

Chemistry in Context, 8e

127

American Chemical Society

Laboratory Manual Chemistry in Context, 8e

127

Anderson

Nester's Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 8e

Applegate

Laboratory Manual for General, Organic and Biological Chemistry

132

Arny

Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, 7e

122

Atkins

Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 2e

138

Banwell

Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, 5e

141

Barrett

Ganong's Review of Medical Physiology, 24e

37

Barrett

Ganong's Review of Medical Physiology, 25e

36

Baskharone

Thermal Science

143

Bauer

Introduction to Chemistry, 4e

129

Bauer

University Physics with Modern Physics, 2e

116

Bauer

University Physics: Standard Version, Chapters 1-35, 2e

114

Bauer

University Physics: Volume 1, Chapters 1-20, 2e

115

Bauer

University Physics: Volume 2, Chapters 21-40, 2e

115

Beiser

Concepts of Modern Physics

117

Beiser

Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e

118

Beiser

Schaum's Outline of Applied Physics, 4e Revised

113

Beiser

Schaum's Outline of Physical Science, 2e

108

Betsy

Microbiology Demystified, 2e

Bevington

Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e

119

Bidlack

Laboratory Manual for Stern's Introductory Plant Biology, 13e

95

Bidlack

Stern's Introductory Plant Biology, 13e

93

Bjelland

Human Geography, 12e

157

Bloch

Organic Chemistry Demystified, 2e

139

Booth

Anatomy, Physiology, and Disease for the Health Professions, 3e

10

Bostwick

Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach, 2e

35

Bradshaw

Contemporary World Regional Geography, 4e

Bredbenner

Perspectives in Nutrition: A Functional Approach

87

Bredbenner

Wardlaw's Perspective in Nutrition, 10e

83

Brooker

Biology, 3e

51

Brooker

Biology: Volume 1: Chemistry, Cells and Genetics, 3e

51

Brooker

Biology: Volume 2: Evolution, Diversity and Ecology, 3e

52

Brooker

Biology: Volume 3: Plants and Animals, 3e

52

Brooker

Concepts of Genetics, 2e

75

Brooker

Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 5e

76

Brooker

Principles of Biology

49

79

64

b

78

164

AUTHOR INDEX

186

Brown

Benson's Microbiological Applications: Complete Version, 13e

68

Brown

Benson's Microbiological Applications: Short Version, 13e

69

Browne

Schaum's Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science, 3e

Broyles

Workbook to Accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0, 2e

Bueche

Schaum's Easy Outline of College Physics, Revised Edition

113

Bueche

Schaum's Outline of College Physics, 11e

112

Burdge

Chemistry, 3e

135

Burdge

Chemistry: Atoms First, 2e

133

Campbell

Map Use and Analysis, 4e

162

Carey

Organic Chemistry, 9e

140

Carlson

Earth Revealed, 9e

172

Castro

Marine Biology, 9e

96

Chang

Chemistry, 12e

133

Chang

General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 7e

135

Chess

Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach, 3e

Chinna

Biostatistics for the Health Sciences

153

Cooper

Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 5e

138

Cowan

Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach, 2e

64

Cowan

Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 4e

65

Cunningham

Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 13e

149

Cunningham

Principles of Environmental Science, 7e

150

Denniston

Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry

132

Denniston

General, Organic & Biochemistry, 8e

131

Dent

Cartography: Thermal Map Design, 6e

162

Diekmann

An Atoms First Approach to General Chemistry Laboratory Manual, 2e

137

Dodson

Introduction to Limnology

153

Dolphin

Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 10e

55

Drickamer

Animal Behavior, 5e

95

Eckel

Human Anatomy Lab Manual, 2e

29

Eckel

Laboratory Manual Cat Version for McKinley's Anatomy & Physiology, 2e

16

Eckel

Laboratory Manual Fetal Pig Version for McKinley's Anatomy & Physiology, 2e

17

Eckel

Laboratory Manual Main Version for McKinley's Anatomy & Physiology, 2e

17

Elrod

Schaum's Outline of Genetics, 5e

77

Enger

Concepts in Biology, 14e

46

Enger

Environmental Science, 14e

149

Enger

Field and Laboratory Activities for Environmental Science, 8e

150

ESHA Research

NutritionCalc Plus 3.5 CD-ROM MyPlate Version, 9e

117 29, 33

c

70

d

e

88

AUTHOR INDEX

187

f Fox

Fundamentals of Human Physiology

33

Fox

Human Physiology, 14e

32

Fox

Laboratory Manual Human Physiology, 13e

33

Fried

Schaum's Easy Outline of Biology, 2e

59

Fried

Schaum's Outline for Biology, 4e

59

g Garland

Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e

142

Gatak

Problems and Solutions in Optics & Photonics

120

Gautreau

Schaum's Outline of Modern Physics, 2e

118

Getis

Introduction to Geography, 14e

158

Ghatak

Optics, 5e

120

Giambattista

College Physics, 4e

111

Giambattista

Physics, 3e

111

Goldberg

3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry, Revised

128

Goldberg

Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e

129

Goldberg

How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry

128

Goldberg

Schaum's Easy Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 2e

144

Goldberg

Schaum's Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 4e

128

Gordus

Schaum's Outline of Analytical Chemistry

143

Graaff

Schaum's Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 2e

37

Graaff

Schaum's Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 4e

36

Griffith

Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 8e

Grine

Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 5e 28

Gunstream

Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 6e

Gunstream

Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 6e

Gupta

Global Innovation Science Handbook

122

Hademenos

Schaum's Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students

123

Halpern

Schaum's 3,000 Solved Problems in Physics, Revised Edition

113

Halpern

Schaum's Outline of Beginning Physics I

114

Halpern

Schaum's Outline of Beginning Physics II

113

Harley

Laboratory Exercises in Microbiology, 9e

71

Hartwell

Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 5e

77

Hecht

Schaum's Outline of Optics

Hickman

Animal Diversity, 7e

Hickman

Integrated Principles of Zoology, 16e

100

Hickman

Laboratory Studies for Animal Diversity, 7e

101

Hickman

Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 16e

101

Hoefnagels

Biology: Concepts & Investigations, 3e

110

11 7

h

121 99

42

AUTHOR INDEX

188

Hoefnagels

Biology: The Essentials, 2e

41

j Janson

Medical Biochemistry: The Big Picture

144

John

Solid State Physics

110

Johnson

Essentials of the Living World, 4e

45

Johnson

The Living World, 8e

43

Jones

Lab Manual to Accompany Physical Geology, 8e

172

k Kalthoff

Analysis of Biological Development, 2e

75

Kardong

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 7e

98

Kardong

Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e

Kardong

Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 7e

Kaufmann

Environmental Science

150

Kaur

Modern Physics

118

Kent

Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e

Klett International

Perthes World Atlas

160

Krauskoph

The Physical Universe, 15e

107

Kuchel

Schaum's Outline of Biochemistry, 3e

145

Laird

University Chemistry

136

Lee

Nutritional Assessment, 6e

Levetin

Plants and Society, 6e

Levin

Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 10e

173

Levine

Physical Chemistry, 6e

141

Lewis

Human Genetics, 11e

78

Lewis

Life, 6e

47

Lisa

The Physics of Sports

Longenbaker

Mader's Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology

Lytle

General Zoology Laboratory Guide, 16e

101

Madan

Organic Chemistry

141

Mader

Biology, 12e

Mader

Concepts of Biology, 3e

44

Mader

Essentials of Biology, 4e

44

Mader

Human Biology, 14e

57

Mader

Inquiry into Life, 14e

45

Mader

Lab Manual for Biology, 12e

54

Mader

Lab Manual for Concepts of Biology, 3e

48

Mader

Lab Manual for Essentials of Biology, 4e

47

153 97, 98

99

l 89 94, 95

109 8

m 41, 49

AUTHOR INDEX

189

Mader

Lab Manual for Human Biology, 14e

58

Mader

Laboratory Manual to Accompany Inquity into Life, 14e

48

Mahajan

Electricity, Magnetism and Electromagnetic Theory

119

Malinowski

Human Geography

158

Martin

Laboratory Manual for Hole's Essentials of A&P, 12e

10

Martin

Laboratory Manual for Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version, 14e

21

Martin

Laboratory Manual for Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology: Fetal Pig Version, 14e

22

Martin

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version, 3e

18

Martin

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Fetal Pig Version, 3e

19

Martin

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version, 3e

20

Martin

Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Rat Version with PhiLs 4.0 Access Card, 2e 24

Mason

Understanding Biology

McConnell

The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Science, 3e

McFarland

Laboratory Manual for Saladin's Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology

11

McKinley

Anatomy & Physiology: An Integrated Approach, 2e

13

McKInley

Human Anatomy, 4e

27

McMahon

Quantum Mechanics Demystified, 2e

123

Mehrotra

Fundamentals of Plant Pathology

103

Meislich

3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry

145

Meislich

Schaum's Easy Outline of Organic Chemistry, 2e

139

Meislich

Schaum's Outline of Organic Chemistry, 5e

139

Mescher

Junqueira's Basic Histology, 13e

Metz

Schaum's Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e

146

Miller

Lab Manual to Accompany Zoology, 7e

101

Miller

Zoology, 9e

100

Molles

Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 7e

151

Montgomery

Environmental Geology, 10e

168

Moore

Understanding Galapagos

152

Morello

Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient Care, 11e

72

Obenauf

Lab Manual for Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach, 2e

67

Odian

Schaum's Outline of General, Organic and Biochemistry for Nursing and Allied Health, 2e 145

50 167

36

o

p Patton

Laboratory Manual for Seeley's Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 8e

12

Pechenik

Biology of the Invertebrates, 7e

97

Peleg

Schaum's Outline of Quantum Mechanics, 2e

123

Physics

Electicity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e

119

Pinchuk

Schaum's Outline of Immunology

Plummer

Physical Geology, 15e

79 170

AUTHOR INDEX

190

Presson

Biology: Dimensions of Life

46

Price

Mastering ArcGIS, 7e

157

Pulen

Schaum's Outline of Astronomy

122

r Raven

Biology, 10e

53

Raven

Biology: Volume 1: Foundations of Life: Chemistry, Cells and Genetics, 10e

52

Raven

Biology: Volume 2: Evolution, Diversity and Ecology, 10e

53

Raven

Biology: Volume 3: Plants and Animals, 10e

53

Reichard

Environmental Geology, 2e

168

Reynolds

Exploring Earth Sceince

167

Reynolds

Exploring Geology, 4e

171

Reynolds

Exploring Physical Geography

161

Roberts

Foundations of Parasitology, 8e

Rodwell

Harper's Illustrated Biochemistry, 30e

Roiger

Anatomy & Physiology: Foundations for the Health Professions

Roiger

Anatomy, Physiology & Disease: Foundations for the Health Professions

Rosenberg

Schaum's Easy Outlines: College Chemistry, 2e

Rosenberg

Schaum's Outline of College Chemistry, 10e

Rutford

Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 16e

96 143 10 9 137 136, 143 172

s Saladin

Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 7e

Saladin

Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology

Saladin

Human Anatomy, 4e

Sanghani

Human Anatomy and Physiology with Health Education

Schiff

Nutrition Essentials: A Personal Approach

85

Schiff

Nutrition for Healthy Living, 4e

83

Schneider

Pathways to Astronomy, 4e

Sharma Algae

14 9 27 28, 32

121 102

Sharma

Bryophyta

93

Sharma

Fungi and Allied Microbes

Shier

Hole's Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12e

Shier

Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology, 14e

Silberberg

Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 7e

134

Silberberg

Principles of General Chemistry, 3e

136

Simpson

Plants in Our World: Economic Botany, 4e

Smith

General, Organic & Biological Chemistry, 2e

131

Smith

General, Organic & Biological Chemistry, 3e

129

Smith

Organic Chemistry, 4e

140

Smith

Principles of General, Organic & Biochemistry, 2e

130

Stansfield

Molecular and Cell Biology

102 8 14

94

79

AUTHOR INDEX

191

Stansfield

Schaum's Outline of Molecular Biology

74

Steiner

Schaum's Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students

Stephens

PH.I.L.S Version 4.0 Student Access Card, 4e

25, 31, 34

Stephens

PH.I.L.S Version 4.0: CD-ROM, 4

25, 30, 34

Stephenson

Human Nutrition: Science for Healthy Living

Stiling

Ecology: Global Insights and Investigations, 2e

Stine

AIDS Update 2014, 23e

Stone

Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 7e

Strete

Photo Atlas for General Biology, 4e

Sutton

Student Atlas of World Geography, 8e

158

Sverdrup

Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e

170

Sverdrup

Introduction to the Worlds Ocean, 10e

170

Sverdrup

Investigating Oceanography

169

119

84 152 74 25, 30 47, 56, 58

t Talaro

Foundations in Microbiology, 9e

65

Talaro

Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 9e

66

Tate

Seeley's Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e

16

Teo

Changing Landscapes of Singapore

The University of Toledo

Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Student Access Card: Cat Version

The University of Toledo

Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Student Access Card: Fetal Pig Version

25, 30, 34

The University of Toledo

Student Access Card Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 Online, 2e

26, 31, 35

Tilery

Integrated Science, 6e

109

Tilery

Lab Manual for Physical Science, 10e

108

Tilery

Physical Science, 10e

107

Tippens

Physics, 7e

Tsung

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 8e

160 13, 26

112, 114 157

u Uno

Principles of Botany

94

Van Putte

Seeley's Anatomy and Physiology, 10e

15

Van Putte

Seeley's Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 9e

Vodopich

Biology Laboratory Manual, 10e

56

Wardlaw

Contemporary Nutrition, 10e

85

Wardlaw

Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 4e

87

Weaver

Molecular Biology, 5e

74

Wells

Schaum's Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics

108

Weng

An Introduction to Contemporary Remote Sensing Earth from Space

163

White

Essentials of World Regional Geography, 3e

163

v 7

w

192

AUTHOR INDEX Widmaier

Vander's Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function, 13e

32

Willey

Prescott's Microbiology, 9e

63

Willey

Prescott's Principles of Microbiology

63

Williams

Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 10e

88

Wise

Laboratory Manual for Anatomy & Physiology, 7e

23

Wise

Laboratory Manual for Saladin's Human Anatomy, 4e

29

Wisej

Laboratory Manual to Accompany Seeley's Anatomy and Physiology, 10e

23

REVIEW COPY REQUEST FORM McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy Singapore 609917 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 www.mheducation.asia X Professors/lecturers who are interested to review titles listed in this catalog for text adoption consideration, please complete this request form and fax to your local McGraw-Hill Education RIÀFH VHHLQVLGHEDFNFRYHUIRUID[QXPEHU RUVXEPLWRQOLQHDWZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLD X 5HTXHVWVIRUH[DPLQDWLRQFRSLHVDUHVXEMHFWWRDSSURYDO0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD UHVHUYHV WKHULJKWWRUHIXVHDQ\UHTXHVWVZKLFKGRQRWUHODWHWRWHDFKLQJ X 3OHDVHPDNHFRSLHVRIWKLVIRUPLIQHFHVVDU\

REQUESTED BY Name

Room #

Department University Address

Tel

Fax

Email address

COMP REQUEST Please indicate ISBN No, Author & Title 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Course Name

Enrolment

Subject

Commencement Date

Decision Date Current Text Used

Individual Decision

Group Decision

McGRAW-HILL MAILING LIST McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy Singapore 609917 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 www.mheducation.asia Please include me in your mailing list for information on McGraw-Hill Education books. Please email information on McGraw-Hill Education books to my email address at I am already on your mailing list but my mail address/email address has changed. Please update my record to the following new address. Name (Mr / Ms / Dr / Prof) (Underline family name)

Position Department University Address

Postal Code Tel

Fax

Email address

SUBJECT OF INTEREST o Accounting o Advertising o Business Management o Finance & Investment o Marketing o Economics o Human Resource Management o Insurance & Real Estate o Training o Computing o Aeronautical & Aerospace Engineering o Architecture & Urban Planning o Chemical Engineering o Civil Engineering o Construction o Electronics & Communications o Electrical Engineering o General Engineering

o Industrial & Plant Engineering

o Mass Communication

o Mechanical Engineering

o Music

o Medical Science

o Philosophy & Religion

o Dentistry

o Physical Education

o Nursing

o Political Science

o Agriculture

o Psychology

o Biology

o Sociology

o Chemistry o Forestry o Geography & Geology o Physics & Astronomy o Zoology o Mathematics & Statistics o Art & Humanities o Education o English o English as a 2nd Language/ELT o Foreign Language o Health & Nutrition o History o Law o Library Science

Please return by: Fax: (65) 6862 3354 Email: [email protected] McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) respects your privacy. We use your contact information to IXOÀOO\RXUUHTXHVWDQGVHUYLFH\RXUDFFRXQW and to provide you with additional information from McGraw-Hill Education (Asia). For further information or to let us know your preferences with respect to receiving marketing materials, please send an email to [email protected] mheducation.com or write to McGraw-Hill Education (Asia), 1 International Business Park, #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917. View our McGraw-Hill Education Customer Privacy Policy at http://www.mheducation.com/ customer-privacy-policy

DĐ'ZtͲ,/>>hd/KE;^/Ϳ SINGAPORE ;ĂůƐŽƐĞƌǀŝĐŝŶŐƌƵŶĞŝΘDĂƵƌŝƟƵƐͿ

DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůůĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ;ƐŝĂͿ ϭ/ŶƚĞƌŶĂƟŽŶĂůƵƐŝŶĞƐƐWĂƌŬ #01-15A, The Synergy ^ŝŶŐĂƉŽƌĞϲϬϵϵϭϳ dĞů͗;ϲϱͿϲϴϲϯϭϱϴϬͻƵƐƚŽŵĞƌ^ĞƌǀŝĐĞ,ŽƚůŝŶĞ͗;ϲϱͿϲϴϲϴϴϭϴϴ &Ădž;ϲϱͿϲϴϲϮϯϯϱϰ ĞDĂŝů͗ŵŐŚĂƐŝĂ͘ƐŐΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘ĐŽŵͻǁĞďƐŝƚĞ͗ǁǁǁ͘ŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘ĂƐŝĂ

CHINA

INDONESIA

PHILIPPINES

;ZĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƟǀĞKĸĐĞͿ

;ƉƉŽŝŶƚĞĚŐĞŶƚͿ

;ƉƉŽŝŶƚĞĚŐĞŶƚͿ

DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůů/Ŷƚ͛ůŶƚĞƌƉƌŝƐĞƐ͕/ŶĐ

WdDĞĚŝĂ'ůŽďĂůĚƵŬĂƐŝ

/ĚĞĂĐĂĚĞŵLJ/ŶĐ͘

^ƵŝƚĞϵϬϲ͕ϵͬ&͕^WdŽǁĞƌ dƐŝŶŐŚƵĂ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞWĂƌŬ EŽ͘ϭ͕ŚŽŶŐŐƵĂŶĐƵŶĂƐƚZŽĂĚ ,ĂŝĚŝĂŶŝƐƚƌŝĐƚ ĞŝũŝŶŐϭϬϬϬϴϰ͕WZŚŝŶĂ dĞů͗;ϴϲͲϭϬͿϲϮϳϵϬϮϵϵ &Ădž͗;ϴϲͲϭϬͿϲϮϳϵϬϮϵϮ ĞDĂŝů͗ŝŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŽƌĐŚŝŶĂΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵ

/ŵƉĞƌŝƵŵĞƐŝŐŶϮϳ >ŝƉƉŽ<ĂƌĂǁĂĐŝ dĂŶŐĞƌĂŶŐϭϱϴϭϬ /ŶĚŽŶĞƐŝĂ dĞů͗;ϲϮͲϮϭͿϮϴϴϵϵϵϲϭͬϮϴϴϵϵϵϲϮ &Ădž͗;ϲϮͲϮϭͿϲϱϳϬϮϰϭϳ ĞDĂŝů͗ŝŶĨŽΛŵŐĞ͘ĐŽ͘ŝĚ

hŶŝƚ>'ϯϯůĨĂƌŽWůĂĐĞ ϭϰϲ>͘W͘>ĞǀŝƐƚĞ^ƚƌĞĞƚ ^ĂůĐĞĚŽsŝůůĂŐĞ DĂŬĂƟŝƚLJ͕DĞƚƌŽDĂŶŝůĂ WŚŝůŝƉƉŝŶĞƐ dĞů͗;ϲϯͲϮͿϱϭϵϮϲϳϮͬϱϭϵϮϲϳϱ &Ădž͗;ϲϯͲϮͿϱϭϵϮϲϳϲ ŵĂŝů͗ŵLJůĂͺŬĂƚnjĂǀΛŝĚĞĂĐĂĚĞŵLJŝŶĐ͘ďŝnj

HONG KONG

JAPAN

TAIWAN

DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůů,ŽŶŐ<ŽŶŐ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ

DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůůĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ:ĂƉĂŶ

DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůů/Ŷƚ͛ůŶƚĞƌƉƌŝƐĞƐ͕/ŶĐ

hŶŝƚϭϯϭϴ͕>ĞǀĞůϭϯ͕dŽǁĞƌϮ 'ƌĂŶĚĞŶƚƵƌLJWůĂĐĞ ϭϵϯWƌŝŶĐĞĚǁĂƌĚZŽĂĚtĞƐƚ DŽŶŐ<ŽŬ͕<ŽǁůŽŽŶ ,ŽŶŐ<ŽŶŐ dĞů͗;ϴϱͲϮͿϮϳϯϬϲϲϰϬ &Ădž͗;ϴϱͲϮͿϮϳϯϬϮϬϴϱ ĞDĂŝů͗ŵŝĞŚŬ͘ŵŚĞΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵ

ϯ&͕ƐĐĞŶĚ^ŚŝŵďĂƐŚŝ ϲͲϭϵͲϭϵ^ŚŝŵďĂƐŚŝ͕DŝŶĂƚŽͲŬƵ dŽŬLJŽϭϬϱͲϬϬϬϰ :ĂƉĂŶ dĞů͗;ϴϭͲϯͿϱϰϬϴϭϴϴϴ &Ădž͗;ϴϭͲϯͿϱϰϬϴϭϴϴϬ ĞDĂŝů͗ŵŚĞũƉŶΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵ

ϳͬ&͕EŽ͗ϱϯŽͲŝZŽĂĚ dĂŝƉĞŝϭϬϬ dĂŝǁĂŶ dĞů͗;ϴϴϲͲϮͿϮϯϴϯϲϬϬϬ &Ădž͗;ϴϴϲͲϮͿϮϯϴϴϴϴϮϮ ĞDĂŝů͗ŵŝĞƚǁ͘ŵŚĞΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵ

INDIA

KOREA

THAILAND

(also servicing Bangladesh, Pakistan, EĞƉĂůΘ^ƌŝ>ĂŶŬĂͿ

DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůůĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ;/ŶĚŝĂͿWǀƚ͘>ƚĚ Ͳϰ͕^ĞĐƚŽƌϲϯ ŝƐƩ͘'ĂƵƚĂŵƵĚŚEĂŐĂƌ EŽŝĚĂ͕hWϮϬϭϯϬϭ͕/ŶĚŝĂ dĞů͗;ϵϭͲϭϮͿϰϯϴϯϰϬϬ &Ădž͗;ϵϭͲϭϮͿϰϯϴϯϰϬϭͲϰϬϯ  ĞDĂŝů͗ƐĂƵƌĂďŚ͘ƐŚĂƌŵĂΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵ

DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůůĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ<ŽƌĞĂ͕/ŶĐ ϯ&͕:ŝͲtŽŽůĚŐ ϯϳϲͲϭϮ^ĞŽŬLJŽͲŽŶŐ DĂƉŽͲ<Ƶ ^ĞŽƵůϭϮϭͲϮϭϬ͕<ŽƌĞĂ dĞů͗;ϴϮͲϮͿϯϮϱϮϯϱϭ &Ădž͗;ϴϮͲϮͿϯϮϱϮϯϳϭ ĞDĂŝů͗ŵŝĞŬƌ͘ŵŚĞΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵ

MALAYSIA DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůůĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ;DͿ^ĚŶŚĚ EŽ͘ϰϬ͕:ĂůĂŶWĞŶŐĂĐĂƌĂhϭͬϰϴ dĞŵĂƐLJĂ/ŶĚƵƐƚƌŝĂůWĂƌŬ ϰϬϭϱϬ^ŚĂŚůĂŵ ^ĞůĂŶŐŽƌĂƌƵůŚƐĂŶ͕DĂůĂLJƐŝĂ dĞů͗;ϲϬͲϯͿϳϲϮϳϲϴϴϴ &Ădž͗;ϲϬͲϯͿϳϲϮϳϲϴϯϴ ĞDĂŝů͗ŵƐŝĂ͘ŵŚĞΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵ

(also servicing Cambodia, Laos, DLJĂŶŵĂƌΘsŝĞƚŶĂŵͿ

DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůů/Ŷƚ͛ůŶƚĞƌƉƌŝƐĞƐ͕>> ϮϬƚŚ&ůŽŽƌ͕hŶŝƚϮϱϮͬϭϬϭ;ͿdŽǁĞƌ DƵĂŶŐdŚĂŝͲWĂƚŚƌĂŽŵƉůĞdžƵŝůĚŝŶŐ ZĂƚĐŚĂĚĂƉŚŝƐĞŬZŽĂĚ͕,ƵĂLJŬǁĂŶŐ ĂŶŐŬŽŬϭϬϯϭϬ͕dŚĂŝůĂŶĚ dĞů͗;ϲϲͲϮͿϲϭϱϲϱϱϱ &Ădž͗;ϲϲͲϮͿϲϭϱϲϱϬϬ ĞDĂŝů͗ŵŝĞƚŚ͘ŵŚĞΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵ

SCIENCE 2015

Learning Without Limits Discover a personalized learning experience that inspires minds and improves results – anytime, anywhere.

SCIENCE

Digital learning prepares students for 21st century careers. McGraw-Hill Education is leading the push to digitize and personalize education, promoting skills such as collaboration and critical thinking. See how we help to improve student performance with the following solutions.

All-In-One Digital Learning

LearnSmart Advantage

Our learning management platform builds on our success in digital education and vast experience in content development.

A suite of adaptive learning products that includes SmartBook, higher education’s first adaptive e-book.

connect.mheducation.com

learnsmartadvantage.com

Seamless Integration

Custom Publishing

With McGraw-Hill Campus, schools and instructors can access our content and technology through any existing LMS.

Our digital custom-publishing platform gives instructors unprecedented control over classroom content.

mhcampus.com

create.mheducation.com/ createhelp/

McGraw-Hill Practice

New Models for Success

Hands-on, experiential learning games that provide the next generation of digital, personalized- learning for today’s students.

We work with your goals, needs and ideas to create tailored learning experiences that engage students, empower instructors, and enable greater success.

mhpractice.com

learningsolutions.mhhe.com

McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 • Fax (65) 6862 3354 eMail: [email protected] • website: www.mheducation.asia

C14-000972-X

2015